Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
LENSES.
Companion
191O.
WITH WHICH
"Year Book
IS
INCORPORATED THE
1
of
EDITED BY GEORGE
E.
BROWN,
F.I.C.
ALL INDEXES
AT END OF
&, Co.,
Publishers,
DLE AGENTS FOR ADVERTISING AND SALES IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA: GEORGE MURPHY,
ic , 57, East gth Street, New York.
PARIS BOYVEAU, 22, Rue de la Banque.
SALES AGENTS
ELBOURNE: BAKER & ROUSE, LTD., HARRINGTONS, LTD., J. W. SMALL & Co., WATSON & SONS,
ORDON & GOTCH, AND H. J. TROWBRIDGE. SYDNEY: BAKER & ROUSE, LTD., J. W. SMALL & Co.,
ARRINGTONS, LTD., AND GORDON & GOTCH. ADELAIDE & BRISBANE BAKER & RofSE, LTD., AND
ARRINGTONS, LTD. AUCKLAND THE N.Z. PHOTO GOODS CO. HOBART P. ASH. CAPECOLONY,
VALPARAISO:
\TAL, RHODESIA, TRANSVAAL, AND ORANGE RIVER COLONY:
LENNON, LTD.
BAILEY & Co. SANTIAGO DIENER & Co. BOMBAY BABAIEE. SAKHARAM & Co.
:
ROUGH &
W. W.
CO.
(Established 1854),
Manufacturers of PHOTOSRAPHIC CHEMICALS and APPARATUS,
Contractors to His Majesty's Government,
161,
STRAND. LONDON,
W C.
PRIZE MEDALS AND AWARDS :London, 1862; Dublin, 1865; Paris, 1867; Bristol, 1881;
London, 1885; Dundee, 1886; Crystal Palace, 1888 and 1904.
w. A.
ROM'S
"
5x4
[fee
fitllfurintt ;>"..v.
ROUGH'S SPECIAL
"
MODEL
"
TENT.
duced by
1859.
PRICES COMPLETE.
Including improved stand, portable sink, cistern, clip and
tube, etc., fitted with lock and
key.
a.
For
Plates
up
to
d.
TRHOE
NLY.
invited
to
of
Photographic Work*
Enlargements in Bromide.
Toned Bromide. carDon
and Platinum.
in
Finishing
Trade Mark.
Lantern
Slides.
Price
and
S. H.
5,
Slides.
-
Printing.
Discount
List
FRISIAN,
stereoscopic
LONDON.
Post
Free
1 fi
on
-_
Demand.
Nn RTi-i
HIGHBURY GROVE,
LONDON,
N.
A. E.
19,
STALEY &
THAVIES
^ ^M
LONDON,
INN,
TTfc
HOLBORN CIRCUS,
CO.,
~
E.C.
Photographic Apparatus
and Optical Instruments
Proprietors of the following well-known specialities (for full
particulars see following pages) :
COD-
- WHEELER
Q.
^' STALEY
sible Lens Hoods.
Patent
Concentric Collap-
Screens.
F.
E.
G.
NETTEL CAMERA
Arc Lamp.
CO., Sontheim.
Kibitz
Munich.
Manufacturers
of
high-class
Photo-
E.
KRAUSS,
Paris.
Manufacturer
of
Optical
Instruments.
G.
HEYDE, Dresden.
/O
/'
Manufacturer
and Optical Appliances.
of
Actinometers
EURYPLAN
'
ANASTIGMATS.
EURYPLAN.
Series
6
S?
I.
F/4'5.
Angle 80.
"NULLI SECUNDUS."
EURYPLAN.
ANASTIGMATS.
F/6'5.
The success which followed the in-
Series IV.
we
are
constantly
speaking
most highly
qualities.
We supply
is
cemented,
lenses,
following
sets
and
with
attention
is
bad
supervision.
no
are
of
the
to
and no lens
possibly
owing to this
This fact cannot
confidence to the
impart
three
diaphragm.
given
name can
our
bearing
which
having
iris
optically
optical
of
Mounts
prices.
Magnalium
Special
its
parts,
in
air-space
of
all
this lens,
two
of
composed
un-
receiving
testimonials from
solicited
be
rigid
fail to
intending
purchaser.
6 in.
PHAOS"
9Ain.
7 in.
450
500
10
8"
Anastigmat Lens.
Although the"prices quoted
"
the
new
Phaos
for
//6'8
to
produce a
We
50/0
..
A. E.
57/6
..
60/0
..
72/6
STALEY &
..
95/0
19,
..
110/0
..
150,0
THAVIES INN,
CO., HOLBORN
CIRCUS,
..
190/0
LONDON,
..
250/0
E.C.
A Double Anastigmat
Planastigmat.
F/6'8.
of the
Latest Construction.
Angle 82.
8 Lens System.
These new Lenses are of the
highest quality, and are well and
carefully constructed, special
features being: Great rapidity,
owing to the specially selected
materials used in their construction ; flat field sharp and critical
definition to the extreme margin
of plate, and great depth of focus.
These qualities have brought
these Lenses to be recognised as
one of the best Anastigmats in
;
architecture, portrait,
Price.
300
380
3 15
4 10
650
10
950
7
11
13 15
17 10
22 10
TllC
Peil) CF3t i I*
^ Complete
quick,
medium power
lens,
reasonable in price, it is
unequalled.
The Pancratic Lens is in
itself a complete Telephoto
System with positive lens
combined, used in an ordinary
between-lens shutter, and is
primarily intended for use as
such, although the positive
portion can be used alone if
desirable, but no advantage
would be gained over an
ordinary lens of 6-in. focus.
Full and interesting leaflet
will be forwarded free.
Price,
complete
in
leather
map
case,
3 3
O.
The
(Patent.)
Staley-
Wheeler
ConTele-
vertible
Lens offered up
the present
time. The construction
enables us to offer
you a converto
tible
which
system
will per-
Aluminium.
"ROYAL" REFLEX^AMERAS.
1910.
Amateur Photographers.
of Press
number
large
Cameras
and Euryplan
Lenses with every
success.
The
prices quoted,
with
other
m a k e r s'
models, are extremely moderate.
compared
5x4..
P.C.
..
J-plate
A. E.
STALEY &
CO.,
ffin&
LONDON,
10 10
10
12 10
11
15
E.C.
10
LEATHER COVERED.
Proof against
the great cold
of the Polar
Night, and
affected
not
by the
damp
climate of
Tropical
swamps.
system
wnich
guarantees
perfect free-
dom
from
shock
when
making
time
exposures.
SIZES:
3
x 2'
4J x 3i
5x4
6i x 4J
Self-Capping Shutter. Sp:e.ls always remain the same, and are not affected by varying
temperatures. Range from 1 sec. to 1/5, 000th of a sec. Time and bulb exposures. Focussing.
Rack and pinion actuating pointer, connected by lazy tongs. Reading from top of camera.
An improvement over the old method of focussing mount. Shutter can be opened for focussing
at once, no matter what speed it is set to. Camera orks most smoothly, and such a system
Can be ready
as this guarantees perfect freedom from shock when making time exposures.
Foil frame view finder.
for use in S seconds.
The few points dealt with above are sufficient to give an idea of the instrument
referred to, and to show how adaptable it is for any class of work. The whole of
the outer mechanism is arranged on one side of the camera, so that all operations
can be carried out with one hand.
Camera.
AND DURABLE.
THE BlUTlStl
JOTJttNAL
11
ALMANAC ADVERTISEMENTS.
of
their design, construction, simplicity, compactness, and perfectness in work, have become
popular in every part of the
world. They are not affected
They
by climatic influence.
worked on
Camera,
it is
They are
tion.
(
side of
all series.
SIZES.
The
Ideal
3Jx2J.
Camera
4Jx3J.
for the
Amateur,
when
either
closed or open.
3 10
single dark slides in case
With compound, 3J in.//5'6 Euryplan and 6 slides in case
With compound, 3 in. //6'8 Euryplan and 6 slides in case
14
Film pack adapter
Camera, 4J by 3J, no lens, but 6 Koerma single dark slides in case
accomplished
With compound,
With compound,
Camera
if
1015
..
..
16
..
Leather covered.
If".
is
production of clever
in-
The Camera
fixed
focus,
is
and
PRICE.
600
A. E.
STALEY &
19,
THAVIES
CO., HOLBORN
INN,
CIRCUS.
LONDON,
E.C.
ALMANAC AbVERTISF.JlENTS.
Shutter of
this
MIRROR.
EXTENSION.
ex t e nsions are fitted,
Long
1
..
5x4
11 ins.
14 ins.
Postcard 17
ins.
Half-plate, 17 ins.
thus
enabling
long focus lenses
and telephoto
lenses
to
be
that
used, so
they are not re-
stricted
from
of
any class
work.
This addition is most essential as it simplifies considerably the use of any camera. It is constructed so that it turns upon a circle, and
is not detachable, and cannot be mislaid.
MASK. A most useful adjunct, and is the only camera so
It works automatically with revolving back, so that when the back is in
fitted.
the horizontal position the mask on the top focussing screen is the same and
REVERSING BACK.
ADJUSTABLE
vice versa.
PRICES
13
have
entirely
is
this
sesses
position.
The camera is
finely
and leather
covered: all principal
are
of metal to
parts
save bulk. It is titled
with rising front and
dust cap, which also
acts as a sky-shade
when the camera is
ready for use.
The focal plane shutter is a new pattern,
very simple and reliable set by one complete turn of the setting pinion head.
The balance of the mirror has also been
greatly improved, consequently the release
is very light, thus preventing vibration.
The alterations for the slit are made
and indicated from the outside of the
camera.
This model is also fitted with
our special revolting reversing back, and
has a mask on the top focussing screen to
indicate vertical or horizontal pictures,
operated automatically by pressing the
small nickel button on the top of the
camera.
The rackwork and all parts of the camera
are extremely rigid, and the shutter portion
absolutely free from vibration.
We invite all those interested in this
form of camera to this model before dea Reflex
ciding on the purchase of
finished
Camera
CLOSED.
"
PRICES l
Camera without lens, but with 3 best
aluminium bound
..
..
..
quality D. D. slides,
..
A, E.
STALEY #
CO.,
..
..
..
........
........
........
B Q slices
6 in.//5'6 Euryplan and 3 B Q slides
6 in.//6'8 Euryplan and 3 B Q slides
With 6 in. //6'5 Nulli Secundus and 3 B Q slides
With
With
With
......
OO
SO
15
22 1
O
2O O O
19
19 1O O
LONDON,
14
STEREOSCOPIC
SHUTTERS.
speed
attained
warranted to be
ef fective to 1 -250th
hitherto
No.
0.
Separation
of lenses, 2ft, 3 or
3Ain.
..350
second in the
small size.
of a
No.
1.
Separation
of lenses, 2ft, 3 or
3iin.
..
3 15
UTMOST
No.
ACCURACY
OF REGULA-
No. 0. Shutter is
speeded from l-250th
second.
The most
No. 1. Shutter is
speeded from 1-1501U-
accur-
200th second.
speeded
photographic
ately
on
No. 2. Shutter is
speeded from l-100th150th second.
the
market.
The
Separation
4 10
TION.
shutter
2.
of lenses, 3gin.
is
renowned World-wide
for
its
Facile
Heydcs
15
Actino-Photomctcr.
The
only Method of
ensuring correct exposures under any
conditions.
rapidities
Meter
Paper.
Suitable for any sight.
with
Shaded
Prisms & Revolving
Fitted
Index.
Invaluable
Indispensable to
Amount Saved
Amateurs getting
in
Travellers
pay for
Flat,
to
itself.
but useful
almost as important as the plata itself.
There are numbers of amateurs who repeatedly affirm that they are
unable to get on with this meter or that, and can never seem to get
the percentage of good results they should.
This is not a very difficult matter to explain, as will be imagined,
when one is dependent upon the action of light upon a sensitive
surface, which possibly may be slowed down, either through age or
other causes not easily determined.
It is impossible to speak too highly of this unobtrusive
little
instrument, which
is
this
means
PRICE:
COMPLETE
IN
LEATHER CASE,
18/6.
SOLE AGENTS:A. E.
STALEY &
T H A VIE
CO., H^LB o R N
(POPULAR PRICES)
AUTOCHROME
For
PLATE.
Colour
direct
Reduced
PLATE,
The
SIGMA.
EXTRA
Extreme Rapidity.
RAPID. The Standard
Medium
ORDINARY.
of Excellence.
Speed.
ORTHOCHROMATIC.
The most
known.
ROLL FILMS
For
Cameras.
Anti-H lation,
Non-Curling,
Orthochromatic. Wound in enamelled black paper
(Planchon's Patent).
all
FILM BLOCK.
The most
perfect form
Fits any adapter.
of
film
pack in
existence.
LUMIERE
or
N. A. Co.,
PAPERS.
BROMIDE,
P.O.P.,
and
In
all
ACTINGS
GASLIGHT.
P.O. P.
CHEMICALS.
Developers, Inlensificrs, Reducers, &c., &c.,
also FLASH POWDERS.
STENODOSES.
Chemicals packed in
tinfoil.
RELIABLE.
&c., &c.
CHEAP.
FIXOLENE.
A new
LUMIERE
N. A. Co.,
Lumiere Products.
17
18
REVISED PRICES
of
AUTOCHROME PLATES.
3J x
2/6
ti-
per box of
4 plntr s
nt
5J x 3J
6J x 4J
63 x 3J
4/6
7/6
8i x 6J
9 x 12c/m
13 x 18c/m
th
9
12
x 1J
x 2g
(2g
x 9 c/m (3ft x 3ft
x 12c/m (4| x 4|
14/-
3/-
,,
14
21-
SCREEN HOLDERS
(absolutely necessary).
x 1ft
..76
18 x 24c/m
45 x 107m/m
TAKING SCREENS
..
FOR
c/m screen, fitting lens hoods
from
to | in. diameter 3 I
4J x 4Jc/m g to 1J in.
4/c/m 1J to 1ft in.
5/c/m 1ft to 2ft in.
7/,,
12 x 12c/m Iti to 3ft in.
9
3x3
in.)
..
3'-
in.)
4/-
in.)
5/-
in.)
. .
7/6
in.)
12/-
6x6
9x9
CHEMICALS.
BATH
1.
(for 1st
45
.(
4,6
2/6
1/6
QUINOMET.
10
16
grammes
VARNISH
for
-35
ozs. solution
VIRIDA PAPERS
(for safe
6d.
..
Autochrome Plates
6<3.
per bottle.
Dark-room
16 x 12 (30 x 40c/m)
20 x 16 (40 x 50c/m)
Light).
3/6
6/-
per packet.
2/6
..
3,
4/6
BINDING TOOL
For use with above paper (most convenient)
56
6/- each.
6/6
71-
Of
LUMIERE
9 x 12cm,.
13 x 18c/m
.
all dealers,
N. A. CO., 89,
6/- each.
7 /-
or
W.C.
^
PLATINOTYPE
THE
PAPERS
arc Manufactured
ONLY BY
THE PLATINOTYPE
BLOOMSBURY ST.,
NEW OXFORD ST., LONDON,
CO.,
22,
W.C.
ARTHUR SPENCER,
HARROW ROAD, EDGWARE ROAD, W.
41,
SECOND-HAND APPARATUS.
18 x 16 Marion " Empire," square bellows, double extension,
s. d.
brass bound, reversing back, double dark slide, cost 35
8 10
15 x 12"Optimus," square bellows, brass bound, double extension, all movements, 3 double dark slides, case, cost 21
..
9 15
12 x 10 Watson's
Premier," square bellows, double extension,
new condition, 3 double dark slides, 2 eases, cost 24
..
10 10
10 x 8 " Optimus," square bellows, brass bound, double extension,
3 double dark slides, leather case, cost 15
7 10
10 x 8 Ross " Century," with turntable and tripod, 3 double dark
slides, extensive rising front and double rack focussing, 2
best solid leather velvet-lined cases, a fine set, cost 20
9 10
"
8| x 6J Watson's Acme," brass bound, turntable and tripod, 3
brass bound double dark slides, 2 leather cases, cost 19
7 17 6
8J x 6J Ross "Century," brass bound, 3 best quality double dark
slides, double rise to front and double rack for wide angle
work, absolutely as new, cost 14
6 15
''
8^ x 6J Studio by
Hare," best quality, swing back both ways,
repeating slide, long extension, perfect, cost 10
5 10
8J x 65 Ross "Improved Universal" Studio, swing back both
ways by rack, repeating double dark slide, cost 9 10s.
5 10
8J x 6 American Studio and Copying, in mahogany, two
4 10
repeating slides, all movements, cost 10
6 x 4| Ross " Special " Hand or Stand, leather covered, reversing back, swing front, three double dark slides, ebonized on
mahogany, brass bound, Ross changing box for 6 plates,
leather case, cost 15
6 15
6J x 4| Watson's "Premier," square bellows, double extension,
3 double dark slides, practically new, case, cost 10
5 17 6
6 x 4| Watson's " Triple Extension Acme," turntable and stand,
3 double dark slides, case, cost 14 14s
6 15
"
5J x 3J Videx-de-Duxe," by Adams, postcard size, fitted J plate
Zeiss Convertible Anastigmat, Series VIlA No. 7, reversing
back, triple extension, focal plane shutter, 3 sees, to j^ s and
time, swing front, 3 double dark slides, Premq film pack
adapter, solid leather velvet-lined case, new condition, cost 46 27 10
Shew "Delta," New Model, focal plane shutter, 3 double
dark slides, reversing back, Cooke Series III., F/6-5, 7J focus
in aluminium mount, leather case, cost 16 10s
11 17 6
Zeiss Minimum Palmos, focal plane shutter, adjustable
outside, Ross' Homocentric 6 inch F/6'3, 3 double dark slides,
Zeiss Film Pack Adapter, leather case, cost 15 4s
41 x 3J Adams "Idento," Zeiss Convertible Protar, No. 4,
Series VIlA, between lens shutter, J sec. to T Jrj and time,
detachable focal plane shutter, T ^3 to 1^, 6 double dark
.
13 15
slides, film pack adapter, leather case, cost 25
41 x 3J Adams "Idento," fitted Ross Homocentric 5 inch F/6'3,
6 double dark slides, roll holder and case, cost 15 15s.
8 17 6
41 x 31 Goerz Anschutz, Dagor Series III., F/6'8, in focussing
mount, focal plane shutter, 5 sec. to 5^55 and time, 3 double
dark slides, leather case, practically new, cost 12 14s.
7 15
3J x 2J Blocknote, No. 2, Zeiss Tessar lens with iris, rising
front, focussing adjustment, 12 slides, film pack adapter,
leather case, cost 16 15s
9 15
.
'
5x4
5x4
800
21
ARTHUR SPENCER,
HARROW ROAD, EDGWARE ROAD, W.
41,
SECOND-HAND APPARATUS.
a.
..
8 15s.
..
7 in.in sunk mount, cost
Heliar, F/4'5, 7J focus, sunk mount, with iris, cost 8 5s.
..
Ross-Goerz Dagor, F/6'8, 7 inch in Unicum, cost 9 2s. 6d.
Dallmeyer4-in. Telephoto for same in focussing mount, cost 5 5s.
Ross-Zeiss, Series Vila., convertible No. 8, Goerz Sector Shutter,
13 10s
7, 11J, and 14 in. foci, cost
Dr. Grun'a Liquid Lens, F/2 5, iris, 6 in. focus, as new
Plastigmat by Bausch and Lomb, 6J, F/6'8, Unicum, cost 7 10s.
Holostigmat by Watson, 6 in. F/6'l, single IOJ, iris, cost 6 15s.
Cooke, Series III., F/6'5, 5 in. focus, iris, as new, cost 4 2s. Cd.
Dallmeyer, Stigmatic, Series II., No. 1,3 foci, 4'5 focus, cost 4 15s.
Ross, Wide Angle, F/16, 20 in. focus, covers 32 x 26, cost 30
Ross, No. 4, Wide Angle, 6 in. focus, covers 10 x 8, cost 4 10s.
Dallmeyer, IAA Wide Angle, 4 in. focus, covers 7x5, cost 4 5s.
Voigtlander, Collinear, Series IV., Wide Angle Casket of Three
Anastigmats fitting one iris mount, giving 6 different foci, 6|,
12 10s
?i, 81, 91, 121, 21| focus, cost
Dallmeyer, 6A Patent Portrait, diffusion adjustment, cost 57
in.
Portrait
24
back
Voigtlander,
Lens,
focus, cost over 50
Voigtlander, Euryscope, 24 in. focus, No. 6, Series IV., cost 20.
4A
in.
about
18
with
focus
Ross,
Portrait,
rack, cost 36
Ross, 3A Portrait, 16 in. focus, a very fine lens, cost 26
4D
Patent
for groups, cost
admirable
13
Dallmeyer,
Portrait,
Dallmeyer, 3A Patent Portrait, 16 in. focus, rack focussing, cost 26
2A
Patent
Portrait
in.
new
cost
17
Dallmeyer
focus,
condition,
13J
Ross, No. 3 Rapid Cabinet, 12 in. focus, perfect order, cost 18 10s.
3B
Patent
11*
in.
cost
19
Dallmeyer,
Portrait,
focus, F/3,
Ross, No. 2 Rapid Cabinet, 10 in., for short studio, cost 16 10s..
Dallmeyer, 3D Patent Portrait or Group Lens, rack, cost 9
Dallmeyer, 3C Extra Quick Acting, F/2, 8 in. focus, cost 25
Dallmever2B Portrait, 8| in. focus, F/3, Rack, cost 12 5s.
..
Ross, Rapid Symmetrical, 13 x 11, with iris, 18 in. focus, cost 11 10s.
x
12
R.R.
with
cost
10
16
in.
10s.
DallmRyer,
10,
iris,
focus, perfect,
Ross, Rapid Symmetrical, 10 x 8, iris, 14 in. focus, cost 8 10s.
Busch, No. 4 Portrait Aplanat, F/6, iris, 14 in. focus, cost 4 4s.
15
Ross, No. 4 Universal, F/6, portrait or group, 19J focus, cost
Dallmeyer, Rapid Long Focus Landscape, 22 in., cost 11
Wray, 12 in. Landscape, F/8 with iris and iso screen, cost 4
Carl Zeiss Tele Negative, 60 m.m. in Tube mount for Palmos
22 10
17 15
9 17
11 10
12 17
10 10
11 15
d.
6
6
15 15
7 17
2 12
2 18
3 10
676
676
5 10
626
276
800
426
10
326
2
12 10
2 12
1 18
6
27
19
6
10
10
10
17
950
7 10
6 10
15 15
9 10
9 17
11 17
6
6
900
4
7
4
4
18
10
15
12
19
350
2 15
5 10
2 15
1 10
2 12
THE
22
1JKITISH JOTJBNAL
ALMANAC ADVERTISEMENTS.
JOHNSON'S.
ESTABLISHED
1743.
PREPARATIONS.
Gold Chloride.
Potass
Developers,
'*
A Z O L,
Silver Nitrate.
Chloroplatinite*
Toning Baths,
etc.
"SCALOIDS,"
COMPRESSED PHOTOGRAPHIC TABLETS.
WE
INVITE INQUIRIES.
-^
23
WATRINS METERS.
Sold la Thousands. Instruction Booklets In French,
German, Spanish, Italian and Swedish.
IT.
2/6
Impr
-ved
3/-
3/6
Hand
With Compass
I2/-
AUTOCHROME HELPS
The
is
the only
for
Autochromes
THERMOMETER
(2,
for
producing Autochromes.
Sole Wholesale Agents for United States and Mexico, BOKKE AND
JAMES, Chicago for France, Switzerland, Spain, and Portugal, KODAK,
for
for Italy, KODAK, Milan
Paris for Germany, KODAK, Berlin
;
24
WATKINS
TIME
DEVELOPER
with
THERMO
INDICATOR.
(Patent.)
Post free
Is.
3d.
FOCAL PLANE
METER
NEW
3/6
10/6
The WATKINS
Dark-Room
Clock
With 4-inch dial, minute and seconds divisions, very
plain for dark-room, centre seconds hand, stop action,
and outside indicator to mark the completed time.
NEW.
No Dark -Room
Light
25
Required.
BY
SPECIAL FORM
.
for
POST,
2/7.
Autochromes at same
THE WATRINS
price.
Time Thermometer
Indicates time to develop against height of mercury without
any calculation or adjustment of any kind. Differences
between developing speed of different plates (indicated by
code letters in speed card) is allowed for by varying the
dilution of developer.
One scale indicates times for Dish Development, the other
scale for
,
Tank Development.
THE WATKINS
TIME TANK
PLATES DEVELOPED HORIZONTALLY,
two or four can be developed with a proporamount of developer, not a tankful. An
external spout permits the developer to be poured
in and out in daylight, and allows thermometer to
be dipped in daylight.
The plates are inserted in a darkened room, all
further operations IN DAYLIGHT.
so that
tionate
A
is
now provided
6ix4|
5 x4
price
,.,
8/6
7/6
6| x 3J
5151-
x 3J
prico
8/6
7/6
7/6
26
WATKINS
By
//-.
"
MANUAL.
Post,
1j 3.
37th Thousand.
A complete Handbook of Exposures by Actinometer
and Time Development.
The new edition contains a complete chapter on
Fourth Edition.
principles
and methods
of
Thermo Development.
Pinholc "Lens.
FIVE APERTURES.
Fits any lens flange.
By post, 5j1.
SI-.
Cheap form, one aperture, 1j6. By post, //7.
SUNDRIES PRICE
LIST.
15/(posted.)
for
3d.
speed
(post Id.)
2/-
(posted.)
Factorial Calculator, for dark-room use
. .
(post Id.)
Steadfast Re-fill, with tint ribbon form for Standard, Junior
and old Watch
(post Id.)
Steadfast disc form for Bee, Dial, Watch and Actino-
Id.
. .
SpeedCard
2/-
meter
Autochrome
Autochrome
(post
(post
(post
(post
(post
(post
(post
(post
(post
(post
Id.)
Id-.)
Id.)
Id.)
Id.)
Id.)
Id.)
Id.)
Id.)
Id.)
6d.
6d,
l/l/-
3d.
3d.
3d.
\\-
6d.
3d.
j-
10/6
3d.
27
LESSONS
NCP
ATIVF
Vk
II CIlH
BRUCE,
T. S.
IN
class
I I
Crade RctoucDcr
(Established 1886),
thoroughly instructs in this important
branch of Photography.
speciality is
made
of
POSTAL LESSONS
(all
English-speaking
work
improving and quickening the
"
of slow and defective retouchers. Use of Negafake" Erasing Pencils taught.
countries),
and
in
Editor of
"THE
BRITISH
JOURNAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY," the leading Trade Paper, in the issue for March 1st,
"
Post," in the Commercial and Legal
Retouching Lessons by
1901, under heading
" Mr. Bruce encloses us four original
"
Intelligence column, page 138, remarks
success
as a teacher of Retouching by
his
of
testimonials which speak very highly
Post. We have much pleasure in making known his abilities in this important
''
Photographic Tuition."
BRITISH JOURNAL or PHOTOGRAPHY," March 15th, 1901, in "Correspondents
"
"
I enclose a few prints done by
Column," page 176, Retoucher writes :".
me during the six lessons. Perhaps you, Mr. Editor, will comment on them, and
The Editor replied in a
Lessons."
the
Postal
of
as
to
the
efficacy
give your opinion
footnote to this question " We congratulate both tutor and pupil. The specimens
of work sent are very good indeed, and do the greatest credit to Mr. Brace's
method of Teaching by Post."
branch
of
"THE
As
to the
"To Mr.
PERSONAL LESSONS:
T. 8. Bruce.
Sir,
W. &
Many
my pupils have become trade retouchers, whilst others have secured good
situations with first-class firms. All pupils have greatly advanced.
of
Write for Fees, Price Lists of Retouching, and for lists of my noted
RETOUCHING MATERIALS, including the well-known Non-shifting
Retouching Medium, 4 Special Knives, Matt-surface Powder for B. ft W.
and Bromide Print Finishers, Retouching Desks, Lamps, Globes, T. S.
Bruce ft D'Anter's " NEGAFAKE " Patent Negative Erasing Pencils (a
substitute for the knife safe and simple -will not scratch, 3/6; by post, 3/9).
"
"
(imitation sable brnsh work) for B. & W. and Colour Artists, 10/6.
Stipplette
Address
*
I,
T. ^
S.
Villas on-Heath,
B
r>
f\ C
BRUCE,
I I
(ESTABLISHED
1886.)
28
All
"
powder
"
and
Stipplette
colour methods
Defective
taught.
slow professional B.
and
EQOAMO III
111
LCDDUHD
n A I/ Ai|ff| llfUITT
DLAulV ANU Will t.
Aero-
up-to-date
graph,
and
& W.
Colour
advanced
Artists
strongly
West-End Expert
years' experience
leading firms.
Pfl| OIIRINP
UULUURIIlU
Pill ADPCMCMTO
CNLHllU t BflEll I O.
by
22
with
of
made
of
POSTAL LESSONS
8.
ft
day, night, or
(all
& W.
POST.
speciality
is
ESTABLISHED 1886.
instruction in working-up carbon and bromide enlargements, etc., in
B. & W. and Colour consists of the highest-class tuition in sable brush work, powder
"
colours, knife work, my own rapid and artistic method of
Stipplette," and
the use of the Aerograph.
whether of one
Whatever your experience as a B. & W. and Colour Artist,
"
"
Stipplette it will aid you to
year or twenty, if you do not know the use of
much quicker finish, and in many cases save you hours of laborious stippling by
lessons in its use alone, or combined with other methods. The mistake of the
average, and of even the first class artist, is in thinking that little or nothing more can
be 'earned beyond the ordinary old methods.
The
THERE
IS
A SPECIAL FEATURE
MADE
OF SKY
IS
Artists of 25 years' experience have testified to the value of the lessons in the
special metliods and general information imparted,
THE
B-B
"
PATENT
MOVABLE EYE-SHADE.
All B. & W. and Colour Artists should
try this splendid shade. It can be moved
with ease to any angle required without
altering the frontal adjustment of the wire
support, and is designed for use as either a
FRONTAL, or SIDE SHADE. It stands
off from the brow, is light and cool, and has
Address
~=^=
qp
I
^
DDI f* ET
O. DlAUljCy
I
(Established
1886).
29
"NEGAFAKE."
(Registered Trade Mark.)
Negative-Erasing Pencils
A
'
in partitioned
STIPPLETTE
set.
<**>
B.
& W.
hatching saving
by the smartest
issue
496,
"
From its saving of time and labour without sacrifice of result Mr. Bruce's
is destined to be of the greatest service to the profession, who will
adaptable to present methods, quickening them and production."
new method
find
it
Address
*
4,
^f
I
f^>
^J"
1 Ib.
must
C ^^ I I ^^ CT
t&f\^J\^Emm
(Established
1886),
30
T. S.
4,
&c.
SURFACE POWDER,
BLOCK
DARK
RETOUCHING
RETOUCHING SCALPELS
&
NEW
RETOUCHING
RETOUCHING GLOBES
NEGAFAKE
BRUCE &
STIPPLETTE
1O/9
(Reg.).
post free.
Exact
effect of sable
brush work
in 10th of
time.
FINEST
HIGH-CLASS RETOUCHING AT FAIR PRICES (VERY SHARP RETURN).
MINIATURE PAINTING, TINTING, B. & W., AND COLOURING ENLARGEMENTS.
2/2/-
work
2/-
Messrs. Francis Hayes & Co. Photographic Specialists, of 65, North Street,
We must congratulate you on
e
Clapbain, S.W., write re the No. 1 Knif
and where wanted in fact,
pro hieing so fine a blade it does its work thoroughly
it is a pleasure to work with."
'
experience.
effect of
Expert
of
years' highest-class
finishing (exact
Stipplette
LESSONS
IN
,.,
by a
31
ESTABLISHED at
2O,
CRANBOURN STREET
and
stock of
largest
genuine
THEhand
Photographic Apparatus
In
1874.
d.
30
12 x 10 Sands,
slide,
12
12
12
10
new
8J x 6J
slides,
condition
....
. .
17 10
6150
400
4 15
9 10
5 10
8 10
6 15
15 x 12
800
500
650
800
450
10
8 15
10 15
32
SANDS, HUNTER
&
CO.,
......
............
......
.......
d.
500
10
6 15
800
5 15
5 10
RR
......
.
slide
6J x 4|
800
............
................ 600
and
..........
650
double book-form
Thornton-Pickard
11
Ruby Camera, 6
and instantaneous shutter, turntable, 3-fold
stand, original model Focal Plane shutter, solid leather case,
14 10s
all in very first-class condition,
x 43 Houghton's Triple Victo, 3 double glides, all brass bound,
Model A focal
Thornton-Pickard
turntable, 3-fold stand,
plane shutter, leather case, all nearly new
Hare
x 4| Hare Camera, 1 double slide,
changing box for 12
plates, and slide for same, 2 leather, cases, very fine quality,
a
and has conical bellows, bargain
x 4| Sanderson best A Model, 6 double slides and canvas case,
cost over 10, very nice condition
x 4 J Watson's Premier Camera, 3 double slides, all brass bound,
..
..
solid leather case, as listed 12 17s., good condition
x 41 Lancaster's Square Bellows Camera, double extension,
Re
Silver
double
Lancaster
brass bound, 3
Ring
tigraph
slides,
lens, ?-fold stand, 2 cases
x 4| Tropical Sanderson Hand Camera, Zeiss VIlA. convertible Protar lens, giving foci 16 in. x 14 in. x 8J in., in Volute
shutter, 6 double slides all brass bound, best leather case,
slides,
time
.........
6J
9 15
7 17
...... 600
63
6i
6J
..........
.......... 750
3 15
7 15
............ 400
6*
very
little
used
................
................
........
...... ........
nice condition
Cooke lens
Unicum,
41 Shew's Aluminum Bound
........
double
leather case, cost 14
.
64 x
Xit,
slides,
22 10
17 10
12
13 10
III. in
8 17
33
&
SANDS, HUNTER
CO.,
37, Bedford Street, Strand, London.
A FEW EXAMPLES FROM OUR SECOND-HAND STOCK.
Full List Post Free on Application.
a.
d.
5J x 3J
5x4
5x4
5x4
13 10
8 15
8 15
750
18 15
8 17
telephoto
.
12 15
roll
5x4
46
5 x 4 Adams Videx Reflex, Zeiss convertible Protar lens, 2 changing boxes for 12 plates each, roll holder for films, pigskin case,
cost about 43
5 x 4 Marion's Soho Reflex, Beck's F/4'8 Isostigmar lens, 6 double
slides, stiff canvas case
4J x 3J Newman and Guardia, Square Reflector Reflex, Zeiss
convertible Protar lens VIlA., 2 changing boxes, 1 double
slide, binocular focussing eyepiece, Iso. screen, leather case,
cost 42
4J x 31 Newman and Guardia Special B2 foci, as listed, 22 10s.
4| x 3J and 9 x 12 c/m Erneman Best Focal Plane Camera, Zeiss
Tessar lens, F/6'3, 12 slides, film pack adapter, leather case,
.
very nice condition, good for tropics
4J x 3J Zeiss Universal Palmos, convertible Protar lens VIlA.,
in compound shutter, 3 double slides, film pack adapter and
leather case, nearly new, cost about 20
4J x 3J No. 3 Folding Pocket Kodak, Goerz Dagor lens III.,
leather case, recent model
.
8J x 6 Dallmeyer SA Patent Portrait, 16 in. focus, cost 26
8| x 64 Ross No. 3 Portrait, Waterhouse
10 x 8 Ross Portrait lens, early model, 18 in. focus, cost new 36,
argain
Ross No. 3 Rapid Cabinet, 12 in. focus, fine condition, very
.
good lens
Dallmeyer SB Patent Cabinet lens, 11J in. focus, cost
19, a fine lens
8J x 6J Ross No. SA Portrait lens, 16 in. focus, early number,
but very good lens
. .
8J x 6| Ross No. 2 Rapid Cabinet lens, 10 in. focus
Ross No. 1 Rapid Cabinet, 8J in. focus, a good lens for
short studios
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
2B Dallmeyer, cost over 12
.
'
7 10
22
21 10
18
27
13
JO
5
850
11 10
6 12
16 10
6 10
10
11 10
12 10
8 10
10
600
5
10
34
SANDS, HUNTER
&
CO.,
37, Bedford Street, Strand, London.
A
STOCK.
on Application.
B.
lens, iris
9x7 Ross
8J x
8| x
18 x
15s.
15 x
..
12 x
10 x 8 Goerz, Series III., 12 in. focus
10 x 8 Cooke, Series V., 13 in., cost 10
Ross Zeiss Convertible Protar, Series VIIx., No. 10, giving
20 9s
foci 19}, and 11 in., cost
Ross Goerz, 10J in., Series III., double Anastigmat, F/6'8,
as new
10 x 8 Rodenstock, 12 in., Lumar double Anastigmat lens, F/6
8 x 6J Dallmeyer Stigmatic, Series II., No. 6, in fine condition.
84 x 64 Ross Zeiss Convertible Protar No. 13, Series Vlli., F/6 3
.
8J x 6J Cooke, Seres V., in nice condition
7 x 5BauschandIiombPlastigmat, in Automat shutter, a fine lens
in
Goerz, Serips III., No. 3, 8J
Ross Unar Zeiss, 8J in. focus, F/5, as new
Zeiss Convertible Protar, No. 10, VIlA., giving foci of
14 in. and 8 in
6J x 4| Goerz, Series III., F/6'8, in sunk mount
6J x 4| Set C of Bausch & Lomb Zeiss convertible Protar lenses,
containing 14 in., 11 J in., and 9 in. lenses, cost 14 15s., in case
.
9x7
9x7
8x5
8x5
8x5
a.
17 10
250
200
12
10
600
6 15
400
5 10
2 17
7 10
6 10
4 10
4 10
550
500
15
4
4 10
3 15
300
3 10
300
2 17 6
300
26 10
21
13 17
10
750
14 10
700
9 10
10 10
5 17
550
600
6 15
5 15
950
CO.,
41
ROSS'
TAKEN WITH
in.,
[Copyright.
Series
III.,
f.
6 '3.
Negative by
C. CARTER.
Manufacturing
Ross LIMITED,
Contractors to
J.
Opticians.
British
and Colonial;
Foreign Governments.
ESTABLISHED
in,
31,
1830.
NEW BOND
COCKSPUR
ST., LONDON, W.
ST., CHARING CROSS,
S.W.
ROSS' Patent
35
* *
HOMOCENTRIC LENS,
EXQUISITE DEFINITION.
PERFECT COVERING
AND ILLUMINATION,
Has
called forth$large
numbers
of appreciative letters,
which space
but the following extracts from voluminous laudatory testimonials give some idea of the value at which its merits are estimated
The finest lens brought out of recent years."
precludes
'
'
Has no equal
'
'
It is
'
'
By
far
the clearest
Homocentric
'
Defining Power."
The Definition is superb."
and sharpest Photos are taken with the
for Critical
Unbeatable.'
Lens."
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
of
any other
lens I have
A
A
"A
Happy Combination
Qualities
of
attributes
Perfection
of Optical
[See following pages.
36
ROSS'
SERIES
II.
//1 1-3
HOMOCENTRIC
f/5'6 Stops:
//16
LENSES.
//8
//22-6
ROSS'
SERIES
37
HOMOCENTRIC
LENSES.
III.
IN FOCUSSING MOUNTS.
38
ROSS'
SERIES
COMPOUND
HOMOCENTRICS
REVISED PRICES.
IV. f/6-8.
FOR
Out-door
for
Work
generally;
Views,
Groups,
Architecture.
6-8
//8 //11-3 /
PLATE COVERED.
No.
and
16 /
22-6
PRICE.
//32 //64
HOMOCENTRIC
ROSS'
SERIES
V.
f/8
39
LENSES.
FOR
Stops
large Aperture.
IN FOCUSSING
PLATE COVERED.
PRICE
SETTINGS.
40
ROSS'
SERIES
VI. f/8
HOMOCENTRIC
LENSES.
The Lenses of this series are mounted when required in special settings with
Iris Diaphragm as well as slot for Waterhouse stops.
Diaphragms with square or
special
ROSS'
41
RAPID
"Cabinet" and
Portrait Lenses.
ROSS
differ
"Cabinet"
Lenses
The
CODE WORDS.
Iris
Diaphs.
& Rigid
Setting.
No. 2 Ditto
Quagris
12
ditto,
Queris
16 10
No. 3 Ditto
Quivris
18 10
Many
of
lenses,
Quiltris
26-10
ROSS,
42
SERIES
Ic.
f 3-5.
The
No.
and No. la are specially for Cinematograph work, and we therefore only
stock them with Focussing Adjustment.
longer foci are for Portraiture, possessing about the same rapidity as Lenses
of the Petzval Type and a flat field of 35.
ZEISS'
43
"TESSAR" LENSES,
MANUFACTURED BY
ROSS, Limited.
flat
Series
lib., /6'3.
A HIGH-CLASS ANASTIGMAT
FOR ALL PURPOSES.
These Lenses are perfectly corrected for Astigmatism and embrace a large angle. The Smaller
Sizes are specially suitable for
Hand Cameras.
44
SERIES
VII., t. 12-5,
(ZEISS' PATENT.)
ixli
the
Empire.)
The anastigmatic
flatness of the
unapproachab e in any
Landscape Lens hitherto
image
is
bingle
dis-
is
practically inappreciable.
is therefore suitable for
instantaneous outdoor pictures such
as landscapes and seascapes, and
also for large portraits and groups
in a good light.
The Lens
The
field
embraced
is
about 85.
Stops-/-12-5,/16,f22-6,/32,/45,/64.
No.
SERIES
VIIA.
45
(Zeiss' Patent.)
of Series VII.
consists essentially
Setting No.
1 for
Price.
in.
diameter
2 1O O
47
Clapham Common.
PANROS"
(PATENT)
Is the
of
Hand Camera and has been constructed to meet the demand for
a folding camera of the highest
class suitable for all requireof
up-to-date
photo-
ments
graphy.
It will be found reliable
under all circumstances,
and efficient in every
emergency that
is
likely
to arise.
The "PANROS"
com-
is
pact and
light
of convenient size,
in weight, and easy of
manipulation.
The
Framework
is
of
The Bellows is
of the
form
used in portable
cameras, and not flat, as in
many of the collapsing cameras
ordinarily
48
"PANROS"
ROSS'
PATENT
FOCAL-PLANE CAMERA
(continued),
Cross Movement
is
One
One
Winding Head
of the
of the
"
Panros" Camera
is
the
Patent
of fo to ^fas of a second.
of J, J, J, I, 2 and 3 seconds or
prolonged Time,
ball release, and, a certain speed having been
used,
making a second exposure at the same speed.
are self-closing, that is one blind overlaps the other
and remains in this position during the next setting of the shutter, so that should
the slide of plate-holder be withdrawn, no light will reach the sensitized plate or
film.
In other focal-plane shutters of fixed aperture the slide must, to avoid
fogging, be re-inserted in the carrier, should it have been withdrawn before the
shutter is set, or else recourse must be had to a lens-cap which is liable to be
forgotten.
there
is
no need
to re-adjust before
For Prices,
etc.,
49
(continued}.
opens the blinds for focussing purposes. To release and return blind to normal
position before setting, give the outer head a slight turn first forward as if to wind
and then backwards. The blind will return to its position ready for setting. Half
a turn of the head is all that is necessary to wind and set the shutter for exposure.
This winding brings the blinds into position for working.
The Mechanical Working Parts of the Shutter are entirely concealed
in a small internal space, and from their design and the great care taken and
exactitude in putting together they are not at all liable to get out of order.
in
The camera
is
furnished with a
Hood
for focussing,
finish to the
Camera, and
is
New Bond
Street,
50
ROSS' "PANROS
PATENT
Prices of ROSS'
"PANROS"
Cameras.
TAKEN WITH
ROSS'
Negative by FRANCIS
"
HOMOCENTRIC "
6
in.,
Series
III.,
f.
6'3
BACON
LENS."
ROSS* PHOTOGRAPHIC
LENSES
& CAMERAS.
TAKEN WITH
ROSS'
5
in..
"
[Copyright.
HOMOCENTRIC
Series HI.,
f.
>'3.
Negative by
"
J.
LENS.
C. CARTER.
Ross Limited,
31,
Optical
Works:
CLAPHAM COMMON,
S.W.
Focal Plane
51
REFLEX CAMERA.
made
in
mahogany, and
covered
in
morocco
of slit,
of
screws.
and
is of
A very
52
THE
3^ x 2$
NEW
REFLEX CAMERA.
Focal Plane
5x5x5 inches.
Weight, 2J pounds.
new
desired.
obtained are of such excellent quality that they are suitable for considerable
enlargement.
For every circumstance where portability is desirable this Camera is therefore
the most useful form. A carrying handle is attached.
To set up the Camera, pull tab on left, raising
one side of the hood, and then the inner tab on
right, which will bring both hood and magnifier
into position.
PRICES OF
m any climate.
REFLEX CAMERAS.
"
as described with 3 solid form double backs and Ross HomoCode word- Miniflap
centric" lens, f/6-3 fo. 5 in
" Homocentric"
Miniflin
Lens, //5'6, fo. 5 in.
Ditto, with Ross'
" Tessar"
Miniflaz
Ditto, with Ross-Zeiss
Lens,//6'3, fo. 4J in.
in.
Minicoz
fo.
4i
5,
//4
Ditto,
Camera
Double Backs
Book form
Changing Box for 12 plates
Film Pack Adapter
each
Solid form
,,
s. d.
14
15
14 10
15
070
12
12
15
18
or 24 cut films
or
Camera and
changing box
Light Wooden Tripod Stand
Aluminium Folding Stand, extra
Antinuous Release Fitted
light
3 backs, or for
Camera an
150
076
53
made
of
Teak.
54
NEW MODEL
ROSS'
TWI N-LENS
REFLEX CAMERAS
absolute accuracy of the system of using
a second lens for focussing and watching
the object photographed, of the same construction and focus as the working lens, has induced
Ross, Ltd., to design a Camera on this principle
of quite novel arrangement.
THE
remains
The working lens is furnished with the new "Koilos" diaphragmatic shutter
working at from 1 to s>h second, more generally useful than the focal-plane,
which is principally for high-speed work. Nevertheless the New Camera may
be furnished with a focal-plane shutter if desired
the
"Automat," "Centex" or other suitable
;
cameras
is
New Model
New
The
the full
ROSS'
PO
set
55
REFLEX
up the Camera
work open
CAMERA.
head
for
the
hand towards left, when the front carrymove forward and the picture may be
focussed on the screen.
When closing the hood, press down the
spring before lowering the lid. The camera
is sus-pended from the neck by a sling or
mounted upon a stand, suitable bushes
This
being provided for the purpose.
Camera may not only be made with
focal plane shutter if desired, but also with
revolving back and square finder portion,
so that objects may be viewed and pictures
taken either way of the plate.
it right
lens es will
i
5x4
56
Camera
COMBINED. =
HIS Camera
is
made
for
by 3| or for Postcard
size, 5 by 3J, and by special
of
arrangement
Sliding
Door at back admits of
Plates being used as we 1
as Roll Films.
It
Commercial Spools of
Films or Plates as
the
no
requiring
adaptation.
desired,
It is
of
Carriers
special
Metal,
leather
Lightness, Portability.
Prices
For pictures 4} by 3J on Roll Films or Plates, with Pull-out ordinary Extension,
Rising Front, 3 Metal Slides, new B. & L. "Automat" Shutter, the "Centex,"
and Ross' " Homocentric " Lens Series III. /6'3.
8 8 6
Complete as described
Or with "Koilos" Shutter, 14s. extra.
For pictures 41 by 3J on Roll Films or Plates, with Raak and Pinion Double
Extension, Racked Rising Front, Screw Cross Motion, 3 metal slides, new
B. & L. "Automat" Shutter, the "Centex," and Ross' "Homocentric" Lens
Serit s III. / 6-3.
O O
1
Complete as described
Or with " Koilos" Shutter, 14s. extra.
Extra Plate Holders, metal, each, 1 s. 6d.
For pictures 5J by 3J (Post Card size) on Roll Films or Plates, with Double
and
Fine Adjustments for Focussing, Rising and Falling Front
Extension, Quick
actuated by Rotating Rack, Screw Cross Motio.a, new B. & L. " Aim mat "
and Ross' "Homocentric" Lens Series III. /"6'3.
the
"Centex,"
Shutter,
11 5 O
Complete as described, with 6 Metal Plate Holders.
Or with "Koilos" Shutter, 14s. extra.
Extra Single Metal Plate Holders, each, 1 /9.
.
Each Camera
"Automat"
is
KODAK CAMERAS
No. 3
3 and
Ross
or
LENSES.
57
with
fitted
Ross-Zeiss
-
..850
of
900
of
Kodak N.C.
3/0
1/6
I);
Code
9126
KODAK
Lens
Homocentric
Ross
Code Word, Kifaut.
with
plates;
//&.
13
The
with
in special setting
in pull-off case.
No.
4.
capacity
loading.
950
Leather Case,
Pakocas
Code Word,
10
"
etc.
Homocentric " Lenses can be adapted to customers' own Kodaks,
and Process
Photographers
Professional
and
to
Amateur
offer
ROSS, LTD.,
other
choice and a finer selection of high-class lenses than any
Workers a
The
greater
New Bond
Street,
8.W.
58
& INSTANTANEOUS
TIME
PATENT SHUTTERS
THORNTON-PICKARD'S STANDARD PATTERN
To
fit
Price
Speed up
to
^ of a second.
4/6
Dimensions, 3J x 3 x | inches.
Weight, 31 ozs.
fit
Pattern
made
in
Aluminium,
Price
from
12/6
59
Suitable for
5-in. and6-in. fS;
"
HOMOCENTRIC
and Ross-Zeiss
5-in. /6'3
7-in./8 5i-in. and 6-in. /6'3, 5-in. f5'6 ..
8-in. /8; 7-in and 8-in. /6'8; 5J-in.. 6-in.
Price
..
and
/8;
Koilos.
Koilata.
Koilion.
Koilina.
48/0
60/0
12-in.
Lenses.
Code Word
and
7-in./5-6
10-in.
"TESSAB"
35/0
40/0
..
05
1
7-in.
6-in.
f&;
/5'8
6-in.
/E'3;
5 and_5i-in. /5'6
SJ-in./S; 7-in.
2A
10-in.
f8;
8J-in.
/6'8
SJ-in. /6'3
12-in.
/8;
54/0
10-in. f&-&
10-in
Compexil
Complot
7-in./5-6
3
Compcar
40/0
42/0
48/0
U-7-in./6'8
Compos
,,
/6'3;
1-in. /5'6
60/0
,,
12-in. yB-8;
12-in. f&-3 ;
10-in. /5'6
,,
65/0
* No.
has the "Antinous " Kelease included in price.
Cost of fitting to Customers' own Lenses, 7/6 each.
B.
&
L.
Comptum
Uomptura
New
size "AUTOMAT."
and Dust-proof. All valves in Interior.
"Antinous" Release.
Everset and provided with Locking Lever.
From 1 to jJ 5 Second, also Time and Bulb Exposures.
In Aluminium Case
Ball and Tube or " Antinous " Release, extra.
Code Word Centex
Compact,
light tight
"AUTOMAT"
The
For Lenses with opening
,,
mm.
40mm.
of 30
,,
To Lenses
110
of other
..
Manufacture,
Shutter.
250
2 17
. .
52/6, 67/6,
..
according to
size.
THE
The
I.R.
Pneumatic Release,
ROSS,
Ltd.,
mm.
36mm.
52 mm.
of 24
..
.
2 12
317
Shutter (B.&L.)
.
..
440..
1/- extra.
60
ROSS'
An
"CENTURY'
CAMERA.
Fig.
1.
Fig.
2.
1st. Its
2xm.d.
Expert users of modern high-class Lenses have hitherto found that the oldfashioned square bellows cameras, notwithstanding their weight, possessed some
points of advantage over the lighter and more popular tourist patterns. The defects of the usual conical bellows cameras are especially noticeable when photographing architectural subjects with wide-angle lenses, or copying. In the former
case the bellows is forced backwards in front of the plate when the lens is raised,
and unless great care is taken a portion of the picture is lost. When copying it is
a great advantage to have the lens fixed and to focus from the back, but with most
cameras the contrary is the case.
portable
The " Century " Camera has been introduced because it is entirely free from
the defects enumerated above, and combines, in a most perfect manner, the
advantages of both systems.
PRICES.
The
following prices include camera, three double dark slides, best quality threefold tripod and revolving turntable, complete.
Size in
inches.
61
Triple Extension
ROSS'
"Century" Camera.
Specially designed
for the
Photographer.
It has every movement requisite, and the extensions, back and front,
render the adjustment for size of copy in reproduction particularly easy
and convenient.
This Camera has all the advantages of the square bellows camera
without its bulk, weight, and other drawbacks. Amongst its many good
points are the following, viz.
1st.
Its Extreme Lightness and Portability.
2nd. The Triple extension of bellows, enabling Lenses of long focus to
be used, such as the single combinations of the Ross-Zeiss Convertible
"Protar" and other Lenses. The Half-plate Camera has an extension of
fully 22 inches.
3rd.
Its Extensive Rising and Swing Front.
4th. Its adaptability for short focus or wide angle work.
5th.
Its Strength and Rigidity when in use.
6th.
Its Simplicity of working parts and its First-class Workmanship
:
PRICES.
The following
10x8
12x10
With the exception of extra extension, the remarks referring to the
advantages of this Camera are equally applicable to the Double Extension
"Century" Camera.
62
Improved Portable
ROSS'
of
Long Focus.
The
X 5
size
extends from 3 to 17
rpHIS
"
1?
'a
The Front
is rigid,
heavy lenses, and, as the bellows racks backwards, wide-angle lenses may
be employed without having the foreground of the picture cut off by the
baseboard, as frequently happens with Cameras of other patterns. The
baseboard folds over the ground-glass screen when closed, thus protecting
it from danger of breakage.
Size.
in.
^STS
3 -0,1 .a
g
^S
i,.c
|3
-j
"3
^^
ROSS'
63
itself,
useful
and embraces
is
original
all
recent
the
affording
operator facilities that have been
hitherto unattainable.
additions,
Camera
The
and
12 x 12 for plates 12
15 x 15
15
x 10 and under
x 12
20 x 18
20 x 20
29 5
32 10
43
SPECIAL
RULED
SCREENS,
Process Work.
PRISMS,
MIRRORS,
FILTER
CELLS,
c,
64
NEW
SERIES
Enlarging
Lanterns.
THE
1
No.
65
"SERVICE"
V**** ******
ROSS
Binocular Glasses
German
Brass,
posite,
and Aluminium,
A special feature of
this Glass is its newly
computedOptical
System whereby
increased
^yMi
brilli-
317
6
6
Glass.
Brilli-
3 7
3 10
66
is
indispensable.
GEORGE MURPHY,
&
Cameras.
AUSTRALIA-
IN
U.S.
Ltd.
Sydney, Melbourne,
OF AMERICA-
Inc., 57,
New
York.
IN
ITALY
SPAIN
ROSS,
Ltd.,
MANUFACTURING
OPTICIANS,
Common,
S.W.
Everything
from the development of the
negative to the framing
of the mounted
enlargement
RAINES
& CO.
THE STUDIOS
BALING, LONDON,
::
::
::
::
W.
69
Bromide Enlargements,
BLACK & WHITE AND
ON PAPER
ORDINARY
(Rough or Smooth).
GLOSSY
(White or
EXTRA ROUGH
SEPIA.
(Single Copies).
PLATING MATTE (Rough or
CREAM CRAYON.
Pink).
(White or Cream).
Smooth)
70
THE
BRITISH JOURNAL
ALMANAC ADVERTISEMENTS.
SEPIA.
Mark and
India Tint
Circular
Bromide Enlargements,
BLACK & WHITE AND
SEPIA.
Mounted on Best Paper Plate Mounts, with Circular Plate Mark and India Tint
SIZE
72
Platinotype Enlargements.
0)
I
G
D
J>
i
z;
jj
J
*
3
2;
j
z;
D
3Q
73
PR
1 1\IT
1M C*
1 1
* IXll^l
lllVJ
and Collodio-Chloride.
Cj[
to the
For one
different
<I
As
to
we
thing
framing
should
whom
with
stock
we have
be
of
obvious
is
American and
that
in
is
photographs
such work
hundred
one
over
of
Continental,
photographic work
framer,
British,
of these
it
to
exclusively
have
papers
Of some
to
Our
photographs.
mounting
Japanese.
itself
is
fl
our business
special feature of
75
than
agency.
firm
devoting
better
is
position
the ordinary
but an occasional
necessarily
side line.
^1
the
of
Typical
receiving
the
is
Manchester, a well
"
am
expressions
following
known
my
exhibitor
with
delighted
of
the
thanks for
Mr.
by
Mr.
are
Jas.
constantly
Shaw
very
I
of
<!
we
opinion
written
tints
shall
the
editor
careful
"
F.
Mortimer,
J.
F.R.P.S.,
'CTie
of
it
way
skill,
RAINES &
CO.,
EALING.
the
of every
will find
76
Some
Captain Owen
"
Wheeler,
Appreciations.
writing
in
"
good friends, Messrs. Raines & Co., whose name is familiar in men's
mouths as a household word in everything to do with very high-class
reproduction and especially enlarging."
My
B.
M. Lawrence,
the
photographs
Major A. B. Stone, 2nd Cheshire Regiment, Madras. "The prints that you
made and mounted for me arrived this mail. I am extremely pleased with
them and the best way I can show my satisfaction is by sending you a
It
is a real pleasure to have one's negatives
great many more to do.
printed as you do the work."
"
I
think I owe it to you to say that
Knight, Esq., Clifton, Bristol.
wife and I are very pleased with the way the framed enlargements
have been done
they certainly reflect great credit on your staff and we
shall recommend anyone who wants similar work to come to you."
W. A.
my
"
You have done excellently in regard
Morden, Esq., Brixton.
the enlargement ; I did not expect that it would turn out so well.
I
shall certainly recommend your firm in the press as well as to inquirers."
Henry
J.
to
H. Formby,
"
I wish
also to thank you for all
Esq., M.D., Newcastleton.
The frames you made for me
the trouble you have taken on my account.
are excellent and your charges exceedingly moderate."
Rufus E. Eoans,
H. P. M. Berry,
in
me
my
friends."
"
I
have sold eleven
Eric Burder, Esq., Loughborough.
Preston Exhibition and I am sure that a large amount of
of
my
these
at
the
success
is
due
to
am
quite satisfied."
St. Petersburg.
RAINES &
CO.,
"
I
:
EALING.
"Every
print,
every
the
beat
enlargement,
result
::
::
the
negative
will yield."
::
::
"
79
SIBYL"
Pocket Camera
The British Journal
of
We
of
practical
and
efficiency
all
the
Standard Adjust-'
of the
including
have never
a
Camera
handled
which came near the
"SIBYL" in the combination
Contains
ments
dimensions."
slim
::
::
::
Also
::
speeds.
::
ABRIDGED LIST
& G." CAMERAS
"N.
of
for
::
Note
::
::
New
1910
Address:
Newman &
Guardia, Ltd.
17 & 18, RATHBONE PLACE,
OXFORD STREET
(LATE 90 &
:
92,
LONDON, W.
GONIOMETER. LONDON."
80
Catalogue Free.
Postage 4d.
THE "SIBYL"
Pocket Cameras.
WEIGHTS AND PRICES.
SIZES,
Outside Measure-
Approxi-
ment when
J PLATE.
Closed.
Inches.
Title.
mate Weight
Price
of Camera.
Complete.
s.
Model No.
1.
"DeLuxe"
(Double Extension)
No.
2a.
No. 2b.
No. 3.
No. 4.
No. 8.
No. 9.
NOTE.
"
"
x 4J
51
26 oz.
l|j
d.
21
2a
Special,"//4-8
..
16 16
20J oz.
2b
17 17
14 14
14
16 16
16
Special," //4-5
"Tessar"..
..
"Cooke".
..
x 4J
5J
5;
x 4|
x 4J
x 44
5%
rise
20
both ways
5&
5A
5?s
x 3& x Ig
x 3fa x 1A
x 3fg x 1$,
13 13
10 10
990
ACCESSORIES.
x 2J Plate.
s.
250
280
2
10
IS
NFWMAN
nDwroAn
"
11
IS
13
10
4
15
10
01
03
I/-,
backed
1/3
1/6,
004
009
076
10
300
To
3 15
Sibyl" J-plate
330
xEj
ltd
Ida.,
backed
17
&
IS,
1/9
10
J-Plate
3J
J-Plate.
s. d.
27
1
7-12
d.
7
10
10
To
l/l
Plate
480
3 17
Rathbo&e Place,
81
Provided
of
Lenses
first
so
only,
quality
that the negatives
will bear enlargement to any size:
15 x 12 in. pictures
being quite possible
withou serious loss
of sharpness.
The weight of the
"SIBYL"
with
one
DE LUXE. Model
No. 1.
Camera
Dark
Slide in position is
J-plate 21J ounces,
and 3J x 2J plate,
15| ounces.
spite of the diminu-
In
no point
essential to comtive size,
at
measured speeds between the extremes of J and rjg sec. and " Time " exposures
can also be given. When open, the " SIBYL " is rigid and steady, and its side-struts
and base afforil a good comfortable hold for use. Being constructed entirely of
metal it cannot be affected by change of climate.
;
of
We
2.
17
Ltd.,
&
Rathbone Place,
Oxford Street, London, W.
18,
THE
82
The
BKITISII
Catalogue Free.
.
"N.
Postage 4d.
&
G.
" SQUARE-
REFLECTOR
REFLEX
MIRROR-FOCUSSING
CAMERA.
"N.
&
G."
Reflex Self-FocusTHE
sing Camera
shows
moment
of exposure, and
same degree of size
and brightness in which it
It
will fall on the plate.
thus entirely removes the
two great difficulties in
the GuessPhotography
ing of Distances and the
Estimating of Exposures.
in
tlie
It ensures
of
Dead Accuracy
Focus and
Correctly
the
graphers
invaluable luxury.
NEWMAN &
GUARDIA,
17
Ltd.,
&
18,
Rathbonc Place,
Catalogue Free,
83
Postage 4d.
giving
Anastigmat,
foci,
and
Without Lens,
fitted
mended
...
& recom-^j
Zeiss
35
40
50
25
27 10
32
40
f
}
No. 7.
Special.
//6'3 61 in. //6'3 7
in.
#6 '3 5jin.
7J
in.
//12'5
11^
in.
//12'5.
in.
//12'5.
No.
10.
in. //G'3
13f in.
//12'5.
3J x 2
& G."
30
No.
Uj
Strong Velvet-Lined
Leather Case, with
" N.
J-plate.
in-
Lenses
9xl2c/m.
^-plate.
plate.
plate.
1
10
5x4
'^-plate.
J-plate.
15
200
10
15
15
12
15
Reflex Tele-
of Amplification
"N.
...
&
G." Changing
Boxes, for 12 Plates or
250 250
daylight-
......
changing Adapter and Leather Case ...
Special Film-Pack Adapter, for the new day-
3150
i-plate.
1
...
light-changing Packs of Isochromatic Films
Shutter for long automatic
Modified Linhof, including cost of
Exposures
15
12
Supplementary
;
fitting,
............
Woodwork
10
well-seasoned Mahogany,
and every board clamped and cross-tongued. All joints are fitted
and screwed together, to stand the most severe strain. Metal Parts
Magnalium, for lightness, wherever possible. Covered throughout
All
is
NEWMAN
ilCrWm/Ul
Rl
<X
filTADniA
UUHKLF1A,
ltd
Lid.,
I?
&
IS,
Rathbone Place,
84
Catalogue Free.
Postage 4d.
The"N.&G. UNIVERSAL
HAND and
TRIPOD WORK.
CAMERA.
For
round Work.
all
subjects, it contains, in
reserve, every Adjustment required in Photography, and can readily
Opened,
to
show
Fittings and
Movements.
PATTERN
"
Work. as
well.
B.
Ross
This is the "N. & G." Universal in the simplest possible form. It
from the 2-Foci Special B only as regards the Lens it is identically the
same in every other respect, and is the pattern we usually make to fit Customers'
differs
own
With
Lenses.
Zeissnevr
//6'3
"Tessar"
ing cost
Suitable
of
or 9 x 12
21 10
18
Anastigmat
Without Lens,
5x4
J-plate.
fitting
Lens
16
13 15
Series
VII.A
5x4
J-plate.
" N.
&
2210
26
1550
17
NEWMAN &
its
20
and
GUARDIA,
is
also
maximum
5$ x 3i
(Post Card)
or 9 x 12 c/m
sizes:
18 15
The
28
any
(from)
similar Combinations.
As neat and light as the ordinary Pattern
sufficient for any but the most extreme work. The
Zeus
^-plate.
24
but includ-
5J x 3J
(Post Card)
c/m
made
J-plate.
28
32
19 15
21
Ltd.,
&
18,
Rathbone Place,
Catalogue Free.
Thc
"N.
&
G."
85
Postage 4d.
De Luxe
Camera.
For
HAND
TRIPOD WORK.
and
the
"
FOEregularmajority
N. &
Camera
is,
of workers the
and
G." Universal
will probably
It is the
or under difficult
Work.
circumstances.
It is also offered at a cost which
places it
within reach of every one who appreciates a
highgrade standard article.
Still, in the course of time, we have had
occasion to make many important
improvements in
details in order to meet individual
requirements,
and have been able to devise additional refinements,
further
increasing
the
usefulness
of
the Universal for
particular purposes.
of
The introduction
the
tirely
new
features
Camera
construction which
in
NEWMAN &
GUARDIA,
17
Ltd.,
&
18,
Rathbone Place,
THE
86
P.RITISH
Postage 4d.
Catalogue Free.
of the
...
either 8-plate
fitted Ziess
2 foci
30
Box
32
Series Vila.,
No.
5in.,//6'3; 9in.,//12'5.
Weight
Measurement
Maximum
...
6f x
5jx5j
in.
Range
11 in.
Extension
1 sec. to
Closed-Back Pattern.
Weight, with Box and Screen
...
Measurement
...
Maximum
...
...
of
Shutter Speeds
4J Ibs.
8| X5jx 5^ in.
Extension
11 in.
reputation
old favourite
is
as the
Highest Efficiency.
Acme
a world-wide
has
combined with the
other folding Cameras
of Lightness
It differs
from
all
in that
rigidity
machinery
.'.
plates.
1.
2.
2S.
J7
15
10 10
A-plate.
18 18
Stereoscop'
'-
19 19
''Homocentrie" Lenses
(Cases of Nos. 2 and 2S Velvet lined and fitted with Cycle Straps.)
17
Ltd.,
&
18.
Rathbone Place,
Taken with
Nic. Perscheid
Berlin
ZEISS ,,TESSAR'
CARL ZEISS
29,
LONDON
W.
88
Minimum*Palmos
made
most
1098
and
5X4
Price including
63/ 4
in.
3 D. D. Slides and
3Y2 x2'/2
with Tessar, Series
with Tessar, Series
II
II
II
'/4
Focus
4.4 in.
Eq.
//4.5,
14. 4.0
in.
15.16.0
Eq. Focus 6
Eq. Focus 6
in.
<
14.19.0
in.
=z?
16.11.0
//4.5,
Eq.
5x4
in.
//6.3,
//4.5,
II
II
Eq.
//6.3,
//6.3,
13.18.0
in.
Eq.
^e 13. 8.0
Focus 6
Focus 6
//6.3,
in.
in.
instantaneous exposures
in .
//6.3,
for Stereo
in.
DID!
4Y4 x3'/4
I
and Panorama
Focus
5.4 in.
Eq. Focus 7
jf 22. 9.0
in.
.......
9O
Stereo-PalmOS
made
/4
x3
in.
/4
(9x12 cm)
of
Stereo-
1124
Stereograms.
Snapshots 41/4X31/4
1123
in.
Price
including 3D. D. Sl/des
and
1125
Panorams
4i| 4
x3i/ 4
2 Tessars, Series
2.
II
//6.3,
for Stereograms,
Equipment
I.
1. Equipment
Stereograms and
Panorams
in.
Leather Case
<
19.12.0
Panorams and
Snapshots
2 Tessars, Series
1
Tessar, Series
3.
II
//6.3,
b
,
//6.3,
Equipment
c
Tessar, Series I
or Tessar, Series
4.
II
in.
Focus 6
Eq.
for Snapshots,
in.
//4.5, Eq.
b
II
//6.3,
,
Focus 6 in.
Eq. Focus 6
/i
.
in.
and
.
&
24.12.0
Plate
.
17. 4.0
15.14.0
j?
5.
5.0
ZEISS-NAGNAR
1 : 10, Eq. Foe. 18 in. in focusjacket, for rigid Yrplate hand cameras,
about 6 in. extension
Zeiss'Magnar
sing
The
10.0.0
for adaptation;
10.0
1.3.0
7.0
.
1.2.6
3.0
Universal'Palmos
5x4
in. or
4Y4X3'/4 in.,
6 l /2x4Y4 in. made of light metal.
Equipment with "Compound" Shutter
3 D. D. Slides and 1 Leather Case 1.
Plate, ready
Wide-Angle
Exposures.
i/ 4
for
1203
1.
5x4
in. or
Foci two 9.8
4Y1X3Y4
6V2 x4
/4
in.,
11.8, resulting
focus 7.3
in
18.
32. 0.0
1.0
2. ForSnapshots,LongFocusandWide'AngleExposures
4VtX3V4 in- or 5x4 in. with Series IV, //6.3,
6V2><4
/4 in.
Series V.
Extra
Focus
4.4 in
=z?
22. 2.0
35. 4.0
14.
6.0
Igel,
Exc.
Berlin
W.
1
10;
f=18in.
n
DDii:
94
Zeiss*
Objectives.
For
Tessar
Tessar, Series
/4
5x4
Focus 10
//35, Eq.
plate and
Standard Mount.
in
in.
in.
j
20. 0.0
Portraiture.
c
jff
.
.
I
,
f/4.5, Eq. Focus 7 in. .
Portraiture and Instantaneous Photography (for Reflex
8.
0.0
jff
5.
0.0
6.15.0
jg
3. 4.0
Tessar, Series
Cameras).
b
Tessar, Series H
and
Cameras).
Eq. Focus 6
//6.3,
Instantaneous
Groups
For
I
#6.3, Eq.
Focus
V* plate (6V 2
Hand
Focus
5.6 in.
...
3.4 in.
x4
3
/4
Eq. Focus 12
//3.5,
(for
all
Tessar, Series
in.
Photography
in.)
.
j? 25. 0.0
jff
10. 0.0
jff
7. 0.0
Focus
jff
7.13.0
jff
3.
jff
35. 0.0
jff
17. 0.0
jff
11.19.0
jff
5. 0.0
10. 0.0
in.
Portraiture.
c
I
,
f/4.5, Eq. Focus 8.2 in.
Rapid Instantaneous Photography.
Tessar, Series
b
ll
.
//6.3, Eq. Focus 7 in.
Tessar, Series
Hand Cameras and Groups and Instantaneous Photo.
graphy.
all
For
Tessar, Series
Purposes.
Focus
Vi Plate (8
/9
in.
x6
Eq. Focus 16
//4.5,
4.1
4.0
/9
in.
in.)
.
Portraiture.
b
II
.
//6.3, Eq. Focus 12 in.
Groups and Instantaneous Photography.
Double Protar, Series IV 7-7 //6.3,Eq. Focus 9.8 in.
Tessar, Series
Protar, Series V,
Interiors
New
//1 8,
all
Purposes.
and Architecture.
//IO
18 in.
St.,
Liverpool
W.
2
89 Grafton St., Dublin
3 Victoria Sq.,
Newcastle
;
59
115 Ox60 Cheapside, B.C.
W.C.
W.
40
171-173 RegentSt.,
Strand,
Birmingham
Brompton Rd., S.W.
fordSt.,
72-74 Buchanan
St.,
Glasgow
The
ticulars
consult
special
will
To
the Amateur
Ltd. offer a wide choice of cameras embodying the latest ideas in design and construction
perfect negative media in the shape
of Kodak Roll Film, Eastman Plates and the
Premo Film Pack Developing Tanks a large
Kodak
To
the Professional
Is devoted
95
The BROWNIE
KODAKS
four splendid box-form cameras constructed on the Kodak daylight loading
principle have introduced thousands to
the pleasures of picture making.
A child
can use them.
No.
No.
No. 2
No. 3
3* X
4^ X
embody
No. 2 3j* x 2" 21/No. 3 4!" X 3i" 37/6 with R.R Lens
No. 3 a si* x 3i* 42/
46 /50/-
The FOLDING
POCKET KODAKS
are recognised wherever
photography is
practised as the perfection of pocket camera
design and construction. They are made in
seven models, which divide themselves into
THREE TYPES.
No. i 3J* x 2^", No. i a 4^-" X 2|".
Fixed
focus cameras with first-class single lenses, iris
diaphragms, time and instantaneous shutter, reversible finder, opened and extended by a single movement. No. i 42/- ; No. i a 50/-.
No.
a Special
4i*
No. 2
3|"
i
Superior
X 2\"
x 3$*
equipment
consisting of high-class
Rapid Rectilinear lens,
automatic
focussing
No. 3
No. 3a
No. 4
4i" X 3i*
5^ X
5"
Focussing
3 J*
4*
cameras
all the
features of the previous models, and rising
and falling front, No. 3
No. 33 90/-,
72/6,
No. 4 90/-.
embodying
TANK
DEVELOPMENT
the best possible treatment for your
whether over, under or correctly
whether they are time or
exposed,
is
roll films,
instantaneous exposures.
And
tank.
Made
in four sizes
FREE.
The
PREMO
FILM PACK
contains twelve
flat
orthochromatic films
The
illustration
provided
99
ry
ill;
KODAK
N.C. FILM.
The
only genuine
Kodak Film
has behind
it
Kodaks
the experience
and shows
EASTMAN
PLATES
Rapidity, latitude, fine grain,
and
ease
of
uniformity
manipulation
Eastman
make
the
Plate
MEDIUM.
For
all
Eastman Orthochromatic.
'
101
SOLK
Solio, Aristo and Kodak
Collodion Self -Toning Papers.
Kodak Bromide
Velvv
P.-
-to.
Kodak Postcards.
NEW
103
BOOK
JUST PUBLISHED
THE PHOTOGRAPHER'S
?T It
below,
simple
Treatise by
Andrews)
PRICE
Post Free,
1/1/3.
"The
"PRACTICAL
NOTES
ON
TELEPHQTO
GRAPHY."
This is a 64-page pamphlet,
profusely illustrated, explaining the principles
which underlie
Telephotography, and giving full working instructions.
R.
&
J.
BECK,
Ltd.,
THE BECK
ISOSTIQMAR LENS.
The "Isostigmar" Anastigmat
lens, possessing as
it
does
the sup<
all
Photography
now
is
covered.
series.
Series
I.
4-5.
Angle 60.
Series
la.
,,
f 6-5.
60.
Series
II.
,,
5-8.
70.
2f
Series
III.
,,
7-7.
65.
4|
6-3.
11
Aperture
Series IV.
Series
V.
,,
Series VI.
,,
The general
special
5-6.
,,
90.
60.
,,
60.
,,
in. to
3fc
12
9&
,,
12
in. focus.
19
8
9
,,
7J
,,
,,
,,30
,,
17
characteristics
The
made
at the
Natior
Physical Laboratory.
"DEFINITION
stop
R.
&
J.
BECK,
EXCELLENT. 1
Ltd., 68 Cornhill,
London, E.G.
105
The plate having been foat the centre of the field with the largest stop, for an indefinitely
distant object, the movement necessary to bring it into focus, when the
cused
and the dotted curve for transverse lines, relative to the photographic plate. For this lens these lines coincide, the ASTIGMATISM
being practically NIL."
radial lines
The above
test
Zonal aberration,
The Isostigmar
is
The construction
a 3 Foci Lens.
of the Isostigmar allows
it
focus, thus
making three
lenses in one.
is
For telephotography, the Isostigmar is particularly suited, being a perthe large aperture it
corrected positive element for this class of work
In fact, for all classes of work underpossesses is also a great advantage.
taken by the amateur or professional the Isostigmar will be found most
fectly
three-colour
work the
R.
&
J.
photographer
who
wishes to do copying or
BECK,
Ltd., 68 Cornhill,
satisfactory.
London, B.C.
106
SERIES
II
large
longer l.'locw
post free.
"<"
amount
of risi
"'
s.
d.
2126
21266
2 12
326
376
3126
4 15 O
s.
45
fi
d.
1176
2 26
2 7 6
2 1O O
3150
d.
426
426
4 26
s.
4150O
5 O
S 12 6
6150
300
3100
3150
426
550
serie
10
I.,
This series
f/4'5,
is
angle 60.
108
TH
LENS.
THE BECK ISOSTIGMAR
PROCESS LENS.
Series V.,
Fn.
from aberrat
PRICE
No.
LIST.
109
BECK LENSES.
its own as the best Anastigmat lens yet made, and
covers almost the whole ground of photography. We
also make lenses of the Rectilinear, Symmetrical and Aplanat type, which
have been so universally appreciated that the greater portion of the cameras
of a moderate price are now sold with Beck lenses.
lens of this type can
never rival a good Anastigmat, but they are excellent lenses at a cheap rate.
Full particulars of all our lenses are to be found in our catalogue, and
in
(post free
gratis);
they include:
Series IV.
Aperture //12. Angle 100 to 110. Where an
angle greater than (90) given by the Series IV.
Isostigmar is required, these lenses are useful, they
Foci,
give excellent results with small Aperture.
Prices
2J in. to 10 in
3 10
1 15
to
Lens.
The
Foci, 5J in. to 14
//7-7
best
in.
Prices
//8.
thoroughly good
Prices
Foci, 5 in. to 18 in.
The
Rectilinear
Prices
Foci, 3 in. and 4 in.
Beck Wide
Rectilinear
Angle Symmetrical,
Wide Angle Lenses. Foci, 3
5 in
,,
800
500
600
200
,,
180
form
1 10
,,
150
176
,,
/yi6.
in. to
Prices
17
8 10
,,
21
now seldom
//3
'
R.
&
J.
4 15
,,
BECK,
15
sold.
OT
Telepboto Attachments.
**
CAMERA EXTENSION.
p
'"
Ill
BECK LENSES.
The "Universal" Telephoto Pairs.*
To provide for those who desire to be completely equipped for Telephotography, we are making selected pairs of two Telephoto Attachments which
screw interchangeably into one Rack and Pinion mount, one high power and
This combination enables any magnification to be used under
The mount and the two lenses are packed in a case
outfit.
Pairs.
PAIR. J-plate size, Consisting of Rack and Pinion mount and two interHigh power and No. 2 Low power,
changeable telephoto attachments, No.
incase
with the addition of an Isostigmar //5'8, Positive lens,
No. 1Y do.,
do.,
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
3,
Rack and Pinion mount and two interchangeable telephoto attachments, No.
High power and No. 3 Low power, in case ...
with addition of an Isostigmar //5'8 Positive lens, No. 4,
2Y do.,
do.,
Scries I. f/Q aperture
3 PAIR.
J-plate size, Consisting of Rack and Pinion mount and two interchangeable telephoto attachments, No. 1 High power and No. 3 Low power,
in case
with addition of an Isostigmar //5'8, Positive lens No. 5,
3Y do.,
do.,
Series 1., //6 aperture
4 PAIR. Whole-plate size, Consisting of Rack and Pinion mount and two interchangeable telephoto attachments, No. 2 High power and No. 5 Low power,
incase
No.
4X
do.,
do.,
Series
I.,
f/6
//7'7
Positive lens,
No.
7,
*4 12 6
7
5 O
26
5 O
5 O
8 17 6
6 1O O
1O
5 O
cameras
attachment
can
be
of short extension.
It
times.
form
of
The Beck
No.
"
"
%
Si!nple
Telephoto Attachment.
112
of procuring
it
O
this
The sum
a lens of a similar
Complete in
the
of
15s.
will
of...,
if
Isostigmar
i-plate,
Unicum
lens
is
1/1 -plate,
^-plate
1 10s.
Unicum
fitted into
a larger size
sarv.
price
case,
Retail price
Exchange
cal,
shutter
is
neces
(Patent).
photographic shutter
which gives accurate speeds. It has
four instantaneous speeds of l/10th,
l/20th, l/40th and l/80th of a second
also bulb and time exposures. Each
shutter is supplied with a test card
showing the exact speeds, and it
will be found that they only vary
from the engraved speeds by a small
amount. The principle upon which
the "Celverex" shutter has been
designed is such that the speeds
must of necessity be relatively accurate.
The difference in speed is
obtained by increasing or decreasing
the size of the opening which passes
over the lens aperture.
The " Celverex " shutter is exceptionally small and thin, and can be
fitted to small folding cameras, as
well as those of the larger model.
All makes of lenses can be fitted,
is
No.
1,
R.
&
J.
BECK,
Ltd., 68 Cornhill,
London, B.C.
Beck's
Square
Model Cameras
Finest
workmanship
throughout.the strongest,,
Prices from
6 5
20 17
to
0.
for
work,
graphy,
telephoto-
and
copying
modern forms.
Camera.
Folding:
Prices
10
22 10
to
Cannot be beaten as a
0.
field
camera.
Well
and
made
1/1
-plate.
camera,
tripod^
Prices,
Beck
Symmetrical
Lens.
Ordinary
}-plate.
ft-plate.
3 10
1/1-plate
5 10
Tropical Model
4 IS
Ordinary
J-plate.
J-plate.
3 5
1/1-plate8 12 6
Tropical Model
6 15
R.
&
J.
BECK,
Ltd., 68 Cornhill,
London, E.G.
10 2
THE SANDERSON
CAMERA.
A
first
class
camera with
all
all-
"CORNEX"
FILM HAND CAMERA.
The
plate
Sr/.e.
PRICES.
Gem
Lnicuiu.
476O
Celverex.
Shutter.
312
1
6
5 15
5 O
<
<
The
simplest of
all
cameras to
x2
3f
4!
5Jx3|
of instructio
has
The Box Model camera
-^
,
Ltd., 68 Cornhill,
equalled
for
fo
i *
12 12
*5 o
iis
results h
producing
London, E.G.
ne-
115
THE "ZAMBEX."
Daylight Loading Plates or Films
in envelopes of 12.
Change the
Made in
film by pulling up a tag.
Best
No
direct
focus-
accurate focal
plane
vibration,
sing,
shutter
up
to
s ^j
of
J-plate.
s.
New
. .
14 10
. .
15 10
Series 1, F/4-518
1 10
movement, vertically and horizontally
Beck Universal Telephoto attachment fitted
Ho above, Low Power
3 17
. .
. .
. .
d.
to
Best
6.
116
THE "CORNEX"
Twelve plates in sheaths, one
motion changes the plate. For obtaining good results, not now and then, but
always, use a good box model camera.
This camera is fitted with
good lenses,
a good shutter, and has few
adjustments. For hand cameras the fewer
the adjustments the more certain
the
results.
Prices
Fixed focus
. .
Focussing model
1 1
and
3 3
to
2 2
6 12 6
THE
'DAI-CORNEX'
Daylight changing cam-
rate as in
Good
first
quality
the Cornex.
Box
Cameras
Model
are
always
get
bent
or
when
strained,
right
and
once
are
always right. The daylight loading is a great
advantage (see next page
Prices :
Fixed Focus
220 and 330
Focussing Model
4
to
THE
TELEPHOTO
"CORNEX."
A
Magazine
Camera
Prices
12 12
R.
&
J.
BECK,
Ltd., 68 Cornhill,
London, E.G.
to
21 15
117
for Plates .
The one essential difference between the Dai-cornex Cameras and all the
" Box Model
" lies in the sheaths.
tie
Magazine Hand Cameras
The whole sheath is slightly larger
ban the ordinary type, and is sur-
rest of
special feature of this Index is that besides pointing out the distance at
rhich the object is in the most exact focus, it also
gives the distances on either
ide which will be in focus with the different
apertures.
INDEX.
lines
take
the
The arrow B,
"
of
place
if
set
to
"
than
but
f/8
little
such
as
depth
of
focus.
>
LfflLJl)n7!'il'flil
i'lvl
pertures.
JFull
particulars
are
sent out
is in the
finished pocket
rith
arm
of
neatly
ook.
R.
&
J.
BECK,
Ltd.,
Extra
refills,
per packet,
6d.
AITTOTISEMEKT8.
TOT BRITISH JOOTKM, ilmKAC
of the
This Screen
truest rendering of all colinvalues without
ex/
creasing the necessary
same proper
posure in the
our
tion.
XSKSSH*'
than ,he o,din MJ jeUo,
QUALITY
I.
*-
*"*"* ""
QUALITY
II.
Morgan
&
RICHMOND, LONDON,
Kidd
S.W.
BROMIDE PAPERS.
PRICE
All
Grades.
Platino-Matt,
Natural
Surface
(Smooth or Rough).
or Pink Enamels.
MORGAN &
KIDD'S
Gaslight Papers
With Developing
Tablets.
MORGAN &
121
KIDD'S
P.
O. P. Per doz.
6d.
per 1,000
per 1,000
is/-.
38/--
ENAMELS.
Vitrified
Photographs
Burnt into
Rounds
122
MORGAN &
KIDD'S
Bromide Enlargements
On Platino Matt, Natural Surface, Cream
or Rose
Enamel Paper.
Crayon, or White
5g7
MORGAN &
KIDD'S
Carbon Enlargements.^
In
124
MORGAN &
KIDD'S
COLLOTYPE
PRINTING
Machine -Printed Ink Photographs.
Suitable for Superior Illustrations to Books and Catalogues, Portraits, Views,
Reproductions of Drawings and Paintings, Fac-sinules of MSS., Photographs
of Estates for Sale, Machinery, Furniture, Pottery, etc., etc., and of all Artistic
and Commercial Manufactures.
MORGAN &
125
KIDD'S
COl _OTYPI
VIEW PUBLICATIONS.
POST CARDS
POST CARDS.
Title, and Publisher's Imprint.
Printed in sets of 25 different views.
500 of each view 14/6 per 1000
1000 of each view 11/6 per 1000.
Printed in sets of 12 different views.
500 of each view 17/6 per 1000.
1000 of each view 15/- per 1000.
CHARBONEL PRINTS.
A new method
WARM
PRICES
VIEW ALBUMS.
Pattern. 9 by 7 View Album, with
sixteen 8 by 6 views on heavy paper printed one side only, plate
manrked and titled. Decorated stout paper covsrs, with titles in
To sell at Is.
gold.
Editions of 1,000, 6s. per dozen 500 editions, 6s. 6d. per
"Landscape
'
dozen.
Stiff
9^ by 7, with sixteen 8 by 6
imitation leather stiff covers, with gold blocked
To sell at Is.
title on front.
Editions of four gross, 6s. 6d. per dozen eight gross editions,
views, in
handsome
Kew
"
TELEPHONE
P.O. RICHMOND
37.
I2C
MORGAN &
KIDD'S
COLOUR PRINTS
Collotype Process.
The reproductions by our improved process, of Paintings,
Coloured Drawings, and objects requiring rendering in colour;
possess a richness of colouring, and so perfect a rendering of the
most subtle gradations of the tone an,i colour of the original, as to
make them unapproachable in artistic quality by any other method
of colour printing.
We
PROCESS BLOCKS.
HALF-TONE
To
BLOCKS
FOR
TYPOGRAPHIC
PRINTING.
Illustrate
<S-i.
in.
Minimum
6s.
Fine,
Medium,
The
finest
Negatives
Original Negative
obtainable.
Kew
TELEPHONE
P.O.
RICHMOND
37.
is
128
\D\KKT1SKMENTS.
BUTCHER'S
MMiHMBMMMMMMMMM^^MBB
"MIDG
Magazine Cameras.
The
of
this
series
of
now
ad-
Cameras
is
mitted
throughout
whole
the
are
They
for
all
world.
suitable
countries.
similar
cameras
excellent
money.
No.
value
striking
series
offers
value
No
of
such
for
us
129
CAMERAS
The Acto-Midg.
The Camera
that tells
is
necessary.
The "Acto-Midg"
is
the
hand camera
construction, and with it is
combined a light meter working
latest
advance
in
Prices complete
for 12 J-plates
Achro
Anastigmat Lens,
at
working
The Miniature
F/yy
....
Selfix.
A waistcoat
camera
plates
220
330
on
for pictures
/;-,
1|.
Fitted
with
front,
With
single
Lens,
Achro
F/n
2 12
DEALERS.
13O
BUTCHER'S
FA
"RLIMAX"
FOLDING
POCKET CAMERAS.
One
'
special
features
the
of
Klimax
'
the
is
extreme rigidity
of the front.
is
It
of remarkable
strength and
when in position
is
absolutely
Rising
steady.
pro-
The
vided.
rise
actuated
being
by a quick thread
sc
rew
camera
of
The
is
made
mahogany and the back can be swung both ways and locked at any
The lens is the new Aldis " Uno" Anastigmat //yy covering the
angle.
plate well at
open aperture
set in
an Automat Shutter,
Focussing
is
by
us
CAMERAS
The "Uno" Cameras
with Aldis 'Uno'
Anastigmats F/7'7.
The Aldis "Uno" is
Fitted
an anastigmat, giving
sharp and critical
definition from corner
to corner of the plate.
The finest lens fitted on
an inexpensive camera.
The "Uno-Carbme."
having
every
The "Uno"
an automat
movement.
lens is fitted in
shutter.
Post-Card
"
The
A
Uno-Cameo."
folding
camera made
metal.
pocket plate
entirely
of
particularly rigid
The shutter
a simplex automatic.
front
is
It
ment.
6
6
3 12
4 12
J-plate
is fitted.
2 15
J-plate
The "Uno-Selfix."
(As illustrated).
Similar to the "Uno"
Cameo, but with a front
which, on pulling down the
baseboard comes out into
position and locks itself
A
ready focussed.
focussing
movement
is
-plate
.'
3 15
Copenhagen
St.
132
_BUTCHER'S_FAA
The
A
Cameo
"Stereolette"
dainty Camera
4^x
if (45
X 107 c/m).
mwrn i
Jm
3 10
800
12
"Stereolette" Sundries.
"Primus" Transparency
Printing
Frame
(as illus-
tration).
PRICE
4/6
"Primus"Transparency
Printer.
For making
glass
trans-
The "Primus"
printirg
Stereolette
negatives on to post-cards.
PRICE, Gauge & Masks, 1/3
Blackheath.
Ltd
SUPPLIED BY
CAMERAS
>us
TKo
STFDFO1 I\e O
1 C,C,U~
FOLDING CAMERAS.
Standard size 6 x 3
This series
;
of
cameras have
every movement
the
stereoscopic
photographer
Well-
requires.
fold
made, they
and can
space,
be carried in an
ordinary
jacket
pocket.
_
No.
No.
o.
No.
i.
i.
2 15
300'
..........................
ak.&.rfo
The "Primus"
Stereoscopic
Post-card Printing Gauge (Registered).
_J
TMC-PRIMUS-
sitized
each
post-cards.
gauge
With
supply
of
making.
Gauge and Mask,
PRICES.
with J-plate
Gauge and
Mask.
No.
No.
No.
i.
2.
3.
For Stereolette
,,
Post-card
,,
,,
,,
Standard
,,
,,
\rrii\gdon Av.,
rOGRAPHIC DEALERS.
(5^
(6|
Printing Frame
and Glass.
2/6
2/6
2/9
1/3
1/3
1/6
free
on application.
London, E.G.
Photo Mount Works
Copenhagen Street.
134
BUTCHER'S
"CARBINE
F,
'
'
Carbines
most
'
'
are the
completely
equipped
film
roll
design
carefully
and
they
most
is
thought
have
out
many
Designed
used.
They
are pro-
ment
No.
of practical use.
is
CAMERAS
The
"
Pressman - Reflex.
Focal Plane.
Is in
every respect
an instrument of the
higher order.
It is
remarkably
free
from
unnecessary
complications, but at
the same time has every
movement necessary for
rapid and reliable working.
the
The
shutter
of
slit
is
permanent
i.e.
variety,
apertures,
with fixed
and the
brought
instantly
position.
The
rotating
tion
exact
horizontal
vertical
camera
is
made
or
The
picture.
in the
possible manner
and is not affected by
climatic influences.
best
Price List.
J-plate Camera and 6 Single Metal Slides.
5x4 Camera and 3 Double Mahogany Slides.
Lens.
Camera and
Slides only
Anastigmat, f/7'j
Cooke Lens, Series III., //6'5 ....
Aldis
Uno
5><4
^-plate.
//6'3
14 14
9 9
10 14
14 6
15
15 19
15 14
20 17
23 4
23 19
23 9
Copenhagen
St.
136
Butcher's
The "NATIONAL"
FAMOUS
CAMERAS.
FIELD CAMERA
OUTFITS.
This range of outfits
made throughout
is
manner,
Every necessary
movement is proSwing and
vided.
swing
and
rising
front,
roller
blind
with time
valves, giving a range
of exposures from
shutters
No.
tropical
POST-CARD
PRINTER.
"
for.)
The 'Klimax
Post-Card Frame.
Can be used
PRICES.
Frame, including J-plate and!
J-plate Negative Carriers
and three Masking Gauges
(J-plate,
J-plate)
and
6/6
Post-card
.
The Rlimax
'
'
Printing Boxes.
Made of polished mahogany,
and fitted with a patent
Klimax
Frame.
Printing
The burner is fitted with a
most ingenious bye-pass, and
1
'
50
1 10
DEALERS.
St.
138
BUTCHER'S
Optical Lanterns.
We
will
The
"Council."
a
lantern
of Russian Iron,
with extra heavy brass
front and draw-tubes.
is
first-rate
made
No. lod.
10
loa
roc
loe
,,
losl
3-wick lamp
4-wick lamp
incandescent burner, support and reflector
Stocks' pattern lamp
...
No. o Meta spirit lamp
2 14
2 16
2 17
2 19
3 10
2
A well-constructed
lantern of large size
arc
for
use with
lamps. It has a 5"
condenser, and the
front, which is of
heavy build, is detachable,
enabling
the lantern to be used
as a stage arc.
Fitted with 2-in cylinder lenses.
Fitted with 2-in. cylinder lenses
.
9
9 12
Blackheath.
SUPPLIEI
is
LANTERNS
Enlarging Lanterns.
We are the leading manufacturers of enlarging apparatus, making
a range of over 20 patterns of daylight and artificial light enlargers.
"
" How Can I
contains full
of
Our handbook,
Enlarge?
particulars
The "Abbeydale.
An
enlarger of original
Its
feature
is
the
Central swing carrier stage
principal
operated
by
and
rack
5x4 or
J-plate.
Without Objective
With Objective
Post-card.
400
500
pi.uc.
-,
5 15
700
The "Record."
The
strument
rack and
pinion systems
provided to all movements.
It has a carrier that swings,
rises and tilts, actuated by
racks, and rack adjustment
to lantern body and lens
board. It is made of selec-
an unusually
heavy manner, and is the
ted walnut in
finest
enlarger obtainable
at the price.
J-plate,
Without Objective
4 15
With Objective
5 15
5x4
or Post-card.
5 15
700
J-plate.
-plate.
13
18
7 15
9 10
Copenhagen
St.
Butcher's
PORTABLE
ILLUMINANTS.
Generator.
This Generator has
the great advantage
of portability, packing into a small box
for carrying. It gives
very fine light
equal to 150 candle-
when
power, and
once started requires
little or no attention.
pound
supply
.200
Price
The
'META"
second
only
to
this
lamp
the
oxy-
At a small
hydrogen light.
cost an intense light, equal to
150 candle-power is obtained
from methylated spirit. It is
most simple to use. and is free
from smell and smoke.
No.
o.
As
illustrated,
polished brass
No.
i.
A lamp
make and
finish
made in
10/6
of
superior
15/0
No.
za.
SUPPLIED
The
"EnipifC
Cinematographs.
The No. 00
Empire
Combination
Cinematograph
and Projection
Lantern.
A
for home
schools, bazaars, etc.
machine
use,
It is
an exact reproduction on a
small scale of a regular
machine
for
exhibition
work. It takes the standard
size films and can also be
used as a magic lantern.
Complete, with cinematograph and lantern lenses,
5
The No. 2
Empire
Cinematograph.
The Theatre
Projector.
machine
This
is
leading exhibi-
embodies
many
novel
features, principal
among
which
is
the
new safety
cut-off.
Empire Catalogue
on application.
Price
35
xrringdon
Av., London, E.C.
rOGRAPHIC DEALERS
Photo Mount Works
Copenhagen
St.
T. E. B.
Made
British
Photo Mounts.
tj
We
Mounts
draw the
specially
to
our
unique
attention of
facilities
for
users
their
of
Photo
manufacture.
We
suitable
We
for
every
trade
requirement.
TRADE MARK.
^1
Professional
makers.
Photographers
Remember
prices
and
for
British
made.
House,
Farringdon
Mount Factory:
Avenue,
London,
King Cross, N.
E.G.
143
EXCELLENT QUALITY.
UNIFORMITY OF SPEED.
FINENESS OF GRAIN.
EA5Y TO USE.
ORDINARY
PORTRAIT AND
LANDSCAPE
INSTANTANEOUS..
H. & D.
Speed.
..
..
50
)
I0
i'
200
200
Hand-Camera work.
P.S.
..
.-
..
ACADEMY
"(200)
'
Diving
strong
con-
'
..
..
250
MARION-ISO--
-.
250
Extra speed.
LANTERN
..
SUPREME
..
Accurately rendering
colour values.
Slides.
PROCESS
. .
any
of
above Emulsions.
SPEED
NOTE.
deciding
by
MARION'S TROPICAL
PLATE
(H.
&
D. 250.)
Scientific
Expeditions,
etc., etc.
MARION &
Co., Ltd.,
22 & 23,
Will keep
free.
THE BRITISH
144
JOI.'KN-VL
,m j:i!TIS!..M
U.MANAC
OAMERAS.
HAND
The SOHO REFLEX
Hand Camera.
for Travellers
is the Best Re
Motorists, Artists, Press Correspondents, Naturalists,
le
and
Camera
who
require in a
the best results.
to
eliminating
practical
Every
all
all
Photographe
working, and certainty of
been carefully studied with a view
while retaining all useful and
reliability, ease in
detail has
complications,
advantages
Hand Camera
The Camera
will
appear
in
the
finished print.
To Professional
Photographers we
specially
the
recommend
Reflex
So ho
Camera.
Its
more obvi-
ndoor
nap,
willing to
of the
bazaars,
We
all limes
t
are
becomes a possibiliiv.
to facilitate this spec.al use
possible modifications
,rk
Sake any
races,'
Camera.
Ltd.,
22 & 23,
145
LIST.
Po-t-card
J-plate.
s.
d.
s.
<
j-plate.
\.
a.
d.
s.
12 10
12
18
24 10
16
15 15
21 15
30 15
17
16
22 10
31 10
17
13
22 10
31 10
18 15
1850
24
33
19
17 15
24 15
35
19
18 10
24 10
33 15
20 10
18 10
26
34 10
d.
,,
.,
,,
Goer/.
,;
Dallmeyer
locus
5'3
.j-plate, 8J"
focus
" Soho
Changing nox
Soho " Film Pack Adapter
fitted
160
1170
200
120
100
070
186
10
15
19
200
18
12
10
15
15
10
15
10
14
15
100
200
10
2 10
150
100 136
016 020
18
Slide.
for ditto
movement
170
'.
Envelopes
New
Daylight
I.,
Mackenzie- Wishart
focus
,,
"
III., f/6 5,
6" focus;
200
15
076
From
10
0250
15
076
10/6
In
all
MARION &
CO., Ltd., 22
15
13
23,
15
12
030
020
wnh
tlie
is listed
&
lens of
076 076
upwd.
300
15
15
15
100
16
14
026 036
6
146
ADVKIM
\\-\r
THE TROPICAL
I.-K.M1.N
!.-.
bound,
in
PRICE LIST.
1
Post-curd.
147
NEW
INTRODUCTION.
3^x2
inches.
The Dainty
Reflex,
MARION &
Co., Ltd.,
10
15
070
12
1
<>
15
12
15
22
&
23,
148
THK IJKHI.-H
.K.I-RVAL
ALMANAC
5"
soho" stereoscopic Kelie\ camera
E
Many
them
to
will
all
the advantages of a S:
Camera without
scopic
any way
in
a single
interfering with its use, with
The charm
lens in the ordinary way.
" Reflex"
picand reality of many a
ture will b'e enhanced greatly bj
taken and viewed stereoscopically.
We
fit
removable screens and divisions permuting the use of two paired lenses.
The
PRICES:
The
"
Soho
"
Camera
Reflex
I with
Stereoscopic screens and
ol
sions, including the mounting
'4 10
two
witi:
The above
fitted
with
Goerz Dagor
35 8 o
uarautee
"
space
avail:.:
"
soho
viewing
Mirror Attachment
The
fitting ei
level oc
the user to hold the Camera at eye
Whe
oven at arm's length above the head.
the
way,
in
ordinary
holding the Camera
it often happens
the
hood,
into
down
looking
inclusion
>e
that this position ni
and
of an unnecessary amount of foreground
in a
that sometimes (for instance
taking of a picture is impossible.
draw
Viewing Mirror abolishes this
the lid of the Ca
It slips instantly on
it can be
that
so
the mirror being hinged
adjusted tor any required height.
L
Camera
the
in
for
away
flat
:
Covered
putting'
leather.
.,*
PRICE
5
MARION &
CO., Ltd
22 & 23,
ate,
12 6.
4.
14/6.
Post-card, 13 6.
rte,
16/6.
BRITISH JOURNAL
143
VIGNETTKR,
operator,
GOOD'S
and is
is
the last
the
invention
of
an
experienced
word
easily superior to
ease of working.
It is an ingenious application of Bowden Wire
Mechanism, very simple and at the same time so strong that there isno likelihood of any derangement. An outstanding feature of GOOD'S
VIGNETTKR is the ease with which it can be fitted to any Camera
or Stand
three screws to put in and the Vignetter is fixed, while it
cin be instantly removed if not required. It has complete range of
movements in four direciions (i), distance from Lens (2)", lateral
;
GOOD'S VIGNETTER
is
To
sent out securely packed in strong cardbox box.
save space, the arm is divided the user has only to screw the brass
plates which are fitted ready, for which screws and the holes drilled
are provided. The socket carrying the Vignetter is fixed by means of
one screw to front of Camera or Stand. The control, with levers, is
fixed by means of two screws and keyhole slots to the side of Camera
or Stand in the position most convenient to the user.
compact.
It is
MARION &
CQ., Ltd., 22
&
23,
45
150
to
The
the
of
Halls, At
Lamp
at
Homes, eh
facilitated.
Boardman
The
is
Lamp
actually economical
use.
It is relatively
in
more
used
is
light
producing.
No complicated mechanism
get out of order, the
feed of the Carbons being
done in a fraction of a
to
The normal
height
is
ft.
rim of Reflector,
but the Stand can be raised
so that the extreme height
to top rim is n to 12 ft.
to the top
MARION &
CO., Ltd.,
22 &
23,
W,
151
LIST.
BOARDMAN'S MULTI-CARBON ARC LAMPS,
Number of Arcs
Series.
in
etc.
152
The
No. 2491.
As will be seen from this illustration, this Studio Stand is novel in design
It is a complete departure from the ordinary Studio
and appearance.
Stand, and embodies features that have long been desired by Photographers
We claim the following advantages:
may be
Camera high up
by
all
this
placed about seven feet high
brings the view point near the
centre of the group, allowing a
Marge stop to be used, giving a better
view of the back rows and a more
;
___^_
The Stand
is
Price
MARION &
8 Os
CO., Ltd., 22
&
23,
od
The 'ROBINSON'
Professional
Retouching
Desk.
THIS
practical
Two
65
MARION &
CO., Ltd.,
22 & 23,
SOHO SQUARE,
LOiNDON, W.
154
MARION'S MOUNTS.
BROWN MOUNTS
flat
edges.
No.
2070
2073
2074
Si /.e of
10x8
Mount
with gold bronze line
sf
7
xy
,,
,,
,,
,,
x 4^ square
3&
inch circle
,,
STICKY-BACK MOUNT.
No.
2085
No. 15
1000
144-
16/-
,,
15
8/-
,,
15
I3/-
1171
in gray,
and
Per 100
1000
54
48/-
CABINET PROMENADE.
No.
2120
2171
2173
2175
in
edges.
Si/.e of Mount
10 x 7f with centre 6J x 4^ square
x 3^- oval
10 x 8
,,
5
10 x 8
,,
4^ inch circle
THE
"
WILTON."
2177
Mount
Size of centre.
with design 5| x 4
ii X 8
Size of
Usual terms
MARION &
..
..
No. 9
9
,,9
..
whom
&
23,
1000
60/-
68
60/-
6/8
60/-
No. 10
to the Trade, to
samples
will be sent on application.
CO., Ltd., 22
fi/8
(For Cabinet.)
Plain
and
13/4
1000
120/-
full lists
155
MARION'S MOUNTS.
THE "TROUVILLE."
Cambric surface in two shades
and centre
Coloured bevelled edges.
in darker shade.
No.
2
(For Cabinets.)
Size of Mount.
ii x 8
silver-gray
So
-iiSi
ii
x 8
2186
ii
x 8
Zi8?
ii
x 8
No.
1000
15
21/-
I89/-
No. 15
2I/-
189-
No. 15
2I/-
189/-
21/-
189/
No. 15
with cambric
(For Cabinet.)
plate mark.
Size of Mount.
2193
12
x 9
with
bevelled
2195
12
x 9
with
bevelled
'plate (mark
6 x 4^ square No.
plate
5$ x
1000
10/-
96/-
10/-
90/-
mark
3ft
No.
oval
THE "GRANTON."
(For Cabinet.)
Cambric surface, brown, with coloured embossed centre,
coloured bevelled edges, rounded corners.
No.
2212
2210
Size of Mount.
ii x 7^ with
ii
THE
x y
*'
embossed
with embossed
DELPH."
oval
5$
1000
centre
x 4
square centre
6J iX 4
No. 15
18/-
162/-
No.
18/-
162/-
15
(For Promenade-Cabinet.)
In fine white, with choice embossed plate mark, and gray bevelled edges.
And in cream with brown bevelled edges.
No. Size of Mount.
Thickness. Per 100
1000
2220 8J x 4 white, with embossed plate mark
x
53
2f JjNo. 9,v 8/8
78j222
8J x 4$ cream with embossed plate mark
;| x 2 f No.lQ
8/8
78/r
is
to
whom
samples and
full lists
MARION &
CO., Ltd., 22
&
23,
156
BRITISH
THI-;
MARION'S pAPERS
Manufactured at their Works, SOUTHGATE, MIDDLESEX.
MARIONA.
A
For broad
only.
Also in cut
effects.
sizes.
('.lossy,
Glousy in Whiie,
SMOOTH.
high-class paper for
full sheets.
al
MARION'S
A sensitive
The
Full sheets, 23
MARION'S
P.O.P.
requiriii
in.
x 17}
in.
MARION &
CO., Ltd., 22
&
23,
W.
tsu
JOTJEXAL
\I..MA\AC:
ADVK;:TISKMKN
157
:s.
(si x
Per Packet of
with
'.
Per Packet of 8
with 2 Masts,
Bromide Matt
6d.
6d.
Quick-Print Matt
Per 100
2
3
MARION'S
..
3).
In Gross Boxes
with 2 Masks.
12
Masks.
Bd.
..
5/6
1000
58/0
Per Packet of 18
with 2 Masks.
..
7/6
7/6
..
1/0
1/0
..
..
52/0
52/0
Penoo Pr
Per 1000
3/4
3/0
Per
..
30/0
27/0
.,
Matt,
No.
..
2..
3/4
3/4
1000
30/0
30/0
ENAMELLED
STEEL
DISHES.
I/-
"HYPOTSTO
REQD.
MOST
ECONOMICAL
AND
EFFICIENT.
HYPO NO
are
is
OF ALL DEALERS.
Sole Wholesale Agents
MARION &
CO., Ltd., 22
&
23,
158
THE
= Kreckletoiv's
BRITTSir JOURYAT,
ALMAXAC ABVERTISEMENTS
Shading Screens
jt
(Registered
No.
346449.)
j*
place in the
the Photographer a simple, quick, and effective
means of producing the beautifully shaded pictures similar to
the productions so %vell known from the Studios of the leading
The
Artists
of
the Profession.
THEhands
of
whole
ing
shift
secret
in
lies
the
key
illuminate
interest
time
of
being
the
of
effective
able
rapidly
so as to
light
chief
portions of
shading
the
light-
to
other
same
portion-.
The^Tise of the
will
front of the
reflector.
The
and compact.
Price 351-
MARION &
C0~
Ltd.,
22 & 23,
l$t>
THE
PHOTO MATERIALS
CO.
(1905)
LTD.
MANUFACTURERS OF
TRADE MARKS
2OOOE1OO!
QUALITY AND RELIABILITY
REG. OFFICES
6-
DISTRIBUTING
WAREHOUSE:
TELEGRAMS
LETOPHOMA, LONDON.
:
13151
(Fifth Edition)
and
E.C.
CENTRAL.
CASTLEBAR WORKS
(LATE B.
FULL DETAILED
J.
EDWARDS &
PRICfc LIST
CO.),
EAL1NG. W.
I6O
Edwards'
XL
Plates & Films
Trade
Mark.
MANUFACTURED AT
Edwards
& Co.),
EALING, W,
&
Iso Plates
Edwards'
(ISOCHROMATIC).
These
SNAP-SHOT
and are
still
200-240 H. & D.
INSTANTANEOUS
iso-iso H. & D.
This
MEDIUM
100-120 H. & D.
A. S. (AUTO SCREEN)
The
100-120 H.
Si
for
D.
Perfect
latest advance in isochromatic plates.
rendering of colour values without the use of a screen.
XL
Edwards'
(ORDINARY OR
EMPIRE
&
(250-350 H.
161
Plates
NON-ISO.)
D.)
SPECIAL RAPID
SNAP-SHOT
(200-240 H.
& D.)
RAPID
(150-180 H.
of
&
D.)
medium
plate
latitude in exposure.
MEDIUM
(100-120 H.
&
rapidity,
An
in exposure.
"HOSPITAL" X RAY.
Specially prepared for Rontgen
electro-chemical experiments,
"
KRISTAL."
Unrivalled for making lantern slides and transparencies by contact. The range of tone from pure
black to ruby red and any intermediate tore is
No darkobtainable with ease and certainty.
room
required.
SPECIAL TRANSPARENCY.
"
A more
162
LETO
GASLIGHT PAPER.
The Companion Paper
gradation and depth, with
to
Seltona
absolute
;
unequalled for
freedom from fog
in manipulation.
Allows full control of half-tones, great
latitude of exposure, and unrivalled for the beautiful
MADE
IN EIGHT GRADES.
MATTE SMOOTH.
A
The
SPECIAL PORTRAIT.
For Soft
The
results
surface
is
the
PLATING MATT.
A
VELLUM.
The new
Fine carbon
and depth.
effect.
MATTE ROUGH.
A
for
and depth.
softness
CREAM SMOOTH.
A
delicate cream-tinted
for sepia toning.
paper,
specially
suited
CREAM ROUGH.
For broad
and large
GLOSSY.
For
pictorial
all detail
landscape
work.
prints.
SELTON
A
SELF-TONING
PAPER.
MADE
SUIT
MATTE SMOOTH.
full of
CREAM SMOOTH.
A
ANTIQUE WHITE.
GLOSSY MAUVE.
A
and enamelled
prints.
all
detail
work
64
LETO-MATT
Collodion Papers,
LETO-PLATINO.
The Matt
Unrival-
most
perfect
brown
to pure black.
regular in manufacture.
Made
SMOOTH A
in
two surfaces :
great delicacy
and
detail.
soft-
LETO-PLUTO.
A
platinum toning.
One
grade
No
for single
Smooth Carbon
Surface.
LETO-CHAMOIS.
This paper
with which
is for
it
gives a
The charm
surface
LETO
P.O.P.
A Gelatino-Chloride
LETO
COLLODION
PAPER.
high-grade glossy
Collodio-Chloride
Paper of
Gives prints unrivalled
and richness
LETO TINTONA.
A
LETO BROMIDE.
A
LETO TONERS.
For toning bromide and gaslight prints to all shades
of blue, green, brown or red, with ease and
The tones are very pure and rich in
certainty.
colour.
REMBROL
In
I/-
Cartons.
(Registered)
control.
Specially
whites.
In Cartons,
I/-
for
beautiful
each.
LIST.
6$
166
"BOARDOID
PHOTOGRAPHY.
which
is
Cover Mount.
made
and
I/-
upwards,
are sup-
to
4/6 complete.
Made
In
I/- packets.
Direct writing.
of
for Lists 15
new and
without injury
No
simple method of
negative or paper.
Outfits, 2/- complete.
to either
reversal.
"BOARDOID" PHOTOGRAPHY
and
20,
List.
write
WE SELL ONLY
iHORNTON-PlCKARD
1@
ABRIDGED
CATALOGUE
191O.
NOVELTIES
"
Inat.
...
Sets
page
174
page
191
page
page
page
page
page
page
187
186
197
196
190
199
UNEEKA ENLARGER
page 201
IMPROVED "SUNBEAM" and "WAFER"
Cameras
pages 1
::
92 & 193
CO., LTD.,
ALTRINCHAM.
BRITISH-MADE CAMERAS
1*8
Terms
of Business.
ACCOUNTS. Monthly
any further deduction
Invoice.
"ON APPROVAL." All Goods made by the Thornton-Pickard Manufacturing Co., Limited, may be obtained" through any" dealer in Photographic
on approval
Apparatus, or they will be sent direct on
terms, if remittance for
the amount accompanies order. The goods to be returned, carriage paid, within
three days, if not approved.
ELECTROS. Electros of any of the Thornton-Pickard specialities are sent
on application for inclusion in Dealers' Catalogues, at a nominal charge for each,
according to size. Upon return of the Blocks this charge is credited in full.
CARRIAGE. Carriage will be paid on all prepaid retail orders within the
British Isles, and on Foreign prepaid retail Qrders to port of shipment. All small
parcels are sent per parcel post, and the larger ones by passenger train unless
otherwise ordered.
PACKING. Experienced packers only are employed, and every care is taken
do not, therefore, hold ourselves responsible for any
to ensure safe transit.
loss or damage that may occur after the goods leave our premises.
Packing
boxes are charged at the lowest rate, and are not returnable.
We
THORNTON-PICKARD
RUBBER MOULDING.
Made in
PATENT.
different
thicknesses as
shown.
Price
OJ
80.
P er foot, or any
less quantity.
fj
3
i"
5
A"
A*
r thick
FITTING. It should be cut to the required length with a sharp knife, and
sprung into the aperture with the rib or flange on the inside.
EXPOSURE RECORDER.
Shows
6d.
For
DARK SLIDES
PLATE HOLDERS.
or
Price
Each.
Postage Id.
Also supplied
on Cards of
Six,
Price 3/-
Postage
Id.
AF.TKR
EXPOSURE
The
Thornton-Pickard
Manufacturing
free.
Co.,
Ltd.,
Exposure
3 seconds,
Prize Picture.
Mr.
"BUBBLES."
"
Royal Ruby
"
EDGAR SIMPSON.
Camera and
3 seconds.
Prize Picture.
Exposure
Taken with
"THE
I<ADY PIANIST.'
Time and
Instantaneous
Shutter.
the
Thornton-Pickard
world
Standard Pattern Time and
Instantaneous Shutter is well
known.
ful
It
Time
and
Instantaneous
cap-
PRICES.
Speed Indicator included.
171
172
R0YAL" SHUTTER
(Time and Instantaneous).
The " Royal " Shutter
is
constructed on the
and
3f x 2
1 in.
thick including
projections.
PRICE LIST OF
SIZE
To
up
fit
"
ROYAL
"
SHUTTERS
to inches diameter.
all
SHUTTERS.
STEREOSCOPIC
Before and Behind Lens Patterns and
Made
in
Time
Ex-
PRICE LIST.
Size, to fit
in
the World
the
THORNTON-PICKARD PATENT
"
"
SELF-CAPPING
TIME & INST.
6".-
53" wide
Price
Made
"
I
,'
thick.
in J-pIate,
7vK
7'X5
A-plate,
The superiority of the Focal Plane type of Roller-blind Shutter over every
other pattern is an absolutely admitted and established fact. Its
high co-efficiency has always made it a special favourite with
serious photographic workers, for on account of its working in the
"
" focal
plane immediately in front of the sensitized plate, practically the whole quantity of light admitted by the Lens is utilised
in the exposure.
The chief objections which have hitherto prevented the universal adoption of the Focal Plane Shutter are briefly as follows
1.
The numerous adjustments necessary tor its efficient working.
2.
The failure to work for "Time" without detracting from the
:
The absence
mechanism
of
Self-capping
Blind
unless
with
complicated
speeds.
An Everset
175
work a revolution
in
Photographic Apparatus.
It is the greatest original advance in Focal Plane Shutters since the introduction of
an Adjustable Slit in our first pattern Focal Plane Shutter twenty-one years ago. The
new and
below, represent
new
"
UNIT "
Shutter:
ONE AND
THE SAME
TURN
OF THE
duration.
Automatic Self-adjusting
WINDING
KEY
Slit.
BOTH
to Instanta-
neous, or vice-versa.
One Turn to Set ; One Press to Release.
No complicated Mechanism.
Smooth free-working of Shutter.
Blind always perfectly taut. No
THE
"UNIT"
FOCAL
AND
SETS
sagging.
Blind sets and closes as straight as a metal plate.
ADJUSTS
WIDTH
OF SLIT
IN BLIND.
its
operation.
which
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
It
It
It
It
It
176
THORNTON-PICKARD PATENT
For the successful photographing of Flying
and
Birds, Animals in Motion, Men Jumping
Running, Cycle Racing, Athletic Sports, and
of
this
a
Shutter
all rapidly moving objects,
It fits at the back of
is indispensable.
type
Thornton-Pickard Focal
No.
THE
The Nos.
Plane Shut-
2 and 3 MODELS.
ADVANTAGES OF
NOS. 2 and 3
Models Focal Plane Shutter.
Adjustable
Slit
from Outside.
4JX8J.
5
X4
OR ORIGINAL MODEL.
177
PRICE LIST
of the
Thornton-Pickard
SHUTTER
RELEASES
and
Gas Tubing
The "Arabesque"
NO.
1
2
3
4
6
7
3
4
6
8
4
178
Latest
Improved
ROYAL RUBY"
Model.
The
World's
Standard
HIGH.
CLASS
CAMERA.
Represents
the greateet
achievement
the Art of
In
Camera Conetructlon.
The " ROYAL RUBY " is the last word in Stand Cameras. Perfect in design,
embracing every practical movement, and a great number of Reserve Adjustments
for the most intricate work and every conceivable emergency, fitted together with
the care and accuracy of an instrument of precision, rigorously tested and verified
in every detail, this Camera, when it leaves our
Factory, fa in every respect an
instrument which any photographer might justly feel proud to possess.
It is
unquestionably the greatest triumph yet achieved in the making of Photographic
and
such
is
the
Apparatus,
reputation it baa gained that it is best known as the
KING
in the latest model the apex of perfection has been attained by the
"
introduction of the " Omniflex
Rising, Falling, Extending, and Swinging Front
of simplified yet most efficient design.
This " Omniflex " Front is unlike and
superior to any other Swinging Camera Front device.
It Is impossible to give here any adequate conception of what this
Camera really is; suffice it to say that it is the very best production of the Bett
Britiih Camera Makers, and is strongly recommended to all in search of the finest
all-round Camera procurable.
The prices are, for such an Outfit, very
can experience but the greatest pleasure and satismoderate, and no purchaser
faction in acquiring a " Royal Ruby."
A few of its most salient features are enumerated below.
Triple
Fall to front.
A greater range
other
movements,
Camera made.
of
CO. LTD.,
"
(TKAK) Patterns.
ALTRINCHAM, ENGLAND.
179
THORNTON-PICKARO
Two "qualities
of
The Brassbound
climate,
and
will easily
"
180
THE
THORNTON - PICKARD
NEW I9IO
IMPROVED
PATTERN
'Special
RUBY/
THE MASTERPIECE OF
MEDIUM- PRICED CAMERAS.
6. 10.
"
The
Ruby "
7. 15.
Brassbound
Outfit
Special
is
similar
in
pattern to the
Royal Ruby."
Extra Wide Front and Bellows, preventing all "cutting off" with shortest
focus lenses, and making the Camera adaptable for Stero. Work when
required.
Also focus-
Cross Front, Triple Extension, Alternative Wide Angle Movements, SwingIng Movements in all directions, &c., including SIDE SWING to Camera
Back.
<fec..
&c.
SPECIFICATION
"
AND
PRICES^
"
Special
&
6. 1 O.
PLATE
STEREO. OUTFIT
...
8. 1 O.
"K"
..
each
..
8/8/6
Waterproof Carrying Case
N.B. The Stereo Outfit consists of Camera, &c., as per Specification, with
the addition of a pair of Beck Symmetrical Lenses, Stereo. Division, and Stereo.
Shutter In place Of ordinary Time and Instantaneous. The Outfit is thus suitable
Extra Double
for j-plate
Slides,
will.
Outfit,
NEW
181
The Thornton-Pickard
PERFECTS
1910
PATTERN
Principal
Camera
Outfit of the
"IMPERIAL"
A
Series.
Triple Extension Camera
fitted
with
MODIFIED
"
OMNIFLEX
"
Swinging Front.
Also provided with
NEW
THREE-BAR
FRONT and
HACKWORK FOCUSSING
BODY,
a most convenient and practical movement, eliminating all focussing
difficulties.
.,1
F/6-8.
..
J- Plate
12 1O O
1O 6 O
}- Plate
13x18 c/m
"PERFECTA"
7 12 8
8 1
O
Diaphragm
F/8.
12 O O
1415 O
SPECIFICATION
TRIPLE
EXTENSION
CAMERA, with
"
"
NEW
PRACTICAL MOVEMENTS.
Triple Extension, J-pl., 22".
Short Extension.
Thrre Racks and Pinions.
i-pl., 28"
AND
PRICES.
all
movements as above, including
Swinging Front, Brass Turntable Beck Symmetrical Lens, with
Iris Diaphragm f/8; Double Bookform Dark Slide, with
hinged division;
Three-folu Stand; Thornton-Pickard Time and Instantaneous Shutter, with
Camera fitted with Real Leather Bellows.
Speed Indicator,
Omniflex
THE THORNTON-PICKARD
NEW "IMPERIAL
with
New
THREE-BAR
FRONT,
is
unquestionably
Three-Bar Front
is
superb improvement.
The Three Brass Bars
not only considerably
strengthen the front,
but are also a most
beautiful
addition
Full
Extension
Half.
2 2 .,ns.
'
plate
weight.
FOCUS.
BRASS FORK TO RISING FRONT.
CROSS FRONT, WITH AUTOMATIC STOP.
"
"
Previous to the Introduction of the
Imperial
obtained in very expensive Cameras.
SPECIFICATION.
Camera, with
Falling,
COMPLETE OUTFIT
with LENS.
183
F a
No
THORNTON-PICKARD Improved
Pattern
TWO -SHUTTER
CAMERA.
110/-
ISO/-
WlthCOOKE
Anasti
Lent.
ISO/-
New Improved
Pattern
Focal
Plane
Shutter,
BUILT IN CAMERA
BODY.
With 3 apertures of
various widths. Out
side Speed Indicators
and Speed Tablet.
Exposures
For "IMPERIAL
UNIT," Focal
Plane
fa to
/100Oth sec.
Outfit,
110/-
184
THE THORNTON-PICKARD
Plate
47/6
"COLLEGE"
FITTRD
New
WITH
FOCUSS
HACKWORK SPECIFICATION.
and Improved
Pattern
NG
BODY.
Camera.
PRICE LIST.
THORNTON.
PICKARD
'TRIBUNE'
CAMERA
SETS
QUARTERPLATE
SIZE,
Price from
21
/-
Five
Illustration of
suitable for
Very
Patterns
35 - Set
JUVENILES and YOUNG BEGINNERS.
1.
Outfits.
Camera.;
and Variable
with
_
_
Tris
Instantaneous
No. 3
No. 4
Speeds.
Lens
Achromatic
............................
............
..
specification No.
1,
21/-
but with
Double Racks and Pinions, and Sliding Body for use with
Short Focua Lenses ................
"TRIBUNE." Exactly as No. 2"Outfit, but fitted
with
"
Thornton-Pickard Roller Blind
Snap Shot Shutter
instead of Metal Shutter. Exposures j^th to ^th sec.
"TRIBUNE." Exactly as No. 2 Outfit, but fitted with
Thornton-Pickard Roller Blind Time and Instantaneous
Shutter. Exposures y^th to ^th sec., as well as Time
................
Exposures, as illustration
.
f% ** I .
^C
/
/
/-
No. 5 "TRIBUNE."
THE THORNTON-PICKARD
This
"PRAETOR"
CAMERA
Extras for
"
OUTFIT.
Praetor,"
:i
same as
for
"
College
"
Price
Camera, i-plate
size.
IM
THORNTON-RICHARD
introduced
"OVERSEAS" PATTERN.
we have
as
the
These Cameras are built of Seasoned Teak throughout a wood expressly selected
for its he it and damp-resisting qualities. Every joint is specially strengthened by
being set ewed as well a* vlued, and the glue used is of Special Waterproof quality.
Th-se Outfits are polished a rich teak colour and present a beautiful and pleasing
appearance.
The Brassbound " OV'RSEAS" Models make ideal outfits for any climate, and will
withstand the most severe atmospheric conditions.
CAMERA
187
UNIT
The "ROYAL RUBY," "SPECIAL RUBY," " PERFECTA," and "IMPERIAL" TRIPLE
"
in both Standard and " Overseas
EXTENSION CAMERAS,
Models, can all be supplied
"
with the " UNIT
Self-capping Time and Instantaneous Focal Plane Shutter,
built
in
the
page 179.
Camera Body.
N.B.
For
description
of
see
heading
188
"FOLDING
irt
RUBY,"
THE PERFECT
MODERN
HAND CAMERA,
Made
in
i-plate,
Sin. x 4ln.,
Postcard,
9x12 cm.,
and
|-plate sizes.
FOUR PATTERNS.
Prices ranging
from
Full
Extension
16 inches
in
105/-
-plate Size.
"OMNIFLEX"
"FOLDING RUBY"
HAND CAMERA,
with
RUBY" OUTFIT.
movements as above.
Best
handsome machine-
fitted
Sling Strap.
Pattern Bausch & Lomb " AUTOMAT" Between-Lens giving variable Instantaneous Exposures up to l/100th sec., as well as "Time" and
Bulb " Exposures. Fitted with Pneumatic and Finger Releases.
PLATEHOLDERS. Three Plateholuers of new design, with Spring Light Traps
and Aluminium Shutters.
BRIGHT FINDER, for Vertical and Horizontal Pictures.
SHUTTER. New
."
SPIRIT LEVEL.
LENS. Beck Rapid Symmetrical, with
^-Plate
5 S O
Diaphragm,
~"
5x4&9 x I2c/m
Iris
//8.
O O
"FOLDING RUBY,
Nos. 2 and 3.
EXTENSION
SPECIFICATION.
"
FOLDING RUBY
"
No. 2 Model.
190
A
A
RAS
2a.
vantage of a
FOCAL PLANE
SHUTTER
built in the Camera Body.
This Focal Plane Shutter
has three permanently fixed
and for the
apertures,
various speeds all adjvstnient is obtained by
simply
turning a Spring Tension
Knob. The No. 2a Folding
Exposures up to
1OOOth of a second.
No. 2a
given by
the
"
FOLDING RUBY
"
Camera
with
and with
Three-aperture Focal
l/25th to l/10UOth of a -econd.
all
movement* as No.
No.
The THORNTON-PICKARD
New Patent
'UNITA' Collapsible
Hand Camera.
ISO/-
without Lens.
Fitted with the Patent
"UNIT"
SELF- CAPPING
TIME and
INSTANTANEOUS
FOCAL PLANE
SHUTTER.
Pneumatic
and Finger
Anastigmat Lens in
Focussing Mount.
QUICKLY ERECTED,
INSTANTLY CLOSED.
Extremely Portable and Compact.
RANGE OF SPEEDS
3 Seconds to 1/1OOOth.
for every
objects.
The "UNITA"
is
O
O O
O O
13 S O
11 16 6
7
11
11
192
NEW 1910
PATTERN
GENUINE BRITISH-MADE
SUNBEAM"
ROLL FILM
HAND CAMERA
MODEL A.
Fitted
with
IMPROVED
AUTOMATIC
FOCUSSING
STOP
adjustable for
VARYING DISTANCES.
PRICE
70/-
from
Quarter- plate
and Postcard
sizes.
DAYLIGHT LOADING
Can
Roll Films.
also be used with
GLASS PLATES
by special adaptation
Camera Back.
of
SPECIFICATION.
Best well-seasoned Mahogany, with Aluminium Baseboard, and Best
Fitted
Nickelled Fittings.
Covered in Best Black Seal-grained Leather.
with all necessary movements, including Rising, Falling, and Cross Front.
Automatic Spring Stretchers. Camera Front Clamp. Self-detaching Spring
Back, and Improved Spoolholder.
Tripod Bushes.
Real Leather Bellows.
the
Front on Extension at "infinity
Locks
Infinity Catch. Automatically
focus.
(Model A fitted with Improved Auto. Focussing Stop for vari/ntg
Camera.
^^f distance a)
Engraved Focussing Scale, with Pointer for objects nearer than infinity.
Lens. Beck Rapid Symmetrical, with Iris F8.
Finder. Combined Brilliant Reversible Swivel Finder and Spirit Level.
Shutter. New Pattern Bausch & Lorn b "Automat" Everset Bet een-Lens, giving variAutomatic Exposures
able Instantaneous Speeds of fa, ^. and T ^, sec.
of l, i, and
sec.
Also "Time" and "Bulb." Pneumatic and Trigger Releases.
The
Thornton- Picka rd
WAFER"
Price from
55
WITH
IMPROVED
AUTOMATIC
FOCUSSING STOP
FOR
Varying Distances
fitted to
Made
and
Quarter-plate
Postcard sizes, and
two
in
An
Pattern A.
in
patterns.
and
ideal
dainty
of
utility.
BEST
BRITISH BUILT.
THICKNESS WHEN CLOSED,
about
Dimensions : 3J4" x 4" x
1"
Weight,
Inch.
IJlbs.
SPECIFICATION.
Model A.
Camera.
Eclipse
Lens, giving
speeds of^, ,fa and T J g sec., also "Time" and Bulb Exposures, Pneumatic
and Fincer Releases.
Lens. T.-P. Beck Double Rapidplanat, with Iris Diaphragm, F 7.5.
Slides. Extra Thin Single Metal Slide, Draw-out Shutters, and Plush Light Trap.
Finder. Combined Brilliant Reversible Swivel Finder and Spirit Level.
194
PLATE,
"WEENIE"
HAND CAMERA.
An Extremely Comand
pact
Attractive
CAMERA
For use with Plates.
An
Efficient
Apparatus,
of small bulk,
light weight,
and great
practical convenience. :: ::
Quarter- Plate
Size.
MADE
IN
FOUR
PATTERNS.
Dimensions closed
5i
4i
1i".
Weight, 19ozs.
SPECIFICATION.
Camera.
Price.
Quarter-Plate Size.
PATTERN A
"Weenie"
PATTERN B.-
Do.
of
PATTERN
C.
do.
Do.
Double Extension Bellows, with
Achroplanat Lens
PATTERN
Do.
T.-P.
25
..
30
35
D.
do.
Rectoplanat Lens
4O/
Extra Sinjrle Metal Slides, 1 1B each. Carrying Case, Waterproof Canvas, 2/6.
Brass Tubular Tripod, 3-draw, 8/6.
"Tan Mail Carrying Case, 2/6.
In
our
own
factories.
195
Price from
"
"
SAFETY
MAGAZINE
HAND CAMERA
Carries
1 2 Plates
in
Sheaths.
X- PLATE
SIZE.
Made
in
11
PATTERNS.
Series
Illustration of No. 3 A
"
An admirable Camera
Simple working.
SPECIFICATION.
I,
'A,
and
Model de
Safety" Camera, price 30/for "Snap Shot" work.
Free from complication.
No, 1 "
SAFETY
"
Luxe.
Camera made
of
Portrait
pictures
ENTIRELY
RYHL RUBY
THORNTONPICKARD
Patent
REFLEX
FITTED WITH THE
NEW
PATENTED
ITMIT" SELF-CAPPING
TIME and IISST.
11
Since this
UN
block was
made the
Camera
has been
SELF-SETTING
improved
and
i-Plate Size,
MIRROR.
Without Lens,
modified.
12.
12.
0.
and
175),
Instantaneous
1
Exposures
lOOOtn of a second.
Slit
up
to
Indicators.
Everset
Silver surfaced
Mirror,
working
Special
mirror out of
'n a Tripod.
Device
for
securing
SPECIFICATION.
Without Lens.
i-Plate,
12. 12. 0.
Ruby Anastiginat
Lens. F6.8
F6.3, Series IV.
Dallmeyer Utigmatic,
18
0.
RUBY NEW
REFLEX
197
1910 MODEL
Quarter-Plate
Size
without Lens
the
With "Ruby" Anastigmat, F6.8
TIME AND
"UNIT" INSTANTANEOUS
11
10
Self-Capping
FOCAL PLANE
as fully described on pages
174
and
175.
EVERSET MIRROR,
Fu
Reflex Cameras.
"
Reflex
is
exposure.
position
SPECIFICATION.
REVOLVING
in place of
is
fitted
with
Reversing Back.
focussing
focussing.
"
Ruby Reflex
Camera, of specially selected
well-seasoned Mahcgany, covered with finest
Morocco leather, with Outside Fittings oxydised or leather covered "Unit" Self-Capping
Focal Plane Time and Inst. Shutter
Long
Focussing Hood Three Double Plateholders
and all points above enumerated.
l-sized
moment
Long
"
N.B.
tions.
J-Plate.
THE THORNTON-PICKARD
'NIMR0D ZUJT0MHN
Self- Erecting
Hand Cameras
Upon pressure
of
the
Sprini
All
Patterns
of
the
"Niraroi
fitted wit]
ii
i- plate
210/-
Convertible for
Optical Projection
-]--
new
design,
is
and
Plate to
i- Plate
199
Enlarger
Complete.
sizes
is
SPECIAL FEATURES
of the
CARRIER,
with
suit-
Combination
P.O.
..
JB1O
Poatrait Lens
..
14 1O O
41in.
is
1O O
} -plate
5X4&P.C.
25 /i-plate
3O/Lantern.
200
IMPROVED
PATENT
DV
DWD
fct
ri
ENLHRGERS
MADE
IN
FOUR
PATTERNS
and
in
i-PLATE
5x4 and
i-PLATE
SIZES.
For
use
with
tric,
light.
"
"
Enlargers,
both sides.
Perfect Rigidity of Condenser Body
Solid Strengthening Brackets.
Platform.
Triple Extension Collapsible Lighttight Tubes.
SPECIFICATION.
PATTERN A. (as illustrated).
of beautifully polished Mahogany, fitted with Rising Front, Swing
Body, Negative Holder, and other features as above enumerated.
Square Pattern Russian Iron Lantern Body, with Oval Cowl, Sliding Back
Door, and Light-tight Hinged Side Door, with Ruby Glass Window, Tray
and Rod for Illuminant Fittings.
Condenser. Specially selected Piano Convex in Solid Mount.
Lens. Rapid Portrait in Solid Black and Brass Mount, with Rack Pinion, Iris
Diaphragms, and Orange Glass Cap.
4 O O.
5x4 and P.>stcard. 5 O O.
A-Plte. .1 O O.
j-Plate,
Camera made
PATTERN
Same
Long
C.
specification as Pattern
Hopper
Duplex Lamp.
4 O O.
|-Flat,e.
PATTERN
Chimney.
|
5 x 4
A.,
Fitted
and Postcard.
5 O
O.
jPlate.
7 O
O.
B.
Lantern Body, Base, and Stage, with Tray and Rod for Light Fittings, as
in Pattern A., but this pattern is for use with Customer's own Lens and
Camera, and is therefore supplied without Extending Front, Bellows, Rack
and Pinion, and Lens.
2 1 S O.
5 X 4 and Postcard.
5 5 O.
i-Plnte.
3 1Q O.
|-Plate.
|
PATTERN D.Same
Hopper
O.
NEW
201
INTRODUCTION.
'UNEEKR.
Combination Enlarging
Camera and Optical
Projection Lantern.
SPECIFICATION.
All
Enlarger.
Optical
Projection Lantern.
Carrier.
5. O. O.
Wood Travelling Case
7/6
Waterproof Cloth Case, with
Lock
2O/Solid Leather Case, with Lock
4O/.
Stiff
Specification.
Mahogany,
Stage.
PRICE,
of
Stage.
Rack
A Perfect
A Perfect
Stained
is
French Polished.
Rising and Falling Front.
Rack and Pinion Swinging Carrier
making Lantern
Complete as per
Woodwork
Portrait
'
ENLARGEMENTS
202
-S.
Exposure i second.
STUDY OF A GLACIER.
Prize Picture.
(Kashmir Himalaya s)
Mrs. H. H. HART.
Taken with the Thornton-Pickard " Royal Ruby " Camera, fitted with
Time and Inst. Shutter, and T.-P. R.R. Lens. Shutter
fitted with Patent Time Exposure Valve.
!05
a Perfect Modern
Anastlgmat of the
Highest Class, at
Popular Prices.
is
Definition
all over the Plate at
full aperture, F6.8.
Critical
of
both
In view of the fact that there are now such large numbers
British and foreign-made Anastigmat Lenses on the market, it becomes increasingly difficult for the photographer to select a suitable Lens of really good
of users of
value.
Under these circumstances we would draw the attention
" Lens.
"
Photographic Lenses to the above illustrated
Ruby Anastfgmat
This Lens is, when required, fitted to all the Cameras of our manufacture,
"
and when bought in conjunction with any of our " Ruby " or " Royal Ruby
forms part of an Outfit which stands unrivalled for thorough efficiency
in operation and perfect design and finish.
Cameras,
Thornton-Pickmrd
"RUBY ANASTIGMAT."
"
RUBY ANASTIGMAT " is a Lens of the
Anastigmat type and of the finest quality. It is a Lens for universal
work, has a large working aperture of F6.8, at which aperture the plate is sharply
covered to the extreme edges. For definition, brilliancy, and flatness of field, no
lens at the price can equal it.
It is suitable alike for Portraits, Groups,
ordinary Snap Shot, and High Speed Instantaneous Work, and, in fact, for every
NEW THORNTON-PICKARD
The
high-class
class
of
of
many
subject.
of the higher-priced
recommended.
The prices
for this
on
in
price, it
the
market,
is
and
given below.
SIZE OF
Anastigmats
PLATE
Covered Sharply at
sizes
are
CARRYING CASES
BEST QUALITY,
PATTERN
PATTERN D.
A.
Patterns
lion, lined
fitted with
Shoulder Strap.
hold Camera, three Slides,
.Shutter, Lens, Focussing Cloth, &c.
B To hold three extra Slides only.
A To
Pattern
Is
a strong Waterproof
Patterns
PATTERN
C.
C To bold Cameras,
three Slides,
Shutter, Lens, Focussing Cloth, Ac.
D To
LEATHER CASES.
Patterns F and
are best portmanteau finish Leather Cases, built on internal steel
framing. They hold respectively same as Waterproof Cloth Cases C and D.
Sizes
and
Prices.
20?
THE
London,
England.
MANUFACTURERS OF
"
IMPEOPLE, LONDON."
Telephone Number:
720 HAMPSTEAD POST.
15
THE
BRANDS
FLASHLIGHT
SPECIAL
SENSITIVE
BftlTISfi
&>
JOURNAL ALMANAC
SPEEDS
IMPERIAL PLATES.
SPEED 300-400 H. & D. A Plate of extraordinary sensitiveness, suitable for the fastest exposures under trying
conditions. Freedom from fog, great latitude in exposure,
fineness of grain, with long scale of gradation, are the
outstanding features of this Plate.
250-275 H. & D.
Only slightly less sensitive than
Flashlight, but with the same general characteristics.
most popular professional Plate in the World.
200-225 H.
SPECIAL
RAPID
of
& D.
An
the
The
SOVEREIGN
80-100 H.
ORDINARY
to
rich density.
Give
splendid gradation.
FINE-GRAIN
ORDINARY
40-50
30-40
LANDSCAPE
of contrast.
PROCESS
SPECIAL
LANTERN
'
fog,
and with
ORTHOCHROME PLATES.
SPECIAL
SENSITIVE
much
Light-Filter.
SPECIAL
RAPID
N.-F.
Non-Filter
200 H.
& D.
PRICES
OF
IMPERIAL PLATES
Size in
inches.
209
210
ORTHOCHROME PLATES.
Imperial Ortho
(H.
Sensitive.
Special
and
D. 275.)
and
D. ZOO.)
The two
plates.
"
the
Ortho S.R."
"
Imperial N.-F.
(H.
and
(Non-Fiitcr)
Plates.
O. 175-2OO.)
filter.
behind.
211
IMPERIAL
PAPERS
P.O.P.
(Glossy)
BROMIDE
(Matt)
GASLIGHT
(Matt)
IMPERIAL
POSTCARDS
P.O.P.,
212
=\
(ACTINOMETER.)
carried
Price,
bound
exposures).
this
instrument
it
'not
is
necessary
to
actually
"Clouds"
Price,
to
"Very Dark
bound
Interiors."
Post
free, i/i
213
STILL UNRIVALLED.
THE TODD-FORRET MAGNESIUM FLASH-LAMP.
Stereoscopic
Illustrations
in
The
Carrying Tubes
Magazines,
may
Stereoscopic
Window
Transparencies,
Ac.
also
be used for
examining
Stereoscopic
Prints
in
Albums,
IMPROVED PATTERN.
THE FEATURE
PATENT.
of the
of the
Price, complete in
ANDREW
39,
free, 14s.
SCIENTIFIC
H.
BAIRD
INSTRUMENT
214
The
Aerograph
For
Also for
&c.,
"DELETO"
for
Blocking Out.
and Specimens
of
THE AEROGRAPH
45,
B.C.
CO., LTD.,
215
APPOINTMENT
BY SPECIAL
& NEWTON,
WINSORMANUFACTURERS
THE
Ltd.
OF
BLANC
Prepared expressly for use
D'
in
in
ARGENT NO.
lib Jars.
1.
PHOTOGRAPHS WHITE.
IN
298,
BROADWAY.
"WESTMINSTER"
PHOTOGRAPHIC ARC LAMPS.
For Photographers and Photo-Engravers.
Suitable for Portraiture, Printing, and
3-Colour Work,
In
use
all
over
the
world.
l^
FRANCO-BRITISH EXHIBITION.
Solo
Manufacturers
CO., Ltd.
216
ZOBROMB
(The Evening Carbon Process).
OZOBROME
the improved modern method of
pictures from bromide prints.
making carbon
is
NO DAYLIGHT REQUIRED!
MAGNIFICENT CARBON ENLARGEMENTS
The
OIL
OZOBROME
the simplest possible way of making oil prints.
Either the bromide may be inked up as in the
Bromoil process, or transfers may be taken by
using the special Transfer Paper now supplied.
is
papers
process.
for
the
Direct
Oil
gelatin-
(Rawlins')
I
td
L/IU,
Telephone
"
:
Ozonico, London."
ALOIS
LENSES.
218
"
MAWSON'S
"
GLADIATOR
DRY PLATE.
The
MOST
From W. H.
L.,
From D.
"
at
I
The
results.
'GLADIATOR'
is
just
the
for years."
Speed, 550.
Plate.
February, 1909:
"Astounded
Plate
RAPID
" Please
repeat
6th, 1909:
last order.
28th,
I
No
fog.
1909
'
They
have
used indoors
nearly all kinds."
GLADIATOR.'
are
FREEDOM FROM
WHICH DENSITY
certainly
after
25
the
years'
best
1/-J
i,
2/3;
},
plates
experience
All
am more
obtained.
obtained.
these
easily
Rapidity.
"
grain.
RAPIDITY, GRADATION,
FOG, and the EASE WITH
is
YOUR PLATES
is
Density
4/3;
with
RAPID.
ft,
1O/6.
MADE ONLY BY
Limited,
MOSLEY STREET,
NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE, ENGLAND.
2l
Send
"How
to
for Pamphlet.
Make Lantern
New
Slides Easily
Issue
and Successfully."
MAWSON
S ORTHO
A.
&
B.
PLATES
can be used
The
WITH
or
WITHOUT
makes
a Light
Filter.
possible to
obtain colour-correct results
rapidity of the
Plates
it
POPULAR PRICES.
MADE ONLY BY
Limited,
MOSLEY STREET,
NEWCASTLE=UPON=TYNE, ENGLAND.
220
O^ICHEL^CO
MORGAN'S SYSTEM OF DRY MOUNTING PLATE
MARKING AND NAMING WITHOUT TISSUE
ONE
An
especial
supply.
Folder
mounts
the print
at one pressure.
BROMIDE, GASLIGHT,
P.O.P.,
and
C.C.
of particulars as to requirements.
221
O.SICHEL&CO
SOLE MANUFACTURERS AND AGENTS FOR
CAMERAS
LENSES;
'FORWARD" STUDIO,
RAPID STUDIO,
'SICKLE" STUDIO,
'FINSBURY" STUDIO,
'OSICO" STUDIO,
WIDE ANGLE,
"FULMENAR,"
"
'REFLEX" STUDIO,
'SICKLE" FIELD,
'DE LUXE" REFLEX,
'PRESS" REFLEX.
"IDEAL "FOCAL PLANE,
"FINSBUHY"
"
IDEAL" STEREOSCOPIC
(FOCAL PLANE),
etc.,
etc.
PLANASTIGMAT,"
etc.,
SHUTTERS
OUTFITS.
STUDIO BELLOWS,
STUDIO PACKARD,
SECTOR, IBSO,
ROLLER BUND,
FOCAL PLANE,
etc.,
MERCURY VAPOUR
etc.
etc.
STEEL TRAYS.
ENAMELLERS.
LANTERNS.
HEAD SCREENS.
ACCESSORIES.
HEAD RESTS.
EASELS.
BLOCKING PRESSES.
MOUNTS.
PRINT WASHERS.
BACKGROUNDS.
MOUNTING BOARDS,
MOULDINGS, FRAMES,
etc.
O.
SIOHEL
&>
52,
OO.
E.G.
SPRING-ROLLERS
BLINDS &
CURTAINS
PHOTOGRAPHIC
STUDIOS
SHOPS.
Telephone: 8620,
^^^
Photographic Papers
on,
S.W.
223
and Beautiful
Artistic
Lantern
Slides
ARE PUBLISHED BY
GRAYSTONE
BIRD,
Photographer, BATH.
Child
scapes,
SPECIALITIES
Genre Figures in
Studies,
Sea, Sky and Wave Effects,
LandLand-
HYMNS ILLUSTRATED
by Beautiful Photographs from Nature.
Catalogues Free,
Trade Supplied,
224
E.
Laver=Aldham,
own
W. BATES
& SON
It
be without
it,
Is. Bottles,
BATES'S PHOTOGRAPHIC
post free,
&c.,&c.
is. 4cl.
BLACK VARNISH
DRIES IMMEDIATELY.
Used by Photographers, Opticians, Manufacturers for the last 45 years
also largely used in Photo-Engraving and Electrical work any comment
on the quality of the article is unnecessary. It dries a beautiful Matt
Black. Sold in Bottles, 6d. & is. Half-pints, as.
Pints, 35. 6d.
Of all Dealers.
;
PREPARED
ONLY
BY
street, Chertseij,
SURREY.
225
"
deals
primarily with
(1)
The
(2)
And
technical
the
money-making
features of photography.
sional
It is
photographer and
for the
and
lives
up
to
its
is
registered as a
newspaper
profession
The "Journal"
is
the official
professional photographers
<J
The "
B.J."
is
to be
his shelves
"
<]
and
is
"
has been
CO.,
and Publishers,
226
TN
Ltd.,
submitting the
Registered Plate Washer, we feel
confident we are supplying a want long felt by all classes of
Photographers. The
principle we have applied of causing the water to enter through the
perforations
directly between each plate, and syphoning out from the bottom of the Washer,
ensures the complete washing of each plate, whether the Washer
to be
happens
quite or only partially filled with plates.
The air-vent at the top of the syphon is
also a great advantage,
enabling the operator at any time to turn oft the supply of
water, and leave the plates still covered with water, as the Syphon-flow will
only
act when the water reaches up to the air- vent
;
thus, by simply turning on the
supply of water again, the Syphon is set in action at once.
A I'TER twenty
GRANITINE DISHES.
227
DISH.
illustrated, will,
believe,
terminating in the actual centre of the Dish, enable the operator to develop plates
with the film downwards, the plates only coming in contact with the raised portion
of the incline, excepting on the extreme edge of the plate, consequently the film is
not damaged.
There are many advantages in this, as the developer flowing under the surface
of the plate enables the operator to watch the development through the back of the
plate, as the fluid developer need not be but a very slight quantity on the top of the
plate consequently the plate does not need to be turned out of the dish to examine
BO often as it would be with the film side upwards, thus time would be saved, and
the film of the plate protected by being immersed in the fluid developer, film side
downwards, from dust or other foreign matter floating on the top of it.
Plates are sometimes spoilt by being placed in the Developing Dish the wrong
side up, especially when using Rapid Isochromatic Plates, which necessitate the
use of a very dim ruby light. By the use of th'.s dish With its sloping edges it is
impossible to spoil a plate from this cause.
Made at present in three sizes only, viz. Quarter-plate, Half-plate, and
;
Whole-plate.
See BBITISH JOURNAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY, April
13th, 1906.
242
HINTON &
The solutions greatly simplify the working of this process, as all the solutions
are of uniform concentration, requiring to be diluted with ten times their bulk
of water. They are prepared from the Lumiere formulae. The uniform amount
of dilution required for each bath facilitates enormously the ease of working and
prevents errors. The complete set of solutions in 5-oz. stoppered bottles, suffiAll the solutions will keep for several
cient for about two dozen J-plates, 7/months
in
opened
bottles,
and
indefinitely in
unopened
(full) bottles.
KUPOL.
WHITES
fine
Pale
BROWN TONES,
retaining the
rendering them in a
as desired.
to any
Bromides may be toned at any time
and washing, and if it is required to tone them
before drying a ten minutes' thorough wash will suffice, as
" KUPOL" will effectually destroy the last traces of
Hypo.
The
Telegraphic Address
"
N&C?
SENSITIZE, LONDON."
Telephone No.
7931 CENTRAL.
- 38
BEDFORD STREET
STRAND, V/.C,
PKKDIE LIST
WELLinGTOri
& WARD,
ELSTREE, HERTS.
230
12.4
Professional Photographers.
Width between the Arms, 17$
ins.
5 o.
With
Affective
24* x
Spirit Heater,
Machine
for
2 10
ins.
i
7J ins.
extra.
"ADHERO" (Complete
"M" MACHINE
"K" MACHINE
"AF" MACHINE
PRICE,
ISO
2 17 6
s
8x4% ins.
Outfit)
.
..
x 12"
154 x 15J
x
15|
18J
13*
..
d.
10 10
23
21"
and
Prices.
Post Free.
We
CO.,
LTD.,
THE
BftlTlsa
231
and
3J x 2|, 41 x 31
6 x 4|, 61 x 4f
10 x 8, 12 x 10
PRICES.
5x4
8J x 6
15 x 12
IN
.In
..
In Shilling Packets.
In Two Shilling Packets.
GROSS PACKETS.
1-plate
6 x 4J
J-plate
8x6
SHEtTS.
20 x 24
..
7/6
..
.
per quire.
OUTFIT.
other types of
oval and circle cutters. The size can be adapted to almost any
in. to
gradation between If in. to 5J in. diameter circle and
6J x 5 in. oval. Various shapes of ovals also obtainable. Simplicity
itself in operation and no spoilt or badly cut prints.
Write for full Particulars and Prices. Post Free.
Possesses
all
Price
3x2
CO.,
15/Complete.
LTD.,
27
232
PERKEN.SON&Ce.
(ESTABLISHED
Ltd,
1852.)
WHOLESALE MANUFACTURERS OF
"OPTIMUS" CAMERAS.
Used by the
Leading
Professionals
and
Amateurs
all
over the
World.
OPTIMUS" LENSES.
Highest Quality.
Special Series
for
C.
Post Free
oa
application.
'
LONDON.
233
PERKEN.SON&Co.
(ESTABLISHED
Ltd.
1852.)
WHOLESALE MANUFACTURERS OF
Optical instruments.
Photographic
"OPTIMUS" ENLARGERS.
Suitable for any
form
of Illuminant.
Condensers.
OPTIMUS" LANTERNS.
In
Triunials,
and
Cinematographs.
CATALOGUES,
A.
B.
C.
List.
etc.
Post Free
on
application.
LONDON.
234
New
Model.
Absolutely Fireproof.
Films
No
adjustable
alteration of
Optical
whilst
arrangementrunning OP
stationary.
Absolutely
perfect
results.
10/6.
drawn from
same end of
Carrier.
Produces
Dissolving
12/6.
Effect.
No Blank Screen.
No Total Darkness.
Most Simple
to
Work.
ARC LAMPS.
All MecHanical Movements for
Centring Arc.
PRICE from
RESISTANCES from
17s. 6d.
1
10s.
n
n
It. I\.
1Q,
RF1I Dl)
ULrtl\lr,
S.E.
The Rotary
235
The Famous
Photographic
Photographic
Material
House.
Co., Ltd.,
Celebrated
for
Postcards,
solicit
their
Sensitised
Papers
for
your enquiries
and
supplies.
"ROTOGRAPH" BROMIDE.
"ROTOX" GASLIGHT.
"
ROTONA " SELF TONING (Collodion).
ROTO" P.O.P. (Gelatino Chloride).
ROTARY" C.C. (Collodio Chloride).
-
suitable
Terms.
J*
for
especially
are of
Export
Quality
and
Purposes,
invited
to
jX
<
write
<
THE
_
LTD.
Rotary Photographic
Telephone: 1431 7 Central.
and Cable Address
Telegram
"
Rotatoria," London.
Code: 5th Edition, A.B.C.
Co,
MOORFIELDS,
LONDON,
E.C.
236
MATTER which
to all
must be
photographers
interested
resident abroad
is
to
know
is
in
state
accessories
Continent
have
kindly
time,
therefore
am
in
my
a position
if
they will
let their
During
come
stock, or
in
to
before
the
trous,
manufacture
and the
loss
of
so
if
in
will
and absolutely
free
from prejudice.
WHY DOES
I
(1)
ALMANAC ADVEftTISSMBKTS.
237
CONCERN YOU?
IT
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
The
Adams
;_
"
"
Verascope
"
Blocknote
REFERENCES.Glasgow, and
all
"
and
others.
Commercial Bank
of Scotland, Ltd.,
the principal manufacturers.
ROBERT BALLANTINE^
Optician and Photographic Dealer,
99,
ST.
REYNOLDS
&
BRANSON,
LIMITED.
design.)
Registered.
(Fig.
1.)
Size.
J-pl.
hold.
Price in
Copper.
91-
Price in
German
Silver.
Post
9/6
11/6 Free.
Other Fizes at proportionate prices.
5 by 4
ll/-
Fig. 1
light-tight
i-plate
i-plate,
THE
do.,
10/6
14,6
"RYSTOS"
BENCH (Fig
suitable for
sional.
with 4 spaces.
do
2).
DEVELOPING
special design,
Dimensions
of Sink, 16 in. x 14
x 8 in. Do. Bench, 5 ft. long.
Price with sink and reversible
bottle rack
. .
B 15s.
Other accessories extra.
in.
"RYSTOS" DARK-ROOM
Lamp
LAMPS.
No. l.-Gas
(Fig. 4),
with bye-pass tap for ruby and
white light.
Dimensions,
l]iby7|in.,12/6.
No. 2. Do., do. Dimensions,
12J by 8iin., 17,6.
No. 3. Do. i with vertical front.
Dimensions, 8 by 5in., 86.
No. 1.
Electric Lamp,
with switch for ruby and white
light, flexible cord and plug.
Price com' lete. 18/6.
No. 2.
Electric Lamp,
Complete,
1s.
Post
Fir.. 3.
free.
PIG.
4.
COJVIIVIERCF AL
STREET, LEEDS.
239
THE
"NETTLE"
Focal Plane
Hand Camera.
The
NETTLE
Camera
possesses,
for ordinary work, and wide anglelens for interiors, &c., or a longer
focus for special subjects. Focussing
done on
obviating
camera
lenses can
have them
fitted
remounting.
The
shutter
is
to T gtar second.
of an
240
HINTON &
CO.'S
New
"Switch."
PATENT
DARK-ROOM LAMPS
For ELECTRIC, GAS, OIL,
or CANDLE LIGHT.
INSTANTANEOUS CHANGE from
RUBY to ORANGE or DARKER
RUBY or YELLOW.
GAS, OIL, or CANDLE Switched
to Different Colour as easily as
Electric Light.
in Four Patterns. No. 1
Electric Light, 35/-, including three 8-c.p. Glow Lamps,
No.
for any voltage required.
No. 3 for Oil
2 for Gas, 27/6.
Made
for
18/6.
No. 4
The
can be
The Electric
glass front screen.
and Gas pat tern s are al so provided
All
white
lights.
with outside
No.
Send
3, Oil.
for cleaning,
and
Lists.
SOLE INVENTORS
AND MAKERS:
J8 BEDFORD ^TREE
STRAND, W.C,
HINTO-KIN0NE
241
A CONCENTRATED
DEVELOPER
The Cleanest
The Best !
HINTO-KINONE
90
DEGREES
From ALFRED
will
in the
? !
SHADE, and
in
DEGREES
40
! !
any Climate.
below ZERO.
most satisfactory in Finland during the severe winter of 1892-93, the thermometer
registering 40 degrees below Zero F."
"HINTO-KINONE appears
is
to
Hinto-kinone,
CARTRIDGES
2/6 post
free.
"
PARAKONE
DEVELOPER.
Post free
21-
2/5
1/4
4/6
&
Co.
N&C?
Telegraphic Address
"SENSITIZE, LONDON."
Telephone No.
7537 CENTRAL.
charges.
BEDFORD $TREET
STRAND, W. C,
38
242
HINTON &
CO.'S
The solutions greatly simplify the working of this process, as all the solutions
are of uniform concentration, requiring to be diluted with ten times their bulk
amount
of water. They are prepared from the Lumiere formulae. The uniform
of dilution required for each bath facilitates enormously the ease of working and
in 5-oz. stoppered bottles, suffiprevents errors. The complete set of solutions
All the solutions will keep for several
cient for about two dozen J-plates, 7/-
months
and indefinitely
CO. supply every requisite
in opened bottles,
HINTON
&.
and specimens
of
in
unopened
(full) bottles.
KUPOL.
WHITES
fine
Pale
BROWN TONES,
retaining the
them in a
as desired.
to any
Bromides may
any time
after fixing and washing, and if it is required to tone them
before drying a ten minutes' thorough wash will suffice, as
11
KUPOL" will effectually destroy the last traces of Hypo.
The
making 34
ozs. of
each Bath,
68 ozs.
Telegraphic Address
"
SENSITIZE, LONDON."
Telephone No.
7931 CENTRAL.
1/6
3/-
INTON&c?
P
BEDFORD STREET
*
38
STRAND, W.C,
245
The
fat
WELLINGTON
f f
PLATE
Made
in
Varieties.
Wellington
&
Ward,
Clstree, Herts.
Telegrams: "Wellington,
Boreham Wood
Telephone
Elstree 92.
Ten
The
it
WELLINGTON
Made
in
Ten
Varieties.
'^WELLINGTON*
PLATES
The
fci
Made
247
WELLINGTON
in the following varieties
'XTRA SPEEDY
H. & D.
Speed No.
(Ultra Rapid)
Watkins
Speed No.
Speed No.
350
300
f/HI
350
300
fill
350
300
f/III
250
220
Wynne
The
(SPECIAL) 'XTRA
SPEEDY
-
(Ultra Rapid)
(Ultra Rapid)
An
ideal negative
medium
of
extreme rapidity.
meet the require-
Manufactured expressly to
ments of press photographers.
Two
special
features
SPEEDY
(Special Rapid)
90
A medium speed
PACKETS
reqvtred, other-
NOTE.
WELLINGTON "
248
The
WELLINGTON
Made
SPEEDY PORTRAIT
Watkins
Speed No.
250
220
225
200
f/78
125
100
64
80
65
47
D.
Wynne
Speed No.
(Special
Rapid)
&
Speed No.
H.
:
90
The
ISO SPEEDY
(Extra Rapid) -
Isochromatic.
Specially sensitive to yellow
and green, thus effecting a remarkable improvement in the rendering of tone and
colour values.
In conjunction with the
5-times light filter, this
plate makes an ideal combination.
WELLINGTON
ORDINARY
For general
field work.
Especially suitable
for copying
purposes and the making of
enlarged positives or negatives.
ORTHO PROCESS
LANTERN PLATE
For
S.C.P.
LANTERN PLATE
(Gaslight)
For lantern slides and transparencies
by contact or by reduction. A fine range of pure
tones from black to red obtainable by simple
exposure and development. No after-toning
process
is
necessary.
PACKETS
required, other'
NOTE.
WELLINGTON
The
it
WELLINGTON
SIZES and PRICES.
Inches.
2
X
~2
3J
if per packet of
dozen plates
249
250
WELLINGTON
WATALO
'
Self-Developing Plate
POINTS
Water only required
for
Development.
Made
in the following
Grades
'XTRA SPEEDY
SPEEDY
ISO SPEEDY ORDINARY -
H. ffD.
Speed No.
350
Watkins
Speed No.
Wynne
Speed No.
251
WELLINGTON
'WATAULT
;/"
Self-Developing Plate
Made
in the following
Grades
'XTRA SPEEDY
SPEEDY
ISO SPEEDY
ORDINARY
SIZES
AND
H. & D.
Watkins
Wynne
Speed No. Speed No. Speed No
350
250
225
300
220
200
|f/90
125
100
f/64
fill
f/78
PRICES.
Inches.
per dozen
af
3i
4i
5x4
x
3J
54
5& x 3|
6| x 3!
6J x 4 |
7x5
74 x
8x5
x
4
4
5
10
12
6^
x 8
X 10
IS
> 12
8J
8
11
11
1 1
1 3
2
2
2
2 4
2 10
3 9
3
8
4
13
22
2
6
11
8
6x
9X12
12
13
18
21
x i6
x 18
X24
X27
24 x 30
30 X40
40 xsc
50 x6o
per dozen
2 10
3 4
6 3
9 7
12 6
25
42 6
68 9
52
-THE
KR1T1SH JOURNAL
ALMANAC ADVERTISEMENTS.
'WELLINGTON
IN
DAYLIGHT
CARTRIDGES FOR
ALL DAYLIGHT
CAMERAS.
Description for
Ordering
(Width of Film).
AntiCurling
Film
Isochromatic.
253
WELLINGTON "
Anti-Curling
Isochromatic.
3jin.
R.H.
254
The
. h
WELLINGTON
is
Made
in the following
Grades
at
Uniform Prices
Platino-Matt Surface
Carbon Surface
(Smooth) Thin
Canvas Surface~THE
CREAM
Also
Thick.
An
important introduction.
GRADE,
WHITE.
6"
NEW
&
Eanvas^""
Surface
Glossy
D
j
n
Bromide
Paper.
ROSE, WHITE, MAUVE 9 CONTRASTY WHITE.
IF li^I
li\^T li\^T (TT)
VI /rSV Jlv) JIVJ \^JJ
J (l/? Jl
Special Thick
D
a
only.
For the winter months, when it is next to impossible to secure a print on P.O. P.,
we have placed in the photographer's hands a paper possessing the advantages of both
It is manipulated in the same manner as
P.O. P. and Bromide in one, i.e., ENAMMO.
our Platino-Bromide, and possessing as it does, nearly the same rapidity the two papers
may be worked side by side. If desired, the image may be toned to a sepia.
(for Prices and Sizes see next page).
255
Bromide
& Enammo
Papers.
"WELLINGTON"
Slow Contact Paper
for
Gaslight Development.
Made
For
brilliant prints
For
soft prints
in Fifteen
Grades
PRICES.
2I
X if
2\ X 2
sheets
3|xa|
20
16
3^x4
32
3i x 3|
3i X 3^
15
3
14
28
15
4J
x 2*
4iX3i
44 x 3i
5
5
X4
X4
5i x 3^
3
12
24
9
18
9
18
S.C.P.
7^ x
2\
SIZES and
Prices
continued.
257
258
The
ft
"WELLINGTON
Made
in the following
Grades
Platino-Matt Surface
(Smooth) Thin
Canvas
Surface
Grain.
(5?
Thick.
An
Importanteintroduction.
with a delightful
Canvas
Also,
ENAMMO A
Centimetres.
4$ x 6
6|x 9
40 pieces
20
9x9
9 X 12
X l6$
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
x 18
l8
X24
X30
24
And
all
s.
6
6
6
9
1
1
2
4
PRICES ON APPLICATION.
d.
3
5
r*.
'*
CONTACT
PAPEJ?
-
WELLINGTON $,W
WELLINGTON
For
Gaslight
Development.
brilliant prints
in Fifteen
Grades
soft prints
4^ X 6
6|x
259
200
GLOSSY SURFACE:
White and Mauve.
White only.
Pink,
MATT SURFACE
CARBON:
ROLLS, 25
ft.
X 35
ins.
a beautiful surface.
I5s.
gSSJS, *.*.
26l
WELLINGTON
Made
in
Three
Grades
and
ROLLS, 25
ft.
X 35
ins.
I8s.
PRICES OF THICK
Inches.
s.
x if per pkt. of 43
29
23
46
19
38
6
6
6
shts.
6
1
32
19
38
5
5
X4
X4
Per
quire
C-de-V.
Cabinets
Size"
7iX2;;
7^X5
x6
15
30
10
20
6 X4;;
7jX2r
6
6
1
s.
6
1
P.O.P.
Inches.
6x4!
16
4^X2$
10 x 8
12 X 10
d.
262
The
'WELLINGTON
HYPO
PACKETS.
Inches.
Sheets.
WELLINGTON
Carbon Bromide.
263
ADAMS
267
MINEX.
An
entirely
new
many
MINEX
We
Camera
No
1.
MINEX
2.
3.
4.
Speeds
Tf)V?ith
to
May
any
5.
fitted.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Only one movement required to chang-e from time, bulb, or instantaneous speeds.
Mirror does not have to be separately thrown out of action. An entirely new
simplified movement.
Extra ground glass focussing screen for back of camera, also three double dark
slides are all carried self-contained inside the camera.
New mirror system, entirely free from vibration.
Patent four-ways swing front.
Handle on top. More convenient for carrying and holding. Handles on side are
extremely inconvenient, especially when camera is carried and hood open.
Magnifying Spectacle Lenses fitted inside hood. Do not have to be carried
separately.
ADAMS &
Qo.
LONDON."
LONDON, W.C
Factories!
TOTTENHAM,
N.
268
The
Adams
MINEX
VIDEX
little introduction.
For seven years the Adams
has held an unparalleled
reputation, and has stood for all that was best in Reflex Instruments, and was everywhere
acknowledged to be the standard Reflex Camera of the world. When first placed upon the
market it revolutionized Reflex Camera construction, and was the first to start an era
of improvement that has benefited the users of such instruments everywhere. The Adams
MINEX, however, is a very great advance upon the VIDEX, and which it now supersedes.
Needs but
New features are only introduced after actual prolonged trial, and are not put forward
as improvements unless of real and practical value, and no device is adopted until it has
been so thoroughly tried and tested that its utility has been amply demonstrated. Amidst
the various changes that have been made, the original fundamental principles that gained,
and have retained, for the Adams VIDEX its great reputation for accuracy, simplicity and
reliability, have all been adhered to in the MINEX.
Although so simple, it is scientific in construction, and made throughout of the best
matetials, by the most skilled workmen, at our own London Factories. Every camera,
before being sent out, has every part carefully tested to discover any error or weakness, in
fact, everything is done to ensure the greatest possible perfection in manufacture.
Reliability, accuracy and simplicity of manipulation is a necessity, if photographic work
to be carried on with ease and success and this is one great reason why the Adams
is the best of all Reflex Cameras.
No matter how perfect the mechanism of a
camera is, if the workmanship is defective it will be a continual source of annoyance. The
is, therefore, the foundation upon
perfect and accurate construction of the Adams
which its continual success may be relied upon. Accurate adjustments of parts is an
absolute essential to any satisfactory Reflex Camera. Experience proves it keeps its
adjustments better than any other Reflex Instrument.
is
MINEX
MINEX
Being the pioneers of the modern Reflex, we were the first to design the well-known
and also the now well-known revolving back, which has been
triple focussing hood,
imitated by manufacturers in every country. These imitations, however, quite lack the
smoothness and accuracy which has made our own of world-wide repute. The splendid
is quite unequalled.
The length of camera extension, its easy and
rigidity of the
accurate focussing, and the amount of rising front, are all points that cannot be obtained
in any similar instrument.
MINEX
AND
FOR PORTRAITURE
FIGURE STUDIES it is the most satisfactory, as
not only is the best focus obtained for either sharp or soft results, but the most natural
and pleasing expression or position is at once obtained, without inconvenience or boredom
to the sitter, and the picture is focussed the right way up. It is the only Reflex suitable
for slow exposure work, as well as high-speed work.
FOR
HISTORY SUBJECTS at close quarters, no other form of
is of such service.
The MINEX permits of the arrangement of the subject as well
as the focussing of it right up to the moment of exposure, thus there is no douotful
judging of distances.
NATURAL
camera
composed from
AND
WORK
SPORTING
ATHLETIC
is ea si er to accomplish with the MINEX
system than with any other. The advantage of seeing what is being taken reduces the
taking of photographs to the limits of simplicity.
269
PRESS WORK. No other Reflex is so thoroughly suitable for the Press worker. It is
strong, reliable, simple, quickly manipulated, and light-tight. It readily accommodates
a large variety of lenses, most of which can be arranged to be instantly interchangeable.
Its equipment is far in advance of any other instrument for really all-round Press work
As The British Journal of Photography says, it is " The machine par excellence for
the Press photographer."
Always
MINEX
The
is the most comready, and',affording certainty of results.
LENSES
SIZES ABOUT
WIDE.
LONG.
HIGH.
4l x 3l
5 X 4 0-9X12 c.m.
-
6JX 4 J
If
If lens panel
7$
5i
6i
95
ll
Extension Plate to
camera
6i
SHORTEST,
*LONGEST,
about
about
about
in.
in.
in.
4i
'3i
I 3|
5J
15
17
6f
i8i
7!
9
front,
fitted.
MIRROR SYSTEM.
BELLOWS
EXTENSION.
very long extension is provided, thus permitting of
the use of a great variety of lenses, and a large magnification of object when a telephoto
ens is used. At long extension no other Reflex possesses the rigidity of the MINEX.
and
eyes.
is
carried
fitted,
dark
slides,
roll
holders,
Premo
film
be
pack adapters,
is
indicator, which
the latest
engraved upon a
is
dial,
or
any other
position,
outside.
It is incapable of
It is
self capping.
being put out of order by fair means, and is most marvellously simple.
This we believe to be finality in Focal Plane Shutter construction.
270
SWING FRONT.
(A. L.
The
ADAMS' PATENT.)
me
point out
its
MINEX
graphy. Naturally you always try to get a little elevation if you can (on, let us say, such
an occasion as some public event in the streets), both to secure better perspective and to
get above the heads of the crowd and, given such a slight elevation, the man whose Reflex
is provided with a swing front can completely eclipse the efforts of his confrere whose
camera is not so fitted.
;
is bad and the chief subject moving rapidly; the use of a small
impossible, yet with a large stop only a portion of the picture can be got into
just tilt the lens out at the top a bit i.e., tilted looking downwards, and
instantly even at the full aperture of the lens (if the focus be not too great), say a 7 inch at
F4'5, the whole field of view, from the heads of the people immediately below you to
furthest infinity, comes into sharp and clear focus, and the effect, as you see it on the
ground glass in the top of the camera, corresponds exactly with that on the plate.
aperture
focus.
is
Now
" I would
suggest a front that would not only swing vertically but horizontally as well,
and certainly no press photographer could afford to be without it once the instruments
obtainable.
"These swing movements are equally useful in getting foregrounds and prominent
objects at one side of the plate into focus in landscape work, and once having learnt their
full value, one can never be really happy with a camera which does not embody them."
ll
four ways,
and also
ost ui
of this
uu icus,
me xvuss
Ross Homocentric
xiumuuciiLriu will
win oe
be
lens, the
willing or able to pay the COL
found exceedingly good. F4'5 lenses are extremely useful for press photographers, also
for portraiture, and high speed work, but they do not permit of the use of their single
"
*
~ c u: ~
*
-*
combinations. As a auic
*-
'
'
'
th
\v
TELEPHOTO LENSES.
RISING FRONT.
The
MINEX
is
CONSTRUCTION.
This
is
MINEX
The
is the finest Reflex Instrument it is possible to
construct. No pains have been spared to make it the most accurate, durable and complete
camera that our long and unrivalled experience can provide. It is of finest workmanship,
carefully adjusted and tested in every part is as reliable for all climates as it is possible to
make it, brass screws being used throughout, and extension runners are of metal running
in metal to ensure easy and accurate focussing.
The strong double rack and pinion is of
most concise illustrated Booklet
diagonal pattern, thus ensuring greatest accuracy.
of working instructions supplied.
Being manufactured throughout at our own London
Factories, a considerable saving is effected to importers, where there is a British tarift
preference. Everything outside is very neat and unobtrusive.
;
271
Price List of
The cameras
are priced complete with three best quality double dark slides, but without
For cost of Lenses see below. Automatic
lens, owing- to the variety offered for selection.
shutter speeds from jth to 3 seconds are included. When the listed lenses are purchased
from us, not only are they mounted and fitted in a special and convenient manner, but a
reduction is made in the cost of the cameras (see below). Thej can only be obtained
through Adams & Co. The amounts allowed for dark slides, if not required, are also
quoted above.
4ix 3J
34 O O
R IF CASH
with Order
6*x 4 }
IMPORTANT. When
32 O O
deduct
Swing Front.
zi/-
25-
27-
25-
45-
30-
2o/-)
2o/-).
j.
41
(It listed
deduct
purchased
extra on
47 O O
400
Prices
not required,
29 O O
purchased deduct
37 O O
or <ix 12 c.m.
If slides
MB
9^>
SIZE.
O O
lens purchased
deduct
CB
2o/-).
If camera is of polished teak, russia leather bellows and brass bound, 4o/- net
extra upon all sizes.
consider the ordinary model quite suitable for tropical climates,
and do not think the above extra cost a necessitv. Some may prefer it, however.
Extra.
We
Dark Slides, Changing Boxes, Roll Holders, Film and Plate Adapters,
also Cases and Tripods, see pages 279 and 280.
LENSES.
ROSS
F.
HOMOCENTRIC.
6-8
5 in.
4OO
4 1O O
in.
7 in.
4 1O O
5 1O O
8in.
43. Special si
7.
10.
6J
8
in.
in.
and
and
XgJ
No.
No.
No.
15-
153.
7-rV in.
16.
N',
ii J- in.
i4~in.
O O
8 15 O
9 4 O
11
3 O
1O
O O
4 O
F. 4-5.
6 1O
in.
7
F. 6'3.
8 O O
in.
TELEPHOTO NEGATIVE
ATTACHMENTS.
For above F.
Do.
--415OO
6*3 Lenses,
specially fitted
F. 4-5
do.
do.
5 19
11
55O
55O
6 5 O
11
11
All lens prices are strictly net. British made Zeiss Lenses are supplied with all our
cameras unless those of German make are specially ordered, when extra time should be
allowed for obtaining same.
CB
272
PW.
""
our
own
New specialities.
s-
No.
7.
08.
3^X2$ Adams'
slides; cost
f/6-3 lens,
cost
09. 5
extra 6J-in.
f/6.3 in
Stereo.
extra shutter, three double slides
three slides
1909
twelve-plate
condition as new
7 10
..
37
X4 Popular
for
..
6}X3i Stereo,
f/6-3 lenses,
and case
six slides,
................
Ross Homo.
and Panoram Adams' IDENTO, two
and
Homo,
....................
and " A
Model
Adams' VIDEX,
10 ics.
13 10
10 10
13 10
20
26.
...................
...................
mahogany
5X4 SANDERSON,
;
cost
26 6s. 6d
..
slides,
rapid rectilinear lens, T.-P. shutter, 3
12
extra reversing frame, leather case cost
59. 5X4 Adams' VIDEX, no slides, 12 pi. changing box, Sin. Zeiss Planar lens,
f/4; cost .40 las
24 us. 6d.
6.s. Adams' 5X4 VIDEX and six double dark slides, no lens; cost
67. Adams' Half-plate VIDEX, three double slides, film pack adapter, Voigtlander
..
Heliar f/4.j lens, 9^ in. focus, all in best pigskin case; cost .47 ics.
ZEISS Complete Telephoto Lens, high power, tube No. 3, telepositive
70.
i35mm., 1/3; cost ;i.s i S s.
10
80. Newman & Guardia's i-pl. NYDI A, Ross lens, and leather case, as new;
82. 5x4 Adams'
for twelve plates, Cooke f/6-5 lens, and leather case;
16 i8s. 6d
cost
86. 5X4 Adams' VIDEX, three double dark slides, 7in. Ross Homocentric f/6.3
lens, and leather case ; cost .29 53.
88. 5x4 Adams' IDENTO, Zeiss patent Protar lens, 6jin., f/6-3, and film pack
21 6s.
adapter, and best pigskin leather case ; cost
ANSCHUTZ, Goerz 7 in. f/6 8 Dagor lens, four double dark
90. 4-pl.
cost .19 i8s.
slides, daylight loading roll holder, leather case
92. J-pl. Adams' IDENTO, Ross Homocentric f/6.3 lens, 3 double dark slides,
..
..
and Adams' 12 pi. changing box, best leather case cost .17 8s.
95. 5X4 Adams' REFLEX, 6 dbl. dark slides, Adams' "Challenge" R.R. lens,
extra focussing hood, best waterproof case ; cost 23 is.
..
oo. Postcard (5^X3*) Adams' IDENTO, film pack adapter, Zeiss patent Protar
..
..
lens, Series Vila. No. 7, and case ; cost
21 2S. 6d.
53.
Zeiss
roll holder,
.....................
.
CARL
..............
YALE
.....................
.
4 '5
18 15
14 14
7 10
30
600
15
..16160
. .
12 10
GOERZ
VIDEX
9 10
10 17
7 *7
15 10
Adams'
and 3 double dark slides, Busch 6in. Omnar lens,
cost 28 js. 6d
f/5-5, best leather case, also 3 extra dbl. dark slides
06. 5x4 Adams' VIDEX, Adams' best 12 pi. changing box, adapter for Premo
best
films,
waterproof case, patent four-way swing front, Ross 7 in. Homo.
cost 35 6s. 6d.
..
..
..
..
..
..
f/5-6 lens
12. 5X4 Adams'
and 3 dbl. dark slides, also Adams' i2-pl. changing box
cost 26 IDS. 6d.
.
.
03. J-plate
..... 1600
..16160
VIDEX
. .
14.
20.
1 1
us.
Adams'
J-pl.
Adams
J-pl.
3 dbl. slides
23.
17.
..
..
..
..
..
VIDEX
f/6.3,
and
..
..
..
six slides in
..
..
..12176
case
..
.....
cost
13 :8s.
eX4GOERZ-ANSCHUTZ
f/6.8 lens,
changing box,
2 S- J-pl-
brilliant finder
GOERZ-ANSCHUTZ
8 10
15
o
o
8176
n
17
10 10
17 10
VIDEX,
Si i. Do.
J-pl., for
8 plates
cost
2 53.
..
..
..
..
..
15
..126
273
\M
T\RV
^ JL^
ADHAtS
<
POPULAR MODEL.
L-^^Am.
best
^HE
(G) the
Popular Model of
Adams VIDEX
is
of tneVTDEX form (excepting the Adams MINEX). Outside the camera is a circular
metal disc with the following speeds engraved: TB^ijth' lioth, ^t B th, rioth, yioth. t'&th,
nd. ,'.-th, f\,th of a second. TIME and BULB and automatic exposures of i, \, J, i, 2 and
3 seconds may also be given at an extra cost of 2/- upon all sizes. .When shutter is set,
indicator is visible opposite speed at which it is set for, and, most important feature of all,
the speed can be altered while the shutter remains set, and without having to let it off,
then alter, and then re-set. Is set with a QUICK WIND. Whilst most Reflex Instruments
are designed for high speed work only, the VIDEX has been specially considered for both
high and slow speed, thus making it a far more useful and all-round camera.
are suitable for the VIDEX.
LENSES. All lenses as listed with the
FRONT. The same as described (see p. 270) and fitted to the
may
also be fitted to the VIDEX. The cost is 257. extra.
All
as
on
280
be
fitted.
SYSTEMS.
page
may
STANDS. Same as for MINEX. See p. 279.
CASES
PRICE LIST. Complete, with three ordinary best quality double dark slides, but without lens, owing to the variety offered for selection (see p. 277). When listed lenses are
purchased from us, not only are they mounted and fitted in a special and convenient manner,
ut a reduction is made in the cost of the cameras (see below). The amounts allowed for
dark slides, if not required, are also quoted below.
Automatic
If slides
Swing Slow Shutter
Or if Cash
not required, Front,
Speeds,
with order
extra.
extra.
deduct
25/'
25/4ix 3 l
1910 O
:,'.
MINEX
MINEX
SWING
CHANGING
AND
x 4 or 9 x I2C .m.
deduct
2o/-)
deduct
so/-)
2 7 /-
with order,
insurance to any part of the world.
we pay
carriage and
CB
274
The
O
VESTA
ADAMS m J W**
1910
*T* Tfc
IN
THE WORLD.
VESTA
VESTA
AND WEIGHT
Uixsi
and F 4-5 lens.
If with
F 6'3
5l
4*
if
LENSES.
The sJxaJ
order.
4i x si
s ' ze
with
F 6*3
SHUTTER.
AND
AND
supplied.
TRIPOD BUSHES. Two are fitted to the camera, permitting it to be used upon a
tripod both horizontally and vertically. This advantage is not usually provided for upon
such an instrument. For using with Zephyr tripods, see p. 279, a special Vesta tripod top is
recommended for obtaining rigidity. 3$ X 2}, 5/6, and 4$ x 3$, 6/6 each.
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. Made mostly of strong aluminium alloy, together
with brass and German silver, and has leather covering and leather bellows. Is exceedingly
strong and well constructed, and unusually well finished in black, and unobtrusive in use.
All fittings are self-contained inside the camera, protected from dust.
CB
275
YESTA
The
1910
( Designed
and Patented
by A. L.
ADAMS.)
HE
Adams
iif
it
your pocket
in the way.
It is far and away the best Camera of its kind for Colonial and
Tropical use, also travellers requiring a^really strong- compact instrument that may be relied upon under all circumstances.
9j^f
LIST PRICE:-
13 1O
15 15
O
O
OR IF CASH
WITH ORDER.
HO-
11
13 13
ZEISS Patent
F 4-5 instead
Tessar
of
6-3,
extra net.
15
o
o
CB
IMPORTANT. When
Antmous Release
--------0176
3ix J
--
4 Jx 3 i
1501096
12
076
-056
TiriTl M^L
ALUilVld
&
Jfet
(<*f\
^O.,
LONDON."
0190
0176
IOO
CB
TOTTENHAM,
N.
276
Adams
(MODEL DE LUXE.)
MODEL
MODEL
A.
is
B.
is
made
277
in
Models
ferred.
Model "A"
is
leading kinds.
SWING FRONT.
illustration
upon page
This
is
shown
in
second
276.
CENSES.
series.
listed
or
pi.
9. 12 cm.
Including
&
R eV
^j
sdreen
"^
s
to
u- u
^
High. Wide. *Thick. Board.
6iin. siin. 3^ in. 13 in.
6 M 3 | ,,
i6i,,
7
9i
7S ,. 5 .. 2I M
i
List Price.
If slides
278
HDHMS
IDENT
Unsurpassable and Incomparable.
The Adams "IDENTO"is made -tJxsJ, 5X4, sixsfr (Post Card), and 6ix 4 |. (The
and Chang-ing Boxes are for 5^X3^, but Premo Films are 5^X3!.)
Shutter in lens diaphragm slot opens and closes to centre, and speedsare as ace u rate ly
as
regulated
possible, by air in metal tube, from T i B th to i a second, also TIME exposures.
Patent Antinous release, 2/6 extra. The Adams Self-capping Focal Plane Shutter, as page
i.
sl x 3i Slides
2.
3.
and
horizontal pictures.
Best lenses fitted, namely, Ross Homocentric F 6'8 and Zeiss Patent Protar F 6'3,
7.
and small folding extra extensions can be supplied for using front single combinations.
Lenses removable for cleaning, or for using upon other Cameras or Enlarging Lanterns.
8.
Any kind of changing system can be used Flat Film or Plate Changing- Boxes,
Daylig-ht Loading Roll Holder, Dark Slides, or Daylight Loading Premo Film Pack
Adapter. All are interchangeable in the same Camera.
A good rising front is provided horizontally and vertically, and the result of each
9.
movement is shown in the IDENTOSCOPE.
10.
Bushes provided for fitting to tripod, for horizontal and vertical pictures. Strong
neat handle for carrying. Plate or film can be carried ready to give an exposure.
1 1.
Ground glass focussing screen. Accurately engraved focussing scale also provided,
and Camera is ready focussed for "infinity" without trouble of adjusting same.
12.
Everything is of the finest and most accurate description. An examination of it at
once conveys the impression of freshness and novelty of Camera Perfection Crystallised.
Complete with Ross Homocentric F 6'8 Lens, Adams carefully regulated "!DENTO"
Film Pack Adapter for Premo Films handsomely covered
Shutter, Patent IDENTOSCOPE
in best morocco, with special pocket (deduct cost of this Adapter if not required, see p. 280
for any other changing systems preferred). Camera covered in best morocco, thus being
most unobtrusive.
;
Adams &
FINEST QUALITY.
Cases
listed for
279
Go.'s eases.
is
upon them.
extra slides.
No.
i.
No.
3.
buff,
is
shown
CB
in front of case.
280
Changing j)oxes.
Best manufacture, covered in black real morocco
Fitted with roller blind
leather, and take la plates.
Plates can be covered or
shutter moved from back.
uncovered at will without having- to change a plate.
No light traps to get out of order, and no draw-out
Numbers on sheaths are
shutter to be troubled with.
seen from outside back of box. Bags are of special
quality leather, pliable and free from slightest dust,
Plates lifted
and will stand wear for many years.
All
from front and placed after exposure at back.
Extra
for
with
sheaths.
aluminium
prices complete
light-weight sheaths, J-plate 2/6 j-plate 3/- i-plate
;
7/6.
i2
8 plates
"A
"
pattern,
i-plate 3O/-
J-plate
32/6
CB
net.
Double
Dark
Slides.
Mahogany,
black polished.
4iX 3 J
10/6
9/-
..
5X4
or 9 x
12/6
12
6i*4f
cm.
'.'.
13/-
15/6
18/6
21/-
VESTA
158.;
{-plate,
2 IDs.
17s. 6d. ; .l-plutf,
188. 6d. six 3 J,
Is.;
CB
12s. 6d.
YIOEX PLATES.
Work. Possess advantages in the way of latitude of exposure and
will stand climatic and keeping tests better than others.
be obtained upon the same negative. Halation reduced to a minimum, and
further reduced by having them backed.
EXTREME RAl'ID.
ISOCHROMATIC OR SPECIAL RAPID.
"ITOR
y*
is
all
classes of
density,
Clouds
and
may
(Watkins
per doz.
130.
Wynne
F/S
1/6
1/4
1
10
2/4
2/4
3/4
6/3
2/10
2/10
4/2
7/9
I/-
Backing Hxtra.
3d.
3d.
4d.
4d.
6d.
9d.
CB
28l
This
first-class quality
ency. The
at corners.
Lantern
is
is
of the highest
effici-
wood parts are of first quality mahogany, strongly clamped and brass bound
Body is of Russian iron and copper. Also provided with spherical reflector.
Condenser
Negatives up to
Without Lens.
Condenser.
If
X4
With Lens.
8 5 O
6
10 O O
8 8 O
6iin.
12
10 1O O
17 6
21 1O O
25 O O CB
the Zeiss Patent Tessar F 4*5 is recommended. For prices see p. 27
6 17
5i in.
Prices include powerful duplex oil lamp or fittings for incandescent gas
burner, or fitted for electric light, or incandescent spirit lamp. Oxyhydrogen blow-through jet, io/- extra ; acetylene generator and
jet complete, 20!- extra on all sizes. Oil lamp sent unless otherwise ordered.
*This is an unusually handsome and well built Lantern.
"
ADAMS "
Can be
CB
282
'ADAMS 'Finder.
The
Size of
Size.
No.
In Aluminium
In Aluminium
Pattern.
B.B.
7/6 each
/-
14/15/-
17/6
ACCURATE FINDER.
THE ONLY
a
on a J
show the amount
given by
5 in.
plate, 6 in.
on a
f,
and so on
The ADAMS
is fitted
to
all
THE
ADAMS &
e'
Fo travellers
window on runners,
wind
.
Dark Cent.
stand
ugh usage. Fitted with
so that white light may be obtained if
ill
desired.
ADAMS &
5.
CB
CO.'S
'Challenge'
level.
The only practical Level. When ordinary Level 11 placed on top of
Camera, it cannot be" seen, being too high.
The "Challenge Level is seen rignt through, and may be placed
against side of
perpendicular.
Camera also,
is
all
it is
truly
Cameras
cc**
Made
Adams
in
Aluminium, Price
&
12/6.
Postage
ad.
cc**
LONDON, W.C.
283
I^EJrHfl^V
corner to corner.
3
CQ
CO
q
i
1
I
Is
Worth Saving P
Built
..
..
..
..
..
d.
18 10
12 10
770
10
6
Whole-plate
Half-plate
C. HUGHES
BREWSTER HOUSE,
W.
&
82,
LONDON,
N.
19
284
Lens.
Annealed to
stand heat, as used by " Van der
Weyde, " Esq." "This Condenser is
for Enlarging
It passes
pertect
the light in equal distribution
all
Best English
same
velocity,
picture from
edge to edge impossible with the
circular
condenser.
ordinary
perfectly
flat
i-plate(4ix3f)
..
5x4(5x4i)
..
Post Card
..
(5g x3)
J-plate(7Jx5J)
J-plate(9ix7i)
Hughes'
15
2 12
1
276
330
550
..
..
..
Patent
ALPHENGO
Lantern.
Reflecting; Enlarging
Magic Lantern Slides. Results unequalled. Marginal & even illumination, ready day or night. Enlarges
any size.
Camera.
delicate in tone.
just the
scientifically constructed
very thing for amateur and professional photographers.
".PRICE |-plate to 3ix3J, 20s-; J-plate to 3J, 55s. i -plate to 3ix3J, 3; 12x10
to
3Jx3J, 5; 15x12 to 3J x 3J, 6 10s., including nest of carriers for all intermediate sized negatives and two Incandescent Burners.
British Journal of Photography. "We are very much surprised that an
arrangement of this kind is not universally in use amongst professional photographers for copying prints by artificial light in the dark days of winter."
Amateur Photographer. "The condenser is dispensed with. Uniformity and
desirable softness of light. An ordinary camera is employed. Exceedingly simple
;
in use."
HUGHES'
PATENT
In short, the
'
Every Photographer should have one of these stands. There is nothing like a
Ground Glass Screen for delicate focussing. Useful for any Enlarger, Cinematograph pictures, opaque objects, and lantern slides. Draws out to 5$ ft. Closes
30 inches. Height 30 inches. Size of Ground Glass Screen, 20x18. Larger sizes
made
to order.
Price, substantially made, nicely finished, 32/-. Ground Glass Screen separate, 10/6.
niiotrnted LW* of all stated above, 3<1. fret.
W.
C.
HUGHES &
BREWSTER HOUM,
CO., Specialists
82,
in Optical Projection,
MORTIMER ROAD, KINCSLAND, LONDON, N.
285
Being legitimate manufacturers, we give the best and most technical at the
cheapest possible rate.
"
BREWSTER" INJECTOR
JET.
mixed
More powerful,
Jet, at half the cost.
less than any similar type of Jet.
Price
CANDLE-POWER
Hjy
consumes
3Os.
1,OOO.
HUGHES'
"KING OP JETS."
Candles.
Pr.
Hemmings' safety
Burns with
and
brilliant light. The Oases
principle.
an Ether Saturator
two gases.
A MAGNIFICENT JET.
or
HIGHLY FINISHED.
Solid as a rock.
NEW
PATTERN
off, SO/-
INCANDESCENT
MANTLE LAMP.
NO
No
SMELL
SMOKE
200
tion.
Burning methylated spirit
3 times the power of any incandes-
82,
N.
286
CINEMATOGRAPHS
We
have raised their construction to an art, have 12 Models to select from, and
many patents. There are no finer Projectors than ours, or cheaper.
hold as
The Cheapest, 3 5 O.
Rotograph Attachment, 10-inch Spools,
The
all
Best,
SO guineas.
Bioscope Movements,
THE BREWSTERGRAPH,
No.
THE
O.
3.
2O.
illustrated.
BREWSTERGRAPH.
A new machine, has
every improvement, and
is a consummation of all
that
best in
is
Animated
Instruments.
Colours
in
the
films
while
motion, reverses all
making them
work backwards.
New
Lever Mechanism, giving
subjects,
instantaneous
centring,
and heat-proof.
and 5O guineas.
We have no hesitation in
fire-proof
3O
claiming
it
as the
"King
Send
ef Bioscopes."
particulars.
Catalogue of
for
Cinematographs,
Cameras,
Arc Lamps,
Portable Electric
Outfits
and
Accessories,
8d.
Film
List,
6d.
Bargain Film
List,
2d.
Slides List,
6d.
Manual on Lantern
free,
i
the Manufacturers:
direct to
going unci/u
gvu*g
HOUGHTONS
LIMITED
HIGH HOLBORN
LONDON
W.C.
88/89
TELEGRAMS
"BROMIDE
LONDON."
TELEPHONES
HOLBORN
:
2500
(5 lines)
GLASGOW BRANCH
70/78
OPTICAL BRANCH
95
HATTON GARDEN,
ENSIGN WORKS,
24
E.C.
ACRES)
WALTHAMSTOW
288
still
as
worker.
It's
unequalled.
swing
is
simplicity
universal
The
movement that
made the "Sanderson"
front, the
has
famous, provides for the rising
and swinging of the Lens Front
in any direction, and yet allows
the action to be entirely governed by a single pair of locking
nuts.
Sanderson
are
The Lens swings
on its axis and travels
upwards, forwards or
backwards on a pair of
the
dropping
cessitating
"
The
and nerefocussing.
"
movement is
Sanderson
quite unique and
a large
is
number of
covered by
patents.
It
must be
understood however,
"
that in the
Sanderson," all
these movements are held in
reserve and need only be brought into action when wanted.
For ordinary snapshot work the front is merely drawn out to the infinity point,
where it locks at the correct focus and the camera is instantly ready for snapshot use,
hand cameras
No.
289
9
illustration
shows the
The
full
The very
latest
is now fitted to the rising front and enables the front to be raised or lowered by a
Like all the other
single adjustment.
"Sanderson" movements it is easily controlled from the back of the camera.
rack
NOT
Postcard 'Sanderson*
taking pictures
Sanderson
for
Hand Cameras
now made
5.i
in Continental
Sizes.
5
(3 sizes) J-pl.. .5
De Luxe Model, Highest possible quality
and workmanship (all
Tare
sizes)
MOUQMTONS
826
x 34
'Junior Sanderson* a
popular price model
pi.
10
The
most popular
"Klito."
of all
The
is
"iKlito"
Camera
the-most popular-Box-
form
Hand
Magazine
mand
is
as big as ever.
Each Camera
will hold
with
There
part of a second.
are
two
finders,
and
all
except Nos.
and
the
at
price
I,"
"o,''
No hand
"00."
Camera
"
anything like
offers such
*The model
illustrated is the
No.
o.
MOUQMTON5
21/21/25/-
31/6
63/42/-
63/84/-
117/6
HIGH MOLBORN.W.C.
BRITISH JOl'RNAI- A
1
.
MAN AC ADVERTISEMENTS.
The
291
99
Folding Klito.
J-plate.
110
150
1
10
10
17
'
"
"
No. 7v " Folding Klito," with
Ensign Anastigmat Lens,
"
Series II., No. 0, /7.7, and Automat Shutter
No. 7x Ditto, with" "Ensign"
Anastigmat Lens, Series I.,
No. 0./5.8., and Automat " Shutter
"
for
Shutter
Extra for "Koilos"
any model in place of "Automat
Extra Single Metal Slides
each
HOUGHTON5
plates
and
films
2 10
3 10
400
330
4 12
5 10
15
016
15
THE
ENSIGN-DE-tUXE'
IMPROVED MODEL.
Perfectly
Made
and
Finished.
No.
ii.
Time Exposures,
Shutter,
s.
fi
I3a.
143.
16.
Ditto, with
lie. Ditto,
nv.
nx.
Si
"Beck" Sym.
812
717
'
Lens
Extra for
f,'6'8
826
"
f/6'8
Automat
Shutter
HOU3HTONS
912 6
12
015
Extra for " Koilos" Shutter in place of "Automat
in Case
010 "
3 Slides,
Focussing Screen complete with
"
''
Roll Films. Quarter-plate Model
This Camera takes
Ensign
3J
Post Card Model "3J in. A."
"
67
77
015
012
in.
The "Ensign.
An
TS
entirely
Cameras
for Daylight
The
this operation.
these
of
solidity
greatly superior to that
of other Cameras of similar type.
facilitating
and
strength
Cameras
is
The covering
is
of water-proof
21B "ENSIGN."
THE
"
5/-
2iB ENSIGN."
10/-
plate.
singularly effective
and useful
size.
Complete
with Single Achromatic Lens, Everset Time and Instantaneous Shutter, with Catch for holding Shutter open
for prolonged Time Exposures, two View Finders for upright
and oblong pictures and Diaphragms, f/11, f/16, f/22, f/32
useful
to the
THE
The popular
3|
Square
Camera
Picture.
"2-1 Ensign."
12/6
in
...
21/-
25/-
...
...
...
ENSIGN."
quarter plate
size.
HOUGHTONS
The "Ensignette.
294
(Patent.)
"Ensignette"
built of
is
Attractive little
pictures are produced
that do not necessarily
need enlarging
to
be
The exact
"
interesting.
"
"
measures 35 x li in. and is only f in.
Ensignette
opens and locks in position for exposure by one simple
movement. It is the only really small Folding Camera that is selfcontained, and will go into the waistcoat pocket, and it is thinner than
any camera in existence.
When
closed the
in thickness.
It
The
loaded
'
'
'
'
is
Ensignette
and
unloaded
in
daylight with
Special six"
"
Roll
exposure
Ensign
Films.
The "Ensignette"
focus
printing
box
fixed
will
definition.
MOUQMTON5
IDVERTISEM1
The Ensignette. 99
295
(Patent.)
There
brilliant
is
self-contained
ing
and
moment.
particularly simple,
can be mastered
"
in a
The
"
is sold
Ensignette
limp Leather Pocket Case
which keeps the Camera clean
in a
"
''
is
no bigger
all
the extending
the bright parts are of
No.
41
1.
"Ensignette" Camera, complete with
Achromatic Menicus Lens
lx.
"Ensignette" Camera, complete with
Ensign Anastigmat Lens 1/5*6
"
Ensign
Ensignette
...
(6 exposures)
'
'
Film
Spool
...
...
Film
'
Ensign
Ensignette
(6 exposures)
"
70/-
each lOd.
Spool
per box of 3
2/6
To enlarge
Printing Box.
Ensignette
"
"
Ensignette
pictures by daylight to
...
...
...
...
Postcard Size
5/6
"
'
'
Frame
'
Printing
Ensignette
contact pictures)
Book
...
Outfit.
(for
and
2
...
...
6d.
Complete
Instructions.
of
Spools
Developing
Contact Prints actual
(For
making
...
5/6
3/-
' '
30
'
Ensignette
Spools of
'
...
"
"
Ensignette
and Contact
size)
Spool
"
for
the
Ensignette."
made
...
...
...
Developing Films
...
...
...
Contact Prints ...
from separate negatives
,,
,,
...
Enlarged Prints on Postcards ...
HOU3HTONS
6d.
6d.
per doz
per doz.
1/6
3/6
...
...
...
...
MIGM MOLBORN.W.C.
296
Camera
Field
which
in
Set.
rigidity
set
and
serviceable
qualities
have not been sacrificed
for
appearance.
outfit
An
among
notable
of
tbe
Framework
automati-
of
The Back
locks at right
angles to the baseboard.
A double action similarly locks the lens front
as soon as it is at right
angles to the baseboard.
The camera is therefore
cally
downwards
as desired,
and
fixed
in
any position.
297
the difference in
means
camera
bulk
be-
loading the
in daylight with
Flat Films or
of
either
Plates and entirely dispenses with the use of
in
HOUGHTON
EN-
VELOPES.
The "Houghton"
Envelope Adapter,
Models "B" and "C"
have a
focussing
screen
built
into
them in such a way
as to dispense with
the ordinary focussing screen, attached
the
back of a
camera,
altogether.
to
The Adapter
thus
not only supersedes
Dark Slides,
but
renders a separate
focussing screen unnecessary also. The
Adapter is never
removed from the
camera either for
or
for
focussing
re-loading.
s"__
Size.
Ensigns
(J-pl.)
The "Tudor
Enlarging Lantern.
194-3
"
"
The
Oil
Tudor
Enlarging Lantern
Lamp.
Model B.
Electric
Arc Lamp
Incandescent Gas or
I.
Quarter-plate, complete with si-in. Condenser and best quality
Portrait Lens
Extra for Aldis Lens Series II. No. 2 instead of Portrait Lens
No. 2. 5 x 4 or Post-card size, complete with 6i-in. condenser, and best
quality Portrait Lens
..
Extra for Aldis Lens Series II. No. 3 instead of Portrait Lens ..
No. 3. Half-plate, complete with 8J-in. Condenser and best quality
..
..
..
..
..
..
Portrait Lens
..
Extra for Aldis Lens Series II. No. 4 instead of Portrait Lens
Extra for Sol Lamp
.
Extra foi Incandescent Burner and Reflector
..400
15
No.
**
**
or B, Lantern
Please always state which Model,
whether for Gas, Oil or Electric Light.
Queen"
Victo"
"Empress
1 10
..700
26
2
180
..069
SPECIAL NOTE.
is
required, and
IOURNA1.
ALMANAC ADVKK
299
The
"
"
Klito
Enlarger is made entirely of wood, and can be taken " to pieces as
the illustration, and packed so that it takes up only half the space.
The covering is a hard leather grain material, and there is a leather handle for carryWhen set up the smaller end locks on to the base by means of two metal catches.
ing
There is a dark slide for the bromide paper, and it should be stated that this dark slide
can be entirely withdrawn, so that there is no necessity to take the whole Enlarger into
The panel of the dark slide folds
the dark room when the picture is to be developed.
back out of the way when the exposure is being made. There is a plunge shutter which
shows when the lens is open or closed.
The Lens supplied is a Doublet
of excellent definition, with exception of Nos. sa and 6, which are
fitted with single achromatic Lenses
of special quality.
shown
in
with
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
2
3
4
5
5a
6
Klito
Klito
Klito
Klito
Klito
Klito
Enlarger
Enlarger
Enlarger
Enlarger
Enlarger
Enlarger
Wooden Dark
Sildes.
to 10 x 8
15/211-
253032/6
37/6
Enlarger.
HOU3HTONS
300
Ensyna."
that will give prints like P.O.P. by artificial light It
long range of beautiful tones
requires no toning and no troublesome manipulation.
are obtainable from rich purple to warm sepia. The tone is entirely controlled by the
made
be
Prints
can
by daylight or artificial
exposure. No process could be simpler.
The whole process printing, developlight. No dark room or yellow light is required.
minutes.
takes
only 5
ing, fixing, anJ
I he
Printing takes about I to 5 seconds by daylight, or 20 to 60 seconds by gaslight.
rich tones, giving results that are
prints develop up in less than 2 minutes in beautifully
indistinguishable from the finest gold or platinum toned prints.
Prints only require 30 seconds to fix, and 2 minutes washing is all that is necessary
before prints are hung up to dry.
Ensyna printing. No
It is practically impossible for anyone to go wrong with
and definitely
flashing up of the image in the developer. The picture builds up gradually
bath.
the
and loses nothing-in
fixing
"Ensyna"
is
new paper
washing
SUBDUED
An absolutely
new
kind
o/" paper
from
D LONDON i, GLASGOW
HOU'G*
ft:
"ENSYNOIDS"
"ENSYNA" paper is
Is. packets in all the popular sizes.
"ENSYNA" postcards are put up in
sold in
6d. and
"ENSYNA" paper
"ENSYNA"
developed with a
special patented developer called
Ensynoids." "Ensynoids" developer is sold as follows (it is essential for developing "Ensyna" paper).
is
HOUGHTONS
bTD.
12
pairs
6L
also in
144.
Tubes
in
'*
of
Ensynoids," each pair making
Is.
8 ozs. of developer.
In Cachets -a pair of "Ensynoids"
2d.
8
of
ozs.
developer
making
"
Boxes of 6 pairs of Ensynoids" Is.
"ENSYNA"
ially
ution
11
6d.
Acid Fixing
recommended).
make 60
make
ozs.
of
acid
In
(spectins to
Fixing
sol-
3d.
HIGH MOUBORN.W.C,
301
Ensyna.
The Ordinary (or Soft) Grades are specially suitable for printing from strong
and plucky negatives and are the best for Artificial light printing.
for printing
BOTH
GRADES
ARE
MADE WITH
302
for
Developing
Plates in Daylight.
"
The Ensign " Development Tank is absolutely free from all complications. It
made entirely of brass, very heavily nickel plated. The inner rack is removable a
great convenience for loading. The action of clamping on the lid renders the tank lightThe lid of the tank is fitted with a soft rubber pad into which
tight, and water-tight.
the top edges of the tank are pressed by the action of clamping. The locking clamps are
is
in.
us
to
sell
it
at a
low
price.
Apparatus.
Development Tanks.
Each Tank is complete in itself. New rubber pads need only be purchased in case of
damage by accident, or after long use. A separate tank is recommended for fixing, but
is
not necessary.
No.
0.
,-
To develop 6 plates,
,,2.
3.
35 x 2*
3J
X 4
6/6
7/6
4ix
,.5
..
..
54*34
65 x 4!
HOUGHTON5
bro.
8 HIGH
106
10/6
126
MOUBORN.W.C.
SHEW
Cameras :-THE
3D3
BEST.
The 'EUXIT
THE IDEAL
VEST POCKET CAMERA.
Fitted with Focussing
x 2.
Cooke Lens and Compound Shutter.
six slides
in Purse,
9 9s. Od.
Price
.
.THE
KIT
"EUXIT," OPEN.
Series of Folding
Cameras
They
are of the
2A, i-plate,
-plate.
J. F.
88,
Street,
LONDON, W.,
Specialists in Photographic
Apparatus,
SHEW me
SHEW.
will
HALF-PLATE,
CLOSED.
304
CO.
Designed and built by J. F.
Pressmen and
to meet the requirements of
workers doing rapid and important subject
Illustrations.
for Records and Magazine
HalfThis model is constructed in
form ONLY, but can
plate Horizontal
be used reversed for a vertical picture
A much smaller camera is
if desired.
thus obtained than if made square
with reversing back.
Camera
is
strongly
made,
to
re-
climatic
influence and
sist
to stand
rough usage.
It
brass-
is
screwed,
leathercovered,fitted
with strong
handle and
detachable
are: Rising
special features
and Left side; Three-fold
from Right
8
surface automatically re-set after
-dine
The
Front Back
hood Mirror,
:
on
Model A.
B.
Triple
Double
D.
Triple
LENSES RECOMMENDED.
F
Goerz IB, F/4'8.
Goerz Dagor, 8.
Voigtlander
III.. F'6'8.
Collmear, S. 111., t /b 8.
The Euryplan,
i? in
1
4'5.
Zeiss Tessav.
Voigtlander Heliar
ACCESSORIES.
For
13
6J to 20 in.,
61 to 13* m.,
7A to 234 in.,
S. II.,
4-5.
305
FOCAL PLANE
REFLECTOR.
THE SHEW
REFLEX CAMERA.
with
Fitted
Model
Anschutz
minimum
sets
Mirror in position.
Full size View Finder (shows
exact view taken), with Rotating
The
Camera
is
made
of
Two
Screen.
Complete, as above, but without
Lens
i-plate.
11 11
6in. 17 17
5x4
J-plate.
1414
13 13
Tin. 20 18
8Jin. 23
Sin. 24 16
9iin. 29
23
F/6-3.. 6in. 20 15
16 11
F/6-3
.
Ic, F/4-5
20 13
21 13
6in. 17 16
Tin. 21 18
18
1660
19
24 14
9Jin. 28 14
21 19
Any
of
Daylight
150
Dark
inter-
Slide,
changeable with
backs,
lopes
the Xit
including 6 enve1
SHEW me
extra.
12
17
per
dozen
15
^-plate.
15
SHEW.
will have
18
5x4
15
4
J-plate.
1
NONE OTHER.
306
REFLECTORS.
SHEW DELTA
Two Models.
Made
in
The Delta Reflector is the smallest Reversing-back Reflector made.
The Quarter-plate has a focal range of 5 to 8 ins., and weighs only 1\ Ibs.
The Delta has Rack Focussing, Double Extension Rising Front,
Metal Shutter behind lens, regulated from outside, Removable Hood.
It is built of
The back has Shew's Universal Fitting, to take double backs, Film
Pack Adapter, Daylight Changing Dark Slide, or Daylight Roll
Film Holder, all interchangeable to the one fitting.
J-plate.
Camera, fitted with Cooke Anastigmat, F/6'5, with Iris diapnragms, arranged to read from
the face, in special mount, three
Double Backs, and Focussing
8 10
Screen
Fitted with Aldis Anastigmat, F/6
Camera and Accessories named, exclusive of lens
636
4 10
5 x 4,
10 10
886
660
J-plate.
12 12
3
10
770
This Camera
Lens
front,
and
770
5x4.
i-plate.
10 10
880
70
5x4,
F/6'8,
ft-plate.
13 3
17
12
70
5x4.
F/6'3,
^,-plate.
19
15 8
The lenses of any other make fitted to order. If pure Jiased through us, free of charge.
Fitting andadjusting customer? own lenses, from 716, according to work required.
"SHEW me
307
GOERZ LENSES
CAMERAS
C. P.
I
to
GOERZ
E.C.
on Application.
Complete Catalogue
"
PHOTOPSIA, LONDON."
Telegrams
308
The
CONVERTIBLE GOERZ.
THE
GOERZ
F.6.3 to F.8.
(Singles F.12.5)
The Goerz " Pantar
covering- power and
the older series of
"
Anatigmat
will
th<: fine
photographers.
TIIK
MKITISH
The LENS
for
309
SPEED.
THE
GOERZ
F.4.5 to F.5.5.
A lens unsurpassed for Photography at
high speeds and in dull weather.
Tiiis Scries of Lenses is s-pecially adapted for instantaneous work of anykind, and for the Shortest exposures (j-jAinth of a second or less), Portraiture
in the Studio or ordinary room, Lantern and Cinematograph Projection,
Enlargements, Reproductions, Three-colour Work, Telephotography, as well
as for Landscapes, and Architecture, and in all cases where an extremely
wide angle is not required.
The apertures of the different lenses are as follows No. 000, F/4'5; No. 00
to No 2, F/4'8; No 3 to No. 5, F/5; No. 6 to No. 8, F/5'5.
can be used with a small stop, and has
The
about double the focus ot the complete lens.
For Stereoscopic work the Lenses can be accurately paired at an extra
BACK COMBINATION
charge of
8/-.
THE
310
RRITISII
The FINEST
UNIVERSAL LENS.
THE
GOERZ
F.6.8.
up io No.
7.
Higher numbers
F 7.7.
The back combination can be used alone and has about twice the focal
length of the complete lens.
" Dagor" pupnlips:
Each Goerz
1.
2.
3.
No.
purposes.
interiors.
distant objects.
Y/.
jfyf
ih
i
L42*
312
The INEXPENSIVE
GOERZ LENS.
THE
GOERZ
F.6.8.
THE FINEST LOW-PRICED ANASTIGMAT.
The Goerz " Syntor" is a thoroughly g-ood all-round lens, made with the
same care and precision as the other series of Goerz Lenses, and giving- that
crispness of definition which is typical of all our lenses. It is fast, will give
you good snapshots, and is excellent also for stand work. The single combinations can be used alone as long focus lenses. The "Syntor" has not
quite the same covering power as the Goerz " Dagor," but more than covers
the plate for which it is listed, and will allow of the rising front
being used
without cutting off.
A Cheap, Excellent Lens for Hand-Cameras,
and can be recommended with the Utmost Confidence.
No.
313
GOERZ LENSES IN
SHUTTERS
The Goerz Lens can be fitted to practically all the popular
Lenses up to 8J inches focus are
Between-Lens Shutters.
usually in stock ready fitted to shutters, but in any case can be
In those cases where a charge for
fitted in two or three days.
fitting to the camera is made, an estimate of cost will be given,
if
desired.
"Dagor."
He.
F/6-8.
314
THE BRITISH
GOERZ
TELEPHOTO LENSES
These lenses are of an entirely new/ construction, have a
and covering power unequalled by any other telephoto
lens, and are of the greatest service for photographing subjects
definition
inaccessible to the
The
lens.
COMBINATION OF
THE BRITISH
315
GOERZ FOLDING
REFLEX
ed
Reflex
is
For plates or
Prices
Goerz Folding- Reflex,
fitted
(6x4
films.
only).
slides or accessories
..
Reflex, fitted with
Goerz Folding-
..
"
F/4'8,
..
..
8,
without
..
without
slides or accessories
..
Double Dark Slides, each
.
Plate Changing Box for 12 plates
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
or
roll
Light
Wooden Stand
C. P.
..
..
to 6
..
..
..
..
d.
2300
2300
12
200
10
100
126
18 6
1
316
GOERZ -ANSCHUTC
FOLDING CAMERA.
Slit altered,
and
all
The
latest model of
Goerz - Anschutz
the
Camera
Folding
is
with an improved
form of focal plane
fitted
shutter, giving
speeds irom 1/l20Oth
second
seconds
regulated from
the outside.
all
The shutter
is
self-capping, so that
the plate or film
exposed
not
is
set-
during
Exposures can
be altered before or
after shutter
is
ting.
set.
PRICE LIST.
For Plates
Goerz-Anschutz Folding
Camera complete with
Goerz "Celor" Lens
F/4'8, Three Double
Dark Slides and Case
Do., do, with Goerz
5X
4JX3J
Postcard
10x15 cm.
5x3i
"Dagor"
Do., do.,
F/6'8, do.
with
..
d.
s. "d.
s.
d.
14 19
16 13
13 14
14 19
16 13
18
11 14
12
13 18
15
12
14
12
Box
for
200
1
COMPLETE
C, P.
s.
13 19
each
Plate Changing
12 Plates
Roll Holder
d.
Goerz
"Syntor"F/6'8, do. ..
Extra
Dark
Double
slides,
s.
16
200
10
10
ON APPLICATION.
LIST
to 6 Hoi
THE BRITISH
Illustrations
317
Rurenu
318
THE BRITISH
GOERZ-AN scmnx
TROPICAL AND
PRESS CAMERA
Similar to the ordinary
Goerz-Anschutz Folding
Camera tout specially
adapted for Tropics and
rough usage.
The bellows is of Russian leather, to withstand the attacks of insects ;
special impregnated wood is used so that bending or warping is practically
impossible; steel is almost entirely discarded in favour of brass and German
silver, and the steel spring of the shutter is so heavily coppered and nickelled
as to possess all the non-rusting properties of those two metals.
The Goerz-Anschutz Focal-Plane Shutter (Model A) is fitted, giving time
and instantaneous exposures, and automatic exposures from A to 5 seconds.
The shutter has no complicated mechanisrr. and in the unlikely event of
repairs being needed, could be adjusted by any mechanic or handy-man.
Although primarily intended for use in trying climates, this
camera, owing to its simplicity, strength, and efficiency, is largely
stereoscopic.
PRICE LIST.
Sizes of Plates
..
4}x3i-in.
Goerz - Anschutz
Tropical
Camera, complete with
Goerz"Dagor"LensF/6-8,
3 Double Dark Slides and
Case
Do., do. .with Goerz" Celor"
F/4'8, do
Do.,
do.,
"Syntor"
d.
s.
d.
6Jx4|-in.
s.
14 17
16 19
19 14
16 19
19 14
12 17
14
16 14
14
18
25
15
10
2 15
2 5
1
5
15
with
5x4-in.
Goerz
...
F/6'8, do.
Slides,
14
Box
for 12
plates
Roll Holder
COMPLETE
C. P.
250
15
..100
1
..
ON APPLICATION.
LIST
THE BRITISH
319
Camera adjusted
for
Panoramic Pictures.
Apart from
as
fitted to
PRICE LIST.
Size of Plates.
10 X 15 cm.
320
KODAKS WITHGOERZ
LENSES
roll film cameras can be obtained ready
with Goerz Lenses, or the lenses can be fitted to customers
in a few days. Quotations for fitting on application
These convenient
fitted
own Kodaks
will
321
GOERZ
POCKET
The Small,
Practical
Camera.
No
larger
than the
hand
The Goerz "Pocket Tenax" is a folding hand camera in which compactness has been especially studied with the result that the size of the
instrument has been brought to the irreducible minimum. Elegant in
appearance and beautifully made, portability has been obtained without a
"
" Celor
the quarter-plate size the
F/4.8 can also be fitted ; and is provided
with a special compound shutter giving exposures from 1 second to l/250th
bulb
and
as
time
of a second as well
exposures. The double extension is
sufficient to enable objects within a few feet of the camera to be focussed with
and
rack
the single lens. A diagonal
pinion is provided for focussing, and the
All these adfinder closes up in the camera.
Fitting for tripod both ways.
than 1 J-in. in thickness in 5 X 4 size.
more
vantages are obtained in a camera no
"
Pocket Tenax
for use.
"
Postcard,
10x15 cm.
Camera with
fitted
Shutter
Compound
"
"
with Goerz
Syntor
s.
fitted
10
C. P. Goerz Optical
. .
076
. .
Works, Ltd.
s.
d.
9 10
12
11
080
023
..
SingleSlides
Leather Case, holding camera and
film pack adapter, or camera and
.
d.
10 10
..
d.
800
to 6
10
3
076
10
10
322
THE BRITISH
GOERZ IV >EST
DOCKET
A Waistcoat
Camera giving
prints
7x5
inches by an
Automatic Enlarger.
C0ENAX
Taking plates 4ix 6 cm. (ljx2 T5s ) the Vest Pocket Tenax is a thoroughly
Fitted with a shutter with speeds from i to
practical little instrument.
l/100th second and the Goerz Lens, and focussing' adjustment, the camera
can, owing- to its size be made a constant companion and be carried on
The
occasions when a larger camera must of necessity be left behind.
results are of surprising sharpness, and although contact prints can of
course be made, most of the users of the camera will adopt the Vest Pocket
Tenax Enlarger by which prints up to 7 X 5 can be produced with the same
ease and facility as direct prints, and with practically equal sharpness.
The Goerz Vest Pocket Tenax can also be used as a fixed focus camera,
when all objects from 15 feet to infinity are rendered perfectly sharp.
PRICE.
Goerz Vest Pocket Tenax with Goerz "Dagor" and 6
slides in
two
..
..
..
..
purse cases
Do., do., with Goerz "Syntor" and 6 slides in two purse cases
..
..
..
..
each
..
Extra Single Slides,
..
..
..
..
..
s.
10
7 10
..
d.
I
030
4 10
Works,
Ltd..
to 6
ENGLAND.
LONDON,
Works
Offices
74,
323
West
New
Ealing, London,
Oxford
Street,
W,
London,
W.C
MANUFACTURERS OF
Permanent Autotype
Tissues
For the Carbon Process,
in
Upwards
Great
Variety.
and Apparatus
the Carbon Process.
All Materials
Awarded 31
Prize
Medals and
for
Diplomas for
Excellence of Productions.
1909.
AUSTRALASIAN AGENTS:
HARRINGTONS,
Ltd.,
MURPHY
New
York.
23
324
ABRIDGED PRICE
LIST.
325
ft.
long, 30
Per Band
No.
*73
*74
78
79
108
109
110
116
202
300
764
3/6
3/6
3/O
3/6
2/9
3/9
3/9
3/O
3/9
39
3/9
No.
+75
long, 30
Light Toned
76
77
86
87
90
116O
2020
Toned
Medium Thickness, White
'
Per Band
3/6
3/9
3/9
3/O
3/6
3/O
3/6
3/9
Temporary Support
No.
99
23 x 18 inches.
Prices for
Sizes
Per do/.
..
.
all
5x4
7^x5^
7d.
1/0
kinds
Sample Packets
9i x 7j
n xg
2/4
13x11
3/3
of Tissues
Papers.
in three
16x13
4/6
20x17
23x18
7/6
9/0
in.
and Transfer
sizes, containing as follows,
,,
Sea Green.
Dark Blue.
Italian Green.
Special Transparency.
108
110
764
86
112
Whole-plate.
12x10.
2/O
3/O
5/O
326
1/2
.
Post
. .
1/8
free.
46
36
2/6
Each Set contains: Sensitive tissue, single transfer paper, actinometer, squeegee,
powdered alum, and instructions for use.
Enables tissue
commencement of operations.
use
in the
different designs.
74,
NEW OXFORD
WEST
H OOD
327
PRODUCTIONS
'-TONE
(3
Portfolio of
In asking for
prices, state
number and
Grades)
Line
3-Colour
Specimens FREE.
BLOCKS
4-Colour
size.
Monochrome
POST CARDS!
3-GOLOUR
oils,
or water-colours).
(grey or brown)
"POYNTER" PROCESS.
CHEAP 4-Colour (splendid
colour work from Ordinary
P.O. P. prints). See p. 331.
See
p. 331.
LETTERPRESS
PRINTING:
View Books.
Catalogues.
School and Hotel
Prospectuses.
Periodicals.
Technical Books.
COLOUR
ILL USTRA TIONS
from
AUTOCHROMES
Photographers'
Booklets and Lists.
Invoices.
Note Headings.
EAST WHITBY.
By Harold Hood.
^oreig** Orders,
MUST
Ltd.
Photo-Engravers, Designers,
and Printers.
HOOD
HALF-TONE
Blocks
In
Qualities
The Standard
on
which we always
quote and supply, unotherwise.
less ordered
These are deep and brilliant,
and
tion
is
HOOD'S
built
reputa-,
on thisquality.
REID of Edinburgh
Mr. ALAN
"
I am
greatly pleased
says
with the set of LINE BLOCKS
and HALF-TONES for my
book, and will specially note
your good work in preface."
:
Miss
MADGE THORPE
Ellis
The
are
now
called
L.
[Half-tones
Deluxe)
"Auto'Blocks"
term "B-grade" being now
withdrawn). As the name shows,
these blocks receive no hand retouching, the whole process being
The
mechanical and automatic.
cheapest good blocks in the world
price
(the
is
of
no moment compared
' '
is
and Colour
Blocks, free
on application or including 36 post cards (all styles) 6d. U.K. (IIOr, large collection of several specimens iixnle up for
Foreign).
II abroad for 2/6 to 5/-, delivered.
|
We
of Line, Half-tone,
NEW AYLIGHT
J)
STUDIO
HOOD & Go. Ltd.
for dealing
We
wcK E Middlesbrough
ST
II
HOOD
have steadily grown
in
329
Post Cards!
favour since
We
POST CARDS
IN
MONOCHROME
(grey,
broWn. or green,)
No
is
printing
criticised
take care
and
initialled
by
with
skilled
equal
SMALL ORDER
By Elwin Neame.
THE
prices below are for Cards only. The necessary BLOCKS, in "A" quality cost 7/1 each
(5ix3j), or 5/- (4x3). singly; 4 to 7 subjects at 6/11 or 4/10 respectively; 8 to 15 at 6/9 or
For full-card (5ix3|) blocks add 1/3 to each of the above
4/8; larger Nos. at 6/6 or 4/6.
titles, and 6d. per doz. for titling letters. The same blocks will of course do for reprints.
Monochrome
Cards*
Normal despatch.
All-white margin.
Small lots
Any monochrome colour.
5 days
large lots require longer time,
at 3d. 1000 extra unless countermanded.
;
Blocks
Boxed
as above.
250' s
1000 cards
1/0/0
1000
10/6
8/0
6/0
4/6
to the
above
bric.cx.
add
330
ONE*DAY
TOST CARDS
Flush-Margin
Block
1000, 14/3
boxed
23/7.
There is not time to hand-letter lengthy titles; the foot of "flush" block can be
cut away i inch, and the title printed from type, in which case deduct I/-.
White-Margin one-day cards, 1000, 12/9; 5ix3i block, 7/1; total 19/10, short title free.
Mr.
POSTCARDS
"The
sell
them
Messrs.
write:
the 7
K.
"We
HORTICULTURAL
BLOCKS,
Illustrated Guide
"Book.
HOOU
Little
A......
14
Hoodj
"
ock
vx_
POST CARDS
-_
>-
f~tcf-
rk/-v r\
t
by the
+
DflVllTPn
DftAfPCC
I
V
I
AA
|\
I%\J V/LOO
I
111
block,
tp-margin
titled,
Whi
hite
We now
supply
PRINTS.
Extra Price (on 5-Day Cards) from 15/6 downwards per 1000, depending on quantity.
$o
g E Middlesbrough
331
HTHOSE
Cards
4-Colottr Post
12 subjects, 2000
12
1000
,,
6
6
cards each,
,,
,,
,.
2000
,,
,,
,,
1000
.,
,,
Boxinn
3il
/><?;
We
at'28/9 per
at 38/6 per
at 30/6 per
at 41/6 per
2000 cards of
1000
of
,,
5000
of
,,
1000
1000
1000
1000
subject at
at
,.
1/6
per
gratis).
32/44/-
per 1000
per 1000
at 26/6 per
.,
1000.
1000,
per
1000
CCO
any quantity.
HOOD BOOKLETS.
Some Recent
TRICHROMATIC
(3-Col.)
best of
all
colour processes.
PostCards S? i3 23
u
of
the
first
cost
of
the
IW
BLOCKS
Ask
for
2 18s
prices
12 subjects, 5000
1000
for
cards each, at
per
at 20/6 per
at 16/6 per
at 18/- per
2000
2000
1/6
15/6
12 sets at
2 15s
if
5000 cards of
'.'000
of
1000
of
500
of
for
1
1
1
CATALOGUES,
&c.
BR E
Ltd. s ^
n R J?
WORKS.
MIDDLESBROUGH
Note Headings.
We
requirements, and
many a photographer, doing quite
decent work, doesn't realise what he loses by
give something in
LETTER HEADING For a very low price we can
will let us do you one of our now famous
if you
while
taste
good
work with
Half-tone Designs, you can thus show miniature specimensof your
each letter you write. Let us quote for your next lot of Note-Headings
from steeldies.
Line, Half-tone (including your specimens), or stamped
THAT WRETCHED
.'
plain.
NEAME SERIES
of Artistic Portraits
rangements
f
th
f
su ; pl>
Blocks and Electros (in half-tone or colour from the great
have deservedly
range of charming portrait studies which
distinction. Delightbrought Mr. Elwin Neame world-wide
BR
MIDDLESBROUGH
333
most photographers,
than
costly "splash.". Advertising
is,
to
one
solitary
and
NEW BRANCH
APPARA TVS
\\TE now
supply
and
MA TERIAL
Manufacturers' prices,
at
Material
report
the
The 26
same.
years
of
photographic
Hood should
occas-
on technical matters
by
criticism or advice.
To Indian and
Colonial Printers
Machinery inspected,
re-
This
is
COLOUR
sharing
the
!
epoch of
Are YOU
in its benefits?
Dr J
MARSHALL. M.Sc, Yealand Convers, writes
^i,nvui, PrOStoeCtUWi
i r vzpcwuses.
am pleased to state that the prospectuses have
given great satisfaction. The way in which the process blocks have been made and the
finished pictures produced therefrom, reflect the greatest possible credit
upon you
Everyone who has seen the prospectus describes it as a work of art. As an instance of
its success 1 may say it was selected as the best in a case where a
had
School
gentleman
JCr
ST.
BRIDE A/f *
J J1
__1_
334
PRINTING
HOOD
"POYNTER"
& ENGRAVING
TESTIMONIALS
Recent
Post Cards.
come out
of Kircudbright as the
POYNTER]
McConchie
of
new
series
[HOOD
Cards
just issued by Mr. Robert
that town."
Post
Picture
of
f)
OWEN WHEELER,
CAPT.
of The
Quarterly" says: "Lastly, I
in
this
should like to include
brief appreciative retrospect a personal tribute to
Messrs.
& Go. of Middlesbrough,
whose assistance in connection with the
"
Telephoto
HOOD
for
Block-Making
outside
the
ordinary
service
"
The
EDITOR
HOUSE "
of
in
rendered,
the everyday
the
Journal of a
and
you
I
think it is due to
to say that a friend of
SPECIMEN
CATALOGUE
BLOCK.
REPRODUCTIONS OF AUTOCHROMES.
The British Journal of Photography says: "Messrs. HOOD & Co.
some three-colour proofs from Autochrome plates by a modified
method, worked out by Mr. HAROLD HOOD, F.R.P.S. The proofs are
Ltd., send
remarkably
HOOD
JB,
T t-A
ST.
BRIDE
836
OUR BUSINESS
IS
THE MANUFACTURE OF
BROMIDE
GASLIGHT (Zigas).
SELF-TONING (Zigo).
CARBON TISSUE (T.I.C.
Brand).
REMINDER!!!
1009.
N.W.
337
ZELVO
GRAMPIAN
ROUGH & SMOOTH ORDINARY
ROUGH & SMOOTH PLATINO-MATT
GLOSSY
"PRESS"
EXTRA ROUGH WHITE
EXTRA ROUGH TONED
IVORY MATT
PRICES
4i x
3i
4
64
74
84
x
x
Si
x
64
X
8
X 10
X 104
X 12
x
124
*5
154
18
23
25
6
5
IS"
17
21
IN
4i
51
6
MAKE A
SPECIAL
NOTE OF
12
4 (Cab.)
4i
4l
IO
12
per
Sheets
6d.
6d.
6d.
6d.
6d.
6d.
12
12
1/0
2/9
4/2
12
46
12
12
12
12
12
6/3
6/9
9/6
12/6
18/0
or
BOXES containing
5/6
10/0
10/0
24 Sheets 1/0
18
1/0
1/0
14
14
1/0
12
1/0
IO
1/0
12
2/0
6
1/5
6
2/2
6
2/4
6
3/3
6
3/6
6
5/0
6
6/9
6
9/6
or 3 Sheets 1/2
3
1/3
1/9
,
1/10
2/9
3/6
5/0
Cross Sheets.
11/6
22/6
84 x 64
ZELVO
When
Dry.
338
Zigas-Gasliylit
TWO
IN
GRADES
"ORDINARY" (HARD) for Weak Negatives.
"PORTRAIT" (SOFT) for Strong or Studio Negatives.
ZIQAS
CARDETTES.
PRICES.
Post-card Thickness
(Unprinted).
SIZE OF PAPER.
36 pieces for 6d.
6d.
6d.
6d.
6d.
6d.
6d.
6d.
6d.
6d.
6d.
6d.
4i x 3l
5x4
x
34
54
4
4!
4
8
12
XIO
124 x 104
15 X 12
154X124
18
x 15
20 x 16
23
25
pieces
34
30
xi;
X2I
15
18
,.
1/0
1/0
1/0
20 pieces for
1/0
14
14
1/0
1/0
1/0
1/0
1,0
10
1/0
1.0
1/0
1/3
16
20
26
ROLLS.
25 feet
12 inches
for
1/0
1/0
1/0
1/0
1/8
2/2
2/4
3/3
3/6
5/0
5/9
6/9
9/6
64
13
42
wide
,.
rolls.
10/6
13/3
15/9
17/6
20/0
22/0
26/6
35/0
...
54x3*
...
8 for
18
100
144
1000
Court"
size
4l x 3i
6d.
1/0
50
73
496
6d.
1/0
IOO
144
1000
49
69
43/0
339
TONING.
MATT
or CLOSSY SURFACE.
NUMBER
OF PIECES.
Si2E or PAPER.
6d.
PACKET.
1/0
PACKET.
36
28
20
2\ X
3* x
3i x 3i
3i x
4i x.
4i x
4i x
2|
4-V x
4
5J x 3*
6f x 31
6
x
42
34
30
16
These Prices
also
28
5x
16
34
12
25
12
10
10
25
to
apply
our
"Blue Label"
21
21
ZIGO.
17
I?
12
10
7i
10
12
8
10
4
3
BOXES
3s
3*
4i
51
x 2* C.D.V.
No.
x z\
x 3i
...
I- plate
x 4
Cabinet No. i
A Paper
containing
3/0
2/9
5/6
8/0
gross Sheets.
Cabinet No. 2
5*
6
6^
81
7/6
80
4f
-plate
11/3
l-plate
19/6
Label"
Self-Toning.
340
ILLINCWORTH S
CARBON TISSUES
341
ILLINGWORTH'S
Single Transfer
Papers.
illingworth's Carbon Process is one which produces permanent prints
and great range is given by the different qualities
of Transfer Papers which can be used.
with artistic quality,
No.
104
05
09
10
12
07
06
21
23
Rough Grained,
14
31
50
27
-/9
3/9
-/9
1/0
1/0
1/0
3/0
4/6
4/0
White, 12
ft. x 26
x 30 in
12
ft.
Mauve Enamel,
12
in.
x 22 in.
in sheets, 30
'
1/0
4/0
3/6
x 26 in
ft.
2/9
3/0
3/6
4/0
3/6
3/0
3/9
03
Medium Thickness,
i6-WhiteMatt
,,
17
.,
Toned Whatman
18- Toned Smooth
19 -White Whatman
20
25
51
60
61
22
24
in
*
...
ft.
26111.
12
ft.
x 30
in
Toned Etching
White Etching
Bromide)
26 in
...
...
3/0
4/6
3/6
3/9
3/9
5/0
3,0
5/0
5/0
3/6
4/6
4/0
4/0
4/6
4/0
3411
RED LINE
POSTCARD
IN
This
is
The
Good
SoM
In
Paekets,
OR
IN
PUBLISHERS and
for 6d., or
18
for 1/
LARGE QUANTITIES.
URGE USERS
We
THOMAS ILUNGWQRTH A
Co., Ltd.,
WIUJS9DEN JUNCTION, LONDON.
SCHERINGS
PURE PHOTOGRAPHIC
CHEMICALS
ARE ESSENTIAL-TO
PHOTOGRAPHIC SUCCESS
CHERING'S
are
now
Chemicals
sold
in
small
THEHHI
GUARANTEE
More
are
failures
due
in
photography
the
impurity of
chemicals employed than to
Be sure of
any other cause.
purity
to
SCHERING
A.&M.ZIMMERMANN
LLOYD'S
3,
AVENUE, LONDON,
E. C.
343
344
345
SCHERING'S PYRO.
the
lyfOTWITHSTANDING
N
number
enormous
newer
developers from
time to time placed on the market,
Schering's Pyro holds its own for simplicity of
1
of
No
such
fine printing
what
more
detail
be employed, the
always richer and will show
process
printing
resultant print
qualities,
of
and, no matter
is
and
recommend
manufacturers
leading dry-plate
Pyro as the
standard developer.
with
full
gradation
it
"
PYRO-SODA
as a DEVELOPER.'
MUDIE DRAPER.
POS T-FREE.
BY H.
846
347
Plate of
NEW
TYPE,
giving
warm
inches.
348
WRATTEN
LIGHT FILTERS
WRATTEN
FILTERS
PRICES OF FILTERS.
to the area of gelatine filters. The area of a filter is found
of the two sides. Thus a piece of film two
inches square contains/our square inches. Circles are taken as being of the area
of the square from which they are cut.
A three-inch diameter circle is thus
charged as nine square inches.
Minimum
Our prices for Film are:
Filters, 4d. per square inch.
Order, 6d. Postage, Id.
Tri-colour Filters 6d. per square inch, per set. Minimum Order, Is.
Filters 6d. per square inch. Minimum Order, Is.
Contrast and
CEMENTED K
Inch.
FILTERS.
WRATTEN SCREENS
349
FLATS.
IN
to be used
with telephoto or other long-focus lenses, it is necessary to use niters
emented in glass which has been surfaced with the same accuracy as
lenses.
Such niters are prepared as filters cemented in flats.
definition,
K FILTERS CEMENTED
FLATS.
IN
UNMOUNTED.
2 inch circular or square
25/~
40/50/55/-
44
5
TRICOLOUR SETS, or K
CEMENTED
3 inch square, per set
62/75/-
90/120/-
,,
,
I.,
and K
II.,
III.
FLATS.
IN
11
13
17
By
plates.
far the
PRICE LIST.
s.
s. a.
Any
Series, Safelights,
8J x 6A..
10
8"..
3
4
Any
Series, Safelights, 12 x 10
12
15
d.
5
7
made
for
Incandescent Gas
,,
Oil, with burner and chimney ,,
Extra Safelights for Bromide Paper, Ordinary Slow Plates,
Extra Rapid and Orthochromatic Plates
each
Wratten
&
Wainwright,
. .
Ltd.,
10
10
d
6
6
..100
4
Croydon.
350
III:
KlilTISH .10URXAL
WRATTEN BOOKLETS.
The Wratten Booklets have been written to assist our customers.
Some are of general interest, some for specialists. They will be found to
be fresh and clear in their handling of the subject with which they deal,
and are neither purely advertising matter nor composed of stale extracts
from text-books or Journals.
We
DESCRIPTIVE LIST
to plates
and
of 38 pp.,
containing
amass
of information relating
screens.
REAL ORTHOCHROMATISM,
development.
MORE ORTHOCHROMATISM
same
is
This
is
Workers.
Inks.
LANTERN
THE SELECTION OF PLATES AND FILTERS FOR PHOTOMICROGRAPHY is now out of print, and will be replaced by a new booklet.
STAND DEVELOPMENT gives a method of calculating the time of
development when using this method.
On
receipt of Id.
stamp
to cover postage
we
will
send
card
Filters.
WRATTEN BOOKS.
THE PHOTOGRAPHY OF COLOURED OBJECTS,
by C. E. Kenneth
Is. nett, Is. 3d. post free.
76 pp. demy 8vo, with
Mees, D.Sc.
14
and
half-tone
illustrations,
full-page
Photogravure Frontispiece
besides a largo number of original diagrams. This book is a necessity
to every photographer who wishes to understand his work.
WRATTEN LIGHT
niters,
Wratten
&
Wainwright,
Telegraphic Address:
WRATTEN, CROYDON.
Ltd.,
of 77 varieties of
Croydon.
Telephone No.:
573 NAT. CROYDON.
351
CAMERA
The movements
ing,
for setting,
slit
releas-
aperture are
all outside.
of the 3J x 2J size
"
4Jx3*
is
....
8 inches.
103
D.
E.
F.
,,
No.
No.
No.
No.
F
.
2..
2
Ib
2b
12
"0
352
OPTICAL
EMIL BUSCH
CHARLES STREET.
Co.,
35,
E.G.
The Busch
"
'
353
'
Reflex
Camera.
MODEL.
A. with
5i x 3&.
"Omnar" Anastigmat
C.
D.
E.
'Leukar"
'
Bis Telar
"
F.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
3
3
F 7.7
P 5.5
3
3
F4.5
P6.8
3
3
F9
P7
For Plates
17
19
21
19
13
10
10
10
16
19
inches.
A direct vision finder is fitted to the top of the camera and two tripod screw
bushes for hoizontal and vertical pictures when using a stand.
Three single metal Plate Holders are supplied with camera.
The lenses are fitted in helical focussing sunk mounts, with a milled ring ins
working from the front, and a scale both for apertures and distances.
The Camera is constructed for lenses about 6-in. focus, and can be had with
" Busch " Lenses
complete as follows
Model A. Camera and slides with Busch Aplanat P 8
:
354
"
"
Planor Focal Plane camera,
Buscn
NEW MODEL. FjtfS For Quarter-Plate,
pa
VERY
i
su
tomatyoento
t^y
.
KX
with
The camera is supplied with 3 double plate holders of black ebomsed wood
aluminium fittings, well made and beautifully finished.
a
camera
The workmanship of every part is the best. To those requiring
the outfit
photographing sporting scenes and rapidly moving objects,
on the market.
r icommended as being the best value
x
With S double Plate Holders, 4J 3i.
10
Aplanat No. 2B
Model A. With Busch Detective
" Omnar "
9 10
Anastigmat Series 3, No. 2B
Model B.
5
..
1O
2B
2,
Model C.
O
11
..
2B
i,
;;
Model D.
"
5
1O
2B
No.
Leukar Double Anastigmat F6'8,
Model E.
"
8 6
Bis Telar No. 2B. F9
Model F.
15
9
F7
2B.
Model G.
Holders. 10/- each.
FimPack A apter forPremo Films,' 12/-i Extra Double
'
'
jute
35,
CO.,
EMIL BUSCH OPTICAL
LONDON, E.C.
Charles
Street,
Hatton
Garden,
all
fitted with
fir&t-class
512
..
Model B
III.,
750
F7-7
Model C
'CHIC'
The Smallest J
Camera in the World,
Plate
fitted
IN
THICKNESS.
made and
Beautifully
'
100th sec.,
Special
Hooded
Focussing Screen.
PRICES,
including 3 Slides
and Screen, and Envelope-
Model B Omnar
tigmat F7-7
The Camera
..
Anas626
is
356
THE
'BIS-TELAR'
Series f/7
and
f/9.
and
It
//7 respectively.
SERIES
No.
35?
is
large
lens to
enough
conditions,
and
yet
which
it is
listed.
The usual forms of Wide Angle Lenses are constructed to work at an aperture
not larger than F/16, and great difficulties are experienced by the photographer in
focussing dark interiors with such an aperture.
To such the new " Leukar " Anastigmat offers great advantages, in that he can
focus with the full aperture of the lens, and stop down to secure the necessary
depth and covering power when making the exposure.
The Back Combination can be used alone.
It has a focus of approximately double that of the complete lens.
In the "Leukar" you thus have an instrument of universal application, it being
possible to use the same lens
As a Medium Angle Instantaneous Lens on the plate for which it is listed.
1.
As a Wide Angle Lens on a larger plate.
2.
3.
Using the Back Combination alone, as a Medium Angle Lens on a large plate
4.
Using the Back Combination alone, as a Narrow Angle Lens on the plate
for which it is listed, for Telephotography or Long Distance Landscapes, etc.
The covering power of the " Leukar " Lens is sufficient to allow of the use of the
front
to the fullest extent.
rising
The lenses are quite free from the known optical defects, such as spherical and
chromatic aberration, curvature of the field, coma, flare, etc., and the astigmatism
is entirely eliminated over an angle of 90.
:
358
s = 000
._
5ja
g,X uimra
^^
U5
C OIOH).
fgS^^
X X X X X
'
.H
S (4040404
oxxxxxxxg
x x x x x x
&I.S.9.S.9.S 2 S
>
&x
P<
*
eg
roS-Fioo
r-i
r-lr-KMjj
x x x>
al
>,
X X X X
<
xxxxxxS
;a 2_e
j-g
jj
.c.e.2
o
g c o a a a
X X X X,_
2 a"""
N oo -a;
g J3 <0 oo -HrH^.N
00
&i
...-
fl
1-1
N Kl Tf lO
,5 rH
>
K3
in
110.
to
1
100
<J
OH
<
CO Q-
CQ
soo.
BUSCH
PANTOSCOP.
AN<;LK,
B.C.
"i^^^^Bfe.
BRfl
y^cw'f*^
^
JEIifl
ISO
Vade
being
"
ranging
aperture
combina-
the
in
foci,
by
Lenses
give,
working
The
given
different
larger
Lenses
that
,nine
inches.
20
singly
than
to
various
corrected,
and
secured
Tne
I1
is
to
AT
AM
GCTC
ADI
ArLAIlAI
BUoUn
DIICPU
359
360
Model B
of 4|,
foci
give
tion,
and
16
and
inches.
5J,
6,
5 5s.
case
Model C
7,
the
of
consists
large
7,
16,
and singly,
8, 9, and 10
and 20 inches.
Price,
;
complete in case
1 Ss.
Set.
Focus 2
Focus 2}
in.
. .
. .
. .
in.,
4J
. .
in.,
. .
5 in., 6 in.
.
25128/- each.
1 2/6 each.
"THEA NEW
SKYSHADE."
SHUTTER
FOB EQUALISING
EXPOSURE
OF THE
FOREGROUND
AND SKY.
Enables you
Secures a pro-
exposed
foreground in
landscapes and
to
from
effects
perly
street scenes.
ONE NEGATIVE.
Can be
tached
Lens
at-
Suitable
of
Lenses
kinds
to
any
in a
mo-
ment.
for
all
whether
or not.
361
CINEMATOGRAPH
PROJECTION LENSES.
DOUBLE ILLUMINATION.
NEW
SERIES.
The Objectives of
give an image twice
this
series
as brilliant
the
Mount 52
same
size
Lantern Lenses.
The Tubes will
fit
m/m, which
as
the
consequently
is
regular
562
BUSOH
PRISM BINOCULARS,
FOUR MODELS.
FINEST QUALITY.
LOWEST PRICES.
The " Lynkop," " Ultralux," and"Ter!ux" Models are made with
" focusses with
"
movement, and the
Koja
& 27-FARRINGDON
25
under the
STREET E-C
GcVft-CPt
style of
J\
M our
regularity
i
intention to
'-
JLIMITED
MUJ'CTURERS OF mOTOORAf HIC nkPCU DC
ae
fir
27- FARRINGDON
LONDON
CODES
A
STREET
-EC
PAPERS
&
POSTCARDS
*
4th. cr 5fh
k
TELEGRAMS
ARTOVEG
LONDON
GASLIGHT
^
BROMIDE
P-O-P
L.
PERFECT-PICTURES
c-c
evaer
Gevaert
Gevaert
COLLODIO
CHLORIDE
BROMIDE &
GASLIGHT
PAPER
PAPERS
Matt
A. Thin Matt Smooth.
D. Thick Matt Smooth.
H. Cream Smooth.
Platino
White.
Platino Matt Smooth.
Platino Matt Rough.
Platino Matt Smooth.
I.
II.
Rough.
B.
E.
Cream Rough.
G. Cream Special Rough.
F.
Glossy.
C. Thin Glossy Mauve.
D. Thick Glossy,
III.
(Medium Thick)
IV. Matt Smooth Thick.
Cream
Tinted.
VI. Smooth.
VII.
VIII.
IX.
Rough.
Thick Rough.
Thick Smooth.
Also
GASLIGHT
Gevaert
Normal
use,
in
For
general
with average negaall
GELATINE
tives.
P.O.P.
BROMIDE.
All
for
grades,
general use in contact
printing or enlarging.
Rapid For
and softer
Glossy.
Normal
tact
Glossy-Mauve
enlargements
White
Semi-Glossy.
Carbon Surface
and Thick.
Thin
results in con-
printing.
and B only.
In grades
POSTCARDS
See p 366.
A pplication
PE RFEC
BRITISH JOl/R:
BROMIDE
365
P. O.P.
GASLIGHT.
Gevaert
COLLODIO CHLORIDE PAPER.
(
SIZES,
POST-CARDS
ever
Gevaert
P.O.P. CARD 3
Ordinary
All Kratk.*
size (5
3$)
Glossy
Carbon (Unique
Semi-gloss)...
Matt
Court
corners)
rounded
Glossy only
Gevaert_
GASLIGHT and BROMIDE
CARDS
Ordinary
X 3j)
size (5J
Glossy
Carbon (Unique
Semi-gloss)...
Matt
Court
corners)
rounded
Gevaert
COLLODIO CHLORIDE CARDS
Ordinary size only.
Cream Smooth
...
FORDHAM &
367
CO. L
Victoria
Here
N.E.
is
Patterns.
Series No. 9012.
plain board
with a linenized
surface and surrounded with a
darker
tint _in
with
ground-
harmony
the
w o rk.
beauty of
mount
The
this
lies in its
adaptability fora
variety of prints.
The
centre
is
and free
from any stereotyped ruling or
marking,
plate
plain
monious shape
and put on the
mount
either up-
right
as
shown,
trimmed
to
narrow panel
and mounted
slightly out
the
centre,
as
treated
horizontal
mounted
of
or
a
and
above
the centre.
are flexible and have plain edges. The backs harmonize with the tint of the front. Altogether a most useful and
attractive mount for professional use.
The boards
Made
in Light
Grey
for Black
Toned
and White
Print*.
No.
9012
368
Fordham
&
Co. Ltd.
wat
An
High Class
Studios this mount
is
distinctive
handsome.
and
The
severely
simple style
dignity
suggests
and forms a
to
foil
splendid
richness of
the
a
photographic
These
print.
mounts are
flex-
have plain
and the
edges
backs harmonize
with the fronts.
ible,
Made
in White or
for square
Buff
corner
Board,
Tint,
Series
100
10/-
The
cabinet
as
prints
shown.
12
6i
x
x
8i.
4i.
No. 9007/31.
SCO
40,-
same
1000
75-
mount
same prices.
Christmas Mounts
Christmas greeting folders and cards for export and Colonial trade
made by our experienced staff devoting their attention to the work
the year round. Colour printing, binding, embossing, enamelling
a]l
gilding, all by specialists with the most modern appliances and by'the
most up-to-date methods
Mounts and
in
We
Fordham
As
the
Co Ltd.
369
Victoria
Works
Walthamstoto
largest
manufacturerspf
Photog raphic
Mounts
in
Britain
we have
Great
of
production
mounts of every
quality and
degree. Our
standard
lines
are supplied to
wholesalers and
exporters
at
SeriesNo.901 1
Here is another
new
design
an
"Osaka" Vellum
stiff
board with
plain edges.
Delicately
printed in grey
or chocolate
with a design
the
suggesting
border of an old
Mezzotint EnGood
graving.
and very stylish.
Board, llj x 8.
Address extra.
No.
90I13I
9011/33
Print.
100
250
500
1,000
Square
Oval
121-
27/6
50-
95/-
bound
new album we
ing.
and oblong
pi ctures.
Fine linen
surface, colo ured art
paper leaves,
British
made
throughout.
Bound in full
limp suede,
brown
or
grey.
Price,
5/-
370
Fordham
&
Co. Ltd.
Works
WalthamstoW
Victoria
New Mounting
at very
Papers
low prices
36 -
Enquiries
we have
VICTORIA WORKS,
A ustralia
H. V.
Lawes,
C.P.O.
Wholesale Only.
WALTHAMSTOW, N.L
Box 748
Sydney.
Colonial
enquiries
specially
solicited.
Cables
Permanent, London.
Whitby.
India:
Wheldon & Co.
Dalhousie Square,
Calcutta
371
LANCASTER'S
CAMERA
CATALOGUE
FOR
I9IO
In it will
will be ready on March 1st, 1910.
be found particulars of many new cameras
especially in the Reflex type. The worldrenowned "Lancaster Value" will be found
to be as high and in some instances even
Make a point of
greater than hitherto.
writing now for a copy of this Catalogue
to be forwarded to you as soon as ready.
and
J.
1835,
"LANKSTER, BIRMINGHAM."
National
|
'-
&
Cables
Telephone
MIDLAND.
,
2 ID.
31
372
THE
"ANASTIGMAT RECTIGRAPtt."
Series IV., Aperture f/5'3-
A UNIVERSAL LENS
OF THE
HIGHEST
POSSIBLE QUALITY
UNEQUALLED
DEFINITION
COVERING
FOR
AND
POWER
and
PRICES.
No
373
Can
and
be
II.
adapted
any
engraved with
We
Lens
_
5
all
Particulars of No.
Number
is
of times
object
magnified.
in.
3l4
THE SLIDE
selected
matically sets
itself to
We
sensitive film.
PRICES:
J-pl.
and
9 x 12 cm.
16/-
Eureka Slide
of fro
J.
LANCASTER V SON,
LTD.,
5x4 and
Post-Card.
J-pl.
13
and
x is cm.
BIRMINGHAM.
375
all sizes.
SPECIFICATION:
LONG TRIPLE EXTENSION.
an-l
exact
bound, ensuring smooth
working. Real leather bellows of finest
nut
on
left
quality.
Large focussing
hand side. Focussing clamp nut on righ
hand
side.
Size.
minimum
extent
376
rri
The
is
of the
which can be
Altered
camera,
The
in-
stantaneous
exposures range
a second up to ^gWth of
>from
a second. Speed scale with full
Each Camera
tested
is most carefully
and adjusted, to ensure
377
in
plate,
Combined
i-plate.
x 6in.
Post Card sin. x 5! x ?in.
3*in. x 7in. x 8f in.
j-plate
J-plate
sin. x 5 Jin.
:
Maximum
Extension
J-plate, lain.
Post Card, izin. J-plate, :6in.
Finest maho-
gany -built
Camera, covered with best
hard leather,
Front Stage,
with high
ris-
ments,
work
Rackdouble
extension,
with automatic locking
device,
Leather TruncatedBellows,
all
fittings
nickel -plated,
Focal
378
In J-pl.,
5x4, and
J-pl. sizes.
J-pl., 13 ins.
The
is
"
Kamrex-de-Luxe
"
a soundly constructed
suitable for long
Camera
hard wear
in
any climate.
Covered
in hard Morocco
Aluminium Front
Stage with High Rising,
Falling and Cross Movements, Hackwork DoubleFour way
Extension,
Swing and
Reversing
Back, Hooded Focussing
eather,
Book - form
Mahogany
Double Plate-holder.
379
The 1910
in all sizes
from J plat
to 15 x 12.
"
The " Special Camera introduced by us in the year 1886 is the original design
has been
of
ji this
and uiaa
uccu i/upieu
uui never
LiiiB type
of udujeLet,
uevoi BKWOHVU
excelled by
makers.
camera, iuiu
copied but
iyyc ui
uy many uiBuu?ia>
Every possible care is taken in its manufacture to ensure only perfect cameras
being sent out, and the steady sale this model experiences in all parts of the world
is proof of its unique merit.
The Camera is constructed of the very finest long-seasoned Spanish mahogany,
Real Leather
clamped, screwed and strongly brass-bound, wherever possible.
Bellows, Rackwork Double Extension, Four-way Swing Back, Rising and Cross
Front, Reversing Back, etc., etc.
339
2100
400
340
341
i/i
600
500
SLIDE.
343
I5xiz-plate,
342
10x8
12x10
700
800
EXTRA SLIDES.
Double Dry
Carriers
COMPLETE
SETS.
ft
i/i
15/11-
25/1/6
10 x 8
30/21-
X IO
x 12-plate.
50/2/6
Slide,
and Best
"
Lens ..
..
Symmetrical //8
"
Euryscope Rectigraph //6 Lens
"Anastigmat Rectigraph "//5 '3 Lens
Extra cost fitted with Behind Lens Roller Blind Shutter,
with Speed Indicator
Lancaster's "Special
"
,,
15
42/21-
J.
12
LTD.,
J-plate
3100
4 IS
750
090
J-plate.
500
t-plate.
6 10
6 15
9 15
13 10
0100
900
0106
BIRMINGHAM.
Illustration
slightly extended.
desire.
Locks
to all
THE TRIPOD
Camera,
is
is
giving
of finest
mahogany.
PRICES.
and any
of the following
Lenses:
Lancaster Magazine
381
Hand Cameras.
The
is
built
of
finest
Mahogany,
It will stand
clamped, screwed and brass-bound at every joint.
Rackwork
long hard wear in the hottest and dampest climate.
Leather Bellows,
Focussing Adjustment with Long Extension,
Reversible Brilliant Finder, Rising, Falling and Cross Front, two
Circular Levels for horizontal and vertical positions, Infallible
Plate Changing Mechanism with Plate Recorder, Bushes for Tripod,
for vertical and horizontal, solid Leather Carrying Case, etc., etc.
PRICES.
382
Lancaster's No.
2 "Amateurs' C.M.P."
The Enlarger is strongly made throughout. The Negative end is fitted with selfcentring Carrier and a special light reflector, diffusing the daylight quite evenly over
the whole Negative. The Camera is fitted with special Achromatic Enlarging Lens,
two Diaphragms, Exposing Shutter, Fine Ground Glass Focussing Screen, Removable
Dark Slide for Plates or Bromide Paper, &c., &o.
Prices complete to enlarge from J-pl. and J-pl. negatives to any size up to
:
10x8
2 5 O
2 12 6
12x10
Extra cost
15x12
3 O O
i2xio1O/-
15x12 1O/-
10x8
2 O O
J,
PRICES
J.
..
10x8
..
301-
..
12x10
..
LTD.,
38/-
..
15x12
..
/-
BIRMINGHAM.
383
'
LMCflSICT s
An
VALUE
in.
..
WOODWORK OF
si
6J in.
,,
in.
,,
,,
SOLID OAK,
4j x si
-J-plate).
x 4 or Postcard,
6J x 4? (i-plate).
5
,,
all
joints dovetailed
PINION.
enlarging or reducing
to lantern slides.
REVERSIBLE CARRIER
LANTERN BODY of
RUSSIAN IRON
real
PLANO-CONVEX CONDENSER
mounted
in oxidised
biass cells.
ADJUSTMENT and
paper.
PRICES:
With
4j in.
5iin.
Mill,
8|in.
,,
,,
,,
sj x 2$
J-plate
5 x 4 or Postcard
Vapour Lamp,
..
l-plate
2 O
SO
for adjusting
Without
Objective.
Condenser for
Incandescent Burner,
Spirit
With
..
2126
3 12 6
..
..
..
Objective.
1 15 O
2 SO
3 3 O
41OO
10/6
Acetylene
J.
LANCASTER &
384
TIIK
1910
Enlorger
Ellipsoid
ever
in-
troduced.
Converts your own camera into a complete Enlirging Lantern lor only a fear
hillings expendi:
ture.
AM
artificial light
is
entirely
and most
yourownlens
only,
or (Form C) with
bellows Iront and
special enlarging
lens as a complete
lantern.
enlarging
Illustration
shows
Forms B and
C.
Made
ordinary
lene or incandescent
spirit.
SPECIFICATIONS:
In
Form
5x4
>,
are
The
fitted.
No. 4
"ELLIPSOID" ENLARGER
is
of
the
same construction as
3,
but
is fitted
and Post-Card
sizes;
and generates
J.
it?
own
light are
not available.
It
is
completely self-contained
gas.
LTD.,
BIRMINGHAM.
ENLARGER,
385
etc.
We can supply from stock any of the Form A "Ellipsoid" Enlargers to fit
cameras of our own manufacture or those of Messrs. Houghtons, Butchers
Thornton-Pickard, Kodak, or the M.C.C., but it is necessary for customers to tell us
the name of the camera and, if possible, the date. To fit cameras of other makers,
all that is necessary is to send us either the back of the camera or one of the plate
holders.
negative carrier
is
PRICES:-
386
S.
Lancaster's Catalogue of
Enlarging Apparatus.
Enlarging Cameras, "Ellipsoid" Enlargers, Enlarging Lantern -,
Post free on application.
Easels, etc., etc.
Lancaster's Catalogue of
Photographic Accessories
Containing over 110
illustrations.
&
Supplies.
Lancaster's Catalogue of
Optical Lanterns & Accessories,
etc.
Lancaster's
"IDEAL"
Telescope
PRICES, complete
No.
No.
No.
J.
in
Leather Bag
275, Broad
ESTABLISHED 1835,
Street,
Birmingham.
O 12 6
1
1O
5 O
Ld,
THE
BRlTISlf
387
THE NEW
GWYER
"
SPECIAL
CINEMATOGRAPH
LIME-LIGHT JETS,
JET, which
THE PENDANT
SATURATOR.
A Saturator should be so designed that
absolutely safe in the hands of a novice.
It
should
give
more
light
it
is
than compressed
coal gas.
Be capable
and work
at
The Testimony
of
J. S.
Bristol.
388
MACKENZI E-WISHART
Pflylight Slide
(Patented
in all
& Envelopes
Countries of Importance.)
and
is
at
home
and
abroad.
Mr.
J.
CRAIG
ANNAN
says:
Most of my
negatives for the
Salon were taken
"
in
your Slide."
PRICES.
s
Slides
MODEL
A.
1-plate
J-plate
MACKENZIE &
210, Old
CO.,
GLASGOW.
THE BRITISH
ALMANAC AnVF.RTISEMENTS.
JOT7RNAT,
MAKE A NOTE OF
When
Pay
IT
IT
Town
in
us
389
Visit
Mounts
of
(We
you advise
if
us.
REAL NOVEL-
for
TIES
in
Studio Furniture,
Accessories and BackgroundsP
If so,
you
will find
hibit at our
we have them on
ex-
Showrooms.
Artificial Lights
for Portraiture
25O
assortment of over
view
an
suitable
for
ATTENTION
given
to
Foreign
St.,
London, W.
390
211
100,
including
name
printing
and
address
and
(for Oval
Square Cabinet).
SAMPLE
GRATIS
on Receipt of
Trade
Card.
Customers'
own
Designs
Made
to
PLATE
Order
SUNK
MOUNTS
A SPECIALITY
THE TRESS
'Phone 3538 GERRARD.
CO.,
4,
Rathbone
Place.
W.
St.)
which
apparatus of
its
Photographic World.
PORTABLE, ECONOMICAL,
AND
ABSOLUTE SIMPLICITY.
Price
15s.
Od.
for alternating
any voltage
ENLARGEMENTS.
THE TRIPLE
TINT.
12 x 10 on
x 12 on 24 x 19 mount, 3/20 x 16 mount, 2/6; whole-plate on 15 x 12 mount,
15
WATER-COLOURS.
20 X 16, 6/6.
SPECIAL LINE.
Framed
5/9.
THE PORTFOLIO.
An effectively finished
an
in
artistic Portfolio,
1/3.
SPECIAL.
20 x
16,
From
3/3.
mounted and
well finished in B.
Print or Negative.
finished
Rathbone
Place,
392
TIIK
KIUTISII joritvu.
ALMANAC
Square
WHAT
Dealings.
Ladysmith, Natal,
"
Co., England.
September 8th, 1909.
received enlargements safely and were surprised,
"Gents,
must say agreeably surprised, at the class of work for the price, and
must also thank you for prompt attention, as we are still wailing for
two parcels which were sent to London, one four weeks the other two
weeks before we wrote you.
"If we can always depend on treatment as this, we shall be able
to sleep in peace, instead of waiting week after week and swearing all
kinds of things on people who advertise pictures finished in one week,
and then (if finished ?) if one has to wait seven weeks for a reply the
time is not taken into thought, but when one has to wait a few more
"TuE TRESS
We
We send
mounts,
Yours
etc.
is like a year.
per parcel post 10 negatives for enlargements, frames,
please send through Messrs. Neale and Wilkinson.
" BARBER BROS."
faithfully,
"
105,
iS/io/'og.
"
J.
WE GUARANTEE
TO GIVE
Square
Dealings.
VISIT
CORDIALLY INVITED.
THE TRESS
4,
CO.,
Rathbone Place
Street.
Square
Dealings.
ARE YOU
INTERESTED
ANY OF THE FOLLOWING LINES? IF
LET US SEND YOU PARTICULARS OF
THOSE THAT APPEAL TO YOU
IN
SO,
PHOTO JEWELLERY.
9
ct.
Gilt, etc.
MEDALLION PLAQUES.
In Leather
etc.
Cases, Frames,
PHOTO BUTTONS.
All kinds
and
BUTTON PARTS.
Low
Standard Sizes.
MINIATURES.
On
Tinting
&
Celluloid Surfacing of
PHOTOS
Photographers'
on
own
Prints.
WATCH.
Domes,
Stamp Photos.
NEGATIVES.
Direct, Reversed, Multiple, Orthochromatic, etc.
Lantern Slides.
Bromide, Carbon, Contact or Reduced.
ENLARGEMENTS.
Best Quality at Popular Prices.
Presses for Relief Stamping.
for Tinting.
Colours
Celluloid, Clear or Matt.
Special
Price List on Application. 24 Pages.
Dorrett
Belle
Vue
&
Road,
ELECr
Martin,
HOTO
LONDON, S.W.
1233 Battersea.
Upper Tooting
Tel.
393
394
'
BAYERS
BROMIDE i GASLIGHT
PAPERS
BROMIDE 6 GASLIGHT
POSTCARDS
QUALITY UNSURPASSED.
BAYER'S FLASHLIGHT.
ABSOLUTELY
SAFE.
INQUIRIES SOLICITED.
19, St.
Dunstan
Hill.
E.G.
I
BRADFORD:
GLASGOW:
BELFAST:
14, Linenhall Street.
THE
395
CO.
give far better va'ue
n
Deve o p e rs
I
New
Toners, Mountants,
Varnishes, &c., &c.,
List
NOW
in
the world.
READY.
THE VANGUARD
"
"
Telegraphic Address:
Co.,
Maidenhead, England.
BRAMWELL,
ST.
BRAMWELL
E.
Particulars
E"
HELENS."
& SON,
ST.
HELENS, LANCASHIRE.
Sulphite of Soda.
Salts of Tartar.
Glauber Salts.
Sulphite of Lime.
Hyposulphite of Soda.
Epsom
Salts.
BACKGROUNDS
A SPLENDID
SELECTION OF
UP-TO-DATE
GROUNDS.
SEND FOR DESIGNS
PRICES
S.
and
to
HOCKING,
CHURCH, LANCS,
ENGLAND.
396
THE
"AIROSTYLE" AIR-BRUSH
THE PATENT
AIR BRUSH.
AN ENORMOUS
TIME SAVER.
For working up
-
all
kinds of Photographs
from the smallest to
finest
Apparatus
for
Working-up En-
Air Compressors:
No.
1.
With Plunger
Pump
Lever Pump.
Reduced
Price,
3 1Os.
35/- nett
With Strong
No. 2.
3 nett
forcleaning
purposes.
nett
ELECTRO-MOTOR AIR
COMPRESSORS.
Double
Cylinder,
fitted
with
Patent
Automatic Switch which
complete
consumption.
work 8 Airo-
Will
Air - brushes
continuously.
style
We
also
supply a
cheaper single
machine
cylinder
12 nett.
at
.
As
illustrated,
18.
lists
address
Ltd.,
.BUTLERS PATENT
397
AS SUPPLIED TO
Royal College of Science, Dublin.
Leeds University.
Birmingham University.
Sir J. Benjamin Stone, M.P.
Richard Kearton, Esq., F.Z.S.
Rlley Fortune, Esq., F.Z.S.
TRIPOD.
UNIQUE " ADJUSTABLE
"
BUTLER'S PATENT
meets th
SWiNCAM
CAMERA STAND
specialise in their work, and obtain negatives of objects or views necessitating the fixing of the camera in awkward positions.
The "SWINCAM" STAND overcomes all difficulties in placing a camera
of any
type, bodily, exactly where the operator would desire, and enables
him to bring the lens to any desired angle, and fix it there, without resorting
to the use of a swinging back or front to his camera, or to other forms of
independent attachments.
The "SWINCAM" TRIPOD
can be readily fixed in either a
horizontal or a vertical position, or at any intermediate angle, and is
also capable of being completely inverted when so desired.
HEAD
THE HEAD.
SWIVEL POINTS.
The foot of each leg of the tripod is fitted with an attach nent enabling
the point to swivel and be placed approximately vertical, in whatever
position, or angle the leg may be in regard to the tripod head.
This feature will appeal practically to all workers, whether in
interiors, such as of Churches, etc., or on rock, or other smooth surfaces where
the slipping of the legs of the ordinary tripod, when only at a moderate
angle, occasions much inconvenience and annoyance.
MODEL A, as described above, 4ft. 9in. high
Price
330
EXTENSION BARS.
an ordinary tripod.
Price
A, if with Extension Bars to 7ft. 3iu. high, extra
B, a wooden stand possessing the same mobility of head
at alowerprice (without adjustable points to feet), 4ft. Gin. high
MODEL
C, metal telescopic stand, about 4ft. 2in. high
,,
" SWINCAM "
adjustable tripod points to fit to any wooden tripod,
per set
,,
of
MODEL
MODEL
110
1
11
10
110
"SWINCAM, SOUTHPOKT.
398
Telephone
Telegrams:
1625.
HAMEL, NOTTINGHAM.
E.HAMEL&e
PROCESS AND WOOD ENGRAVERS
ELECTROTYPERS
in
Three -Colour,
Half-Tone,
and
Line,
EXECUTE
THEIR
PROCESS
BLOCKS
WITU THEIR NOTED
Quality
Speed
Price
This size
5d.
3/4;
2.L- 3A,
Experience.
per
sq.
inch,
WOODBOROUGH ROAD,
O T T INOHAM
399
"Charterhouse 11 Developers.
One Solution
One Solution
Hydrokinone Developer
Hydrokinone Developer
Metol-Quinol
Metol-Quinol
Imperial Pyro-Soda
Imperial Pyro-Metol
Imperial Metol-Quinol
.
CO
Charterhouse" Toning Solutions,
*.c,
CO
. .
'
. .
400
SCOTT &
N.L.
CO.
MANUFACTURERS
Machinery used in
the Photographic and Allied Trades.
of all Classes of
m vie MR
c
*>
a
*J2 m
|a
'--'
.Sjaj
Hi
j
SfiZ
CUT'J'IJNU
MACHINE.
REELING MACHINES
for the Manufacture of
CINEMATOGRAPH FILMS.
FACTORIES
3,
51,
E.C.
N.
L SCOTT &
401
CO.
THE PROFESSIONAL
DRY MOUNTING PRESS.
'
and Thermometer,
4 10
NO PACKING NECESSARY.
QUICK ACTION.
ADJUSTS ITSELF TO ALL THICKNESSES.
STRONG AND WELL CONSTRUCTED.
GIVES THE RIGHT PRESSURE EVERY TIME.
Will be sent on approval
3,
when
51,
402
"CELLULOID.
The above word was invented by THE CELLULOID
COMPANY of
their products,
MARK
forms, viz
"
ROLLABLE FILMS."
For
Hand Camera
SHEETS."
About 20 by 50 inches (about 51 cm. by 1-27 metre)
in size and from 5-ioooth of an inch (0-13
mm.) upwards in thickness.
Our productions have twenty years' first-class reputation in the English and European markets, and are
universally recognised as the acknowledged standard
of excellence.
S.
GUITERMAN &
CO., Ltd.,
BIDENTAL, LONDON.
LONDON WALL
(2 lines).
403
lILFlIi
Photographic
Plates
Papers
and
Flat Films
31
li.
404
ILFORD PLATES
and Excellence
Ilford
Ordinary
in studio
(Yellow label)
nford Empress
(Salmon
label)
Ilford Special
(Red
For
Rapid
and
Hford Monarch
Ilford
in the
and
World).
work
all
speed
is
in
required.
X-Ray
(Chocolate and Buff label)
tion, for
and
Ilford
in
and for
exposures
Snap-Shots.
Hford Zenith
(Fastest
shutter
quick
label)
Rapid Chromatic
(Green label)
Ilford 'Special'
Lantern
beautiful
ing.
Ilford 'Gaslight'
Ilford
Lantern
(Blue label)
ficial light.
No Dark Room
needed.
Ilford 'Process'
(Black and
White
Ilford 'Half-Tone'
label)
(whitean <i
Red label)
Anti-Halation Plates
made
for Line
All Ilford
order at a
trifling
Special Rapld
(Slow).
Light
portable
405
ILFORD PAPERS
POP
f
,\~/.r
.)
SURFACE
r,
Papers
(P.
In four varieties
Cream Rough,
Medium
to order.
THYltvl
Jl ^1 1 0ll t
I
UHJX U. VJflollQll
p
.Paper
Ilford
Platinum Paper
PT ol<~jT-|o
XVa.HJlla.
Ilford Self-Toning Paper
Collodion
Ilford Plates, Papers,
self-toning papers.
Paper
and
plates.
Simplest of
all
Meters.
Ilford Sensitized
Post Cards
Christmas,
New
on application.
406
Ilford Publications
NEW
The
Manual
Ilford
By
H. BOTHAMLEY,
C.
of
Photography
Illustrated.
218pp.
215th Thousand
useful photographic Text-book
ever published.
Is. Od.
from
all
and Exhaustive.
Dealers.
Post free
Is. 3d.
Photographic Scraps
The
Ilford Journal.
The
Ilford
Showing
in brief
how he may
Every-Day Book,
New
Edition.
Ilford Plates.
Ilford
X-Ray
Plates.
Ilford
Ilford P.O.P.
(Complete Instructions).
Ilford
Exposure Meter.
all
Full Price Lists of all Ilford Productions will be sent post free,
"PROTAR" LENSES.
JAN.
FEB.
MAR.
APR.
MAY
JUNE
407
408
The
U910
Money-making Features
of Photography.
HENRY GREENWOOD
D.
M.
and
Co., 24,
Wellington
Street,
Strand,
LONDON.
1910J
B.J.
^
409
Jjntish Journal or
.
*
Pbotofirapbp.
EVERY FRIDAY MORNING.
TWOPENCE.
D.
M.
10
AND I'HOTOGHAHHER
1910]
must
DAILY COMPANION.
APRIL.
411
412
The
British Journal of
Photography.
Co.,
24,
Wellington
MAY.
D.
M.
[1910
Street,
Strand,
IN
IT.
LONDON.
Volumes that
Dukedom/'
1
above
prize
'
413
my
Shakespeare.
854 191 O.
JUNE.
414
[1910
Twixt
Buyer
Seller
B.J
TARIFF, Page
JULY.
1228.
.
1910]
PAGES-IN-WAITING.
"
merchants do
most
men
fit
choose
and needed
ft-
Jf
what
is
The
"B.J.'
~M
Every Friday.
AUGUST.
415
416
THE
1IH1TISII
Per
Annum,
post free.
\<
Abroad, 13s.
10/10
H.
GREENWOOD &
Co.,
OF PHOTOGRAPHY.
WEEKLY.
Publishers, 24, Wellington St., Strand, London, W.C.
SEPTEMBER.
D.
1910]
AND PHOTOGRAPHER
get or
business
fill
;
a situation
to purchase
DAILY COMPANION.
to sell
equipment ;
or
417
buy a
to create
The
by every description
of Firm and Individual.
OCTOBER.
418
hc
1845 1910.
British Journal of Photography
[1910
free,
per
annum,
U.K., 10/10;
NOVEMBER.
Twopence.
Abroad, 13
1910]
IN
AND PHOTOGRAPHER
DAILY COMPANION.
419
DECEMBER.
420
PHILIP H. FINCHAM.
TECHNICAL PHOTOGRAPHER,
MANUFACTURER AND PUBLISHER OF OPTICAL LANTERN
SLIDES TO THE TRADE.
The Myton Studios, Dulwich, London, S.E.
LANTERN SLIDES MADE PROM CUSTOMERS' OWN NEGATIVES.
SAMPLE SLIDE AND CATALOGUE,
Is. 6d.
AMERAS,
Photographic Apparatus,
Magic Lanterns,
Slides,
AND
GAS.
cinemat
hic
Exhibitions Given.
in stock.
Films Developed and Printed.
Lists free.
Plates and
JAMES BUNGLE,
Phone
2200.
93,
Optician,
(E sta.
All
HAXJJPJF'S
Sell
Developers.
E.G.
"ELLIS'S PARAGON"
RETOUCHING MEDIUM
Gives an excellent surface fop working on either the film or varnish.
This preparation is now used by nearly all the leading Photographers in the world,
and gives universal satisfaction. If used on the film it may be varnished with any
Full
ordinary negative varnish without the slightest loss of the retouching.
directions on each bottle.
Can be obtained through any Photographic Dealer, price
I/- per Bottle, or Post Free 1/3 from
LOUIS WOLFF
421
245,
LUWOTYPES.
AN IMMENSE
CARBOTYPES, ETC.
FINE
ART DEPARTMENT.
Picture
Frames
in
all
the
of
IN
ART OVERMANTELS
Trade Card.
422
[1910
Used by
perfectly safe.
graphers at
home and
all
abroad.
same pattern fitted with soft light-tight eyewithout glass, which fits comfortably on the face and gives
uninterrupted view of interior of bag. Prices as above.
piece
The
Eclipse.
Simple pattern without window or eyepiece.
bag in absolute darkness. Useful for changing orthochromatic plates. Changes made by touch. Prices J-plate size 5iV
Interior of
Entirely
cloth.
By
brilliant
for ladies.
Prices
J-plate
^-plate
size
2/6,
^-plate
3/ r
4/-.
BERESFORDS TENTS.
The Simplex Developing
Tent.
The
Ibs.
For developing up
to
Prices
F.
4,
BERESFORD,
423
BAR NET
PLATES
4OO H & D
ORTHO
H. &
Extra Rapid.
Jj^ .r J7
D. nZc
225.
ORTHO.
H. &
Medium.
tude, and
D. 100.
H.
&
all
D.
D.
350
STUDIO.
H.
&
'200.
silver.
**>EAL
P. 350.
qcn
D.
H.
quality for
EXTRA RAPID. H
D.
Combines
ORDINARY.
LAN TE R N
H.
&
D.
fl
50.
r r Cold or
tically
f\
slow plate of
fine grain,
Warm
any colour.
favourite for
pure black
development.
SIZE.
4J by 3i
4
5
''
PRICE.
1/0 doz.
1/7
1/7
2/2
2/3
PRICE.
SIZE.
by 5
8J
10
6J
8
10
1-2
,,
3/5 doz.
3/9 .,
4/3
7/3 .,
10/6
Lantern Plates
I/-
doz.
Backing extra.
Other Regular Sizes
Popular Prices.
at
424
BAR NET
BROMIDES.
The Standard
for
Quality.
PLATING MATT
SUPER SPEED -
ORDINARY
CARD BROMIDE
ENAMEL
CREAM CRAYON
TIGER TONGUE
Platino Matt.
VELBRO
Semi Matt.
FINE
MATT
(NEW)
PRICES.
ALL SMALLER SIZES PACKED
8x64J
8|x
10
12
15
l/1/9
2/2/9
4/2
6/3
X 8
X 10
X 12
ALSO
IN
BARNET
Prices
I/-
perfect
and
10
ft.
25
25
25
25
25
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
X
x
X
X
X
X
24
ins.
15 ins.
20
25
30
40
ins.
ins.
ins.
ins.
8/6
13/3
17/6
22126/6
35/-
The most
ROLLS.
12 sheets, 6d.
9d.
x4
PACKETS.
IN 60.
Toner
2/6.
SEPIA
for all
TONER
BARNET
GASLIGHT PAPERS,
&c.
OYSTER-SHELL SURFACE.
SEMI-MATT SURFACE.
GLOSSY SURFACE.
POST CARDS.
Same
BARNET
MATT ....
GLOSSY
Prices as
P.O.P.
White, Pink, Mauve.
White
only.
Also
Bromide Paper.
Popular Prices.
POST CARDS.
AND
FIX ONLY.
reliable.
In 6d. and
I/-
Packets.
BARNET CARD
P.O.P.
I/-
Packets.
425
426
BARNET
ENLARGING AND ART
DEPARTMENT.
This department is for producing Enlargements from our clients'
negatives promptly and at moderate charges, and offers help in
::
1910 Price List now ready.
all branches of finishing, etc.
Scientifully made.
1&
" diam.,
3/-.
TJ
in.,
3/6.
cap.
Barnet Films.
CUT
FILMS.
On
Rapid
Ortho Emulsion.
ROLL FILMS.
Sizes to
|-plate, 1/3.
21 stock colours.
J-plate, 2/-.
Post free.
Photography.
Ltd.,
BARNET, ENGLAND.
PRICE LIST
and
Particulars on Application.
PHOTOGRAPHIC
SOCIETIES.
Patrons.
Vice-Patrons.
of
Great Britain.
1853.
of Wales.
President.
J. C. S.
Mummery,
A.R.I. B. A.
W. Abney, K.C.B.,
of
D.C.L.,
428
[1910
Meetings,
Sec.,
John
Alfred J.
Association.
Pres.,
Photographic
Wood.
Sec.,
Meetings, 154, Union Street, Fridays, 8 p.m.
Andrew Gray, 18, South Mount Street, Aberdeen.
Accrington Camera Club. Pres., Councillor John Clegg Lupton.
Meetings, Mechanics' Institute, Alternate Mondays, from October
4, 8 p.m. Sec., John Threlfall, 19, Monk Street, Accrington.
Aberdeen
Pres., C. B.
Green.
Meetings,
Hall,
Secretary.
Altrincham
E.
David
Photographic
Meetings,
Sec.,
Sec.,
7,
J.
Society. Pres.,
Street, Alternate Tuesdays,
Middleton-Guimaraes, Stancliffe,
Market
Morrison,
T.
80, St.
R. Foxcroft.
from October 7.
Cavendish Road,
Bowdon, Cheshire.
Dalgarno.
Meetings, Y.M.C.A.
Rooms.
Pres., Geo. G.
Sec., James. Hood,
Third Thursdays.
Sec., A. D. Robinson, 18, Tufton Street,
Westminster, London, S.W.
Armley and Wortley Photographic Society. Pres., Dr. T. H.
Waddington. Meetings, Station Road Mission Room, Armley.
Alternate Thursdays, from October 7.
Sec., George E. Craven,
1, Paisley View, Upper Armley, Leeds.
Artists R.V. (2oth Middlesex). Pres., Colonel W. Horsley.
winter.
Meetings, Duke's Road, Euston Road, Frequently during
Sec., Henry W. Fairholme, Blenheim Mansions, Queen Anne's
Gate, London, S.W.
Pres., John W.
Meetings, The Rooms, Henry Square, Fridays.
Kenworthy.
Sec., Wm. Hallam, 43, Taunton Road, Ashton-under-Lyne.
Aston Photographic Society. Pres., Harold Baker. Meetings,
Sec., F.
Hall, High Street, Thursdays. 8 p.m.
Greenway, 43, Douglas Road, Handsworth, Birmingham.
Attercliffe
Photographic Society. P/es., L. Havenhand.
Sheffield.
Meetings, Friends' Meeting House, Leeds Road,
First and Third Mondays. 8 p.m.
Sec., Herbert H. Diver, 439,
Middlewood Road, Sheffield.
Burlington
191.0]
High
Robert Weir,
Society. Pres.,
Mondays, 8 p.m..
Ardlui Road, Ayr, N.B.
Street,
21,
429
Adam.
Robert
Ex., February.
Meetings,
Beard,
4,
Banbury
*Bath
Sec.,
James Frankland,
8,
Greengate, Barrow-
Photographic Society.
4.
Bath.
Batley
and
District
Photographic
Society.
Pres.,
Broughton.
*
Dr.
Sec.,
Pres., R. W. L. Phillips.
Meetings,
Association Buildings, Alternate Mondays, from October 3, 8 p.m.
Ex., March.Sec., Ernest F. Buttfield, 95, Tavifctock Street,
Bedford.
Meetings,
Hugh
Bideford
Bideford.
Pres., R. J. Russell.
Sec., J. T.
Birmingham Photographic
Society.
Pres.,
Harold Holcroft,
M.A.,
F.C.S.,
35*
430
U910
Birmingham
Birstall
Photographic Society.
Meet-
ings, Parish Church Institute, Alternate Thursdays, from September 30. Sec., William Blakeley, Chemist, Market Place, Birrtall,
near Leeds.
*
Meeting},
Ernest Balme,
Blackburn
Church
95,
Street,
Second
Tuesdays.
Queen's Road, Blackburn.
Inter-Club
Photographic
W.
Sec.,
Alliance. Pres., W.
Arthur Clayton, 10
Sec.,
Pres., John R.
Cliftoa S'.reet, Tuesdays, September to
Sec., A. F. Wilson, 34, Woodland Grove, Blackpool.
Meetings,
April, 8 p.m.
1,
Blairgowrie and
Lake Falconer,
jun.,
The
from Secretary.
Bletchingle.y and Nutfield Camera Club. Pres., Rev. A. H.
De Fontaine. Meetings, Church House. Sec., Jarvis Kenrick,
Pendell House, Bletchingley.
Blyth and District Camera Club. Pres ., Lord Ridley. Meetings,
Wright Street, Cowpen Quay, Alternate Tuesdays, from October
19.
Sec., W. French, 20, Barnard Street, Blyth.
Pres., W. M. Balshaw.
Meetings, Corporation Chambers, Corporation Street, Thursdays, 8 p.m. Sec., H.
Lightouler, 26, Mackenzie Street, Astley Bridge, Bolton.
/Sec.,
C.
K. Dalton,
50,
Higher
Bonnybridge
Amateur Photographic
Association.
Par-
from Secretary.
Bootle, Johnson Bros. Photographic Society. Pres., B. S.
Johnson. Meetings, Recreation grounds, first Mondays. Sec A.
,
J.P.
Sec.,
1910]
COMPANION-.
431
Boston Camera
Bournville
*Bowes
London, N.
Grammar
Bradford
Rev. W. H. Keeling,
Tuesdays, 7.30 p.m.
Bradford.
Pres., A. Bracewell.
Sec.,
W.
Meetings,
School
M.A
Sec.,
Camera Club.
Meetings,
The
Institute.
Sec..
Wm.
Shaw
Brentford
Photographic Society.
Particulars
not
received
from Secretary.
Pres., Dr. Geo. A. Farrer.
Meetings, Studio, Town Hall Buildings, Thursdays, 8 p.m. Sec.,
F. W. Crowther, Woodleigb, 13, Old Lane, Brighouse.
and
West
of
England
Amateur Photographic
nesdays, 8 p.m.
Pres.,
Sec.,
Thomas
Square,
Bristol.
432
[1910
Pres., T. Judson.
Meetings, Mechanics'
Institution, Thursdays, 7.45 p.m.
Sec., Charles B. Anderson,
Meetings, Committee
Spencer, 138,
Sec.j J.
Burton-on-Trent
and
Natural History
Society (Photographic Section).
Archaeological
from Secretary.
Athene-turn
Bury
Nuttall.
Bury, Lanes.
St. Edmund's Camera
Sec.,
Meetings, Masonic Hall.
*Bury
Street,
Bury
St.
Club.
Owen
Pres.,
J.
D. Hunter.
Edmund's.
Pres.,
W. H.
Gaywood's Restaurant,
8.30 p.m.
from
Camera Club.
Secretary.
"Cardiff
Photographic Society.
Secretary.
Cardiff
Pres., W. Holloway.
Sec., I. Vaughan
Pres.,
Richard Chalmers.
*Carlisle
Sec.,
Andrew
Pres.,
Caterham Valley.
1910]
433
Pres,, Professor
Philip, 8, Belvidere Crescent, Aberdeen.
Finlay.
Sec.,
J.
B.
Gibbs, 169A,
Pres., Sir E.
Templer Leeds, Bart. Meetings, York House, St. Luke's Road,
Alternate Wednesdays from September 15, 8 p.m. Sec., Walter J.
"
Bache, Eythorne," All Saints' Road, Cheltenham.
'Cheltenham College Photographic Society. Pres., C. E.
Youngman, M.A. Meetings, College Physics Lecture Boom.
Sec., B. M. Towers, M.A., 7, Oriel Place, Cheltenham.
Cheltenham Salem Institute Camera Club. Pres., E. J.
Burrow. Meetings, Salem Institute, Cheltenham, Last Thursdays.
Sec., J. Ashton Mann, Southampton House, London Road,
Cheltenham.
'Chester Society of Natural Science, Literature, and Art
(Photographic Section). Pres., J. A. McMichael, B.A., B.Sc.
Meetings, Grosvenor Museum, Third Fridays, 8 p.m.
Sec.,
Frank Simpson, 10, Grosvenor Street, Chester.
Chester Y.M.C.A. Camera Club. Pres., T. C. Johnson. Meetings, Parr's Bank Chambers, First Thursdays.
Sec., Albert E.
Matthews, 5, Parkgate Road, Chester.
Chic lies ter Photographic Society. Pres., F. B. Tompkins,
Meetings, Technical Institute, Second and Fourth Tuesdays,
October to March, 8.15 Second Thursdays, April to September.
Sec., Ernest H. Hooper, 26, South Street, Chichester.
"Chislehurst Photographic Society. Pres., Rev. James Dawson,
M.A. Meetings, Society's Rooms, Crown Lane, alternate Mondays
October to May.
Sec., George W. Miller, White House, The
;
Common, Chislehurst.
*Chiswick Camera Club. Pres., C. H. Marriott.
Meetings,
Devonshire Room, Town Hall, Second and Fourth Tuesdays at
8.15.
H.
William
Boston
Park Road, Brentford.
Sec.,
Cook, 45,
434
[1910
Pres.,
Kensington, London,
W.
Club.
Pres.,
Sec.,
Meetings,
J.
Burton.
Meetings, Literary
*Coalville
Pres., A. H.
Meetings, Adult School, Bridge Road, Third Thursdays.
"
Sec., Owen W. F. Thomas,
Glencoe," London Road,
Harris.
8 p.m.
CoalvJlle.
Pres.,
William Lawson.
Sec.,
Meetings, Library Hall, alternate Mondays, from October 4.
George P. Frame, jun., 28, Portland Street, Coatbridge, N.B.
Photographic Association.
Coatbridge
Pres.,
S.
H. Woo3,
Walton
Street, Fridays.
Sec.,
Colne, Lanes.
Consett and
Pres.,
John D. Enys.
Sec.,
Pres., M. W. Danks.
Meeting*,
Ex., Marsh.
Sec., J. B.
Street, Wednesdays.
Little
Street
Park
Coventry.
Stanley, 7,
Little
Park
AND PHOTOGRAPHER'S
1910]
435
COMPAKION.
DAITA'
Meetings,
Town.
Glasgow.
Crompton Camera
Pres.,
J.
M.
Sellers.
Meetings,
128A,
Temperance
Charles
J.
Darwen Photographic
Association.
Pres., J.
p.m.
5.
W. Smith.
Sec.,
Sec.,
Meet-
William Edge,
Pres.
Charles S. Bathgate. Meetings, 53, Roslea Drive, Wednesdays,
8p.m. Ex., February. Sec., A. M. Logan, Lesterie, Riddrie,
Glasgow.
*
Derby Photographic Society. Pres., C. J. Cade. Meetings
Norman
*Doncaster
"
Pres
Wm.
J.
Down.
Meetings, Literary
High
436
'Dover
Institute
Worsfold.
E. M.
Pres.,
Society.
Dover Institute, Second and Fourth
H. E. Philpott, 6, Biggin Street, Dover.
Photographic
Meetings,
Thursdays.
*Dover
[1910
Sec.,
Sciences
Society.
Captain
Pres.,
G.
S.
McDakin.
Co-operative
Droylsden
Photographic Society.
Pres.,
N.
Hibbert.
Openshaw, Manchester.
Dudley and District Camera Club. Pres., Dr. John Wishart,
Sec., James Martin Sankey, Loraine
Meetings, Council Schools.
House, Dudley, Northumberland.
Dukinfield
Sec.,
Pres., S. T. Ainsworth.
Astley Street, Wednesdays, 8.30.
Photographic Society.
Meetings, Co-operative
Ernest
Till, 30,
Hall,
Wm.
Craig.
Meetings, 46,
High
Camera Club.
Street,
Sec.,
Alternate
Pres.,
Tuesdays,
Dumbarton.
of Scotland
Pres., J. A. Peebles.
days, November to
Photographic Association.
Broughty Ferry.
*Ealing Photographic
Meetings,
March.
Town
Eastbourne
Sec.,
Natural
History, Scientific
(Photographic Section). Pres.,
and
Literary
J. J. Hollway.
Meetings, Technical Institute, Third Thursdays, October to May,
8.15 p.m.
Sec., Albert J. Fellows, 7, Susans Road, Eastbourne."
*East Kent Scientific and Photographic Society. Pres.,
S. Harvey, F.I.C., F.C.S.
Meetings, Beaney Institute, alternate
Wednesdays, 8 p.m. Sec., A. Lander, 17, High Street, Canterbury.
*
Pres., J. F. Duthie,
Edinburgh Photographic Society.
F.R.P.S. Meetings, 38, Castle Street, First, Second, and Fourth
Ex., February.
Sec., J. S.
Wednesdays, October to June.
McCulloch, W.S., SA, North Saint David Street, Edinburgh.
Society
Sec.,
D.
Pres., T. A. Clark.
J.
R. Cairns,
12,
Meetings,
Savile
W.
Pres., J. F. Duthie.
Meetings,
38, Castle Street, Third Wednesdays, 8 p.m.
Sec., T. Barclay,
26, Blackford Avenue, Edinburgh.
1910]
437
Particulars not
Epsom and
District Literary and Scientific Society (Photographic Section). Pres., Dr. E. C. Daniel. Meetings, Committee Room, Public Hall. Sec., W. J. Pickering, Waterloo
Road, Epsom.
L. Moore,
Pres., G.
Photographic Society.
Erdingtpn
Meetings, Drayton Studio, High Street, every Monday Sep'.etnber
Sec., J.
Pres., T. A. Goard.
Meetings, Barnfield
Alternate Mondays, October to May.
Sec., J. W. Lake,
41, High Street, Exeter.
House.
Sec.,
Pres.,
Algernon
Pres,, Alderman F.
Hall, J.P.
Meetings, Technical Schools, First and Third ThursH.
Sheaff, Priory Dene, Julian Road, Folkestone.
days. Sec., Geo.
*Forest
Meetings,
Edw.
J.
May,
6,
Perthshire.
438
[1910
Particulars not
Meetings,
Municipal Build-
Fres.,
re-
Sec., S.
John F. Haws.
R.
Meetings,
Grangemouth Amateur
Robert
Marshall,
Park Terrace,
3,
Grangemouth.
*Grantham
Stow.
Pres., Thomas
Photographic Society.
Museum, Guildhall. First and Third Tuesdays. Sec.,
J. M. Smith, 31, High Street, Grantbam.
Graphic Society, Plymouth. Pres., G. F. Treleaven. Sec., J. S.
Meetings,
Particulars
*Great Western
Grimbsy and
District
Meetings, 160,
*Guernsey
de
Photographic
Guerin.
Meetings,
Guernsey.
Sec.,
R. Stockdale, 13,
Mount
Preston, Leeds.
Secretary.
Industrial Society
Charloon, J.P.
Meetings, Mechanics' Institute.
Page, 34, Westgate, Guisborough.
Pres.,
Sec.,
Deal.
W.
George
1910]
439
Pres., J.
Halifax
Camera
Club.
Pres., J.
Meetings,
Linley.
Sec.,
Walter
Meetings, 29,
Pres.,
James
Ellis.
Meetings,
Free Library.
Sec., William Frame, Windmill Road, Hamilton.
"Hampstead Scientilic Society (Photographic Section).
Meetings, Stanfield House, Prince Arthur Road. Sec H. Nevil
Smart, 40, Compayne Gardens, Hampstead, London, N.W.
*Handsworth Photographic Society. Pres., Philip WhitehouseMeetings, 20, Soho Road, Thursdays, 8 p.m. Sec., A. E. Teague.
67, Whitehall Road, Handsworth, Birmingham.
,
Pres., S. Harrison.
Hartlepools Photographic Society. Pres., F. Yeoman, J.PMeetings, Technical College, West Hartlepool, First and Third
Wednesdays. Sec., A. S. Foxall, 1, Elm Grove, West Hartlepool.
*
Pres.,
First
Bridge.
Pres.,
440
Camera Club.
*Hove
Pres.,
A.
R. Sargeant, J.P.
Meetings,
Lansdowne
Street,
Graham
Street, llkeston.
Secs.,R. Dixey,
Fret., G. H. Hewetson.
Waterloo House, Ipswich, and S. Haggar, 111, London Road,
Ipswich.
.]/.<
1910]
441
Pres., S. A.
Gurney.
Sec.,
Man.
Pres., George
Co-operative Camera Club.
Meetings, Club Rooms, 6, Langlands Road, Govan,
College, Isle of
Kinning Park
Peebles.
alternate
p.m.
Sec.,
Hugh
Pres., R. Bourke.
Meetings, Leeds Institute,
Cookridge Street, Mondays, 8 p.m. Sec., F. G. Issott, 33, Dorset
Terrace, Harehills, Leeds.
Leeds Photographic Society. Pres., Thomas W. Thornton.
Meetings, Leeds Institute, Cookridge Street, Tuesdays, 8 p.m.
Sec., Robert Mackay, 69, Albion Street, Leeds.
442
[1910
Thos.
Pres.,
6,
Sec.,
Lewes Photographic
Lincoln
Pres., Charles
Mosley.
Meetings, Mechanics' Hall, Alternate Mondays from
October 18, 8 p.m. Sec., George Henry Kaye, 66, Rock Terrace,
West Street, Lindley, near Huddersfield.
"Liverpool Amateur Photographic Association. Pres ., J.
Dudley Johnston. Meetings, 9, Eberle Street, Thursdays, 7.45 p.m
Sec., Chas. F. Inston, F.R.P.S., 25, South John Street, Liverpool.
Liverpool Central Y.M.C.A. Camera Club. Pres., F. 0.
Creswell. Meetings, Y.M.O.A., Mount Pleasant.
Sec.,J. Graham,
26, Alfred Road, Birkenhead.
.
Pres.. J. J.
Cater. Meetings, Sports Club, Norbury, Third Saturdays, October
to April.
Sec., H. G. Hart, 21, Lombard Street, London, E.G.
Trustees,
London, S.W.
Pres., Sir
R.
Newman
Chambers,
Sec.,
R.
W.
Saville, 61,
Longridge
Longton and
District
Sec.,
J.
Walker
Berry.
Robinson, College
1910]
443
Loughborough and
Walter
C.
Fridays, 8 p.m.
Square, Loughborough.
*Maidstone
Pres., Dr. A. T.
Lakin. Meetings, Ducie Chambers, 57, Market Street, Tuesdays,
6 p.m.
Sec., George M. Morris, 9, ChandosRoad, Chorlton-cumHardy, Manchester.
Manchester Camera Club. Sec., Charles Dawson, 34, Queen
Street, Manchester.
Manchester
Manchester Y.M.C.A.
Photographic Club.
Pres.,
H. Burr.
John Saxby,
'
23.
32,
Moss
Road, Northwich.
Meetings, The
Cray, Fridays,
St. Paul's Cray,
Photographic
444
[1910
Morley and
New
Meetings, 13,
Pres., Heibert
Sec.,
Wyatt.
John Bradbury,
of.
Pres., A. H. Blake, M.A.
Russell Burchall, L.C.C. County Hall, Spring Gardens,
London, S.W.
Field
Club
j.910]
AND PHOTOGRAPHER'S
DAlLtT COMPANION.
Society.
Pres.,
445
Wm. Mann.
Fearnley.
Meetings, 3, Wesley Street, Tuesdays (October to
March). 7.45 p.m. 'Sec., J. W. Stancliffe, 36, Market Place, Otley.
Outer Hebrides Photographic Society. Pres., Archibald A.
Chisholm. Meetings, Lochmaddy. Sec., Archibald A. Chisholm,
Lochmaddy, Scotland.
*Oxford Camera Club. Pres., Sir W. J. Herschel, Bart. Meetings,
to April.
M.D.
'Plymouth
Meetings,
Ford, 149,
Sec.,
W. Howard
London, W.
'Portsmouth Camera Club. Pres., A. B. Casey. Meetings,
5, Pembroke
Road, Wednesdays, October to March, 8.30 p.m.
Ex., October.
Sec., James C. Thompson, 23, Elm Grove,
Musson, 309, Regent
Southsea.
Street,
446
[1910
Pres., J. Tou'min.
Meetings, Stanley
Chambers, Lancaster Road, Mondays and Thursdays, 8 p.m.
Charles
Sees.,
Mantell, Claremont, Powis Road, Preston, and
J. B. Beardsworth, Fairmount,
Cadley, Preston.
*
Preston Scientific Society (Photographic Section). Par
ticulars not received from Secretary.
Preston (Lune Street), Brotherhood Camera Club. Pres.,
Rev. John Wilson, B.A.
Meetings, Vestry behind Lecture Hall,
Fox Street, Wednesdays, 7.30. Sec., C. E. Peel, Chapel Lane,
Longton, near Preston.
Preston Pictorial Photographic Society. Pres., G. A. Booth
Sec.,
A.
W.
Cooper,
137,
Pres.,
James McKissack.
Reading Liberal
Club
Photographic Society.
Particulars
from Secretary.
Rugby Photographic
Society.
Pres., B.
B. Dickinson, M.A.
Rugby
Sec.,
School,
Pres., M. Maybrick.
Church Lane, First and Third Tuesdays, 8.30 p.m.
Alternate
R. H. Myers, 13,
Meetings,
Sec.,
Hugh
1910]
St.
447
Aldred,
Berrystead, St.
Puddicombe,
19,
Pres., H. Waizbom.
Meetings, 32,
Street, Tuesdays, 8 p.m.
Sec., John Glover, 14, Ormskirk
Street, St. Helens.
Church
St. Rollox
Salisbury
R tad,
Attercliffe.
Shettleston and
District
Camera Club.
Pres.,
J.
Wands.
Shropshire
Camera Club.
Pres.,
Right
Hon.
the
Earl
of
Plymouth.
Street,
Shrewsbury.
Meetings, Public
*Sidcup Camera Club. -Pres., B. Davidson.
Hall, Second and Fourth Tuesdays.
Sec., H. E. Ladbury, 7,
from October
mingham.
448
[1910
Secretary.
Pres., J.
Hughes.
Meetings,
Pres,
W. Burrough-Hill.
Meetings,
Philharmonic Hall, all Mondays from September to March inclusive, and the other six months alternate Mondays. Ex November.
Sec., S. G. Kimber, P.R.P.S., " Oakdene," Highfield, South,
ampton
Sec., Charles
Pres., A. W. Searley.
Mole, Broadhempston,
to
Sec.,
John Archer,
24,
Ashburnham Road,
Pres., T. H. B. Scott.
Meetings,
Wakefield Hall, East Ham, Second and Fourth Wednesdays,
8 p.m.
Sec., Thomas Michell, 180, Browning Road, Manor
Park, E.
*South London Photographic Society. Pres., F. J. Mortimer,
F.R.P.S.
Meetings, South London Art Gallery, Peckham.
Mondays. 8p.m.
Ex., March.
Sec., H. C. Beckett, 44, Edith
Road, Peckham, London, S.E.
South Manchester Photographic Society.
Particulars not
received
from Secretary.
Southport
Photographic
Society.
Pres.,
John
McLellan.
Sec.,
Spen
Stafford
Photographic Society.
Pres.,
George Thorneycroft.
TiUington, Stafford.
*Staines and
"The
Cot," Staines.
Stockport
1910]
449
Pres., Rev. H. V.
Church Institute, Alternate Wednesdays from
Sec., J. Henry Roe, 14, Edward Street, Stoke-on-
Meetings,
September
15.
Trent.
Pres.,
W. Meakin.
Sec., R.
D.
THE
450
Tynemouth
RRTTISTT
(Borough
of)
Photographic
[1910
Society.
Pres.,
John
*Waddon Camera
Club.
Pres'dt's, J.
Wake field
Photographic
Society.
Church
Institute, 8 p.m.
Johnson, Newton Hill, Wakefield.
Meetings,
Pres.,
Ex., March.
H.
Chaplin.
Sec.,
George W.
J.
Walkley
Wallasey
Surrey.
*Walthamstow
Pres., E. Clarke,
Photographic Society.
F.R.G.S.
Meetings, The Hall, Vestry Road, First and Third
8
Thomas
R.
Sec.,
Nunn, 29, The Drive,
Mondays,
p.m.
Walthamstow, Essex.
Walton (Liverpool) Photographic Society. Pres., H. Nicholls.
Meetings, Walton Church Schools, Second Wednesdays, 8 p.m.
Sec., T. Bickerstaff, 79, Rawcliffe Road, Walton, Liverpool.
Warrington Photographic Society. Pres., W. E. Brown, B.A.
Meetings, Old Academy, Wednesdays, October to April.
Sec., A.
Smithson, Rush Green, Lvmm.
*
Watford Camera Club. Pres., The Lord Hyde. Meetings. 100,
High Street, Thursdays, 8.30 p.m. Ex., October. Sec., W. J.
(
Edmonds,
*
3,
'.
Pres.,
Lady Ebury.
8.
Meetings,
Sec.,
H.
1910]
from
451
Particulars
not
Secretary.
Pres., B. B. Mewburn.
Meetings,
Sunderland, First and Third Tuesdays.
'Bert
Sunderland.
12,
Holmeside,
Sec.,
Jackson,
*Wellcome Photographic Club. Pres., H. S. Wellcome. MeetWellcome
and
Club
Sec., Frank C.
Institute, Dartford.
ings,
Starnes, Wellcome Club and Institute, Dartford, Kent.
Fawcatt
Street Cafe,
Pres., Geo.
Blackledge.
Meetings,
Meetings,
Wednesdays.
Dr. H. Ptlham
Sec., Charles
A.
P/es., J.
Meetings, Parish Room, Alternate Thursdays from October
Sec., C. J. Garratt, Bank House, Weybridge.
Lyle.
7.
*Weymouth Photographic
Schools,
Cliff
Street,
Whitley District
Fridays.
Whitby.
Camera Club.
Sec.,
Woodhouse Parkinson,
Cliff,
Pres.,
Dr. J.
M. Lazenby.
Secretary.
Pres., W. B.
Luke, J.P. Meetings, Polytechnic, Priory Park Road, Kilburn.
Second, Third, and Fourth Mondays, 8 p.m.
Sec., William
Ax-ten, Ravenscourt, Baling Road, Wembley.
'Wimbledon and District Camera Club. Pres., Peter Keary
Meetings, 6, The Broadway, Second and Last Thursdays, September to May. Sec., Herbert Btigden, 12, Montague Road,
Wimbledon, London, S.W.
'Wimbledon Park Photographic Society.
Pres., Dr. D.
Kernohan. Meetings, 19, Repliogham Road, Southfields, S.W.,
Wednesdays, 8.15 p.m. Sec., W. Cheeseman, 460, Merton Road,
452
Pres.,
[1910
Sec.,
Thomas
J.
Cartland,
Wednesdays.
Sec.,
Dr. Turton,
6,
Thursdays,
Churchill,
First and
Harry Haycox,
25, St.
Yarmouth
POSTAL CLUBS.
Amateur Postal Camera Club
(The).
Sec.,
W.
L. G. Bennett,
Boy's
14,
Own
Sec., J.
E. Hardwich,
Camera &
1910]
Stereoscopic Postal
Harpur
33,
Union.
Sec.,
G.
453
A.
Gearcy,
Leecs,
Adelaide
laide,
South Australia.
Pres., E.
W. Payton.
in
Meetings, Club
Sec., A,
month,
454
Pres., T. P. Hill.
[1910
Meetings,
1910]
455
Pres., Rev.
Canon G. E. Pennington.
Prs., Archdeacon
Geer.
Meetings, Club Room, every alternate Tuesday.
A. P. Lambert, Public School, Gulgong, New South Wales.
Pres.,
Sec.,
J.
M.
Meetings.
Sec.,
W.
Circle.
Meetings, Cuthbert's
Sec.,
Harold Smith,
456
TTIK TmiTISTT
[1910
Pres., J. E. A. Klose.
Meetings,
School of Mines, alternate Tuesdays, 7.30 p.m. Ex., September.
Sec., Thos. Warner, Chappie Street, Kapunda, South Australia.
King William's Town Photographic Society. Pres., Rev.
Jas. Pollock.
Meetings, Club
103,
Africa.
H. Perrin.
Wednesdays.
Sec.,
May
Meetings,
Tram
Club.
Pres.,
Thomas
Enfield, Sydney,
1910]
457
Taiping.
Sec.,
Pres., J.
Frank Jackson.
New South
Wales.
J. C. Cruden.
Meetings, Queen's Hall, Pitt Street,
Sydney, Third Monday in each month. Sec., Walter Davies, 58,
Cavendish Street, Petersham, Sydney, N.S.W.
*Photographic Society of India. Pres., Dr. T. F. Pearse, M.D.,
D.Ph. Meetings, 40, Chowringhee, Second Mondays. Ex., January.
Sec., A. J. Oliver, 40, Chowringbee, Calcutta.
*
Photographic Society of New South Wales. Pres., J. S.
Stening.
Meetings, 9, Hamilton Street, Sydney, First and Third
Tuesdays, 8 p.m. Sec., L. L. Baymond, Box 829, G.P.O., Sydney,
N.S.W., Australia.
Port Elizabeth Amateur Photographic Society. Pres., WmAlc:ck.
Meetings, The Athenaeum, First and Last Tuesdays,
8 p.m. Ex., July. Sec., B. F. Everitt, Cape Boad, Port Elizabeth.
Pres.,
^Queensland Photographic Society. Pres,, W. C. Voller. Meetings, Technical College, Ann Street, Brisbane First and Second
Thursdays. Sec., E. Colclough, Department of Public Lands,
Brisbane, Queensland.
Rockhampton Camera Club. Pres., W. S. A. Hunter. Meetings,
Club Boom, Alma Street, First Thursdays. Sec., A. T. Nelson,
c/oP. A. Nelson and Co., Alma Street, Bockhampton, Queensland.
St. John Camera Club, Canada. Meetings, 65, William Street,
St. John, New Brunswick.
Sec. J. Kaye Allison, P.O., Box 401,
St. John, N.B., Canada.
Pres., W. G. Bendall.
Semaphore Photographic Society.
Sec., Charles W.
Meetings, Esplanade, First Mondays, 7.45 p.m.
Mart, c/o Dalgety & Co., Ltd., St. Vincent Street, Port Adelaide,
South Australia.
Pres.,
Charles
Thursdays, 8 p.m.
Hobart.
458
[1910
Canada.
Pres., Charles
Street.
Wales, Wanganui,
New
Pres., C.
Sec.,
G.
W.
Bolton, Bank,
Zealand.
Sec.,
J. "A.
Heginbotham, Wellington,
Pres.,
A.
C.
New
Zealand.
Gifford,
M.A.
Mondays during
term.
West
Iredale, 7,
AMERICAN SOCIETIES.
list of Photographic Societies in the United
States is discobtinued, as the space in the text portion of the
"
" Almanac
is appropriated by information of more general interest.
" Almanac " are
Since only a small proportion of the readers of the
in a position to make any use of this American directory, the Editor
believes he is consulting the wishes of the majority in omitting it from
The directory of American societies
the present and future editions.
" Almanac" for 1905.
last appeared in the
The inclusion
of a
1910]
459
PHOTOGRAPHIC BODIES.
Under the following heading are arranged particulars of the chief
photographic associations which cannot be appropriately included in
the
list of
photographic societies.
with
et
Birtles, T. (Warrington).
Comley, Henry J. (Stroud).
Ellis, Alfred.
Gill,
Elliott, Ernest C.
Fry, S. Herbert.
Hawkings, W. H. (Plymouth).
Illingworth, W, (Northampton).
Hull, H. Edmonds.
Langfier, L.
Mackie, Alexander.
Wm.
(Colchester).
AUDITORS.
C. St. J.
Vaughan.
36-37
460
[1910
Harry A.
Howard D. Beach,
SECRETARY.
New
Bliss.
Buffalo,
York.
the
will
presidency of
be held at Scarborough,
Bingley.
Retiring
Godfrey
PAST PRESIDENTS.
J.
Traill
Taylor,
Andrew
Pringle,
C.
H.
photographic research.
MEMBERS OF COUNCIL.
G.
W.
Atkins
(Elstree)'.
A. C. Baldwin (London).
H.
J.
Comley
(Stroud).
A. H. De'Ath(Ashford).
F. Martin Duncan (London).
W. E. Dunmore
(London).
H. Fry (London).
T. K. Grant (London).
F. W. Hindley (London).
J. Mortimer (London).
Walter F. Potter (London)
Ralph Robinson (Redhill).
P. R. Salmon (London).
F. H. Sanderson (Cambridge).
F.
T. Scotton (Derby).
A. Seaman (Chesterfield).
H. M. Smith (London).
W. H. Smith
Henry Spink
(Purley).
(Brighton).
W. Watson (London).
B. B. Wellington (Elstree).
Courtenay Wells (Gloucester).
A. Werner (Dublin).
C. Winter (London).
G.
J.
S.
H. Wratten (Croydon).
461
1910]
Messrs.
W.
CARLESS
T.
(of
TRUSTEES.
Major-General
M. VANDERKINDEBE (of
members of Council for one
Hereford) and
Waterhouse,
I. A.
Frederick Albert
Bridge.
F. A. Bridge, East
SOCIETY.
United Kingdom.
That a further object
may
ment
To
and
on copyright questions to members
of artistic -copyrights,
give information
Society.
of
the
writing.
That the annual subscription be
*
1 Is.,
payable on January
1.
36-37*
452
[1910
PRESIDENT.
HON. SECRETARY.
London.
HON TREASURER.
A.
Graham, F.S.A.
Committee
if
and,
Museum collection,
in the British Museum.
or other museums will be left
approved, will
mount and
deposit
them
MEMBERS OF COUNCIL.
The Right Hon. the Earl
Rev. F. C. Lambert.
B. E. Lawrence, LL.D.
A. Mackie.
of
Crawford, K.T.
Sir E. Mauude Thompson,
K.C.B., D.C.L.
W. Marchant.
G. A. T. Middleton.
Dr. H. R. Mill.
N. B. Stone.
J.
Sir
L.
C. E. Fagan.
F etcher, F.R.S.
H. Snowden Ward.
H. W. Fincham.
W. H. St. John Hope, M.A.
Headquarters
PRESIDENT.
Edinburgh.
T. S.
Museum
Dymond,
of
Stratford.
F.I.C. F.C.S.
,
SECRETARY.
V. Taylor,
AND PHOTOGRAPHER
1910]
DAILY COMPANION.
463
with
The members
of the
C. Yarnall Abbott.
John H. Anderson.
J. Craig Annan.
M. Arbuthnot.
Ernest R. Ashton.
Walter Benington.
H. Blake,
David Blount.
A.
F. A. Bolton.
Maurice Bremard.
Tom
Bright.
Mrs. Brigman.
Maurice Bucquet.
A. Cadby.
Mrs. Carine Cadby.
Eustace Calland.
Lycnel Clark.
W.
J.
M.
Alexander Keighley.
Thomas Manly.
Alfred Maskell.
F. J. Mortimer.
H. W. Miiller.
C. Puyo.
Ralph W. Robinson.
Mrs. E. L. WatsonSchiitze.
Eduard
C. Grove.
J. Steichen.
Edmund
Hugo Henneberg.
Stirling.
The Society has for its objects " to further the progress of colour
photography." It is open to all interested in colour photography, the
annual subscription being 5s.
The avowed activities of the Society are
(a.) The mutual interchange of ideas and experiences in colour
photography by means of a circulating portfolio of specimens and MSS, which shall include questions and replies.
(b.) To obtain for members assistance from more experienced
:
medium
of the
honorary secretary,
454
(c.)
(d.)
[1910
BRITAIN.
Crawford, K.T., F.R.S.
P. Bale Rider.
CHAIRMAN OF EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
ACTING SECRETARY. H. Philp, 35, Russell Square, London, W.C.
Affiliated
Societies are entitled to the
BENEFITS AND PRIVILEGES.
following benefits and privileges
The loan of illustrated lectures on photographic and kindred
CHAIRMAN.
the Earl of
:
topics, sets of lantern slides, lantern lectures, pictures for exhibition, etc., and interchange of lectures and lecturers between the
affiliated societies.
Permits to photograph (see below).
One copy of each issue of the "Photographic Journal," in
free of charge.
PERMITS TO PHOTOGRAPH.
whereby members of affiliated
Arrangements
societies will be
465
1910]
graph
No award
7.
Where
pictures exhibited
Open
classes
as
firms.
from the
shall
have pre-
be exhibited in tb
champion class
8. An award
only.
shall be made to one picture only, whether it is in
print, lantern slide, or other form ; but in cases where the exhibition rules provide for slides to be exhibited in sets, the award shall
be made to the best slide in the best set.
465
TIIR nRTTTRTT
SECRETARY (Lantern
Slide).
R. Marshall,
3,
[1910
Park Terrace,
Grangemouth.
SALON SECRETARY.
BOARD OF SELECTION.
The Federation
J.
consists of 47 societies.
F. Atkinson (Hull).
Ezra Clough, 10, Farcliffe Road,
Bradford.
Slide Section).
W. H. Houghton,
Ravensknowle Road, Dalton, Huddersfield.
HON. SECRETARY (Print Portfolio Section). Lionel Dickinson,
Athol Mount, Ovenden, Yorks.
The Union consists of 29 societies.
26,
113,
HON. SEC.
J. Frankland, 8, Greengate,
Barrow-in-Furness.
year-book is published, with a list of lecturers and demonstrators, etc.
The Union consists of 51 societies.
The Federation
consists of 43 societies.
SECRETARY.
W.
S. Corder.
The Federation
30,
consists of 15 societies.
PRESIDENT.
George
W.
THE PHOTO-SECESSION.
Alfred Stieglitz. 1111, Madison Avenue, New York, U.S. A.
Place of meeting, 291, Fifth Avenue, New York. The Secession
holds continuous exhibitions.
DIRECTOR.
PHOTOGRAPHIC ALMANAC
AND
Companion
lljatograpljer's Jailjr
WITH WHICH
IS
INCORPORATED
Guide
1910.
EDITED BY GEORGE
E.
BROWN,
INDEX TO TEXT
POSTAL AND TELEGRAPHIC ADDEESSES
TELEPHONE NUMBERS
INDEX TO ADVERTISERS AND ADVERTISEMENTS
.
LONDON
PARIS:
AT END OP
VOLUME.
PUBLISHERS,
STREET, STRAND.
24
CO.,
..(
E.I.C.
WELLINGTON
RUE DE LA BANQUE.
22
INC., 57
VALPARAISO^
CO.
PREFACE,
contents
it
sub-sections in each
respect
"
is
desirable
retained precisely.
is
is
"Almanac"
are constantly
noticed that in
many
of
It will be
' '
Almanac
' '
so that the
rapidly scanned.
It only
of
volumes permit
practical
being
remains to thank
all
those
who by
their suggestions
and
"
Almanac," and to
the "British Journal" everywhere all
of recent
photography
GEORGE
E.
BROWN,
Editor.
24,
RritisTi
Co.,
Journal of Photography,
CONTENTS.
INDEX TO TEXT
POSTAL AND TELEGRAPHIC ADDRESSES
INDEX TO ADVERTISERS
CLASSIFIED INDEX TO ADVERTISEMENTS
.
. .
. .
. .
. .
'
AT END OP
VOLUME.
..
. .
PAGE
CALENDAR
447
427
428
452
453
PHOTOGRAPHIC BODIES.
The Professional Photographers' Association
The Professional Photographers' Society of New York
The Photographic Convention of the United Kingdom
The Artistic Copyright Society
The National Photographic Record Association
Photographic Survey Associations
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
Linked Ring
Society of Colour Photographers . .
Affiliation of Photographic Societies
OBITUAEY
EPITOME OF PROGRESS.
477
the Editor.
By
GENERAL.
Events of the Year
II.
466
466
466
475
I.
459
460
460
461
462
462
463
463
464
465
46S
455
466
Copyright
. .
. .
...
490
492
493
496
498
499
504
472
[1910
III.
PAGE
Photography on Tour
Portraiture
Copying
Firelight Portraits
Adjusting Plate and Original Parallel
:
Stereoscopic Photography
Stereoscopic Projection . .
..
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
..
.
..
..
Daylight Development
Removing Stains
Panoramic Prints .
Plain Paper
.
Gelatine P.O.P
. .
. .
. .
..
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
Ozobrome
Gum-bichromate
..
Oil Printing
Bromoil Printing
Plat.inum Printing
Iron Printing Processes: Blue Prints: "True to
..
..
Scale" Process
..
..
..
Miscellaneous Processes and Prints on Various
Supports
Catatype Printing
Donisthorpe Process
Mounting Methods
. .
. .
Making:
. .
. .
. .
. .
507
507
510
517
521
523
524
526
528
532
535
537
538
540
540
542
544
545
546
547
549
551
555
559
564
565
567
569
571
577
577
579
581
582
583
Lantern-slides
Diagram
586
COLOUR PHOTOGRAPHY.
Direct Interference Processes (Lippmann) .
Three-colour Processes One-exposure cameras, etc.
Three-colour Prints
Screen- plate (one-exposure) Processes
The Autochrome Plate Development, Reversing
.
and Control Methods
.
.
. .
. .
....
592
593
594
595
595
605
611
1910]
VI.
473
PAGE
612
615
616
LIST OP
620
624
"
" Novelties in
Apparatus are indexed in the General
Index to text at the extreme end of the volume.
FORMULAE
THE
FOR
PROCESSES.
PRINCIPAL
PHOTOGRAPHIC
PAGE
PAGE
Albumen Paper
Gelatine P.O. P
Collodion P.O.P
ment
Fixing Baths
. .
723
737
Reducers
Varnishes
740
744
746
749
Stripping
Wet Collodion and Collodion Emulsion
750
. .
Plain Paper
755
. .
.
.
755
756
762
Bromide
and
Gaslight
. .
Papers
Carbon Process
Bromoil Process
Platinum Printing
Iron Printing Processes
. .
Mounting Prints .
Working - up, Colouring,
.
.
etc., Prints
Miscellaneous Formulae
.
. .
.
765
770
771
772
775
777
779
781
Bayer
Co.,
Ltd
Birmingham
Kodak, Limited ..
Leto Photo Materials
786
787
788
Lumiere, N. A. Co.
Marion & Co., Ltd.
Mawson & Swan. Ltd.
Ozobrome, Limited
Paget Prize Plate Co., Ltd.
..
..
Rajar Limited
Rotary Photographic Co.,
Photo-
. .
Ltd
Co.,
Ltd
789
792
764
797
Halifax Photographic Co. 799
801
Ilford, Limited .
Illingworth, Thos., & Co.,
Ltd
806
Imperial Dry Plate Co.,
Ltd
807
.. 808
Kentmere, Ltd. ..
.
..809
785
785
. .
Ltd
Rouch, W. W., & Co.
Thomas, R. W., & Co.
Wellington
Co.
& Ward
817
820
823
826
828
829
834
837
839
840
840
841
Ltd
Zimmermann, Chas.,&
846
Co. 848
474
[1910
MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION.
PAGE
Copyright Act
Reproduction Fees
851
854
859
TABLES.
Weights and Measures
Coins as Weights
Sizes of English and Foreign Plates and Lantern Slides
.
. .
. .
860
866
867
CHEMICAL TABLES.
Symbols and Equivalent Weights of the Principal
Substances used in Photography
Solubilities of the
Principal Substances used in
..
..
..
..
..
..
Photography..
Densities of
Indicators
Ammonia
Atomic Weights
Solutions
of the
. .
Elements
868
874
880
880
882
884
886
OBTHOCHBOMATIC DATA.
Distribution of the Colours in the Spectrum
..
..
Wave-lengths of Elements for Plotting the Spectrum
.
887
887
EXPOSURE TABLES.
Exposure Tables
Pinhole Exposures
Plate Speed Numbers
Conjugate Foci
bining Lenses
Exposure
Depth
Scale of
Image
. .
of Field
. .
Perspective
. .
Diaphragm Numbers
Approximate Infinity for Lenses of various Focal
Lengths
Table for Enlargements
Relative Exposures for Varj ing Proportions of Image
to the Original
Angles of View
Distances for Lantern Projection
Distances for an Object of 68 inches height
Tables of Distances at or beyond which all Objects are
.
in
Focus
891
891
Com-
. .
Telephoto Calculations
888
890
892
893
Correction of
. .
Focal Length
895
897
898
898
899
900
902
903
904
906
'
IQlOj
475
of the 1909
1909).
1909).
1,
E. H. Bow.
In the death of E. H. Bow, at Edinburgh, on February 17, 1909,
another of the links connecting us with the earliest days of photography is severed. Mr. Bow had attained the great age of 82, and
therefore had largely outlived the reputation of his optical and
scientific investigations carried out about the middle of the last
century. Indeed, many of Mr. Bow's papers and researches did not
at the time receive the attention they deserved, and it was left to
"
"
The British Journal of Photography some two
Dr. von Eohr in
years ago to remind the present photographic generation of Bow's
pioneer work in photographic optics. It was E. '.H. Bow who, with
Thomas Sutton, pointed out the true orthoscopy of a symmetrical
lens for one scale of reduction only. Bow also investigated the unevenness of illumination (by photographic lenses due to the thinning
of the glasses at the margins, and he sought to overcome this defect
HECTOR MACLEAN.
the sudden death from heart failure on April 4, 1909, of Hector
Maclean there was removed ifrom the photographic world a personality not readily replaced. 'Mr. Maclean was essentially a commentator on anen and things. Gifted with a power of facile expression and a sense of ironic humour, he enlivened many a photographic passage at arms which, but for him, would have (been dull.
Without a very deep knowledge of the principles of photography he
was, -nevertheless, a very capable expositor of new processes and
methods, and was the author of several text jbooks and the writer of
many articles in the photographic Press. His personal interest in
the photographic societies with which he was connected, formerly
the Croydon Camera dub, and latterly the Sutton Photographic
Club, was very actively displayed. He took a very large share in
the survey and record work in the county of Surrey.
In the
"
Morning Post," to which he contributed weekly for some years
a column of photographic notes, he brought the current progrees
By
476
and
in other
WALTER TYLER.
The death of Walter Tyler, head of the well-known
ways
firm
of
Walter Tyler, Limited, Waterloo Road, London, S.E., took place 011
July 28, 1909. Mr. Tyler, who for nearly forty years had been a
prominent and leading member of the optical lantern trade, retired
from active business life about three years ago, hoping to spend some
years of ease and recreation at his residence at Teddingtpn, (but unfortunately this period of well-earned rest was all too
'his death Mr. Tyler was 62 years of age.
At tbe
(brief.
time of
DOUGLAS CARNEGIE.
The sad news contained in the London papers of October 1, 1909,
came to many photographers with a sensation of grief. For the past
few years Mr. Carnegie had been successfully engaged in lecturing
upon scientific subjects under the University Extension Society.
Yet he himself was subject to moods of depression, during which he
took the most pessimistic view of his work. His death in a Darlington hotel came as a tragic ending to this strange illusion.
The son of a doctor, Carnegie was born in China, but received his
early education at Staveley Grammar Schoool and at Epsom College.
From the latter place he gained an exhibition scholarship of London
University, and proceeded to 'Caius 'College, Cambridge, where, after
a distinguished career in science, securing a double-first in Parts
1 and 2 Natural Science Tripos, he 'became assistant lecturer and
demonstrator in the chemical laboratory of Caius College, a post
which he held irom 1884 to 1889. In 1890 the care of his health
others whose deaths have taken place during the past year
E. Downey, well known in association with his father,
Mr. William Downey, as the photographer of Royalty ; W. D. Brigham, one of the early photographic workers in Yorkshire ; G. W.
Morgan, of the well-known Aberdeen firm of photographers, and
Herr
inventor of the system of dry-mounting named after him
von Jan, who specialised in the photography of the female form
Richard Wicks, of the Brighton Photographic Company Dr. C. E.
Merok, (partner in the firm of E. Merck, of Darmstadt Romain
Talbot, the oldest member of the photographic trade in Germany;
and W. Knapp, head of the well-known Halle publishing firm.
Among
W.
are
1910]
477
LEN5 CALCULATIONS BY
MENTAL ARITHMETIC:
OR,
478
[1910
'"&"
'
f,nj.
<?"-
'.
'2'
K-
f/ate.
6'.
G:.
/2
-J_
;j
Fig. 1.
Here the extra focal distance (that "beyond the focal length of the
6 ins. on each side, that is to say, when the degree of reduc-
lens) is
tion or enlargement
focal length.
is 1,
Suppose we
When
copying
~&i
K
plate.
lenj
,
6.
6'-
-x
&'
%-
ff'-
-x---^-->|
Fig. 2.
When
enlarging
negative
when
tx/argtn^
Fig. 3.
focal distances are 12 ins. and 3 ins., and we notice
the- scale of reduction or
enlargement is 2, the greater
1ml
1910J
479
extra focal distance is twice the focal length of the lens and the
smaller is Jialf the focal length of the lens. Similarly, if the scale
of reduction or enlargement is 3, these extra focal distances are
three times and one-third respectively the focal length of the lens.
It will be seen that so long as we leave out for the moment from
our calculations the one focal distance on either side of the lens the
matter resolves itself into the simplest 'form of arithmetic. It will
help us to work on this system if we imagine the lens pierced by a
solid rod which project* on either side to a distance equal to the
focal length.
Fig. 4.
is
in each case
6 ins. x 4
6 ins. -f- 4
we
get
24
ins.
lg ins.
:
24
6
30
ins.
,,
,,
THE
480
J1RTTISH
Extra
One
focal distance
focal length
[1910
1^ ins.
We
can assume
lens.
plate,
ft.
36
i.e.,
reduction number
=36
ins.
-f
is 9.
its
CALOTLATIONS
WHEN
COPYING.
When making a
1910]
481
original
being reduced considerably say, to a quarter its width
or to less but is very considerable indeed when there is not much
reduction. In such cases it is indispensable for rapid work to use a
camera in which focussing can be done by moving the back, the
lens remaining stationary.
When copying direct in the camera on an enlarged scale, the
most convenient method is to make the calculation as though we
were enlarging in the ordinary way in a lantern. We decide what
the ratio of enlargement is to besay, 2, 2, or 2^ times, etc.
and multiply tlhe local length of ithe (lens by this ratio. Add to
the result 1 focal length, and we get the image distance from lens
The camera is then moved up towards tihe original until
to plate.
the latter is in sharp focus. This is the most accurate and expeditious method of securing a given scale of (enlarged ) reproduction.
Theoretically, the final adjustment of foous should be done
by moving the original to and from the lens, but it will usually
serve every purpose to use the rack and pinion of the lens or of
the camera front after the best possible focus has been secured by
moving the camera as a wliole towards or away from the original.
We are, of course, speaking here of the use of a camera on a copying board on which both it and the original can be moved in alignment with the axis of the lens.
ins. to be enlarged to 12 x 10 tins, plate
Example. A print
with a 7-in. lens
is
4x3
Ratio of Enlargement,
To
image distance
E.F.D. (image) = 7
find
3.
Adding
ins.
1 focal length
21 ins.
7 ins.
To
From
this
it
will
ins.
7 ins.
(object)
Adding 1 focal length
E.F.D.
28
be seen
why
-f
it is
ins.
ins.
sion
by measurement, and
to focus
*
The
of
"
#
"
482
[1910
We
30
ft.
360
-f
360
45
ins.
ins.
(to
taken at given
in
width 30
ins.,
what
ft.
size
340
=-
20
17.
In other words, the image will be l-17th the original, so that OUT
3 ft. tablet will be 2 4-17 or 2 ins. in width in the
negative.
A MKTHOD
Before
passing
to
1,
2,
of
itp
and from these two calculating the focal length of the lens.
A
commonly advised form of this method is to copy an object same
1910]
483
plate to original by 4 to
the lens. The exact adjustment to same
size is not easy owing to the depth of focus when copying same size.
It is more accurate to
copy a very large distant object, disregarding
the exact scale of reduction, and then calculate the focal length by
the following rule*
size,
is
43
ft.
of reduction
50,
43ft.
12
516 inches
50
51)25,800
559
51)
The
ground
glass.
STUDIO CALCULATIONS.
It is not too much to say that the majority of photographers
whose work is limited to portraiture in the istudio feel altogether at
sea as soon as any kind of a calculation as to lenses has to be solved.
Their first refuge is probably to some volume containing tables in
E.F.D. object
E.F.D. image
where F.
Th
is
=
=
x F.
x F.
1/r
is
(r
1/r
-f
2).
-i-
1) (r
1):
484
[1910
Head and
68
30
shoulders, height
ins.
ins.
Two
3
3
ft.
ft.
ft.
68
30
Full length
Head and shoulders
-f
=
=
13 (nearly).
6
by the
The
1910]
common
TABLE A.
Name and
Size of Photograph.
485
THE
486
11IUT1SH JOUttNAL
1'HOTOGRAPHIC ALMANAC,
The
total of
ft.,
U910
studio.
is,
what
descrip-
done?
ins.
Length of
18 x 12
216
72
144
20
tftudio,
124
ins.)
is
E.F.D.'s.
We could find the exact value of the reduction figure
corresponding to the focal length of 10 ins. by making allowance
for this fadt, but as the back, or image, E.F.I), is so small, it iis
near enough to reckon 124 as (being the front, or object. E.F.D.,
and then, as we know, the reduction figure is this length divided by
the focal length of the lens i.e.,
124
is
not quite
*****
To put
We
We
From
We
ft.)
=
=
420
72
ins.
ins.
348
Two
focal lengths
is
made
up, as
focal length
we have
2,
learnt, of
ins.
:
1910J
=
=
=
=
Object E.F.U.
Image E.F.D.
This
focal length
x reduction number.
focal length
focal length
487
15.
by reduction number.
-j-
last, is
of which
2 focal lengths
15 focal lengths
17 focal lengths
Dividing 348 by 17, we get 20^ ins. = the focal length. That is,
we can use lenses up to this focus quite well, so that there is ample
space for using that of 12 ins.
ENLARGING.
The
One
focal length
2.
lens
2.
easel
less
focal
length)
focal
focal
length
3.
less 1
focal length)
length
ment
=
=
1.
2.
3.
6-r3=2
12 ins.
18 ins.
32
ins.
ins.
From which we
We
etc.
488
[191U
EPITOME OF PROGRESS.
BY THE EDITOR.
In the following pages will 'be found classified abstracts of papers,
communications, and articles describing progress in technical photography (art .topics are excluded) -which have appeared in the British
and foreign Press -during the twelve months Oct. 20, 1908, to
It may have happened that some foreign journals
Oct. 20, 1909.
have not arrived in time for abstraction ; their contents will be
dealt with in the 1911 "Almanac."
The general arrangement of the Epitome will be seen from the
"
contents of the
item
is separately
and a list
of the Epitome.
GENERAL.
I.
at
Wishaw.
("B.J.,"
Held
8,
1909, p. 24.)
Exhibition
1910]
Photographer."
March
9 to April 10.
1909, p. 435.'
May 7,
May
(of
1909, p. 365.)
19 to July 31.
Royal and
titled personages)
New
Bond Street,
galleries of Messrs. Speaight, Ltd., 157,
"
B.J.," May 21, p. 403, and July 16, p. 558, 1909.)
London.
4,
1909. p. 439.
p. 720,1909.)
490
TTTE BRITISH
[1910
Harold Holcroft,
E.T. Holding, F. T. Hollyer, Charles P. Inston, Arthur Marshall, and
Hanging Committees:
Pictorial section
A. H.Blake,
J. Mortimer.
Technical section F. Cheshire, F.R.M.S., W. Farren,
Douglas English, B.A., Dr. C. Thurstan Holland, C. E. K. Mees, D Sc.,
and Major-General J. Waterhouse, LA. Colour photography section:
Ernest Marriage, F. Martin Duncan, and James A. Sinclair.
November 23 Twelfth Traill-Taylor Memorial Lecture. "The
Growth of the Photographic Image." By Professor A. W. Porter,
B.Sc., F.R.A.S.
(Announcement.)
F.
COPYRIGHT.
Copyright in New Zealand. Complaints are made that the
Registrar of Copyrights in the Dominion reads the New Zealand Fiiw
Arts 'Copyright Act of 1877 to require compulsory prepayment of
the- fees for both registration and a certificate of the fact (amount"
N.Z. Phot.,"
ing to 7s. 6d.) before registration can foe effected.
Mar., 1909, p. 3; "B.J.," May 7, 1909, p. 359.
Copyright in America. 'Much disappointment is felt that in the
Copyright Act which became law in the U.'S.A. on July 1 last
photographers are singled out for a lesser degree of protection in
their dealings with newspapers than is the case with other illustratcrs. In the case of photographs damages obtainable in an action
for infringement shall not exceed the sum of 200 dollars nor be
This ds an exception to the general ruling
less than 50 .dollars.
that damages shall not exceed 5,000 dollars nor be less than 250
"
dollars.
Bull. Phot.," Mar. 3, 1909, p. 137; "B.J.," May 7,
1909, p. 360.
payment
mark
is
Photographs marked
a consideration.
c.
may
reduction
is
still
c.
do not
made
in
the
when
1910]
491
In
a number of copyrights are registered at the eame time.
the case of a photographer -whose assistant takes a photograph the
employer is to "be considered the author. "B.J.," Jan. 15, 1909,
p. 38.
BUSINESS.
Supply of Photographs. A case of considerable
importance to the photographic profession was heard at Southampton Police Court on July 29, 1909. Mr. iS. G. KinHber, F.K.P.S.,
summoned a firm of photographers in reference to the supply of
Defendants pleaded guilty,
silver prints as carbon photographs.
and were fined 10s. and costs. The case should apply a check to
the fraudulent supply of the cheaper class of photographic print
It is to 'be hoped, too, that
iu place of carbons or platinotypes.
the case will remind manufacturers of the opportunity for fraud on
Fraudulent
Aug.
6,
"B.J.,"
1909, p. 605.
Amalgamation of German Camera Maker*. A. combination consisting of the firms of Hiittig and Sohn, of Heinrich Ernemann, and
of JEmil Wunsohe and Co., all of Dresden, the firm of Dr. R.
Kriigener, of Frankfort, and the camera department of Carl Zeiss,
Jena,
summer
(1909),
with a
"B.J.," Mar.
EDUCATION.
Photographic Training of Girls. An. a/ocount is given in"B.J.,"
Dec. 11, 1908, p. 940, of the L.C.C. School in Vincent Square,
London, iS.W., where, among other subjects, instruction is given to
girls in photographic trade work.
492
II.
H91C
APPARATUS AND
EQUIPMENT.
(Including
Paw
AND PHOTOGRAPHER
1910]
493
DAILY COMPANION.
other
when showing
mount
the
Mays in Photographic
Objectives.
The
lens
("B.J.A.," 1908.
obtained
while
still
p.
providing
38*
494
[1910
made
By
at least twice as
such construction
1910]
The
495
effect
fact
An
objective,
in the
respectively.
Radii,
Thicknesses.
496
[1910
"Magnifiers" on
the
TELEPHOTO LENSES.
E. A. Biermann has shown the
advantage of a telephoto lens in mating a series of photographs of
houses on a certain estate which was being offered for sale. Owing
to the undulating nature of the ground the natural picturesque surroundings of the houses could not be shown when a near standpoint
was taken, as required *by a lens of the normal focal length, but by
taking a more distant view-point a greatly improved aspect was
obtained, and the two illustrations reproduced make the strongest
possible case for the inclusion of a .telephoto lens in the equipment
of the photographer who would go out prepared to make the very
best of a commission of this kind.
"T.Q.," June, 1909, p. 11;
"B.J.," July 16, 1909, p. 546.
Practical Telephnto Work. Captain Owen Wheeler, editor of the
"'Telephoto Quarterly," in a paper before the R.P.S., referred to
the advantage of retaining one or two (moderate) camera extensions
and obtaining different magnification by a series of negative elements.
Thus, with extension up to 15 ins., a series of negatives of 2f, 2,
If, and 14- ins. gives magnifications from 3| to 14.
Captain Wheeler,
among other hints, advised the use of a long hood to the lens, and
the use of a yellow screen for cutting out atmospheric haze.
In the discussion of the paper Mr. Edgar Clifton described n
device of his for indicating the magnification Ving given by a
'
1910]
497
not
piece of white tape or of ribbon that will
telephoto lens.
stretch is taken, a ring sewn at the end of it so as to fit over any
convenient screw in front of _the camera, and, after finding _out
how far the negative projects into the camera, a series of divisions
is marked off from that point, each of them equal to the focal
It is convenient to begin at
length of the negative attachment.
twice the focal length of the negative lens.
If, for example, the
tape attached to the camera front shows the magnification to be
three while the stop is /"/ll we arrive at once at the working aperture of f/33. The most certain method of focussing is by means of
If we focus by the separation
the pinion on negative attachment.
of the negative and positive elements we hit the right point in the
most unmistakable manner. On the other hand, if the rack of t.ha
camera be employed, the depth of focus is such that one is never
certain whether or not the best focus is obtained.
An important
use of the telephoto lens, added Mr. Clifton, is in making same size
or nearly same size photographs of small objects. When an ordinary
lens is used it has to be so near that the object is shown in bad
can be taken
drawing with a telephoto a more distant standpoint
and the object photographed in proper perspective. " Phot. Journ.,"
;
.luly,
1909, p. 295.
Telephoto Lantern Lens. K. Martin calls attention to the advanIn any lens
tages of the telephoto construction in lantern work.
made on the -principle of the telephoto the nodes are some way outside the objective on the side of the positive combination.
If,
therefore, we use such a construction in place of the ordinary
lantern lens, and with the positive element nearest the condenser, a
much greater distance is required between the condenser and proThis means that the light must be brought nearer the
jector.
condenser to obtain even illumination, and this involves a consequent gain in light. Thi is one of the advantages of using a longfocus projector, which many workers fail to realise.
Long-focus
ordinary lenses have, however, the disadvantage of increasing the
distance between lantern and screen.
This trouble is got over if
we use a short-focus lens of telephoto construction, with which the
distance from slide to screen is not much greater than with an
"
ordinary lens of the same focal lenerth. Eder's
Jahrbuch," 1908,
p. 46; "B.J.," Jan. 22, 1909, p. 58.
Telephoto Lens-Mount. Capt. Owen Wheeler has patented the
method of mounting the positive and negative elements of a telephoto lens in a way which dispenses with a solid tube between the
two and thus reduces internal reflections. The negative element it
carried at the end of a light removable framework built of a number
;<
498
AI.MA-NUI,
fl91().
REFLEX CAMERAS.
"
Xo. 99 of " The Photo-Miniature is ilevoted to
the advisable features of reflex cameras, the methods of reflex photography, and the movements of existing patterns of reflex camera.
Reflex Cameras.
(See also
"
Folding Reflex
Camera.
J.
(a)
1910J
499
Photography"
INSTANTANEOUS SHUTTEKS.
Tenting Shutter Speeds. E. A. Salt describes and gives constructional details of a very practical form of the
shutter-measuring
camera, in which an image of an illuminated slit is received on a
Fig.
1.
500
[1910
On
by Messrs. George Adams and Comis used to rotate the plate, which is
At two revolutions per
rigidly held in a carrier of simple design.
second (the speed adhered to) the motor runs with great accuracy.
The mirror can be swung into a horizontal position to permit reThe camera is divided
moval of the plate carrier underneath.
horizontally into two compartments to prevent leakage of light,
and
the mirror
plate-carrier occupying the upper part, the motor the
lower.
Both sides of the camera are removable. A dry-cell, the
current from which passes through a contact fixed to the motor
spindle, actuates a small magnet and armature, and gives an audible
special spring motor, sold
In
reduced copy of the protractor used is .shown in Fig 2.
order to avoid crowding it is divided into 125 divisions only. In
With the
practice each division is read as representing 4 degrees.
motor revolving twice a second each degree will therefore indicate
I/ 1,000th sec.
1910]
501
cownP
Fig. 2.
Figv3.
6.
Fig. 7.
Fig.
502
rlKlli X. K
\I.Mv\\r.
\ I'll I.
[I.)iO
of representative shutter.-, on
typical diagrams
In all the beginning of the curve representing the
the
of
shutter
opening
points in the direction of rotation indicated
by the arrow head, slow speeds being taken towards the centre,
and vice versa.
tlie
market.
Iris shutter.
Fig. 4.
Fig. 5.
used.
ins.
One
inch
?lit
Fig.
6.
Messrs.
(three-bladed)
A.
E.
Staley
"Compound"
and
Company's diaphragmatic
shutter.
Diaphragm
Shutters.
As mentioned
by Mr.
Salt, while with a blind shutter a reduction of the stop leaves the
efficient exposure exactly the same, -with the iris shutter the efficient
1910]
AND PHOTOGRAPHER
DAILY KlMPAXIOV.
503
The apparatus
adjustable to speeds of various degrees
"Phot. Mitt.,"
creasing or reducing the speed of the disc.
is
Fig. 1.
9 and 12, 1909, pp. 133 and 180
p. 453, 1909.
Fig.
"
;
B.J.,"
May
by
in-
Heft.
2.
21, p. 397,
and June
25,
fiirkhauser's Apparatus.
device, similar in principle to tha*.
of Thieme's a/bove described, is used by Dr. E. Birkhauser, who
employs for the (revolution of the disc a weight attached to the
pulley, so that on being allowed to fall it completely detaches itself
from the pulley and leaves the disc rotating at a uniform rate.
Drawings, showing the method of perforating the disc, and also
specimen records obtained, are given in "B.J.," July 9, 1909,
The apparatus serves for measuring both diaphragm and
p. 535.
focal-plane shutters, and also for recording the rapidity of combustion of flashlight powders.
is
disc,
504
[191U
On
The
shutter to be tested
is
and the pipe brought down centrally. Air is turned on, either by
blowing into the tube, or in any other convenient way, and the
The mica disc is instantly depressed, and the
shutter released.
brush leaves a recording streak on the rotating paper indicating the
duration of exposure. "Phot. Journ.," Mar., 1909. p. 170;
"B.J.," Apr. 9, 1909, p. 285.
Artificial Light.
medium
FLASHLIGHT.
Krebs has patented a non-explosive
mixture, giving a flashlight with very little smoke, the basis being
magnesium or aluminium powder, anhydrous copper sulphate or
chrome alum
e.g., chrome alum and magnesium powder, equal
parts;, or <cop>per sulphate, anhydrous, 6 parts; magnesium powder,
3 parts ; aluminium powder, 1 part. This gives much less smoke
than mixtures containing chlorate, and the smoke passes away
rapidly, so as^to allow of a series of successive exposures in a room.
Ger. Pat., No. 205,499, of July 26, 1904, from " Chem. Zeit.,"
Repertorium, No. 16, 1909, page 68; "B.J.," Feb. 12, 1909, p, 127.
Flash Powders.
Dr.
G.
505
is
30 to 35 parts of magnesium powder mixed with 70 parts
For a slow burning powder 1 part of magof thorium chromate.
Salti of
nesium is mixed with 2 parts of thorium tungstate.
peroxide of thorium may be produced by precipitating nitrate of
thorium with hydrogen peroxide in a solution containing also the
Thus a soluacid which it is desired to combine with the thoria.
tion of thorium hydroxide in perchloric acid gives a gelatinous precipitate of perchloride on addition of hydrogen peroxide, heating
This compound
the solution to 140 deg. F. and rapidly cooling.
forms a white, brittle, glassy mass, which is easily powdered, and
keeps well in the air. It does not cake, and may be easily mixed
with magnesium.
Ik
1909, p. 202.
Slow-Burning Flath Powders. C. Bethge has patented the making of a slow-burning magnesium powder or time light, the principle
of which is the use of the oxide of a rare-earth metal with magnesium
powder, this latter in quantity at least three times the chemical
equivalent of the oxygen in the compound of the rare-earth metal.
On combustion of a mixture of this kind there is repeated reduction
and re-combustion of the oxide of the rare-earth metal. The excess
of magnesium may be anything up to 10 times the equivalent of the
oxygen in the other compound. Suitable formulae for these slowburning flash powders are as follows
:
oxide, 3 parts.
vanadic
acid, 8 parts.
calcium
hydroxide, 1 part.
oxide, 1 part.
work.
practical
"
cells.
The
igniter
is
p. 308.
Magnesium Ribbon Sheets. G. W. B. recommends making magnesium ribbon into a net of coarse mesh for convenience in burning
and prodiK-Mon of more even illumination \vhen say, using the ribbon
.
506
THE
immsR JOURNAL
PHOTOGRAPHIC ALMANAC,
[1910
in enlarging.
aluminium.
paper over them, the other frame being clamped on top. The lower
free corner of the network may then 'be lighted, and the whole will
"
burn about as fast as a piece of paper.
Cam.," Feb. 1909, p 60
"
B.J.," Feb. 26, 1909, p. 159.
;
AM) PHO'J'OUK.U'HKR
19101
DAJIA COMPANION.
507
PHOTOGRAPHING
III.
VARIOUS SUBJECTS.
Portraiture.
Fireplace Accessory for Firelight Portraits l>y Daylight. L.
Kellogg, in producing by daylight portraits having the effect of
1908, p. 601),
firelight, as described by H. E. Corke ("B.J.A.,"
makes use of an imitation fire-grate placed before a half-open
window and fitted with a pair of mirrors, one of which, 1, reflects
Fig.
Back View
1.
of Fireplace Accessory.
Fig.
Front View
2.
of Fireplace Accessory,
2."
Photography on Tour.
Hand-Camera Shutter and Exposure-Meter. W. Booth has
patented a mechanism whereby the adjustment of the iris
diaphragm of the lens is made in accordance with the subject to
be taken, the shutter being set in accordance with the reading of
an actinometer. The two adjustments are intended to provide for
the correct exposure of the plate without calculation, but it is
necessary for this purpose that the plate should have a sufficient
(usually a very high Ed. ""B.J.A.") degree of sensitiveness.
B.J.A." Jan. 29, 1909, p. 88.
Eng. Pat. No, 28,185, 1907;
'Repacking Plates Exposed on Tour.'W. Thomas points out that
plates are to be repacked after exposure in the box from
which they were taken, the neatest way of removing the outer
when
508
.11910
to cut
it
partouts, stuck round where the cut was made, will join both cover
parts together, and the plates are as secure and safe from injury
as when first received from the makers.
"B.J.," May 28, 1909,
p. 421.
Miscellaneous
Subjects.
Stop
to
Use
in
Night Photography.
H. Wild,
in taking street
scenes by night where arc lights occur in the picture, states that the
good rendering of the lights (freedom from reversal) appears to
depend <n the actual time the plate is exposed without reference to
AND PHOTOGRAPHER
1910]
DAILY COMPANION.
509
the aperture of the lens. Supposing that no more than ten minutes
be given At //ll, it is found that at //8 about the same time
can be given, and very little more than that at //16. "Phot.,"
may
Aug.
Photographing Insects. In a paper on a new form of stereoscopic camera (see "Stereoscopic Photography") Dr. W. Scheffer
describes an attachment for use in making instantaneous exposures
of insects on a large scale (full, half, or one-third size).
The
arrangement is described as being more convenient and equally as
Showing camera
same
size.
THE
510
llRTTISn
JnURVM,
I-H
'
li
\I.M\\" VC.
11)10
the focussing adjustment and the marks on the rod.s into oui.
The camera is held so that the object being photospondence.
graphed lies exactly between the rods. The image will then be
This
sharp and the object will lie in the centre of the image.
arrangement can also be applied to any of the "Palmos" stereoscopic cameras "provided that it has an automatic lens board.
Phot. Rnnd.,
Heft 3, 1909, p. 29; "B.J.," Feb. 19, 1909,
'
p.
135.
Copying.
Prints Wft. Dr. D'Arcy Power recommends copying ;i
bromide print while wet in order to secure better details in thtshadows.
The print is squeegeed under water in contact with a
i^la-ss plate, the surface of the latter dried and polished, and planet
before the camera under an oblique lighting, so that reflections aitthrown away from the lens. Even illumination, is secured by
mirror placed at an angle to the easel on the side opposite the light.
Jf the print has to remain so long on the glass that it may dry it
"
Cam. Craft,"
may be backed with a piece of rubber sheeting.
<'it//i/ing
;i
needed."
Phot.,"
May
Finger-prints in dust.
(a)
On
light
dark background-
1!)K)|
On dark
(l>)
511
by direct
light,
2.
(a)
is
holding
it.
On
3.
"B.J.," July
23, 1909, p.
583.
crinkled,
is
pressed in a printing
rame
in.
312
THE
IIU'ITISU
JOURNAL I'HOTOGH
IMIIc
M. \l\s\r.
[1910
of the original remote from the lens, so that the rays fall upon
the surface at an angle of about 30 deg. A yellow-sensitive plate
is used.
The rays are reflected by the inscription, and the latter
can sometimes be faintly seen on the focussing screen.
In the
negative the inscription is thus obtained in black on a more or less
A very protracted exposure requires to be
transparent ground.
"Bull. Beige," Apr., 1909, p. 152; "B.J.," July 9, 1909,
given.
p. 533.
H-
Fig.
1.
Fig.
2.
The
1910J
AND PHOTOGRAPHER
DAILY COMPANION.
513
Fig.
3.
and their virtual mirror images will be seen. The parallelizer ie now
in azimuth (laterally) till the central pin centrally overlaps
turned
514
[1910
Fig- 4.
picture plane.
finally
and
The
lens
is
replaced in
its
is
critically focussed.
"
Photo Notes,"
1910)
515
To each
being simply laid on a convenient shelf and the open page kept
flat by weighted lengths of silk.
With practice, six exposures may
be made in ten minutes, inclusive of reloading the six dark slides.
"
"
Phot. Mitt.," Heft. 13, p. 195;
B.J.," July 9, 1909, p. 537.
Contact Copies of Plans, etc. E. E. Fournier d'Albe has independently rediscovered the method of J. H. Player, by which copiet,
of plans, etc., which may 'be opaque and printed on both .sides are
copied by placing a sensitive material, sensitive side in contact
516
li
\l.M\NVf.
[1910
with the plan, and exposing to light through the sensitive plaie
or paper.
The image thus obtained is formed by the different
reflective powers of the parts of the plan. Mr. D'Albe calls the process "anastatic photography," an- 1 describes the various ways in
which it can be carried out with photographic plates or papers.
For plates a developer, both giving contrast and acting quickly, is
best e.g., hydroqumone in conjunction with caustic potash, or 1 15
The exposure for the latter should be rather longer. The
rodinal.
normal exposure to light is that which would be required to make
a positive transparency from an average negative on the same kind
"
of plate. The latter should be of the
photo-mechanical" type, on
account of the greater contrast. The fog which is also produced is
removed by short use of a strong reducer, such as Farmer's. It 's
best to make a rather weak impression in the first instance, and let
The requisite contrast can also
it develop right down to the glass.
be obtained by making a second negative from the firstApplying the "anastatic" method to carbon printing, a gelatine
film on a glass plate (a fixed and washed dry-plate) is sensitised in
saturated solution of potass bichromate and allowed to dry in the
It is placed with the film in contact with the drawing and
dark.
exposed through the glass for about thirty minutes in diffused dayHere the soluble parts are on the surface, and necessity for
light.
If
transfer is obviated.
plate in perceptible relief is obtained.
a negative is wished the plate is developed in a mixture of water
and Indian ink.
positive direct from the drawing is produced by using a dryplate soaked for five minutes in 10 per cent, potass bichromate
This is exposed as before by daylight, and developed
solution.
with dilute rodinal. Here the bright portions of the original make
the gelatine more insoluble than the dark portions.
The latter,
therefore absorb the developer and produce a blackening of the silver
salt contained in them.
The positive may be fixed in hypo in the
usual manner.
Printing-out paper does not prove successful with the "anas:
tatic" method.
The bleach-out action of light on primnline may be employed.
(Gelatine-coated^ plates or papers are soaked in primuline solution
and sensitised in
Sodium
is
nitrite.'.
100
Hydrochloric acid
J oz.
7'6 gms.
16'5 c.c.
Water
30 oz.
1000
.->
grs.
c.c.
tive direct.
1910J
AND PHOTOGftAPHKR's
1)AILY
COMPANION.
517
to give a black image with the ferric salt, thus giving a black
positive copy of the drawing.
The author has devised a printing cabinet, serving for the making
of copies from originals, such as illustrations in books, etc., which
are somewhat awkward to handle.
"English Mechanic," Apr. 30,
p. 287; May 14, p. 335; May 21, p. 359; and May 28, p. 383, 1909.
Stereoscopic Photography.
"
American IndusCommercial Stereoscopy. A description (from
tries ") of the machine methods of turning out large quantities of
stereoscopic prints and some notes on the industrial uses of the
prints appear in "B.J.," Apr. 30, 1909, p. 346.
Automatic Stereoscopic Camera. A type of camera for stereowork which may be suggested to camera makers is one in
which the adjustable front is made to work automatically with the
scopic
length
by
^.
amount equal to the maximum separation multiplied ,by
That is to say, when making a quarter full-size image we must reduce the separation by one-fifth, or when making a one-sixth fullsize image we must diminish the separation by one-seventh, which
is nearly half an inch if the
The
original separation is 3| ins.
11910
"
tlis
19101
519
The
It
was made
tion,
View
of the front,
for
wood,
it
at the
maximum
separation.
stands.
520
[1910
means
1910]
521
STEREOSCOPIC PROJECTION.
Stereo Projection by the Pinatype Process. Dr. E. Konig has
worked out suitable dyes for staining transparencies and for the"
"
making
method
one stained with red and the other with green dye. The observer
is provided with a pair of spectacles fitted with red and green
the
glasses, the red image on the screen being observed through
green glass, and lice-versd. In working the process the special dyes
known as "complementary red" and "complementary green" are
employed in making pinatype transparencies from the pair of stereoFor the observation filters the following formulae
scopic pictures.
.
are used
Gelatine
water
Solution of Rapid Filter Red I. (1 40 in water)
The mixture for the green filter is as follows
Distilled
6 gms.
100 c.c.s.
200 c.c.s.
Gelatine
6 gins.
water
Naphthalin green solution, chem. pure
100
Distilled
(1
5-10 c.c.s.
water)
The
c.c.s.
100 in
(for
projec-
522
11910
in
Dixio Stereoscopic Lantern Slides. A. Lockett suggests the application of the Pigeon, or "Dixio," method of stereoscopic observation ("B.J.A.," 1909, p. 563) to projection.
The two stereoscopic
negatives are reduced in the camera on to a single lantern plat*,
'the pair being obtained side by .side.
As in the case of prints for
the Dixio stereoscope, one transparency must be the reverse of the
other. The slide being projected in the ordinary way, the spectator
i.s
provided with a small piece of mirror, which he holds in an
upright position against the nose, pointing the plane of the
mirror towards the central division between the two pictui'es
on the screen. Then, looking at the right-hand picture with the
right eye, the mirror is slightly turned until the reflection of the
left-hand picture falls over the first, thus giving the stereoscopic
effect.
"A.P.," Nov. 17, 1908, p. 468.
Photo- Micrography.
Photo- Micrography with a Reflex Camera. Dr. W. Scheffer
describes a camera of the reflex type especially constructed by the
The arrangement
firm of Carl Zeiss for photo-micrographic work.
allows the operator to adjust both the coarse and fine focussing, the
the
Abbe
stage movements,
illuminating apparatus, and other lighting accessories on the optical bench all with one hand, whilst
"
B.J.,"
watching the effect of this adjustment on the ground glass.
Mar.
and Apr.
16, p. 307.
523
NEGATIVE PROCESSES.
IV.
Brown
insufficient
may
"
p. 126.
PLATE BACKINGS,
Anti-Halation Plate. J. Hauff and Company, of Feuerbach,
have patented the use of ferrocyanide of molybdenum as an antihalation substratum for gelatine plates.
It is formed by coating
the glass plates with a solution containing in 100 ccs. of water 3 gms.
of gelatine, 1'5 gms. of potass ferrocyanide, and 1 gm. of ammonium
molybdate. When this coating has set, it is treated for five minutes
in two per cent, hydrochloric acid, and placed to dry.
It. is
evidently intended that the backing should be removed by the
alkali of the developer, so that if it is found that the process can be
carried out satisfactorily in the factory, the user of these antihalation plates will not be called upon to perform an additional
Ger. Pat. No. 210,057 of Dec. 14, 1907.
operation.
EMULSIONS.
Emulsions. Dr. C. E. K. Mees and S. H.
Wratten have prepared silver acetylide emulsion with the object of
discovering if a latent image is formed on exposure to light. Silver
nitrate solution was precipitated with ammonia and further
ammonia added until the precipitate just redissolved. Five per
cent, of soft gelatine was then added to the solution and acetylene
gas led through the latter in the dark. A heavy crust of the salt
was formed on the surface and a fine-grained emulsion was also
formed. On removing the crust and coating plates with the
emulsion, it was found that the plates were very sensitive to light
(they showed a change in about l-10th the time of printing-out
Silver
Acetylide
39
524
I'llE
BBlXISit
[1910
Orthochromatic Processes.
Properties of Dyes. Dr. C. E. K. Mees and S. H. Wratten
described the methods and apparatus used in measuring absorption
spectra of dyes used for .sensitising plates and for making light-filters
and safe-lights. In the case of dyes for light-filters it is usually
required that a filter should absorb as completely as possible the
region which it is required to absorb, and transmit as completely as
possible the region which it is required to transmit. The degree to
which a dye will do this depends mainly on the sharpness of its
absorption band. The edge of an absorption band which is towards
the red end of the spectrum is nearly always sharp, and such dyes
do not absorb light other than that in their absorption band proper.
A red dye having an absorption band in the yellow-green, or a
yellow dye having an absorption band in the blue, are bright dyes
transmitting the red or green and red portions of the spectrum completely, but if the absorption band faces the other way, as in the
blue and blue-green dyes, it will generally be more gradual, and
there will b a great absorption of the portion of the spectrum which
should be transmitted. This is well shown in the case of the tricolour filters.
The red tricolour filter will transmit about 75 per
cent, of the incident red light, but the best green filter only about
35 per cent, of the incident green light, and a blue filter only about
16 per cent, of the blue light. When examining dyes for use with
filters, the great object is to choose those which have the sharpest
possible absorption and the least residual absorption in other portions of the spectrum.
In making blue
like toluidine-green,
use, although,
The new
filter,
1910]
525
deep red. The rapid filter blue of Hoechst has also the advantage of
being an acid dye, but is of very shallow cut.
For the absorption of the green two groups of dyes are used, the
Fluorescine itself
fluorescines (acid) and the rhodamines (basic).
or uranine a'bsorbs only the blue-green. Rose-Bengal has a sharp
band, with a maximum at 5,600, and is probably the best dye for
the red filter in three-colour work. It is not quite permanent, any
more than most of the dyes mentioned, but will stand full daylight
and sunlight for three months. Rhodamine B is the only dye of this
class of general use, but there is another dye Xylen-red (Hoechst)
which can be taken as belonging to both groups. It is both an
acid and a basic dye, works perfectly with gelatine, and will mix
with the acid dyes. It has the sharpest absorption-band towards
the blue, and makes a nearly perfect minus green dye.
The only yellow dye which absorbs the violet satisfactorily and
yet transmits the ultra-violet is para-nitroso-di-methyl-aniline. TarFilter
trazine absorbs a good deal of ultra-violet, but not all.
absorbs all the ultra-violet except in dilute solution, in
Yellow
which case (for pale filters) picric acid is better, though this cannot
be used if the filter is much exposed to light, as the dye goes brown.
For the absorption of the ultra-violet from 3,900, aesculine is the
only known substance, but if the extreme ultra-violet from 3,600 to
3,000 only need be absorbed, beta-naphthol-di-sulphonic acid is a
more satisfactory substance, and does not darken in light nearly so
quickly.
and
399,
May
"
p.
B.J.," July 23, p. 572; July 30, p. 592; Aug. 6, p. 610; Aug. 1?.
526
[1910
Sensitometry,
H. and D. Photometer.
etc.
Andre Callier
Scattering of Light from the Films of Negatives.
has made elaborate measurements of the extent to which the light
passing through a photographic negative is scattered instead of
continuing in the directions in which it approached the negative.
" Phot.
Journ.," Apr., 1909, p. 200.
1910]
527
A Simple Spectrograph. Chapman Jones, in designing a spectrograph most suitable for the general use of those making tests of
The
plates, etc., prefers the construction shown in the drawing.
instrument consists of a tube, or gutter with a lid, of square,
cross-section 3 ins., the two parts being inclined at an angle of
18 deg. The changing back is at one end and the slit, or series of
slits, at the other, being carried in a brass tube sliding in a thick
cloth-lined tube.
The grating of 15,150 lines to the inch is mounted
in the centre, a lens on either side of it, each mounted in a square
fitting to slide easily into place and to remain in alignment whatever tne position of the apparatus.
The lenses are the ordinary
achromatic combinations as made for field-glasses, 2 ins. in diameter
and about 8 ins. focal length. The slits used are 026 mm.
-
528
[1910
out of doors needed two minutes to reach the standard tint (about
four seconds would suffice on a bright day), from thirty to sixty
seconds. The control given by altering the slit width would in all
The
cases bring the necessary exposures within convenient limits.
instrument is made for ^-plates, but for longer spectra the lens be.
tween the grating and the plate is replaced by one of greater focal
length and the photograph taken by aid of a larger camera.
" Phot.
Journ.," Feb., 1909, p. 110.
and Development.
DEVELOPERS.
Developers
v inner
Pyro
Paramidophenol
Metol
Hydroquinone
Metol-hydroquinone
Hydramine
Adurol
Edinol
Glycin
Eikonogen
Slight
Slight
Slight
Very great
Slight
Slight
Very great
Slight
Slight
Slight
Slight
Very considerable
Very slight
Slight
Very great
Slight
Very
slight
Great
Very
slight
Considerable
Slight
Very slight
Pyrocatechin
Among the developers amenable to reduction of contrast by dilution they place first diamidophenol, pyro, paramidophenol, metol,
glycin, and eikonogen. Those less marked in this respect are hydroquinone, metol-hydroquinone, adurol, edinol, and pyrocatechin.
The effect is less still with metoquinone, and not noticeable at all
with hydramine. In the case of developers which work without
alkali
that is, with sulphite reduction of the sulphite tends to
increase the contrast more markedly in the case of diamidophenol
than in that of metoquinone. On the other hand, more sulphite
or dilution of the developer reduces contrast, the practical method
being to weaken the developer (diamidophenol) with about three
times its bulk of a 5 per cent, solution of anhydrous sulphite of
soda.
For increase
developers
only.
is
adirrol, glycin,
and eikonogen.
"B.J.," Aug.
13, 1909,
627.
AND
1910]
529
BB.
50 ccs.
100 ccs,
2 ozs.
4 ozs.
This keeps well for several months in closed bottles, but there
preparing more than 150 cos. (5 ozs.) at a time.
is
no
object- in
S.
Soda
anhydrous
sulphite, pure,
Hydroquinone
Water, boiled, hot
20 gms.
f oz.
'1
gm.
100 ccs.
grs.
ozs.
Add
altogether (three bottles), which quantity will keep for, at any rate,
three months in regular use without appreciable alteration.
Diamidophenol made up with acid sulphite is a perfect developer
of all brands of plates, tooth extra rapid and ortho-chromatic.
It
is a developer which never gives fog nor stain, and possesses great
of
contrast
or
latitude in use as regards the degree
softness which
may be obtained 'with it, always assuming that development is
This
latter
is
an
absolute
essential
the
in
use of the
thorough.
developer; and those who have not obtained satisfaction in tHe use
of
diamidophenol may be certain that their failure has arisen from
negligence in this matter. With almost all the 'brands of plates the
image should appear quite distinctly on the back of the plate.
Developing in thi* thorough way, up to the point when the image
commences to veil over, there are obtained excellent negatives, the
slight veil which appears towards the latter part of development
completely disappearing in the fixing 'bath. The tendency when
commencing the use of the developer is to stop development too
soon.
In the case of those who employ the two-solution method
given 'below, over- development will not do any harm, whilst curtailed development leaves the negative without its full detail and
The following is the method of working the two-bath
brilliancy.
system. Two developing baths are prepared as follows
:
A.
For over-exposure
Solution S
Diamidophenol
Solution
gives hardness.
8 ccs.
5 gm.
15 ccs.
100 ccs.
-
BB
Water
B.
For under-exposure
Solution S
Diamidophenol
Solution
Water
The negative
BB
^ oz.
8 grs.
^ oz.
ozs.
gives softness.
30
-5
cos.
gm.
24 drops
250 ccs.
1 oz.
8 grs.
24 drops
8| ccs.
If at the end of three to five
placed in A.
minutes no image has appeared, it is placed in bath B, and carefully watched. If the image on its first appearance shows' a
is
first
tendency
THE
530
BfttTlSH
[1910
The following procedure may foe of advantage when a large number of plates are to 'be developed. The bath A given above is made
up, and water added to make a 1,000 c.c.s. (35ozs.) altogether. The
negatives are placed in this weak 'bath, and at the end of five
minutes one or two plates taken out and developed by the two-bath
method already given. By the time these two plates are developed
others will commence to appear in the stand solution. A second
two, those which have come up the most, are then taken and developed in the two solutions, this method being followed until the
whole 'batch has 'been got through. "Photo-Revue," July 4, p. 1;
July 11, p. 10; July 18, p. 18; July 25, p. 25, 1909; "B.J.," July
23, 1909, p. 570.
see
Soda
sulphite anhydrous
Diamidophenol
Soda metabisulphite cryst
Potass bromide
30 gms.
5 gms.
50 gms.
3 gms.
1 oz.
80 grs.
If ozs.
45 grs.
These substances are pounded together with mortar and pestle until
a fine powder is produced, and the mixture is stored in well-closed
The a*bove mixture is dissolved in water,
tubes.
1,000 c.c.s. or 35 ozs.
"
B.J.," Aug. 27, 1909,
"Photo-Revue," Aug. 22, 1909, p. 960;
p. 673.
1909, p. 305.
ccs.
1910]
531
Metol Poisoning.
Lime water
1 oz.
4 ozs.
The lotion may be applied during the day and a salve by night,
covering the parts with a little absorbent cotton and a light bandage
or glove-finger. When the disease arrives at the chronic form, where
the skin peels off and a denuded area exists, the use of a soothing
ointment
is
recommended.
Salve.
Acid salicylic
Acid boric
Powdered starch
15 grs.
1 dr.
2 drs.
1 dr.
Zinc oxide
Petrolatum
2 oz.
If cracks form on the finger ends or the skin remains rough and
scaly, use one of the above salves at night, wash off in the morning,
and after careful drying apply flexible collodion with a email
camel's hair brush. The collodion serves as a thorough protective
during the day and allows one to dispense with bandages, gloveAt night a little ether will remove the collodion prefingers, etc.
paratory to applying the salve. Many chronic cases heal nicely
under flexible collodion alone.
Do not apply the collodion too
thickly, lest it cracks and the cracks extend into the skin. Always
wash off one layer with ether before applying in order to prevent
" Phot.
Times," Apr., 1909, p. 127.
cracking later.
may
Scientifique"),
May
532
[1910
."
or
C. Caustic potash
10 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Water
According to the choice of the
as follows
alkali, the
developer
is
90 grs.
20 ozs.
compounded
A, 3 parts: B, 3 parts
or A, 3 parts
C, 2 parts
Water may be further added to slow down development.
Soc. Fr. Phot.," January 15, 1909, p. 48.
:
"
Bull.
FACTORIAL DEVELOPMENT.
Modified Factorial Development. MM. Lumiere and Seyewetz
have advised a modified method of factorial development. They
commence development with a solution containing little alkali, and,
therefore, giving a longer period before the first appearance.
According to the time of this first appearance they modifiy the
developer and use it for a. greater or less total time. The following .formula answers admirably for the process
30 gms.
260 grs.
A. Pyro
Soda
bisulphite
(commercial solu:
10 c.c.s.
1COO c.c.s.
tion)
Water
B. Soda carbonate (anhydrous)
drs.
20 ozs.
310 grs.
660 grs.
44 grs.
20 ozs.
35 gms.
75 gms.
5 gms.
Water
1000 c.c.s.
water, 90 c.c.s.
A, 10 c.c.s. B, 20 c.c.s.
This is the normal developer, and is the formula which can be
used straight away tor correctly exposed negatives. In order to
accentuate the differences between the times of exposure of plates
which have received varying exposures, only half of the normal
quantity of the alkali B solution is first employed ; that is to say,
the developer is made as follows
A, 1 part B, 1 part ; water, 9 parts.
relative proportions
1910]
533
534
*HB
B&mss
[1910
STAND DEVELOPMENT.
Stand Development with Acid Diamidophenol. G. T. Harris, as
the result of practical trials made to decide between pyro and diamidophenol for tank development on a commercial
Potassium metabisulphite
Potassium bromide
Diamidophenol
as follows
500 grs.
100 grs.
10 grs.
50 grs.
40 ozs.
scale,
recom-
28-5 gms.
5'7 gms.
0-6 gm.
2-8
gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Water
Three dipping-baths were used, each containing 40 ozs. One of
these dipping-baths had 400 grs. of sodium sulphite and 200 grs.
of potassium metabisulphite in place of the quantities given above,
1910]
535
of the plate,
1909, p. 235.
DAYLIGHT DEVELOPMENT.
M. E. Bremner have described a solution to be
used for the simultaneous development and fixation of plates and
papers in daylight. It contains picrate of magnesia, or of soda, as
the colouring agent. A suitable mixture is said to .be as follows
81 parts.
Magnesium picrate
Sodium sulphite (anhydrous)
544 parts.
Sodium hyposulphite (hypo)
250 parts.
125 parts.
Diamidophenol
F. Jeannot and
878
"
DEVELOPMENT MISCELLANEA.
One-Minute Development.
.Harold Baker recommends for portraiture negatives the application of a No. 1 solution for 30 seconds,
followed by treatment with the alkali or accelerator for a further
30 seconds without washing between. The solutions are
:
No.l. Metol
Hydroguinone
Potassium metabisulphite
Potassium bromide
Water
to
Water
drs.
8 drs.
'
2 oze.
4 drs.
100 ozs.
12 ozs.
100 ozs.
If exposure has 'been on the under side the plate may remain for
a shorter time in the No. 1 bath and for longer in No. 2 in order
to secure full density.
This is useful aleo in the case of strong contrasts
time
536
THE
BftlTISti JOtfafcAt
rilOTOUfaAPHiO ALMANAC,
few plates have teen put through this gain in density drops off.
Any No. 1 bath left over may be put away for re-use, but No. 2
must be used fresh for each batch of plates.
The method effects a saving of time and of developer, gives
results with more detail, especially in the shadows, and obviates a
certain amount of retouching. Although not suited for every plate,
it works admirably with the "Zenith," which plate is very
highly
commended by Mr. Baker for .portrait work. "Phot. Scraps,"
"
B.J.," Aug. 6, 1909, p. 609.
Aug., 1909, p. 57;
1910]
537
water.
After=Treatment
Removing Silver
of Negatives.
BEHOVING STAINS.
Stains. A method which,
the negative
is
used with a
as follows
little
The negative
9, 1909, p. 278.
by
sulphite
538
solutions employed
65 grs.
400 mns.
Common
1 oz.
Potassium bichromate
salt
Water
10 ozs.
The negative
immersed
is
washed
Potafsium permanganate
6 grs.
30 mns.
5 ozs.
Water
washed
in
15 gms.
90 c.c.s.
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
till
[1910
is
2-7 gms.
L4 c.c.s.
1000
c.c.s.
6 grs.
8 mus.
3 ozs.
4-3
gms.
5-8 c.c.s.
1000
c.c.s.
Water
The potassium permanganate bleaches out the developer stain, but
leaves in its place a manganese one, and this is removed by the
sulphurous acid.
The negative is now washed for about ten minutes
wa-ter, and then redeveloped with
30 grs.
Metol
90 grs.
Sodium sulphite
1 oz.
Sodium carbonate
10 ozs.
Water
in
running
6-8 gms.
20 5 gms.
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
INTENSIFICATION
and after bleaching is complete it is washed. The bleaching solution keeps well, and after use it should be poured into a bottle,
corked up, and stored for future employment.
The 'bleached negative, after all the bichromate solution has been
washed out of it, is put into a dish containing
15 grs.
6-8 gms.
Sodium sulphite (cryst.)
11-4 c.c.s.
25 mns.
Conct. sulphuric acid
Water
5 ozs.
1000
c,c,s,
1910)
539
tensified in a solution of
Pyrogallic acid
2f grs.
9 grs.
70 grs.
5 ozs.
Silver nitrate
Citric acid
Water
(tap)
1-25 gms.
4-1 gms.
32 gms.
1,000 c.c.s.
REDUCTION.
Reducing by Re-development. R. E. Blake Smith recommends the
following as a method of reduction when it is required to reduce
the darker parts of the negative without affecting the lighter ones.
The negative is bleached in
Potass, bichromate
65 grs.
19-4 gms.
400 mns. 90 c.c.s.
Sulphuric acid, concentrated
1 oz.
salt
100 gms.
10 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
Water to
Ommon
This bath
is
for use.
chloride.
For
permanganate
540
[1910
Metol
15 grs.
45 grs.
oz.
5 ozs.
6-8 gms.
20-5 gms.
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
2, 1909, p. 98.
May
any negative
NEGATIVE VARNISHES.
De-varnishing Negatives.
10 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
Methylated spirit
plate is soaked in this until the varnish has apparently all
A second bath may be then applied for a few minutes, when
gone.
the plate can safely be washed under the tap.
If the plate is to be intensified with mercury, it is better to use
The
1 oz. of
easily
it is
more
Reproducing Negative*.
Quality in Enlarged Negatives. Dr. D'Arcy Power, in an article
on the relative merits, as regards result and convenience, of methods
of making enlarged negatives decides in favour of that in which a
perfect P.O. P. print from the negative (he uses Solio paper) is made,
and, without toning or fixing, enlarged on to a slow plate or thin
bromide paper, which latter is then converted into an ozobrome to
the improvement of its gradation. The untoned and unfixed P.O.P.
print
ifi,
of course,
photographed
by
artificial
light,
preliminary
1910]
541
or a smooth
platino "-bromide paper is used for the enlarged negaIn
tive, and a rather weak developer of the metol class employed.
the case of the impiovement of the paper negative mentioned albove,
the negative enlargement is used to give an o/x>brome which is
by the ozoibrome No. 1, or non-transfer,
developed in contact with it
"
process, using a tissue, or plaster," of engraving black. The result
is found to be a negative of full density in the high-lights, good
shadow detail, and with very little granularity owing to the filling
Dr Power's method is
of the pores of the paper by the gelatine.
probably as cheap as any. "Cam. Craft," Jan., 1909, p. 2.
following ingenious
method
largement. The paper is then washed for aibout two minutes, and,
still unfixed and in the dark room, toned in a uranium toning bath.
White light may be used for an instant <to judge of the progress of
toning. The latter is done in a strong bath ifor aibout five minutes
or for ten minutes in the case of a print with very deep shadows.
Longer will do no harm. The toned print is then washed in several
Water
grs.
10 ozs.
4-6
gms.
lOOOc.c.s.
to the alkali in it), and at the same time develops a negative image
printed on the underlying emulsion by exposure to the magnesium.
"A.P.," Aug.
24, 1909, p. 181.
See also " Contact Copies of Plans,
etc.,"
p.
under
J)r.
"
"
Copying."
E. Stenger gives a
Zeit fur Repro." Mar.,
34.
Film Photography.
542
Tttfe
V.
(ItllU
PRINTING PROCESSES.
POSITIVES DIRECT.
See
"
Contact
Development
will
IQlOj
543
best, platinum paper. The pipe itself is printed towards the bottom
The print having been developed, fixed and dried
of the same sheet.
in the ordinary way, the cloud or smoke effect rising from the pipe
and enveloping the head is etched in with a piece of absorbent
cotton and graphite, being softened off with ordinary soft rubber.
"
"B. J.," May 14, 1909,
St. L. and C. Phot.," Feb., 1909, p. 102.
p. 383.
p.
586.
p. 323.
544
tttE fiftlTIStt
[1910
method
'
1909, p. 280.
FIG.
1.
to combine the negatives in such a way that the joins do not show,
cards of the saw-like pattern shown in Fig. 2 are fixed to each side
of the frame. The printing is done in the shade or under two
thicknesses of tissue paper <pasted over the front of the frame.
FIG.
2.
up the subject
it
is
1910]
545
Plain Paper.
Plain Paper for Black and Brown Tones. Dr. C. Stiirenburg
gives the following formulae
For a paper which shall give a black tone 10 gms. of sodium
phosphate and 20 gms. of gelatine are dissolved in 1,000 ccs. of
water. To this warm solution 10 ccs. of a 5 per cent, solution of
The paper to be used is dipped in
shellac in alcohol are added.
this warm solution and removed and hung up to dry as soon as the
liquid has penetrated it. In place of immersion the solution may be
applied with a brush, and the dried paper can be kept for any
length of time. In order to sensitise it the following silver bath is
:
prepared
Silver nitrate
Boric acid
Potass, chlorate
Water
The paper
120 gms.
10 gms.
20 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
105 grs.
88 grs.
176 grs.
20 ozs.
up
is
to dry.
sensitised in :
Silver nitrate
Lead nitrate
Distilled,
water ..,...,....,,.,.,...,.
15 gms.
15 gms.
24.0 c.c.s.
oz.
| oz.
8 ozs,
546
Ammonia
is
[191C
manent
P.O.P.
P.O.P.
EMULSIONS.
Contrasty P.O.P. Emulsion. A patent of the Chemische Fabrik
auf Action (E. Schering) describes the preparation of a P.O.P.
emulsion suitable for the making of strong prints from very weak
negatives. In place of the chromates or ferricyanides used for such
papers a salt of vanadic or phospho-vanadic acid is used with the
advantage that the paper is white, not of the yellow-brown colour
of emulsions containing the above-mentioned compounds.
The
white paper allows of printing being readily judged. The print is
treated as usual in a toning and fixing bath.
An emulsion may be made by successively stirring in thin streams
of the three following solutions in order into a solution of 150 gms.
of gelatine in 1,400 ccs. of water.
I.
Citric acid
vanadate
35 gms.
3 gms.
150 c.c.s.
2 gms.
chloride
8 gms.
Water
II.
III.
Ammonium
Ammonium
salt)
Water
50
Silver nitrate
Distilled water
50 gms.
200 c.c.s.
in the
(46 to 80 grs.) o<f
c.c.s.
1J ozs.
46 grs.
5J
30
ozs.
grs.
\ oz.
If ozs.
1| ozs.
7 ozs.
"
Eng. Pat. No. 9,275, 1908;
B.J.," Jan.
8, 1909, p. 28.
Emulsion for both Development and Printing-out. W. H. Caldwell has patented the addition to an
ordinary gelatino-bromide or
chloride emulsion derivatives or salts of hydrazme or hydroxylamine,
with the object of providing substitutes for the organic salts of
silver (halogen absorbents) in a print-out emulsion, and at the same
time of allowing of the emulsion being developed in the ordinary
suitable addition
way (presumably with an alkaline developer).
to the prepared and boiled emulsion is neutral hydrazine sulphate,
other
or
oxidisable
sajt of
easily
hydrazine phosphite, sulphite
1910]
Afcl)
547
TONING
P.O.P.
T hiocarbamide,
This toned in six minutes, and did not work so well with addition
"
of a lead salt, which altered the half-tones of the prints.
B.J.,"
Oct. 9, 1908, p. 776.
548
tliiocarbamido compounds are formed in the prints in normal cirThis may not be the case if the bath has taken up
cumstances.
much
silver.
"B.J.," July
The
Hypo
is
the following
Boric acid
300 gms.
50 gms.
Water
lOOOc.c.s. 20 ozs.
6 ozs.
1 oz.
toning action on occasional strengthening with gold chloride soluEder's "Jaihrbuch," 1908, p. 72; "B.J.," Nov. 20, 1908,
tion.
p. 886.
H.
W.
Bennett recommends
the following formulae and method for the preparation and use of a
combined bath giving very rich purple and permanent tones with
Ilford printing-out paper.
Each constituent of the bath will keep in solution .satisfactorily
for
A.
1 Ib.
Hypo
B.
Ammonium
C.
Water to
Lead acetate
Water to make
sulphocyanide
32 ozs.
2 ozs.
8J
oz's.
1 oz.
500 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
57 gms.
230 c.c.s.
28 gms.
230 c.c.s.
8J ozs.
lead acetate should ibe dissolved in very hot water, as nearly
boiling as possible. The solution will be cloudy, and should be
The
Water
E.
Ammonia
3 ozs.
3 drs.
(-880)
85 c.c.s.
10'6 c.o.s.
Water
10 ozs.
280 c.c.s.
prepare the toning bath, take 3 ozs. (85 c.c.s.) of A and
3 drs. (10 c.c.s.) each of B, C, D, and E, and add sufficient water
to make the total quantity up to 10 ozs. (280 c.c.s.).
This quantity
of bath is sufficient for eight whole-plate prints, for fifteen half-
To
it
1910]
549
The minimum time for the prints to remain in the bath should be
twelve minutes. This is most important to ensure perfect fixation,
and, consequently, stability.
Very deep printing is necessary for toning and fixing in this bath.
The tone is judged as the prints lie in the solution, the final
colour being that which they have at the time of being taken
from the bath. "Phot. Scraps," Feb., 1909, p. 11; "B.J.," Feb.
5, 1909, p. 104.
THIOMOLYBDATE TONING.
Harry E. Smith has found
that the thiomolybdates patented 'by 'him for use in sulphide toning
of bromides (see under "Toning Bromides") serve well for the
toning of print-out papers. Prints on these latter are first fixed in
hypo, in which they become a yellowish-brown colour, washed and
then treated with the toning (bath of about
per cent, strength
of thiomoilyibdate.
They are then immersed, after rinsing, in a
Sepia Tones with Thiomolybdate.
cent, bath of
hypo bath.
p. 220.
Ammonia, 0'880
The phosphate-carbonate bath
Ammonium
is
c.c.s.
3 parts.
sol
1 part.
carbonate,
allowed to act for ten minutes, and prints are then put
sol.)
Ammonium
This
600
is
straight into
4 parts.
1 part.
550
[1910
ue
Edmund and
Ed. B.J.A.]
P.O.P.
"
Developer for P.O.P. J. Peat Millar finds that the
Ensynoid"
"
"
of water, or a
Ensynoid
liquid developer, 4 drops in 1 oz.
"
"
Ensynoid tablet
developer made by dissolving one A and one B
Co.,
DEVELOPING
The developer
surface stain, though with markings on the backs.
brings up the prints to full vigour, but the tone after fixing is of
disagreeable greenish colour, which can, however, be modified by
gold toning. "B.J.," July 9, 1909, p. 537.
Carbon Surface on P.O.P. Prints. W. Findlay mentions a precaution that should be taken in using formaline for hardening gela
tine prints which are to be squeegeed on to and stripped from
ground glass. The formaline bath should be given to the prints
immediately before squeegeeing, otherwise, if the print partly dries
before squeegeeing its surface is so altered that it will not assume
the silky carbon-like appearance on stripping from the ground glass.
-"Photo-Era," Jan., 1909, p. 26.
Impure Alum" and P.O.P. A sample of alum found by a correspondent of the B. J." to cause pronounced eating out of the highlights of a P.O.P. print, which had been toned in the separate gold
and sulphocyanide baths, whilst in the case of a print toned in the
combined (bath the image was almost removed, was found to be contaminated with iron salt. The iron existed in both the ferrous and
ferric states, the latter no doubt giving rise to the reducing action.
-"B.J.," July 16, 109, p. 546.
Collodion P.O.P.
Platinum-Gold
".
551
1910]
Here the prints remain at least 8 minutes, during which time they
attain a pure black tone.
They are finally washed for an hour or
"Phot. Bund.," Heft. 15, 1909, p. 184; "B.J.," Aug. 27,
ore.
1909, p. 668.
Water bath
sec.
say 1 miin.
sec.
say 2 min.
min.
30
sec.
say
sec.
say 2 min.
Development
Fixing
Washing
Total
6 min.
it is
is
eec.
off
TTTE BRITISH
552
removal
to the speed of fixing, the print is ready for
there is only one
almost immediately, so that working in this way
two
minutes
than
print at a time in the hypo bath. Longer washing
this brief period
does not in any way injure the print, but
because every
described by the makers as sufficient, not, we imagine,
is removed in this time, but for the reason
minute trace of
Owing
hypo
of a
that the developed silver image is unaffected by faint residues
This claim is certainly confirmed by the
fixing salt in the paper.
well-known immunity of properly "xed bromide prints to hypo which
By dipping an unis left in them owing to a very brief washing.
the fixing bath the great solubility
developed piece of "Ensyna" in
disof the emulsion will be seen from the almost instantaneous
the sheet of paper to
appearance of the yellow colour. On allowing
lie in the air the portion dipped in the fixer will show no discolorawith the unimmersed portion.
tion, excapt at the line of junction
Here the local excess of silver causes decomposition and separation
of silver sulphide, but the test shows the rapidity of action of the
what one would expect from the great
fixing bath and bears out
solution.
"B.J.," Dec. 11,
solubility of silver phosphate in hypo
1908, p. 951.
"
Vigorous
of
It
B.J.," Jan.
1,
1909, p. 4.
AND VkOTOGkAPilER's
l9iOj
Mar.
is
obtained.
553
brown tone
DAlltf COHl'ANlO.V.
If
G. Bailey and T. J.
for the
A. D. Weit
points out that omission to use fresh developer for each print as
solution of potasdirected by the makers may give rise to stains.
sium bromide and potassium ferricyanide bleached the prints, and
on re-development with metol-hydroquinone they were restored to
their original chocolate colour, but minus the purple stains.
They
had lost slightly in depth, so the method would seem to be a safe
way .to reduce an over-developed print, as well as to get rid of
etains.
"Phot.," Feb.
9, 1909, p. 110.
to Brown.
F. Airey
Purple
Changing "Ensyna" Prints from
"
"
print can be converted
Ensyna
kettle is arranged
very simply.
so as to send out a good jet of steam, and the finished print, which
must be perfectly dry, is -held in this jet an inch or two from the
spout for about thirty 'seconds. The print must be kept moving the
whole time, and if the kettle is on a fire the print should be protected from the dry heat as much as possible.
The process is
Brown tone
effective, even after the prints have been mounted.
"
Printing Out
Ensyna." J. Peat iMillar finds that "Ensyna"
paper printed-out to full vigour under a strong negative gives a
Used ia this way the paper gives soft results,
satisfactory print.
and is, therefore, of service in taking a print from a hard negative.
to
be deep, as there is a loss of vigour in the
Printing requires
fixing bath, into which the print is placed direct from the frame.
The colour of prints so made is a good brown. "B.J.," July 9,
1909, p. 537.
"
Ensynoids
P.O.P."
"
as a Developer of P.O. P.
See under
"
Developing
554
THfi BfelflSa
P.
produced by development are those of gold-toned P.O.
is made up from the following stock solution
7 gms.
Metol
i oz.
3 ozs.
85 gms.
Acetic acid B.P
20 ozs.
570 c.c.s.
Water to make
For use with ordinary negatives 1 oz. of this stock solution is diluted
1
oz.
is
diluted
with water to 20 ozs. For extra contrast the
only to
effects
The developer
Metol
Citric acid
Water to make
i oz.
oz.
20 ozs.
7 gins.
7 gms.
570
is
c.c.s.
produced,
1910]
555
fixes very rapidly in a bath of hypo containing onethe weight of hypo of metabisulphite, and need not toe washed
"
for a longer time than half-an-hour.
B.J.," July 30, 1909, p. 5y9.
The paper
sixtih
stored.
H.
"Ensyna" and
"
"
new paper, invented by Mr. B. J. Edwards,
Wisto
Paper.
has appeared upon the market under this name. It is of gaslight
rapidity, and the faint image produced by a few seconds' exposure
to daylight is developed by about two or three minutes' immersion
in a solution made ^y dissolving the special salt supplied by the
maker. The image appears first as a pale lavender-grey, which
changes to a bright red, further development then causing the tone
to change first to a warm, and next to a cold, sepia.
A considerable range of colours is thus obtained, there being a certain correct
exposure for a print of correct depth and given colour, but if for a
certain colour, say cold sepia, the period of development (as a
result of insufficient exposure) gives an over-dense print, a weak
Farmer's reducer of hypo and ferricyaaide will bring back the print
to a proper depth without perceptibly altering the colour.
"B. J.,"
July 23, 1909, p. 578.
BEOM1DE PAPERS.
Tentative Development of Bromide Paper. T. H. Greenall recommends the following method for dealing with bromide exposure*
which may not be correct. The colour of the print will vary in the
case of the longer exposures towards a brown-black, but, as regards
gradation, exposures of five and thirty seconds respectively will give
prints almost equal.
Tne solutions used are as follows
:
A.
Pyrocatechin
Sulphite of soda
Potass, metabisulphite
Potass, bromide
Potass, carbonate
Water
60 grs.
120 grs.
24 grs.
-20 grs.
300 grs.
20 ozs.
6-8
gms.
13-7 gms.
2-7 gms.
2-3 gms.
34-0 gms.
1000
c.c.s.
40
556
This solution
B.
may
[1910
be used repeatedly.
80 grs.
320 grs.
Eikonogen
Soda sulphite
Water
^20
ozs.
9-1
gms.
36-5 gms.
1000
c.c.s.
M. G. Underberg
strongly re-
commends
S^SolutionS*
v;gi
Diamidophenol
Solution
BB*
oz.
8 grs.
85 to 135
miiis.
Water
to
make
ozs.
15
c.c.s.
0'5
gm.
5 to 8
100
c.c.s.
c.c.s.
1910]
557
Water
20 ozs.
570 c.c.s.
not be used more than once, otherwise its regularity of
action in a certain time cannot be depended upon.
The advantage of the method lies in the fact that the shadows of
the print are reduced to a greater extent than the high-lights, the
more delicate tones thus being preserved. The colour of the print,
too, remains unchanged.
"Phot.," Oct. 6, 1908, p. 449.
Prints in Greasy Ink from Bromides. See " Miscellaneous Printing Processes."
It should
GASLIGHT PAPERS.
Prints in Numbers of Regular Black Tone. Dr. G.
Hauberrisser,
as the result of experiments made to find a means of
preventing a
gaslight developer from giving prints of imperfect colour after
40*
558
[1910
use for one or two sheets of paper, has found that the addition of
a few drops of tribasic sodium phosphate solution is an effective
"
aid.
Tula " or other
Using edinol single solution developer and
gaslight paper, a few drops of 10 per cent, tribasic sodium phosphate solution after each print had been developed was found to
keep the developer in proper condition to give a" good black tone,
the time of development remaining practically the same.
The
time which a print takes to come up may be taken as an indication
whether the developer does or does not require a little of the phosphate solution. Eder's "Jahrbuoh," 1908; "B.J.," Nov. 20, 1908,
p. 887.
and very
As the
prints are exposed they are placed in the following solution at normal temperature (60 degs. to 65 degs. F.)
:
Pyrocatechin
Hydroquinone
Sulphite of soda
Citric acid
Potass, br mide
Potass, carbonate
Water
2 grs.
2 grs.
20 grs.
2 grs.
013 gm.
1 gr.
0-065 gm.
20 grs.
6 ozs.
1-3
gm.
170
c.c.s.
0-13 gm.
0'13 gm.
1.3 gm.
shadows
Eikonogen
:
100 grs.
11-4 gms.
600 grs.
68-4 gms.
20 QZS.
1000 c.c.s.
This solution may be used repeatedly, provided the prints are
alwa-vs rinsed as they are transferred to it.
As to the proper
Sulphite of soda
Water
1910]
559
moment
Harold Baker mentions that a gasin the acid fixing bath for from twelve to fourteen
hours will assume a tone resembling that of a gold-toned P.O.P.
"Phot. Scraps," Oct., 1909; "B.J.," Oct. 8, 1909, p. 785.
if left
light print
SULPHIDE TONING.
Dry Sulphide Toning. It is suggested that the use of bromine
vapour might be used as a method of toning dry prints, its bleaching action
'being
followed
by the
application
of
sulphuretted
This pair of substances in solution provides an excellent toning process, no washing between bleaching and darkening
being necessary. The process, either wet or dry, might be made
workable in conjunction with a rotary developing and fixing plant.
"B.J.," Feb. 5, 1909, p. 98.
hydrogen
gas.
560
[1910
Colourless commercial crystals of soda sulphide were found to contain 97-6 of the real sulphide cryst (Na 2 S 9H 2 0). In practice a solution should be used not much weaker than 1% of real (anhydrous)
sulphide, i.e., one made as follows
:
cryst.
Water
300 grs.
20 ozs.
33 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
slow
is very
absolute
300 grs.
95 grs.
20 ozs.
Potass, ferricyanide
Ammonium
bromide
Water
34-8 gms.
10-8 gms.
1000
c.c.s.
wash injurious.
As sulphide deteriorates
in
(1)
colder
(2)
in the shadows.
of incipient solution of the bleached image with
re-precipitation in the sulphuretting solution, a faint yellow image
remaining in the gelatine.
The phase of complete solution of the bleached image, leaving
(4)
only the residual image of development in the gelatine.
(3)
The phase
The change
is
a.ir
1910]
phide bath.
chose of
1%
with solution of
561
than with
THE BRITISH
562
JOtTRNAI,
PHOTOOEAPHIO ALMANAC,
[191C
producing them.
"Phot.," Dec.
Mar.
THIOMOLYBDATE TONING.
Smith gives the
1909, p. 606.
The patent
specification of Harry E.
which appeared in the "Almanac" for
"
Eng. Pat No. 22,218, 1907.
B.J.," Nov. 6, 1908,
Thiomolybdate Toning.
directions,
p. 853.
see
1910]
A.
Hydroquinone
Potass, metabisulphite
Potass, bromide
Water
B.
Ammonium
carbonate
Water
mixture
two
563
160 grs.
90 grs.
20 grs.
10 ozs.
1000
1 oz.
10 ozs.
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
36-5 gms.
20'5 gms.
4-6 gms.
c.c.s.
developer.
is
With two parts A, one part B, and one part water development
With two
slower, and we can stop at a light red-brown tone.
parts
is
development
is
potass, .ferricyanide
1909, p. 231.
Some further notes on the
>C.
W.
iSomerville
recommends for
Ammonium
carbonate
(saturated
tion)
Copper sulphate
Potassium ferricyanide
solu1 oz.
30
10 grs.
25 grs.
0-65 gm.
c.c.s.
1-6
gm.
Ferric chloride
Oxalic acid (saturated solution)
Vanadium chloride (pure)
Nitric acid
Water
to
make....
1 gr.
0-065 gm.
60 ms.
2 grs.
3J
5ms.
| oz.
c.c.s.
0-13 gm.
03
c.c.
14 c.c.s.
564
Then
[1910
Potassium ferricyanide
1 gr.
065 gm.
14 c.c.s.
Water to make
A oz.
Tone from one to two minutes; the longer the immersion the
Wash ten minutes and immerse in hypo bath
lighter the green.
The formula
Ammonia alum
Potass,
is
.
(10 per cent, solution)
ferricyanide (10 per cent, solu.
tion)
50 ms.
2-8 c.c.s.
10
30
12
rns.
0-6
c.c.s.
grs.
1-9
gm.
Potass, oxalate
Ammonia iron alum
Hydrochloric acid
2$ grs.
0'8 grn.
0-16 gm.
Water
l"oz.
28
grs.
c.c.s.
The
discussing methods by which to obtain with bromide paper t/wooolour effects such, as those produced by multiple-gum or gum and
platinum, gives the preference to the two following methods
(1) Toning the whole print to sepia with mercury and platinurnchloride, and then producing local toning (to a rich black) with
amidol developer applied with a brush ; (2) local bleaching as for
the sulphide process, washing, and conversion of the partially
bleached iprint into an ozobrome by the non-transfer or No. 1
method. Owing to the absence of metallic silver in unbleached
portions no pigmented gelatine is thrown down at these points.
Tlhe ozobrome is washed and dried, and the bleached area re- deve:
1910]
565
(Heft
"
Contact Copies of
p. 12.
W. Ermen
Let us
by the ozobrome method
suppose that we have an open landscape, in which there is a blue
sky with white clouds, green hills, water, ships and beach. Make
a good bromide print of this, and after
washing thoroughly, rinse
in dilute formaldehyde, and allow to dry.
The sand, and any other
portion of the picture which is wanted yellow, is carefully washed
over with a brush just moistened in ozobrome stock solution until
in obtaining multi-colour effects
566
[1910
bleached, and the print then flooded with water, so that the excess
of solution is washed off without damaging the rest of the print.
The whole print IB next treated with marine blue ozobrome tissue,
which gives us the landscape all in blue, except the sand, which is
leit bare of pigment.
'Ihe print must now be dried again, to
enable the newly deposited gelatine to stand the next processes.
When quite dry, take a tine camel-hair pencil just moistened with
a strong developer, and go over all the portions of the print that are
required black, such as the hulls of ships or rocks. \Vith a weaker
developer clouds may also have their shadows slightly emphasised.
For the production of greens we proceed in the same manner,
only using sodium sulphide solution ot the ordinary toning strength.
The yellowish tone of this combines with the blue pigment deposited
The tone of green
to give just the dull green required for grass.
can be modified at will by varying the amount of sulphide applied,
and can be shaded off to the blue of the distance without any
difficulty.
June
1910J
56?
10 gms.
10 gms.
10 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Potass. b chromate
Potass, ferricyanide
Potass, bromide
:
Water
The
picture
is
then
"developed"
in
water
at
88 grs.
88 grs.
88 grs.
20 ozs.
from
105
to
125
Ozobrome.
for
Enlarged
Negatives.
See
under
"Reproducing
Negatives."
Gum -Bichromate.
Nelson K. Cherrill has devised a modification
of the @um process, using in place of .gum the arabin or gummic.
acid obtained by precipitation -from gum solutions with acid and
He also employs 'pigment 'perfectly freed from grease, the
spirit.
need if or this freedom and the use of the gummic acid being based
on the theory that in the development of the gum print the parts
rendered insoluble by light form a membrane through which the
Arabin Process.
b68
ALitAfrAO,
[1910
wrapped
Arabin
..................
----
CM
20 gms.
2 gius.
40-75
'
c.c.s.
(See later).
This will be very frothy for several hours ; stir until froth suband filter through a muslin bag. The filtrate is the liquid
to be mixed with the pigment and .bichromate in making the
sides,
sensitising liquid.
129.
Water
..............................
Gelatine ............................
Potash alum ........................
The
10 ozs.
^ oz.
200 c.c.s.
10 gms.
10 grs.
0-45
gm.
1910]
569
1909, p. 654.
Gum-Platinum Printing.
gum
solution.
" A.
P.," Mar.
2, 1909,
The
p.
197.
Oil Process.
570
[1910
solution, mixed with four times its volume of water, the bromide
As soon as the transfer
print meanwhile soaking in plain water.
paper is limp it is placed for ten seconds in the following solution
:
Hydrochloric acid
Common
salt
Water
'.
drachm
550 gca.
25 ozs.
3-5 c.c.s.
35 gms.
700 c.c.s.
1910]
on a glass
slab,
Common
it.
The
salt solution is
in
solution)
1 oz.
salt
20 ozs.
Water
571
salt
50 gins.
1000 c.c.s.
Transfer paper and bromide print are kept in contact -for from 5 to 15
minutes. The progress of bleaching can be seen by holding the two
papers up before a fairly strong light. When it is seen that the
image is completely bleached the two papers are separated under
water, washed for a few minutes, and the transfer paper then pre-
A formula
into
a,
'bromoil
is
Potass ferricyanide
Potass bromide
Potass bichromate
Ammonia alum
Hydrochloric acid (10 per cent, solution).
Water
This
2 grs.
9 grs.
9 grs.
2-3
gms.
10-3 gms.
10'3 gms.
18 grs.
20'5 gms.
20 drops 30 c.c.s.
2 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
minutes.
572
that
is,
[1910
keeps the
of the
acid solution per ounce is sufficient for a soft gelatine paper, or 20
drops per ounce for the hardest. Addition of acid thus will correct
a .paper which takes ink too readily, and, further, a soft, delicate
print is -best ibleached with a minimum of acid ; a strong overdone
one, with a maximum.
At a lower temperature than 80, say 60 to 65 F., the bleaching
action takes place, but the bromoiling effect is greatly inferior.
[Five drops
When
least.
The finished print should be kept in a place free from dust for a
day or two, if convenient, for a week, so that the ink may become
thoroughly hard and dry. The whites or lightest tones of the print
will improve on drying, and the parts which when wet appeared as
blank white spaces, devoid of detail, will show much less white and
with a good indication of form.
1910J
5*73
As soon as the ink has ceased to be " tacky " it may be protected
by varnishing. The best of all is celluloid varnish. Used elightly
thinner than that usually sold, it can be poured over the unmounted
print pinned to a board or piece of card, just as if it were a negative.
In an hour or two the varnish will be quite dry, and the print will
now bear a considerable amount of handling, and may be mounted
either with any of the various pastes sold for the purpose, or, better
"Phot. Scraps," Mar., 1909,
still, by the dry-mounting process.
p. 19.
is
may be
bromoil solution.
When
Pig.
1.
Inking.
ing.
574
[1910
at the toe of the 'brush press on the paper first and bend and spread
a little before the heel of the brush comes down. One soon finds
that quick, smart touches produce contrast and detail ; very gentle
smudging dabs give softness, reduce the sharpness of detail, or even
obliterate
When
"
it.
Fig. 2.
"
Hopping."
1910]
575
Very suitable inks are those of Frank HorseJl and Co., " Leeds,
being "those of good quality for half-tone printing. The
Congo
black
may be mixed with some burnt umber to give a fine sepia;
or raw sienna, sometimes with a small addition of blue, will produce
a good greenish-brown, which on ivory (cream) paper gives a sugThese few varieties of ink are amply
gestion of old parchment.
sufficient.
The
easily damaged surface of the bromoil may be safely procelluloid varnish as used for negatives.
This allows of
prints being dry-mounted, a shellac varnish being inadmissible for
of
varnish
this method
must on no account be put
mounting. The
tected
by
Simplified Formulae.
Amidol
Sodium
9 grs.
0-6
gm.
300 nins.
18 c.c.s.
formula)
4 ozs.
113 c.c.s.
Water, boiled to make
This is used repeatedly, and keeps in igood working order for two or
three weeks.
The time needed to get relief in the acid bath is usually about
minutes, some matt papers requiring up to ten minutes. White
light may be used in the dark room as soon as the print is in the
five
576
[1910
The image
before pigment/ing is a fairly visible yellowfollowing papers have answered well with the process
Wellington's platino-matt, special smooth, and cream crayon
Griffin's bromoil; Paget's matt, cream crayon, rough white, cream
crayon card, and satin. One of the easiest papers to get relief on
is Paget's cream crayon, one or two minutes in the acid bath being
acid bath.
The
green.
it.
black,
mixed when
Simplified Bromoil. The Ozobrome Company have issued directions for a simplified method of converting a bromide print so that
The
it will retain greasy ink in proportion to the silver deposit.
bleaching bath consists of
:
1 part
5 parts
4 parts
The hydrochloric acid solution is made by diluting 2 drs. (fluid)
of 'hydrochloric acid pure (sp. gr. 1-16) to 25 ozs.
The bromide print
is placed in the above
bleaching bath, and becomes in 1 to 3 minutes
a faint yellow-ibrown in colour. It is then placed direct in a fixing
bath of
Water
Water
20
Hypo
Liq. ammonia
2 ozs.
ozs.
1 dr.
(fl.)
1,600 c.c.s.
160 gtns.
10 c.c.s
where
it
bleach.
If
the bleaching
is
it is
an indica-
in
1910]
577
a
Photogravure Effects with Bromoil. C. H. Hewitt describee
of taking an impression on plate paper (as used for photobromoil print. The latter
gravure) in a press from a freshly-made
is damped on the bacK, laid on the bed of the press on a sheet of
cardboard cut exactly to the size of plate-mark required. Over the
the
print a mask of thin paper is placed, the opening showing
amount of picture required. The plate paper to receive the impression is now laid over the whole and a pull taken as in ordinary
The ink leaves the gelatinised paper and.
copperplate printing.
method
adheres in
full detail to
2, 1909,
p. 199.
Platinum Printing.
Improving Platinum Prints.
Blue Prints.
Leslie Truss, in place of "developing" ferro-pruspaper in water, recommends the following on account of the
greater brilliancy, clearness of the high-lights, and good detail.
The negative print (i.e., undeveloped), which should be slightly
darker than is usually necessary, on being removed from the frame
must 'be first bleached for about five minutes in the following
siate
Water
Liquid ammonia 0'880
8 ozs.
40 mns.
225
c.c.s.
2*4 c.c.s.
The ammonia should be added just previous to use and after immersion. The print will foe found to be a pale grey positive
this
;
Water
200 grs.
8 ozs.
13 gms.
225 c.c.s.
578
[1910
Dissolve:
Glue
Water,
8 ozs.
to
make
16 ozs.
225 gms.
450 c.c.s.
Add:
Gelatine (dissolved
2 ozs.)
in
water to make
Ferrous sulphate
Glycerine
The second is
1 oz.
30 gms.
^ oz.
15 gms.
15 c.c.s.
oz.
Gelatine (Coignet's,
1 Ib.
Is. Ib.)
Water
Size powder
Iron alum (ferric, ammonium sulphate)
Water
pints
1 Ib.
.
1J ozs.
1 pint
450 gms.
2550 c.c.s.
450 gms.
42 gms.
570 c.c.s.
Dissolve the gelatine in the water, then add the size powder.
Dissolve the alum in the water, then add to the glue solution gradu"
"
If the
ally, stirring all the time.
graph smells unpleasantly, a
little oil of cloves may be added.
The composition is melted by standing in hot water and then
poured on to the slab for printing as soon as it has set, as described
above. After use it can be remelted and used again, but a little
new composition should always be added. It will be seen that the
process is quick, easy, and cheap. "B.J.," May 7, 1909, p. 364.
1910]
579
Molybdenum for Extra-Sensitive "Blue" Paper. See "Molybdenum Printing Papers," under " Miscellaneous Printing Processes."
Ferro-gallic in
Copies of Plans,"
Making
etc.,
See
"
Contact
Prints
on
4 ozs.
4 ozs.
Water
The paper
immersed in
to
is
to dry.
Cadmium bromide
Barium
1 gr.
i gr.
10 grs.
10 grs.
chloride
Sugar
Water, impregnated with camphor
Camphor
Take
in
aqueous solution
may
ibe
1 oz.
had
0'065 gm.
0'032 gm.
0-65 gm.
0-65 gm.
30 c.c.s.
of the apothecary.
flat,
580
[1910
When dry
for & minute or two, then hang up to dry.
it is ready for the sensitiser
B. Nitrate of silver
100 grs.
6-5 gms.
4 grs.
Citric acid
0-26 gm.
Nitrate of uranium
60 grs.
3-9 gms.
2 ozs.
Distilled water
60 c.c.s.
15 c.c.s.
Alcohol
oz.
Let
it lie flat
Ji
quickly, but not too near the heat. Expose until the image
faintly visible, about as in a platinum print.
The developer consists of
Dry
is
Pyro
4 grs.
Citric acid
1 drm.
8 ozs.
Water
The development
is
0-26 gm.
0'52 gm.
grs.
3'6 c.c.s.
225
c.c.s.
it
FlXING-BATH.
Hypo
Alum
Fixing
8 ozs.
2 drms.
15 gms.
225 c.c.s.
8 gms.
min<uites.
The
50 grs.
8 ozs.
3-2 gms.
oz.
Water
is
now placed
Alum
is
in
Water
225
c.c.s.
Molybdenum
Printing
Papers.
The
Neue
it
Photographisohe
Gesellschaft has patented (Ger. pat. No. 206,320, May 9, 1907) the
use of molybdenum compounds for the making of papers intended
for copying plans, etc.
The papers are developed after exposure
to light by means of a ferricyanide which forms, with the molybdomolybdate produced, an insoluble, stable, highly coloured image.
Eighteen gms. of molybdenum trioxide are added to a solution of
20 gms. of oxalic acid in 400 c.c.s. of water ; by crystallisation a
mixture of oxalic acid and molybdic acid is 'produced, which can
ibe coated on
For blue tones the developer may contain
paper.
ferric chloride, potassium ferricyanide, and oxalic acid
for brown
tones uranium, nitrate ; and for red tones copper sulphate is substituted (for
The sensitiveness of ferrothe_ ferric chloride.
prussiate papers is increased by addition of molybdic acid; thus
be
in
immersed
a
solution
of 3 gms. of molybdic-oxalic
paper may
acid mixture, 2.5 gms. of potassium ferricyanide, 0.5
gin. of oxalic
acid, 1 gm. of sodium chloride, 12 gms. of ferric ammonium citrate,
and 3 gms. of gelatine in 100 c.c.s. of water. After exposure to light
these papers are developed by water.
;
1910]
581
"
" Askau
Pigment Prints. A process has been worked out in
Germany by J. Rieder in which use is made of caoutchouc and
The Pepper
Process.
W. W. Wall
by which a
may
means of powder
A. White pepper
Ceramic Photographs.
the use of sensitising solution of honey or other sugar, nitre-cellulose dissolved in ether or acetone with alcohol or other liquid
capable of rendering the ether or acetone miscible with water, and,
This sensitising solulastly, ammonium or potassium bichromate.
tion is used as a basis for the dusting-on process.
Eng. Pat., No.
382.
24,214, 1907; "B.J.," May 15, 1908, p.
CATATYPE PRINTING.
Methods of Catatype Printing. A review 'by Dr. E. Stenger
of the stages in the development of the catatype printing process,
and a description of the manipulation of the materials supplied
"
Moderne Photographische Kopierverfahren," published
appears in
by W. Knapp. "B.J.," Aug. 20, p. 647, and Aug. 27, p. 669,
1909.
iS.
582
[1910
graph to be attached
is
leaf of
The
1910]
583
p. 928.
later article
1909, p. 325.
by G. W. Morgan appears
in
Dry-Mounting.
to
tlhe
mounting
p.
964.
Enlarging.
Vertical Enlarger with Supplementary Lenses.
Dr. H. D'Arcy
Power records the great convenience of a vertical or skylight type
of enlarger, in which the negative is laid on a horizontal shelf
(fixed), the lens mounted on a similar fixed shelf (A in Fig. 1), and a
series of shelves provided below for different scales of enlargement.
The same lens is used throughout, but is combined with a positive
supplementary lens (shortening- the focus), when a lesser degree of
enlargement is required than that which the lens alone will give
within the limits of the apparatus. Thus, in the case of a 7-inch
584
lens placed 8
floor
[1910
an enlargement
Fig.
Fig. 2.
1.
table gives the spectacle lenses required, the distances from leas
to sensitive paper (for sharp focus), and the magnifications thus
obtained
Distance to
Lens.
7-inch
7-inch
7-inch
7-inch
7-inch
7-inch
7-inch
lens
lens
lens
lens
lens
lens
lens
alone
plus 0'12
plus 0-25
plus 0'50
plus 1-00
plus 1-25
plus 2-00
spectacle
spectacle
spectacle
f-pectacle
spectacle
spectacle
Paper Shelf.
lens
lens
lens
lens
lens
lens
inches
inches
inches
inches
26J inches
2l inches
16 J inches
41J
38
34
29
Magnification.
4 diameters.
3 diameters.
3j!f diameters.
2 diameters.
2 diameters.
2 diameters.
1| diameters.
Deck
1910]
585
is first
and the enlargement focussed. The gradation negative is then inserted and trial strips of bromide paper exposed across the numbered
bands of the gradation negative, giving a series of seven exposures,
each double the preceding, from 10 to 640 seconds. The strip is
developed and fixed, and the number produced at each exposure
noted. As these strips will show a series of density numbers, it
will be clear that under the working conditions at the time the
exposure for a negative found to have a density number of 14 will
be that required to produce No. 14 on the test strip. If the scale of
the enlargement is changed 'allowance must be made for the fact.
"Aust. Phot. Journ.," Nov. 20, 1908, p. 322.
Focussing Enlargements Near to Easel. W. Pollock has patented
a gear mechanism providing an adjustable rod affixed to the rack
and pinion of the camera. This latter may be actuated from the
other end of the rod, which is close to the easel, and thus allows
of the enlargement being
focussed whilst the operator closely
examines it. Eng. Pat. No. 21,328, 1908. " B.J.," Jan. 8, 1909,
p. 28.
Sensitometry.")
586
[1910
IV."
Lantern Slides.
Lantern Slides Direct in the Camera.
A. Metol
Hydroquinone
Sodium sulphite
Potassium bromide
Water
B. Sodium carbonate (crystals)
Water
24grs.
90 grs.
2 ozs.
40 grs.
30 ozs.
2 ozs.
30 ozs.
1-8 gms.
6-8 gms.
65-0 gms.
3-0 gms.
1000
c.c.s^
65 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
For
it is
is
qualities.
The exposed
and
plate
is
1910 j
587
3drs.,fl.
Water
40 ozs.
9 3
c.c.s.
1,000 c.c.s.
Two or three minutes' immersion o>f the plate in this solution will
wipe out the densest silver image. The plate, having been well
swilled again for one minute after removal from the bichromate
bath, is ready for re-exposure and re-development.
Since during the re-exposure the plate must be exposed in the
developer glass side up, provision must be made that the film itself
does not come into contact with the bottom of the developing dish.
minutes,
will
be complete.
Fix in an
588
[1910
Fig.
1.
which
*
is keeping the page taut and flat against the surface of the
The copying-board as described is supplied to order by Messrs. Butcher and
Curnow, Blackheath.
589
1910]
Fig.
2.
As regards
mask if the
binding,
adhesive ibinding.*
"
it is
B.J.," July
9, 1909, p. 528.
Iodine
Water
to
2 gms.
100 c.c.s.
make
*
Dry adhesive binding is supplied by
Taurus, Germany. ED. "B.J.A."
J.
Neubronner and
30 grs.
3j ozs.
Co., Cronberg-on-
41*
590
[1910
one-tenth of
its
volume
solution.
The exposure
Increasing the Power of Limelight. C. E. iS. Phillips draws attention to a very simple method of increasing the power of limelight,
and his expedient may at times be very useful. He simply puts
an incandescent mantle over the lime. "B.J." (from "Nature"'),
Nov. 20, 1908, p. 882.
Douglas Carnegie reports that tests made with both hard and
soft limes with and without an incandescent mantle showed no
measureable improvement produced 'by the latter. " B.J.," Mar. 12,
1909, p. 206
CINEMATOGBAPH.
Non-flammable Cinematograph Film.
1910]
591
Cinematography in Natural Colours. Q. Albert Smith, in conjunction with the Chw. Unban Co., has worked out a method of
cinematographic projection in natural colours, which was rery successfully demonstrated before the Boyal Society of Arts on December 9. The method employed is a development of the additive process, except that Smith uses only two filters, a red and a violet, in
making and projecting his colour records. Commercial cinematographic film is bathed in a dye bath to give it the necessary coloursensitiveness. The filters are mounted as sectors in a rotating disc,
a similar disc 'being used in the projecting machine.
Thirty-two
pictures, sixteen for each sensation, are taken per second, and are
combined in the eye of the observer when projected on the screen.
The results shown were remarkably good, and several cinematographic renderings of scenes which in the quiescent state had been
photographed on Autochrome plates "showed the range of colours
Journ. Soc. Arts," Dec. 11,
rendered on the two-colour system.
1908, p. 70; "B.J.," Dec. 18, 1908, ip. 960.
Capt. W. N. Lascelles Davidson has patented a modification of the
two-colour method of cinematography in colours by additive projection, the essential part of the invention being the use of colour
filters travelling over the band of sensitive film (at the time of
exposure) or with the positive film (at the time of projection) at
about the same rate.
Instead of employing a revolving shutter fitted with, say, red and
bluish-green colour screens as described in Patent No. 26,671, 1906,
there is used a length (preferably an endless band) of multi-coloured
film, which is caused to travel in any suitable manner with, or at
about the same speed as, the colour-sensitive film, the band of film
being so coloured or dyed that the respective colours thereon are the
size of each of the series of pictures exposed through the colour
screens throughout the <film.
A series of negatives is thus obtained in which, say, the reds
and yellows are recorded in one negative, and, say, the blue-greens
and yellows in the second, alternately throughout the length of the
film.
592
COLOUR PHOTOGRAPHY.
VI.
1907, p. 96.
The,
ments
tion
of
(1)
(2)
mixed
colours,
(3)
The following are his directions for making the latter A glass plate is
heavily silvered, and then flowed with a thick solution of celluloid in
amylacetate. When this varnish is dry, the plate is placed under water
this slowly works under the coating of celluloid, lifting it from the
:
glass,
is
of the process.
1910]
593
is that some of
difficulty
the best sensitisers are apt to lose their effect during the slow
acts
and
drying.
Erythrosin
perfectly ; pinacyanol
pinaverdol are
apt to fail. This can probably be overcome, either by different
choice of sensitisere, 'by so treating these that slow drying does no
harm, or perhaps by finding some more porous substance than
celluloid, which, acting the same in other respects, will permit of
quick drying. Collodion has been tried, but has not been found
to strip off the gelatine well.
"B.J." (from ^' Astro-Physical
Journal"), Dec. 11, p. 942; Dec. 18, p. 965; Dec. 25, p. 979, 1908.
Dr. H. Lehmann, of Jena, gives a full description of the
contributions made by himself to the Lippmann process in
"Phot. Rund.," Heft 11, 1909, p. 125. Reference is made to the
grainless plate for the process now made by R. Jahr, of Dresden,
and to the portable mercury dark-slide, viewing instrument, and
projection lantern made by Carl Zeiss.
A. Cheron, who
has in the past devised several 'cameras for obtaining colour photographs at one exposure toy dividing the image formed by the lens
into a series of spectra ("B.J.A.," 1909, p. 668), has now adopted
as more simple and .practical ifor ordinary work a camera made with
the three lenses placed as close together as the mounts will permit,
the body of the instrument being divided into tihree compartments
of triangular shape.
As shown in the photograph, all three lenses
can be uncovered at once with a cap or shutter, and the rim also
serves for the attachment of one large lens when photographing near
594
[1910
Mar.
5,
1909, p. 21.
"B.J./' June
1910]
595
space, as
The
prints.
163.
26, 1909, p.
which
ED.
Lumiere Screen-Plate.
to the Societe
preparing
Anonyme
"B.J.A.," 1909,
May
7,
p.
1909, p. 366.
642.
Eng.
Pat.
596
[1910
"
T. R." in "Phot.
(for
by
Ceramic Screen-Plate.
This base is
saltpetre, added if necessary).
coloured with oxide of cobalt for the blue, copper oxide or oxide
of chromium for the green (with the addition of ferric oxide to
either of the former for the red), ferric oxide or chromate of lead
1910]
597
pink.
of
this
The
be sprayed with coloured liquids containing gelatine, or a portion of the plate may receive an impression (pattern)
in colourless gelatine, and a second impression given in a varnish
colour.
The whole plate may be then immersed in a mixture of
dyes (e.g. methyiene blue and erythrosine) which will not affect
the varnish impression, but will stain the gelatine red and the
substratum
may
collodion blue.
colours
"
Veracolor" Screen-Plate. Dr. F. Limmer
Szczepanik-Hollborn
has contributed notes dealing with the share taken by Dr. K.
Hollborn, of Leipsic, in working out the Szczepanik process of preparing a screen-plate by applying dyed particles of gelatine to a
collodion surface ; the dyes transferring themselves from the gelatine to the collodion.
It was found easier to obtain a fine powder
when using gum in place of gelatine. It was also found that the
condition of such transference is the presence of a slight proportion
of the substance in which the dyes are soluble. A mixture of gelatine and cane-sugar was found to serve very well in conjunction
with dyes soluble in water and alcohol.
Afterwards milk-sugar
and it was found well to add a subalone was
used,
stance to the collodion which prevented it drying too quickly.
Two of the dyes are applied by transference, and a third by a
bath of colour. "B.J." (Colour Supplement), July 2, 1909, p. 49.
New
Warner-Powrie Screen-Plate.
new type
598
[1910
Colouring Celluloid for Mosaic Screen-Plates. F. Lehner employs dyes soluble in water, but not in spirit, by rolling or kneading the celluloid with spirit containing as much water as possible,
and adding the colours solid or in solution. The water thus serves
as a carrier of the colours, which, but for its use, are insoluble in
the celluloid. The dyed mass of celluloid, when rendered homogeneous, is partly deprived of its water by heating after the last
The last poraddition of colour, and is then formed into films.
tions of water are removed by drying the films for several days.
The hardness of the films, caused by protracted drying, is remedied
by exposure to vapours of strong spirit or absolute alcohol. Dyes
soluble in water, though difficultly soluble in spirit, are stated
For red, Ponceau F.E. (Casella and Co., Frankto be as follows
fort-on-Main), or Ponceau 4B (Hoechst). For blue, "silk blue"
(Seidenblau B. of Casella and Co.), or "cotton light blue" (Baumacid
woll-lichtblau,
Hoechst). For green, concentrated
green
(Sauregriin conzentriert D, Hoechst) or Naphthol green (Naphthol:
and again
Ixransfer
rolled.
method
They
that
is,
under neat and pressure, when the particles adhere together, flatten
In this way, it is claimed,
out, and are fixed to the film support.
599
1910]
19, 1909,
,p.
145.
May
600
[1910
1909, p. 425.
3, 1909, p. 689.
namely
1.
Distilled water
Quinomet
Soda sulphite, anhydrous
Ammonia 0-920 (22 deg. Baumej
Potass, bromide
2.
Water
Potass, permanganate
Sulphuric acid
35 ozs.
60 grs.
270 grs.
100 mns.
15 grs.
1000
c.c.s.
4 gms.
18 gms.
c.c.s.
gm.
REVERSAL.
80 ozs.
70 grs.
6 drms.
1000
c.c.s.
2 gms.
10 c.c.s.
1910]
601
Sodium sulphite
Ammonia
(sp. gr.
923)
Potass, bromide
Water
For a half-plate 5
c.c.s.
100
and
130
15 gms.
100 gms.
32 c.c.s.
6 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Metoquinone
grs.
2 ozs.
4i drs.
54 grs.
20 ozs.
of water,
Time
of Appearance of
First Outlines of Image
Quantity of Developer
to
of First Outlines.
C.c.s.
Sees.
12
15
18
22
28
34
44
Add on Appearance
to 14
15
15
15
15
15
15
45
45
17
21
27
33
39
47*
more than 47*
to
to
to
to
to
to
Appearance.
Min. bees.
1
1
15
45
15
3
4
3
4
30
30
6
Great under-exposure.
Supplement), Apr.
2, 1909, p. 25.
THE
602
BB/ITISH
[1910
erythrosin, 1
p.
2, 1909, p. 53.
A Dry Reversing Mixture. The Comte de Dalmas, in recommending a dry mixture for the preparation of the Autochrome reversing solution for use on tour, gives the formula
Potass, permanganate
Sodium bisulphate
2 gm?.
50 gms.
Water
1000
The two
c.c.s.
18
grs.
1 oz.
20 ozs.
are carried separately in powder and rapidly dissolved to give the reversing bath, the acidity of which is provided
by the acid sulphate." Bull. Soc. Fr. Phot.," Mar. 1, 1909,
p.
salts
May
7,
1909, p. 40.
3 gms.
3 gms.
Pyro
Citric acid
Salicylic acid
Water
100
900
c.c.s.
c.c.s.
27 grs.
27 grs.
2 'ozs.
18 cz-\
1910]
603
and
Colour Photography
Supplement, Dec.
4, 1908, p. 96.
On
Mercuric iodide
5 gms.
Sodium
Water
sulphite (anhydrous)
gm.
15
two
c.c.s.
7 grs.
15 grs.
oz.
a colourless solution
is
Dec.
6,
1908, p. 177.
Ammonium
24 gms.
4 gms.
24 gms.
5 gms.
sulphocyanide
Silver nitrate
Sodium
sulphite
Hypo
Potass, bromide, 10 per cent, solution
Water
6 drops.
100
c.c.s.
5 oz.
360 grs.
5 ozs.
1 oz.
34 drops.
20 ozs.
For use 6 c.c.s. of this solution are diluted with distilled water to
60 c.c.s. and 2 c.c.s. of rodinal added, that is to say, one part of the
solution is diluted with 9 parts of distilled water and the rodinal
added to the amount of l-30th of the bulk of the mixture. " Phot.
Rund," Heft. 8, 1909, p. 96; "B.J." (Colour Supkment), May 7,
1909, p. 40.
604
[1910
Autochrome Safe-Lights.
in developing Autochromes
inches in size is flowed over
Neubordeau R, 3
A.
Lowy
by
inspection.
5 c.c.s.
6 c.c.s.
7 c.c.s.
2 c.c.s.
20 c.c.s.
100
100
Tartrazine, 4
100 .(')
Lichtgriin S, 5
Glycerine
Gelatine solution, 1
10
:
After the coating has set, the plate is put to dry as quickly as
possible in a moderately warmed, well-aired room, bound with a
glass cover to protect it from damp, using a linen or rubber bindThe stock solution ol the Neubordeau
ing for this purpose.
dye keeps only a few days, that of the other colours will keep
for a longer time.
Gelatine solution, 5
100
20 c.c.s.
Aesculine solution
20 c.c.s.
Aesculine (0~4 gm.) is dissolved in the 20 c.c.s. of water, with addition of 3 to 4 drops of ammonia.
This solution should be prepared
at the time of making the filter.
"Phot. Korr.," Mar. and Apr.,
1909, pp. 121 and 159; "B.J." (Colour Supplement), May 7, 1909,
:
p. 37.
Viewing Frame. B. J. Falk has patented a frame for the viewAutochrome and other transparencies in which the Autochrome is placed upside down in a frame exposed to light, and its
reflection in a mirror then examined by the observer.
Eng. Pat.
No. 11,364, 1908. "B.J.," Apr. 30, 19p9, p. 348.
[A similar type of frame is that introduced during 1908 by
Messrs. Hough tons, Limited, and described and illustrated in
"B.J.A.," 1909, p. 753. ED.]
ing of
Dimensions of
of
paraffin,
1 All three
dyes in the above formula are those of the Badische Anilin und'Koda
Fabrik, Ludwigshafeu a/Bh.
1910]
605
This method gave him the following figures from a number carefully ascertained
by various methods:
films, 0'09 to
mm.
==
0'05
0'02
=
=
Total...
mm.
mm.
0'02
mm.
mm.
0-10
mm.
O'Ol
May
7, 1909, p. 37.
9.
606
Von
[1910
making a light-filter
MM. Lumiere
:
A.
Water
500
c.c.s.
B.
0-1
gm.
Water
700
c.c.s.
C.
Gelatine
6 gins.
Water
90
gm.
c.c.s.
40
c.c.s.
scale.
When
filter.
less
Gelatine solution, 1
15
500
Tartrazine solution, 1
Saffranine solution, 1
7,000
.(Esculin, dissolved in 35 c.c.s. water,
addition of 3 drops ammonia
40
c.c.s.
c.c.s.
c.c.
with
0.4
gm.
c.c.s.
When
1910]
607
screen with one of pale blue. The screens being weak in colour, it
is 'best to make a 1
2,500 solution of tartrazine by mixing 10 c.c.s.
The filter for the
of the 1 500 solution with 40 c.c.s. of Water.
:
Nernst light is
Yellow Screen
:
40 c.c.s.
Gelatine solution, 1:15
3 c.c.s.
Tartrazine solution, 1
2,500
^Esculin, dissolved in 37 c.c.s. of water, with
0.1 gm.
addition of 3 drops ammonia
8 c.c.'S. of this solution are used per square decimetre surface.
forms a yellow screen. A blue screen is made as follows
:
This
Blue Screen
40
:
1,000 (Hoechst)
...
Water
c.c.s.
2 c.c.s.
38
c.c.s.
7 c.c.s. of this solution are used for each square decimetre of glass.
The two screens are bound together as described below.
FILTER
FOB,
INCANDESCENT GASLIGHT.
The yellow
Bengal, 1 in 100.
40
and
electric light :
of water.
40 c.c. of (a), 3 c.c. of (b), 5 c.c.
608
better separated,
and the
[1910
It is
by the use
A. Quinoline yellow
0.5 gm.
100 c.c.s.
Water, distilled
B. "Patent-blue," Hoechst
0.1 gm.
100 c.c.s.
Water, distilled
In 5 to 6 c.c.s. of warm distilled water, contained in a graduated
measure of 25 c.c..s. capacity, 0.05 gm. of sesculine is dissolved ; 1.3
1910]
609
0.000013 gm.
0.0000012 gm.
0.0001 gm.
^Esculine
The screen thus .prepared is placed either before or behind the
lens ; in all oases it is best to focus with the screen in position,
taking the usual precautions necessary when using the Autochrome
Quinoline-yeHow
"Patent-blue," Hoechst
plate.
uip
15 gms.
100 gms.
32 c.c.s.
6 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Metoquinone
Sodium
sulphite, anhydrous
Ammonia 22 deg. (0-923)
Potass, bromide
130 grs.
2 ozs.
drs.
4|
54 grs.
20 ozs.
Water
and diluted for use with four parts of water. "Photo-Gazette,"
June, 1909, p. 141; "B.J." (Colour Supplement), Aug. 6, 1909,
p. 60.
STOCK SOLUTIONS.
A. Quinoline yellow
Water,
Water,
In 5 to 6
first
0'5
100
distilled
O'l
c.c.s.
gm
1000
of distilled water placed in a 25
distilled
c.c.s.
gm.
c.c.
c.c.s.
44
20
grs.
ozs.
1 gr.
20 ozs.
610
[1910
added, 1
p.
245;
"
6,
1909, p. 61.
"Phot. Chron.," May 16, p. 245, and May 23, p. 257, 1909;
"B.J." (Colour Supplement), June 4, 1909, p. 44.
Baron von Hubl has drawn the following diagram, corresponding with the Zeiss rippled screen of three and a half times bril-
1910]
P P
611
the screen
and
A A
the
first
row
of
spectators, only those (20 per cent.) within the hatched area will
see the picture at its full brilliancy ; the brightness observable on
M. " Wien.
each side falls off to 2, 1, and 1 at the outside limit
Mitt.,"
May,
1909, p. 201;
4,
1909, p. 47.
The
"
the screen
is
as follows
The blue-coloured
'bands are
first
applied,
are obtained
by giving the plate a 'bath of the red dye. The characteristic yellow
colour under the 'green areas thus points to the fact that the green
dye is a mixture,
part of the yellow in which has diffused into the
"
substratum.
4 gins.
35 grs.
50 gms.
2 gms.
30 gms.
1 oz.
18 grs.
260 grs.
612
[1910
9 grs.
1 gm.
130 minims
15 C.C.B.
1000 c.c.s. 20 ozs.
Potass, bromide
solution (1 per cent.)
Hypo
Water
REVERSING SOLUTION.
70 grs.
8 gtns.
105 minims
12 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s. 20 ozs.
Sulphuric acid
Distilled water
FIXING BATH.
120 gms. 2 ozs.
260 grs.
30 gms.
1000 c.c.s. 20 ozs.
Hypo
Sodium metabisulphite
Water
1 oz.
50 c.c.s.
1 oz.
50 gms.
1000 c.c.s. 20 ozs.
Water
The plate is washed for a second or two after the use of this bath.
The following bath may be used as a means simply of clearing
a plate which
is
Bichromate solution
Distilled water
12 c.c.s.
105 minims
1000 c.c.s. 20 ozs.
used after the plate has been washed, following the use of
The plate should, of course, be well washed again
before fixing.
"B.J." (Colour Supplement), Feb. 5, 1909, p. 13.
It is found that the oise of the acid sulphite bath immediately
following reversal is a very essential part of the process, otherwise
This
is
the re-developer.
The
difficulty in getting the plate to re-develop.
in the plate appears not to be completely protected from
the action of the solution, so that (the colours fall off a little during
re-development and fixing. The latter process, however, is necessary
to obtain bright colours throughout.
It would seem that more
"
efficient protection of the scrsen-plate is needed.
"B.J.
(Colour
June
42.
4, 1909, p.
Supplement),
there
is
violet
dye
some
1910]
613
(i.e.,
emulsion-coated
Hydroquinone
Potass, metabisulphite
Potass, bromide
Water
B. Caustic potash
25 gms.
25 gms.
60 grs.
20 ozs.
6-8 gms.
1 oz.
50 gms.
1000 o.c.s.
1000
20ozs.
Water
i oz.
J oz.
of
c.c.s.
and B.
REVEBSING SOLUTION.
Potass, bichromate
Water
1 oz.
:
10 ozs.
1 dr.
Sulphuric acid
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
12 c.c.s.
"
the
while.
We
614
[1910
We
Illustrating the moment of recovery after imposing the strain on the superposed
glasses with both hands together in process of obtaining register.
1910]
615
more such
Finally, clip all round with bulldog clips and bind tight with
no tendency to warp or
binding strips. Once dry, these show
"
B.J." (Colour Supplement).
pull the combination out of register.
Aug.
6, 1909, p. 57.
"AURORA"
SCREEN-PLATE.
"
panchromatic plate.
B.J.
"
p. 23.
2, 1909, p. 32.
in
the
p. 64.
616
[1910
making contact
When making
surface
1910]
617
Aug.
and
De-sensitisers
J. Hwhich do
Dr.
{desensitisers)
not aid the bleaching-out of dyes for "Uto" paper, but, on the
other hand, reduce the speed of bleaching of one or more dyes o
counteract the action of sensitisers, in iboth cases frequently to
an cr.orinous extent. Volatile oils fall into one or other of these
classes.
Using basic dyes contained in nitro-cellulose, the presence
of a diffusing body, such as glycerine or castor oil, is necessary
in order to bring out the action of the censitisers.
A sensitiser,
which is also a solvent of the collodion film, will exert its action,
but otherwise will not accelerate the bleaching of the basic dyes.
The best sensitiser is anethol.
oils of
Cassia
Citronella
Sage
Cedar leaves
Cedro
Mustard
Spike
Spruce
Cinnamon
Pina
Peppermint
Clove
oil
It is frequently found that small proportions of a powerful desensitifier will destroy the sensitising action of a moderate s-ensitiser.
Among chemical compounds eugenol and isoeugenol are the most
As almost
all
sensitisers
are
volatile,
it
appears necessary to
618
Dyes
its
[1910
of a basic
derivatives.
Among
1909, p. 23.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Albumenoid
Various sugars accelerate, whilst gums retard.
substances accelerate, whilst bodies of alkaloid or aldehyde conAn important point in the bleach-out
stitution act as retarders.
process is that, in order to ensure the fixation of the image, the
decomposition product of the dye should be removed as well as the
sensitiser.
2, 1909, p. 32.
(2)
The
AND PHOTOGRAPHER
191U1
DAILY COMPANION.
3A3
printing.
The
the
/.
A.
X~X
LdC
t'20
FOREIGN COUNTRIES
"A. P."
..
1191C
OF
THOSE
PUBLISHED IN
..
Photo-
graphic News."
"Amer. Phot."
"
"American Photography."
361, Broadway, New York City,
..
..
U.S.A.
" Annuaire General de la
Photographic."
Plon-Nourritt
" Ann.
Chem. Phys."
&
Co., 8,
Rue
Garanciere, Paris.
"Apollo"
"
..
..
"
Atelier
"
.
"
Journ."
" B. J."
"B.J.A.."
"Apollo."
. .
. .
..
..
"Photo-Notes."
"Berichte"
..
..
..
10,
Germany.
Das Atelier."
W. Knapp, Halle
a/Saale, Germany.
Australian Photographic Journal."
"The
British
Journal
Photographic
Al-
manac."
"Photo-Notes."
" Berichta der
Deutschen Chemischen Gesellsphaft."
R. Friedlander & Sohn, Karlstr. 11, Berlin.
"DasBild."
"Bild"
Neue Photographische
Gesellschaft, Steglitz,
Berlin.
" Bull.
Beige "..
..
Chem. Soc."
"
" Bull.
Phot."
Philadelphia, U.S.A.
"
Cam."
"
The Camera.'
506,
Washington Building,
Philadelphia, U.S.A.
Chestnut Street,
AND riFOTOORAPHKR's
1910
"Cam. Graft"
"Camera
DAIT.Y
"Cam. Work"..
"Cent. Zeit."
"
Gal.,
..
Chem. News
Chem. Zeit."
Francisco,
Camera Work."
7, Bttlowstr.,
"
621
Craft."
713/715,
"
(OMl'AMON.
"
"
Berlin, W.,
Germany.
" Chemiker
Zeitung."
"
"Compt. Eend."
"D. Phot.
Zeit."
"
Deutsche Photographen-Zeitung."
"
"
Der Amateur."
"
Der Photograph."
" Der
Amateur
Mondscheingasse
"DerPhot."
" Eder's
..
"
Jahrbuch
6,
"Jahrbuch
iiir
Photographic und
Repro-
duktionstechnik."
W. Knapp, Halle a/S., Germany.
" II
Progresso Fotografico."
B. Namias, 27, Via Boccaccio, Mailand,
of the
Italy.
Chem.
3oc.
"Journal
Trans."
" Journ.
Phot.
Ind."
Soo.
"Journ.
actions.".
Micr.
Roy.
Soc."
"Journ.
S. C. I."
Knowledge
"
Mon. Phot."
"N.
"
'
"
"LePhot."
'
dustry."
of the Society of Arts."
Journal
''Knowledge."
"Le Photo Journal."
22, Rue Vurenna, Paris.
Le Moniteur de la Photographic."
17, Rue des Moines, Paris, France.
" Sharland's New Zealand
Photographer."
. .
,.
11
.
Z. Phot."..
Lome
"
Nature"
. .
"Oest.Phot. Z.it."
..
Street,
Auckland, N.Z.
" Nature."
" Oesterreichische
Photographen Zeitung."
Oesterreicher Photographen- Verein, Vienna
III/I.
"Opt."
"P, M,"
"The Optician."
"The Photo-Miniature."
J22,
New
York, U.S.A.
42*
622
"
UUliAl'HlC
Ai.il
AN AC,
[1910
Pbarm. Journ."
"Phil. Mag.''
" Phil. Trans."
"
..
"
"Phot."
"
"
Photographische Chronik."
W. Knapp,
"
.
"La
"
Photographiscbe Industrie."
6, Cbarlotten Street, Berlin, Germany.
" Journal of the
Boyal Photographic Society
"Phot. Journ.
of
Great
Photographische Korrespondenz."
"
Photograpbische Kunst."
Backerstrasse
Vienna
12,
Rennbahnstrasse
" Phot. Mitt."
"
.
").
"
. .
"Phot. Kunst"
("The Photo-
Britain"
graphic Journal
11,
I,
Austria.
Munich, Germany.
Photographische Mitteilungen."
Gustav Schmidt, Konigin Augustaatr.
"
" Phot.
Monthly
..
10,
'
Phot. Bund."
"
" Phot.
Scraps
"
Berlin
'
"Photographic Scraps."
The Photographic Times."
Phot. Times
"
"Phot. Welt"
"
28,
Germany.
"
City, U.S.A.
"Phot. Woch."
"
"Photo-Era"
"Photo-Era."
Photograpbisches Wochenblatt."
13, Bendlerstr., Berlin,
..
383,
"Photo Gazette
"
"
La Photographic."
"
118,
..
Rue
" Proc.
Boy. Soc."
"Precede"
New
Pro.
Gazette."
"Photographic"
Phys. Bev."
"Le Photo
"
W.
..
"
The
66,
Fifth Avenue,
York, U.S.A.
Professional
and
Amateur Photo-
grapher."
222, Washington Street, Buffalo, U.S.A.
"
Proceedings of the Boyal Society."
"
Le
Proce"d<5
150,
"
Boulevard
ile
1910j
Revue
"Rev. Trimest."
A.
'
COMPANION.
Trirneatrielle
Travaux
des
"
de
Recherches."
Lumiere et sea Pils, Lyons.
Sci. Arner."
Sonne
JJAIT.V
York, U.S.A.
Sonne."
Kaiser-Platz, 18, Wilmersdorf, Berlin.
St. L.
The
and C. Phot."
St.
pher."
911, N. Sixth Street, St. Louis, Mo., U.S. A
;
"
Telephoto Quarterly."
71,
Vienna VIII
Austria.
"
" Wiener
Mitteilungen."
Graben 31, Vienna I, Austria.
Wien. Mitt."..
"Wilson's"
..
289,
" Zeit.
fiir
Instr."
" Zeit.
fiir
Repro."
Zeit.
fiir
Fourth Avenue,
" Zeitschrif t
.
Wiss. Phot.'
fiir
New York,
U.S.A.
Instrumentenkunde.'
" Zeitschrift
fiir
Wissenschaftliohe Photo-
graphie."
J. A.
Barth,
17,
Bofsplatz, Leipsic,
Germany.
624
1'HO'I
OliK
\ I'll
1C
AT.MANAC,
RECENT NOVELTIES
[1010
IN
APPARATUS.
BY THE EDITOR.
[These notices are confined to apparatus introduced since the
publication of the last Almanac. In all cases the various articles
have come under our personal examination, a rule from ichich we allow
no departure.
The items in this section are indexed in the General Index to Text
52,
By
all
at
new dry-mounting
backs
ing
of the
water, or
This
material or
prints as they
may
1910]
625
is
made
to
form
pnurt
of
the template.
mounting papers.
witih the mount in
booklet describing the process and the materials supworking it may be obtained from Messrs. Sichel.
to 61,
Kodak
name the
Co. have introduced a quite new type
panoramic camera, designed, it need hardly be said, for roll film,
and serving for the widest range of panoramic photography. The
"
"
Cirkut
has not been designed for, nor is it offered to, the amateur
photographer who would take panoramic pictures as a form of
entertainment.
The apparatus is intended for the most exacting
descriptions of expert and commercial photography, and it is not
too much to say that from this point of view it is an instrument
which occupies a place by itself among photographic equipments. It
supplies the means of producing photographs for which there has
Under
this
of
626
[1910
graph even of one including the whole horizon of 360 deg. as easy
a matter as the taking of a single negative with a stand camera.
For in the "Cirkut" a special tripod is provided, round the circumference of which a metal rack is fitted and guides the rotary
course of the camera. The camera itself, or the "Cirkut" attach"
"
camera,
Century
ment, which is also sold for use with the Kodak
is
the rack on the tripod head. Two brakes are provided, so that the
speed of rotation can be modified. The camera, therefore, as soon as
affixed to the tripod head, is pointed to the subject, and the rotaThe
tion of the instrument started by pressure on a release.
mechanism of the instrument shows the length of film which is being
used for the exposure, and further perforates the film on the completion of exposure, so that the operator when removing it from the
apparatus knows exactly which portion to develop.
The exposure which each narrow .section of film receives as it
moves in relation to the lens is about l-10th sec., a fact which may
suggest to some that in the case of street scenes and other subjects
1910]
627
where there are rapidly moving objects this speed will be quite
It should therefore be
inadequate to secure freedom from blur.
the "Cirkut"
pointed out that from the circumstances of the case
camera has to be placed at a considerable distance from the subject
being photographed, and on that account the effect of moving objects
When we "say that the large panoramic photois of less importance.
"
of such sceneg of incessant traffic
Oirkut
graphs taken with the
us Piccadilly Circus and tne Place de 1' Opera are practically free
from any blurring due to the movements of vehicles, it will be
"
"
camera is not restricted
understood that the scope of the Cirkut
on this account. The two illustrations represent first the roll-holder
of the camera, whilst the second shows the "Cirkut" attachment
"
"
cameras. In addition
to one of the Kodak Company's
Century
to the apparatus for making the negatives the company also supply
long box printing-frames taking film up to 10ft. in length for taking
the prints.
all those engaged in photography for advertising and commercial illustration tie apparatus is certainly one which may be expected to pay for itself within a short time, since the results
obtained with it are not to be compared with those secured either
by a wide-angle lens or by the tedious processes of double printing.
off
For
THE
G28
u.'id
Alsi)
VioU)!.
;i.
.ral<
p."
1
scalo
on
llu:
thermometer
Hill)
;j,;\'
form
of the
also supplied
is
32,
A new
| in.
The interior
diameter, which communicates with the 'burner.
chamber is filled with an absorbent material, which is charged
of the
AND PHOTOGRAPHER'S
1910J
tube.
IJAILY
COMPANION
7
.
629
it is
Of the
devised
for
for
TB
630
UftlTlStt JOtJRfcAt
PHOTO&fcAPHlC ALMANAC,
[l&LU
By
holders, each containing a sensitive plate ready for exposure.
reversing the order of these operations which, as we have said,
appear ridiculously lengthy in print the sheath is put together
for
again, and the two plates can then be removed and retained
any convenient time for developing. The price of the "A-kla"
apparatus is 15s., or with the daylight developing chamber described
below 25s., the developing tank itself being purchasable separately
at 7s. 6d.
A-kla
But the
developer- being used to develop the plates.
system provides a fu-ther novel means of controlling the development. With each pair of plates is provided a small piece of film,
one half of which has been exposed to light and developed to a
certain depth, whilst the other half has been left undeveloped, but
has been treated so that further exposure of light is without effect
upon it. This small piece of film is used as a test of the" progress
of development, the two plates being removed when the
develop"
A-kla"
ette," as it is called, has reached the standard tint. The
THE
ZEISS
(Made by Carl
Zeiss, Jena,
Germany, and
29,
When
is
taking
3-16ths,
1910]
AND PHOTOGRAPHER
DAILY COMPANION.
631
for bringing them close together, it is necessary to remove the automatic panel when closing the camera, an operation which, owing to
the mechanical perfection of the workmanship, is just as smooth
Co., 24,
Adams reflex we have confessed to finding it diffkult to see what further refinements could
be introduced into these instruments of precision, but in the pattern,
"
the
Minex," which supersedes the two varieties of "Videx"
In reviewing previous models of the
which we reviewed
last year,
made
and
really notable
years reflex cameras
We
632
THE
ALMANAC,
[1910
The
down.
"
ANT)
1910J
PHOTOGRAPHIC
DAILY COMPANION.
633
The camera is fitted with the rotating back working in a subGerman silver bearing, as in the previous models, but a
"
is an ingenious masking of the
new feature with the " Minex
stantial
is
remarkably
rigid.
is
to
which
And
this
it is
same feature of
self-con-
which provides space for two dark slides, so that, with a third
carried ready for exposure, the photographer can go out pre-
<?lide
AI.M \N M ',
[1910
pared with six plates without having to carry anything but the
camera.
We doubt if the maker of this beautiful and weld-constructed
camera in his most sanguine moods can see any means of further
improvement. The camera la a universal instrument ready for use
with any lens suiting the size plate it is made to take and with any
description of exposing apparatus, whether dark slides, changing
boxes, film pack, or envelope adapter.
Complete with three double
dark slides, but without tens, the price is the same in the 3^ X
32 in 5 X 4 ins., and
2^ ins. and quarter-plate sizes namely, 29
;
41 in half-plate.
An
namely,
is
30s. in half-plate
and
Fig.
1.
Fig.
2.
AN'
1910]
I)
I'HOTOGRAPHKR
DAILY COMPANION.
635
THE
'
out a reflex camera. That the Goerz factory should provide photographers with a reflex instrument was a natural assumption, but
that they should start by essaying the doubly difficult task of
providing a camera of this type which would fold up was perhaps
not to be expected, and therefore the mechanical perfection of the
G3G
.\I.MAV\C,
Liu ic
new Goerz reflex is all the more a matter for congratulation. The
new camera is made in one size only, 5 X 4in., and measures when
closed 7| x 7 x 3|, weighing, without the lens, 41b. 6oz.
The back body of the camera carries the focal-plane shutter,
which is of the Goerz latest pattern, giving both the most rapid
exposures and automatic time exposures. Two rigid arms fixed in
the back frame hold the front of the camera, and are turned downwards when the camera is folded, so that the lens points straight
The operation of
down, when the user carries it by the strap.
opening the camera ready for use consists simply in grasping the
lens and moving it
upwards and outwards until it comes into the
normal position.
This operation at the .same time automatically
depresses the mirror, and leaves the ground-glass in the position for
exposure, so that the camera may be carried folded with the shutter
set and a plate ready for exposure, and be ready for action within
a second or two.
Similarly, to close the instrument the two side
struts have simply to be pressed downwards and the lens returns
to its normal position.
The movement of the mirror and the quick adjustment by which
it is raised or lowered by a half-turn of the milled screw are point?
to be mentioned, as s also the rigid manner in which the focussing
screen is held in a solid metal frame on all sides. In other words,
the camera realises the conditions which are necessary in a reflex
camera of precision, while its lightness and portability bring it
almost into line with a folding focal-plane camera of the ordinary
The price of the instrument (5 x 4), complete with Goer/,
type.
n
anastigmat,
is
24 16s.
Co., Limited, 22
and
23,
1910J
637
The
board.
pack).
The adapter
only 6
x 3| x |
in.,
638
[1910
19JOJ
639
Marion and
Co., Limited, 22
and
23,
up and down
travels
vertically,
bined
weight
of
which
the
platform
is
tilted
is
fixed
THE
640
JlIUTlSTt
JOURNAL
ritOTOCttAPIllC ALMAN.M'.
11910
"
(Sold by
W. Butcher and
7x5
AND PHOTOGRAPHER'S
1910]
u.\ir.Y
COMVANJON.
G41
being
Is.
electric light.
3,
This
is
642
[HMO
is
12
8s.
Co., Limited, 22
who have
photographer
may
1910]
W. Butcher and
b4,i
LAjULE.
prints
THE
Made
by the
"
EXUEDSIOR
"
TRANSIT BOX.
In
4s.
6d.
644
[1910
and
This apparatus
is
an accessory
for the
set a-going simply by raising a lever by the side, when the star
revolves and the music (with bells) plays until the lever is deshould have secured a
pressed, by which time the photographer
of the apparatus,
pleasing portrait of his child-sitter. The price
inclusive of packing and postage (inland), is 10s.
Sherwood and
Seldt, 15,
Mount
1910]
C'Olll'AMON.
645
if or
No. 703 is fitted with a single lens working at
use.
No. 723 with a doublet working at f/7.1 ; both these lenses
are mounted in a diaphragm shutter adjusted to time, bulb, and
one instantaneous speed, in addition to a fourth adjustment which
protects the lens from exposure by accidental pressure on the release.
In the case of the No. 833 the camera at its full extension gives a
distance from diaphragm to plate ot 10 ins.
In this camera the
doublet lens is mounted in shutter provided both with B and T and
a series of exposures from 1 to 1-100 sec.
These instruments are
issued at the very moderate prices of
2 3s. for the No. 703,
3 3s. for the No. 723, and
4 4s. for the No. 833, in each case
complete with three single metal slides in carrying case. These
quite new models of pocket cameras should secure for themselves a
erected
/712.5,
"
Premo " film-pack, the price with " Medioplast " lens
working at f/7.1 is 56s. The camera when closed has the very
small dimensions of 3
x 4| ins. X J in. thick.
adapter for
THE "CINEPHONE."
(Made by the Warwick'Trading
and
117,
London, W.C.)
This
646
[1910
W)
the
full-size
9 10s. in
gramophone complete with indicator is
Warwick Trading Company have a considerand records for use on this very ingenious
The
travelling case.
able number of films
system.
THE DALLMEYER
(Made by
J.
''
STIGMATIC
H. Dallmeyer, Limited,
83,
"
LENS, SERIES
IV.
/Y6.3.
whilst at the
struction, they are able to issue at a lower price,
same time the lens has certain novel features which will strongly
1910]
647
W. Butcher and
Sons, Limited,
London, B.C.)
G48
I'llO
(KiK M'H H!
ALMANAC,
98,
Truro Road,
Wood
Green, London,
THE
"
(Sold by A. E. Staley
and
In
moving it sideways in the lantern. The lamps are sold complete with resistance plug, switch, and 10 ft. of flexible connection,
3 5s. to
at prices from
27, according to the amperage and voltage.
The smaller lamps are the most useful for moderate-power projection and enlarging. That taking 6 amperes (direct current) gives a
for
5 10s.
A 15-ampere lamp
light of about 500 candle-power and .costs
9 5s., and -give a light of about 1,500
for direct current will cost
candle-power,
1910]
AND 1'HOTOGRAl'HER
649
DAILY COMPANION.
"
TENAX
"
CAMERAS.
(Made by
C. P.
lns diaphragm
front each
focussing
way
Complete
Syntor
lens,
Com-
650
[1910
"
pound " shutter, and film-pack adapter, tht> prico is 8; or, with
10.
Goerz
Dagor,"
In the stereoscopic pattern the front pulls out upon its runners
in the usual way, and is then racked forward to a total extension
of 11 ins., the baseboard being clamped firmly at any point by
in the focussing head.
The front carries a pair of Goerz
pushing
"
"
of 120 mm. iocus, each mounted in "Compound"
Dagors
shutters and placed on a panel, which is instantly detachable,, and
can be replaced by one carrying a "Dagor" of 150 mm. serving
bo cover the full size plat
taken by the camera namely, one of
The stereoscopic parti
10 x 15 cm.
ins., or postcard).
lion is also quickly removed, and the camera, as also the quarter"
Teuax," is an example of the 'beautiful mechanical work of
plate
the Goerz factory.
The price complete with the three lenses and
(=4x6
THE
"
is
26 10s.
W. Butcher and
The
Sons, Limited,
measures,
instrument
when
closed,
is
65l
1910]
/Y6.8 "Dagors."
FRAME.
(Sold
Londo
E.G.)
Frame the
Printing
Transparency
Stereoscopic
makers have conveniently provided for the printing, from the undivided stereoscopic negative, of a transparency by contact, ready
This is done by making the
for observation in the stereoscope.
frame of such dimensions that when the negative is pushed to one
end and the transparency plate to the other the portions which
overlap come exactly opposite the central opening, which is provided with a brass sliding shutter. The relative positions of negative and transparency having been reversed, a second exposure is
In
this
Stereolette
6J x
The frame
(4
If)
"
ins. in the case of the
of tne stereoscopic picture, say 1
StereoThere are two series of stops on the gauge, one for the negalette."
for
the
tive and another
In printing, the negative is
postcard.
pushed up to the right-hand stop and the postcard to its left-hand
either
stop, exposure given
by printing-out or exposing to artificial
light, and the relative positions of postcard and negative reversed
that is to say, the postcard pushed to the right-hand stop and the
second exposure gives the
stereonegative to the left.
A
complete
then toned or developed.
These very inexpensive and convenient gauges are supplied for negatives 4| x 1|,
Is. 3d. each, for postcard negatives 5A x 34, Is. 3d. each, and for
6| x 3^, Is. 6d. each.
scopic
card,
which
is
43
652
and
Co., 19,
"
[1910
TELEPHOTO LENS.
the positive lens is single is no doubt responsible for the very bright
"
"
Pane-ratio.
The lens is sent out in a pair
images .given. toy the
of separate mounts ready for screwing into shutters of the Bausch
"
"
and Lomb
Automat
type, etc., a ipair of extra metal cells
being included in order to fit it 'for use with any commercial
The price of the
pattern of 'diaphragm shutter in general use
3 3s.
lens thus complete in a neat leather case is
Zimmermann and
Co., Limited, 9
and
10, St.
Mary-at-Hill,
London, E.C.)
for plate, quarter-plates and under, we hav
varieties of late, but for a really nice model at a moderate price of a pocket camera we have seen none that combines
so many good features as the camera made under the above name
by the well-known firm of Ernemann. The camera takes pictures
Of pocket cameras
seen
many
1910]
653
cent, of the exposures there would be no need to use this adjustment, since at the full aperture of the lens all objects up to 10 ft.
The lever focussing moveof the camera will be in sharp focus.
ment, we would add, as befits such a small instrument, is very
The
smooth, and the pointer very nicely adjusted on the scale.
camera is fitted with two brilliant finders for horizontal and vertical
five inpictures, with diaphragm shutter giving time, bulb, and
stantaneous speeds, and rectilinear "Aplanat" lens working at
f/6'8, the prices being 45s. and 55s., according to the shutter,
inclusive of hooded focussing screen and three single metal slides
For 85s. and 95s.
in a wallet about the same size as the camera.
respectively the camera is fitted with the Ernemann anastigmat
to the lens.
Price 20s.
6x3
43*
654
[1910
the camera are in focus, but the focussing scale provides for focusft.
The camera is of excellent workmanship, and
sing within 4
as above described, 95s., or 60s. with the Ernemann
costs,
"
"
Aplanat
f/6'8. Although of such small size, the camera will
thus be seen to possess a full range of movements.
"
"
In the
a pair of lenses of 3 ins. focal length are
Stereo-Tiny
provided, whilst each stereoscopic picture measures just under 1|
in. square.
Complete with paired Ernemann "Aplanats" mounted
in "Auto" shutters and adjusted to give one instantaneous speed
in addition to time and bulb, focussing scale, and brilliant finder,
"
"
the price is 80s. Like its single pattern, the
Stereo
is very
strongly made.
J.
Beck, Limited,
68, Cornhill,
f/5'6.
London, E.G.)
portraiture has been done with lenses giving more or less diffused
definition.
when
behaves
as a
1910]
655
The
also
its value.
(Sold
656
[1910
is fitted with adjustable slit and spring tension, giving the widest
range of speeds, whilst the shutter can be very quickly set to time,
and then gives a very nice and gentle time exposure. The necessary
readings of slit aperture and spring tension are very readily seen,
the former through an aperture in the top of the camera, and the
latter on the scale seen just ibelow the winding-key in the figure.
In addition, it has the convenient opening when focussing described
"
Nettel." The convenient
in connection with the iseM-capping
assemblage of all the working parts in one place is a feature of the
camera, which, in the quarter-plate size, without dark-slides or lens,
5.
5 10s. in 3 X 2\ ins.,
costs
"
"
Nettel
these same features of
In the self -capping pattern of
convenient and irigid extension are preserved, as is also the facility
The shutter, however, is of
of leaving the camera at a set focus.
the self -capping variety, and is, moreover, adjusted to give a range
;
1910]
657
of speed which it is uncommon to find provided by makers of focalplane shutters namely, 1 sec., i, , i, & sec., etc. in addition to
time and bulb exposures. This is secured by a series of three
separate tensions of the spring, each used in conjunction with the
The adjustment for width of
alterable -width of the shutter-slit.
slit is made by pressing down the milled ring surrounding the
series of scales engraved on the disc between the
winding-key.
ring and winding-key gives the values for the different speeds,
among which, as we have said, are the very useful large (fractions of
a second. Mention should be made of the convenient movement
whereby a full view of the plate is obtained, however the shutter
is set, simply by pressing down a lever on the right, when a turn
of the winding-key opens the blind to the full width of the plate.
On then releasing the shutter and re-winding, the act of an instant
only, the adjustment automatically /falls out of action, and the
shutter can then ibe wound to whatever speed it is set to. This is a
most valuable movement, as it allows of very rapid (inspection of
the focussing screen bejng made in the intervals of photographing a
series of pictures.
The camera has two-way rising and falling front, and, like the
made throughout. The price of the
previous model, is very
" strongly
"
self
Nettel
in 3
x 2 size, without dark-slides or lens,
-capping
is
6 ; in quarter-plate,
6 15s. ; in postcard, 57 10s. ; and in halfplate,
8.
W.
L. Parkinson, Limited,
5,
Commutation Row,
Liverpool.)
In the new model of this apparatus the fixed bar under which
the strip of roll-film had to be passed is made detachable, and falls
into a bearing on either side of the dish, BO that in commencing
development it is only necessary to lay the roller on the film,
take up the two ends of the latter, and allow the roller to drop into
For developing
bearings in order to commence development.
roll-film in the dark-room so as to allow of separate exposures
being
watched during development the new model of the dish Ls a very
convenient one. The prices are in quarter-plate size 2s., half -plate
its
3s. 6d,
THB
658
immsn JOURNAL
PHOTOGBAPHIO ALMANAC,
[1910
17
and
18,
"
camera, first designed of the 3^ x 2 size in order
Sibyl
to provide, in the minimum of space, a hand-camera of full range
of movements, is now obtainable in quarter-plate size, in designing
"
"
"
two new models of which size, the Special and the De Luxe,
the latter a double-extension instrument, the makers have provided
facilities additional to those in the original model, now designated
the "No. 5" (Tessar), and the "No. 6" (Cooke), in reference to
the lenses they carry.
"
"
series of
Sibyl
Special patterns is designed on the
same lines as the Nos. 5 and 6 that is to say, the
front is carried on lazy-tongs, and, on the baseboard being
let down,
runs out to its place almost by its own weight,
requiring a touch to snap it into a position, which is most
The
"
'
1910]
659
"
De Luxe,"
it
general type of construction is the same, the metal base, the rigid
lazy-tongs extension. The focus plate as before is adjustable for
both plates and films, and focussing scales for the whole and the
half lens (long focus) provided to work with the same index, which,
"
as in the
Specials," is provided with depth of field indicator. The
front is brought into position somewhat differently.
It is drawn
forward by the pair of handles a little further than necessary, and
on
the
to
caused
For the
focus-plate by being pushed back.
engage
and pull forward
long extension all that is necessary is to release
"
De Luxe " on the side
the focus plate, when the same lines in the
of the camera provides the adjustment for focus.
"
In the " De Luxe pattern the front is made narrower, and is
mounted so that in addition to the ample rise the upright way of the
plate, both rise and fall, the landscape way is obtained in each case
equal to about one-quarter the dimension of the plate. The finder is
;
it,
serving to
660
[1910
use the fincler at a low level, while when using the camera at the
of
eye level the mirror is turned out of the way. The lens frame
"
the finder is marked to indicate the subject, including both
up"
"
"
and landscape way of the plate, and with both long and
right
normal focus. The finder also carries two levels, and further on
iteelf away on the camera front.
'being turned down neatly stows "
"
The lens for which the No. 1 De Luxe Sibyl is adapted is the
This
Zeiss Series VIlA., of /"/6'3 aperture and 5 ins. focal length.
gives a long focus lens of 9 ins. when the back combination alone is
Messrs.
used.
Newman and
method
joint
One further novel an^d useful feature must .be mentioned. In order
to provide against the two disabilities of a loose tripod screw and the
Newman
1910]
AND
661
which is quite sufficient for a very large proportion of handcamera work. In addition, the user of this combination has the
advantage of the use of the positive as a separate lens of f/A
aperture and focal-length 10 inches, the positive, moreover, having
the adjustment of the separation of the elements of the back com-
/V-12,
662
[1910
London, E.G.)
A most useful
The "Uneeka"
fills
a gap
in
and
is
lides
lantern
equally efficient when used for projecting ordinary
or for science demonstrations in the open stage afforded bj
1910]
66,5
mounted
in
whilst the ready removal of the bellows from its support at each end
allows of pieces of scientific apparatus, troughs, etc., to be placed
in the optical system.
The apparatus is strong, but weight is
removed from all portions where it fails to give strength, so that
the lantern is surprisingly light.
Complete with achromatic projection lens, lantern slide carrier and tray, but without light, the
5.
price is
In the "Royal Ruby" the Thornton-Pickard Company have embodied many of the excellencies of their cameras in an enlarging
apparatus, all the movements of which and they include everything
which an enlarger can be expected to do are actuated by rack and
Thus the lantern body, the three separate movements of the
pinion.
negative carrier (tilt, rise-and-fall, and rotatory), together with the
rise jtnd fall of the lens, are fitted with rack and pinion, the
pinion
664
[1910
head in several instances serving also to lock the moving part. The
lens front and the condenser frame are rigidly held by right-angled
stays, whilst the bellows may 'be completely removed and th
lantern used for optical and scientific projection. One excellent
feature of the series is that the negative carrier of each lantern is
built large enough to hold a negative of the next larger size though
the whole negative is not comp^tely covered by the condenser,
parts may nevertheless be enlarged. The price of the enlarger,
10 10s. in
complete with condenser and portrait objective, is
;
quarter-plate,
11 15s. in 5
X 4 and
plate.
5x4,
12,
The
"
"
Heliar
front of sufficient size to take the
f,'4'5 lens of 7 ins.
cross
movements.
The
rise
and
front
the
focal length,
having
camera is made throughout in metal, and the act of opening it
throws down the baseboard and at the same time erects the finder.
is particularly fitted
the ready alteration of the
shutter from instantaneous speeds to time and from one speed to
another even while the shutter is set fits it for all kinds of photo-
for use
in
tropical countries
whilst
1910]
665
12,
London, B.C.)
J.
H. Dallmeyer, Limited,
25,
Newman Street,
666
[1910
adds to the weight, bulk, and cost of the lens. Messrs. Dallmeyer,
however, issue all their portrait lenses in a single tube provided
with iris diaphragm, the perfectly circular aperture of which at all
sizes calls for special mention.
The chief element of novelty, therefore, in the new mount is the provision made for separating the two
back elements of the lens in order to secure soft focus. This is
done simply by turning the barrel o-f the lens, one half-turn being
made for about the minimum degree of diffusion, one complete turn
THE
x 2 N.
AND
We
17
G.
and
REFLEX.
18,
6x6x5
1910]
667
hood held by a light metal strut is employed, the hood itself folding up and being covered when out of use >by the hinged top of
The ground glass
the camera to which is fixed a carrying strap.
is thus fully protected, and the alteration does not affect the convenince with which the ground glass is rendered accessible for
dusting or wiping. The base of the hood is fixed to a metal frame,
"
Company, 19.
London, E.G.)
Messrs. Staley supply a box form
built practically on the model of
glass is
camera.
668
[1910
milled bead seen on the front in both drawings first extends the
camera front and then brings up the (ground glass into position, the
metal frame being held all the way round against a metal rebate,
so
extension.
1910]
669
of
x 7
out lens,
the
quarter-plate
by 5
ins.
ins. thick.
15.
is
"
"
"
Zimmermann and
Co., 9
and
10, St.
670
[1910
tions.
14,
Commercial
Street, Leeds.)
In this tank the makers have embodied an ingenious way of providing the very necessary movement of the developer. From the
upper part of the tank they build out a kind of weir communicating
is tilted
Thus,
vided for the purpose, part of the solution flows over the weir and
comes round again at the bottom, iso that an occasional transference
of the tank from one position to the other during development
ensures the absence of markings caused by quiescent developer.
The tank .is very solidly made in copper, is fitted with rack and
or
light-tight lid, and costs, in quarter-opiate size for six plates, 9s.
for twelve plates, 12s.
It is made also in the 3|x2, 5x4, postcard and half-plate sizes.
;
THE
No. IA
"SPEED" KODAK.
to 61,
1910]
671
made with
all
The
8, with Goerz
price, without lens, is
grain leather.
10 12s.
13, or with Beck "Isostigmar" /Y5'8
7/6-8
THE
4A
"
SPEED
"
"Dagor"
(FOCAL-PLANE) KODAK.
THE
672
fiftlTISS
[191C
the
inches, in addition to a much longer aperture the full height of
time exposures.
picture, or 6 inches, which is available only for
While the alteration in the width of slit is best made before the
shutter is set, the other factor in obtaining the full range of speeds,
the spring tension of the shutter, may be altered whilst the instrument is held ready for exposure with the shutter set.
complete
turn of the winding-key increases the tension one number,
whilst
two pressures on
tension {o the same amount.
lever
The
latter
automatically
movement
is
relax
the
an especially
knob, which is fitted with a spring, so that it must be intenThe adjustment for both time
tionally raised to release the shutter.
and instantaneous exposures are thus most conveniently made, whilst
the conjunction of spring tension and slit-width allows of exposures
being given from 1-5 to 1-1,000 sec., whilst with one single slit width
say If inches a series of expostires from 1-10 to 1-70 may be
worthy of
special
mention
is
In the
way
It is fitted
1910]
ment
flat
with
its
metal carrier.
The
673
versible brilliant finder, and: is itself provided with screw rise and
front movement. The front of the camera is 'brought forward and
fixed in any point by the clamps seen in the illustration, a fine
of the pointer
focussing movement thus serving for single adjustment
on the scale. Mention should also be made of the light-tight air
vent provided in the front of the bellows, by means of which drawing
in of the blind of the shutter or the bellows is entirely obviated.
Externally free from projections, except the one or two very solidly
mada keys on the left hand side, the camera is eminently fitted for
its workmanship throughout is of a high mechaniworthy of the Kodak reputation. The price of the
10 10s. To it can be fitted any
No. 4a "Speed," without lens, is
one of a number of high-class anastigmats of focus about 200 mm
(about 8 inches). These include the Zeiss "Tessar," the Beck
"
Lsostigmar," the Goerz Series III., and Goerz "Color" f/4'8. The
camera can also be fitted with a plate adapter, focussing screen, and
quality,
THE KODAK
"
1 10s.
57 to 61, Clerkenwell
is
674
[191C
J. F.
Shew and
Co., 88,
Newman
Street,
practical requirements,
"
"
Xit
cameras made for many years past by
the large family of
Messrs. Shew, and rightly esteemed for their working qualities,
The " Euxit " embodies the same system of side flaps employed in
other models of the "Xit" cameras.
It is made to take a plate
3i x 2J ins., being fitted with a Cooke focussing lens of 4'4
"
"
inches focal
mounted in
the
length
The
well-known
Compound
shutter.
for
who
3,
Many
people
associate
191X)]
675
duced
are brought
any one transparency being picked out and raised for observation
on first turning a pointer on the left of the cabinet to the number
The instrument is provided with adjustment for the
required.
Comseparation of the eye-pieces and with focussing movement.
plete with lock and key for the cabinet and one storage box holding
25 positives the price is
7 5s., or without adjustable separation of
the eye-pieces
6s.
Mention may also be made of the latest model of the " Verascop "
camera itself to which Zeiss " Tessar " lenses of ^/4.5 aperture are
TH*
676
Bftltisa JOUfcNAL
PHOTOGRAPHIC ALMANAC,
[1910
issue a speed card for each camera, giving the actual speeds which
"
"
have been found for that particular shutter. The
yerascope
may also be fitted with an adapter to take the daylight-loading
film-pack.
"
HA.
/Y3 5
PORTEAIT LENS.
Street, Leicester.)
This new addition to the series of " Cooke" lenses applies the
well-known construction adopted in these objectives to the production of a portrait lens of the very highest aperture namely, /73'5.
The Jens is made only in one focal length namely, 12 ins. intended
for making cabinet portraits, and at full aperture it covers the
lens of this large aperture and focal length
half-plate perfectly.
is necessarily of considerable size, the glass being nearly 3
ins. in
diameter, and the outside diameter of the flange measuring 5 ins.
The lens is supplied with iris diaphragm, whilst the front portion
is capable of being separated from the back elements so as to give
a certain amount of 'diffusion, the makers providing an automatic
stop when reverting to the sharpest possible definition. The price
of this
is
18.
by W. L. Parkinson, Limited,
5,
DISH.
THE
No.
We
could
Street,
Birmingham.)
We
1910]
677
678
[1910
"
In the "No. 3
pattern the lantern has rack and pinion adjustment, as also the central tilt for the correction of distortion, whilst
there is also provided sufficient extension to allow of reduction to
lantern .size, a convenience which enlarges the scope of the
London
London, W.)
by
tihe
London
Stereoscopic
Company under
1910]
679
in one piece. The edges of this metal plate ore locked into the
body, so that a very solid construction is secured and the film
The
is most efficiently protected from damp whilst in the camera.
"Parvex" takes a picture of 3 X 2, employing a 2 film spool,
lit is fitted with a niokelled lazy-tongs extension for the front, and
carries an instantaneous shutter, the working parts of which are
enclosed. Time, bulb, and instantaneous exposures are very readily
given, the latter being set simply by turning the milled screw
above the lens. The camera is also fitted with sunk brilliant
finders for upright and horizontal pictures, in addition to a directvision finder, of advantage when making an exposure at the level
of the eye. Throughout the makers have very fully considered
resistance to the wear and tear inevitable when a camera is used
abroad, the bellows, for example, being made of Russian leather,
secured not by any cement, but by metal plates at each end. The
camera
carrying strap.
(1909)
"AUTOMAT" SHUTTER.
19,
"
"
^^^nfii^ls
B
in the drawing,
80
for quarter-plate
and
5x4
cameras
is 21s.
As
In
locks the setting lever used only for the instantaneous speeds,
This latter works very nicely
leaving simply the release free.
indeed both lor ibulb and time. On setting the adjusting knob to
"
instantaneous," the setting lever is then brought into action.
1910]
681
THE TROPICAL
the very
The ordinaay model of this folding camera, fitted with
"
Almanac,"
convenient fooal-plane shutter reviewed in last year's
is now obtainable as a tropical pattern, constructed of teak and
three double dark
costing, complete with Homocentric lens /76.3,
leather
slides, and
18 10s. in
5x4;
case,
and
3,
is
682
[1910
i..
1910]
683
provided as regards extension, which is nearly 12 ins. in the quarter-plate size, whilst, on the other hand, the "dodging" movement
of the mirror allows of a lens as short in focus as 4J ins. being
employed. The rise of front is a full inch, and is fitted with rack
THE
W ATKINS
features are
embodied
in this piece
of apparatus.
These apply quite as forcibly when the
ployed for development by inspection of the negatives
when the instrument is used for the specific purpose for
made
In the
tank
em-
is
instead
which
first place,
44
of
it is
the
684
[1910
ruck, which holds a dozen plates, i& made one with the cover of
the tank, the racking being mounted in it so that the plates are held
The advantage of this
horizontally, not vertically, in the solution.
arrangement is that when only one or two plates are to be dein
be
the
lower
grooves, and thus a small
placed
veloped they may
The delivery piece
quantity of developer only is needed.
from
of
the
tank
which
one end
serves
not
projects
for
of
admission and
the developer,
but
only
discharge
also accommodates a thermometer, which serves to check the
temperature of the solution. The tank is very substantially made.
Fig.
Fig. 2
1.
and, if care is taken to rinse it out and. set it to drain after each
time of use, will last for a long time, but it should not be forgotten
that, like any other metal dish, if allowed to stand L- a damp place,
where
any last traces of water will not dry up in it, its life will be
considerably shortened. The arrangements of the rack make it very
we
find, to load plates into it even in the dark, the edge of
easy,
the empty rack, and afterwards the edge of each plate, serving as a
guide for the insertion of the next. The price of the tank in the
quarter -plate size is 5s. it is also made in the half-plate size, holding
36 ozs. of developer.
;
THE
(Sold by
"
W. Butcher and
Sons, Limited,
London, E.G.)
This new pattern of dark-room lamp, very strongly built, somewhat on the design of a motor-car lamp, is made entirely of metal,
the reservoir, which carries a good size burner, being outside, and
the lamp being provided with two circular safelights
(ruby and
amber) 5^ inches in diameter, either or both of which may be used.
One good feature of the lamp is the large handle, enabling it to
be conveniently carried about the dark-room.
NEW "PREMO"
(Made by Kodak, Limited,
CAMERAS.
57 to 61, Clerkenwell
cameras taking the all-convenient " Premo " filmand pattern is the " Premo Junior " for pictures
3i X 2^ ins., a neat 'box camera measuring 5| x 4
X 54 ine.,
of fixed focus type with overset shutter for time and one instan-
Of the
series of
pack, a new size
1910]
685
New folding cameras for " the "Premo" film-pack are the Nos. IA
The "Special" takes a,
Premoettes."
ordinary and "Special"
with scale focussing, R.B. lens with iris
picture 4? x 2^, is fitted
and one
diaphragm and overset shutter fitted to work at time, bulb,
It
instantaneous speed, and with trigger and pneumatic release.
carries
The
686
1191')
with R.R.
lens.
by
J.
H. Dallmeyer, Limited,
An
1910]
68?
It
is
on the hinges.
quickly opened
pressure
seen on either
the ipair of
clips
pulling out
fitted
camera
is
The
side tof
the lens in the
drawing.
and fall
both a
rise
with two-way
front,
rising
giving
of' 1 in.
the vertical way of the plate in addition to rise and
fall the landscape way of the plates.
The shutter is very simple and
rapid in its manipulation, the slit being adjusted by winding th
blind until the upper part of the aperture is le\el with the top of
the plate, when pressure of a knob on the left of the camera allows
of the slit being enlarged or contracted by winding a small head
on the right just above the winding key. The adjustment for
alteration of tension is provided in the usual way, the two in conjunctioa giving speeds up to 1-1,000 sec. Time exposures are very
by
simple
simply
'by
simply obtained by opening the slit to the full wi(ith of the plate,
when pressure on the release opens the shutter and a second pressure
closes it. Mention should also be made of the brake attachment for
the shutter, convenient at times for still 'further slowing down the
slowest speeds given by the shutter. In several points the details
For example, the catch for
of construction make for convenience.
the dark-slide or focussing screen is operated by pressing down the
lever instead of raising it, an improvement which, although of
minor importance, nevertheless conduces to smoothness of working.
The camera is provided with strong bushes for adjustment to the
tripod, and complete with three excellent double plate-holders with
pull-out shutters and Busch "Detective" Aplanat the price is
"
8 10s. 6d. With
Omnar" anastigmat, Series III., No. 2B, the
9 10s.
The camera can also be adapted to carry tha
price is
638
[1910
"Premo"
film-pack at the pi-ice of 12s., whilst extra double plateholders are obtainable at 10s. each.
"
The Heda " is a still cheaper variety of the camera sold at the
low price, complete with three single metal slides and Rusch Aplanat
The extension in this case is provided by four
5 7s. 6d.
flQ, of
metal rods, and certainly gives a very rigid front board. Eise and
fall of front are provided the vertical way of the plate, whilst the
lens-board is further made rotatable, so that the rise and fall can be
obtained either way of the plate. The shutter, with the exception
"
Planor.'
of the brake attachment, is the same as that fitted to the
Adjustments of the width of the slit and for time exposures are
made
"
Heda,"
like the
"
Planor,"
4x2
AND PHOTOGRAPHER
1910]
DAILY COMPANION.
689
trried without
ment, the astonishing fact remains that it can be
inconvenience in the upper waistcoat pocket, in conned ion with which
fact it must be remembered that it is a complete instrument, and
li;is
only to be opened out on its nickelled struts to be ready for
i
also be had
with an
lens working at /"/5.6 for 70s., whilst a fixed
"
"
focus enlarger, giving a postcard picture from the
Ensignette
negative, is supplied for 5s. 6d.
taking
"
picture.
Ensign" anastigmat
Houghtons to provide a
is
of
690
[1910
' '
by Fred V.
Lloyd, Limited,
15,
Lord
Street, Liverpool.)
"
"
This model of the
Miral
series of reflex cameras made by
Talbot and Earner Mirals, Limited, has one special feature particularly recommending it for sports and other branches of press
1910]
691
and
Street,
Hatton Garden,
of
the
reflex type.
In
its
manufacadded an
692
Premo
film-packs.
43,
Constant air pressure being an important condition in the commercial use of the Aerograph, both for photographic and process
purposes, the two forms of apparatus specially supplied for this
purpose become a valuable parlrbf the equipment. For those who
have electric supply the best form of apparatus is the Motor Airpump supplied, of 1-6 and horse-power, the former at 15 16s.,
and the latter at 12 12s., in each case suitable for 100 or 200- volt
circuit, and allowing of the current being taken from an ordinary
The pump worked by the motor is most inelectric light fitting.
geniously provided with an automatic valve release, which keeps
AND PHOTOGRAPHER
1910]
DAILY COMPANION.
693
li ins.
examination.
THE
G94
JlRITISTl
[1910
direct-vision finder.
first,
vided with pneumatic and trigger release, the latter .being of the
excellent 'form with which pressure is a direct thrust against the
body of the worker, whilst the pneumatic release allows of the
use- of the T.P. time-valve, giving the series of exposures of one
second and large fractions of a second. Finished throughout in
black leather and black ebonised wood, the camera is of very handsome but unobtrusive appearance. It may be fitted with the usual
The
lenses in focussing mounts, rising front for which is provided.
finder is of the direct-vision type fitted with magnifying lens, which
can >be used or turned out of the way at will.
"
"
"
"
Unit shutter used on both the Royal Ruby and " Ruby
"
Nos. 1 and 2 represents the chief direction in which these reflector
cameras have ibeen further improved. The "Royal Ruby," it will
be remembered, has the universal rising and swinging front of the
The
1910]
695
"Ruby" camera, and allows ol very long extension" and the widest
In the case of the
range of lens movements.
Ruby's," these
cameras ar now built wit/h a detachable lens box, provided with skyS'hade, which is very nicely fitted so that it stops in any position.
The camera IF fitted with reversing back in the case of " Ruby No. 1,"
8 10s.
whilst in the case of No. 2, the double-extension
sold at
instrument, the tack is made to rotate, there is rack and pinion
adjustment of the front, and the total extension of 12 ins. is obtained with the single pinion head, which automatically takes up
;
and
Co., 19,
slit
very conveniently
made by
being opened.
G9G
[1910
"
is again similar in general design to the
The stereo " Kibitz
"
Stereax," and forms an excellent pocket camera strongly made,
The
and with the convenient lazy-tongs extension and focus-sing.
^focus to
which
it is
set.
The
THE
"
313,
mounted in a
flange, and is
rigid barrel
fitted
with
diaphragms down
the full aperture the instrument covers excellently the cinematograph standard size of picture, and should be a most serviceable
lens for work of this kind, as also for making direct enlargements
in the camera of quite small objects.
The price is S 5s.
1910 J
697
name
J. Ashford, 179,
AstonaRoad, Birmingham.)
Under
this
is
fixed in the clip of the metal strut attached to the mirror and the
observer viewing the highlynmagnified reflection over the top of the
In viewing subjects placed the vertical way of the postcard
card.
the latter is inserted as before and the apparatus held sideways.
The apparatus fulfils its purpose excellently, and should be a very
The price
saleable article in conjunction with picture postcards.
of a single monoscope is 2s. 9d.
for use on a 3
On such a plate
x 2$-in. plate.
would include a moderately wide angle, and might be of exceptional value at times.
The small oinematqgrapn picture is, of
course, covered perfectly a.t full aperture, and for this kind of
be well adapted
it
698
[1910
work a
diaphragm
is
5.
and
As
sold
clusion,
313,
printing frame serving for the making of full-size stereox 6 in. negative intact
scopic transparencies from the standard 3
is made 'by Messrs. Watson at the price of 5s.
When making the
first exposure the
negative is pushed to one end of the frame, and
when making the second to the other, the positive transparency plate
in each instance being pushed to the opposite extremity of the
frame. The aperture through which exposure is made is con-
1910]
699
and the special collapsing curtain at the back. Rise and fall of the
lens panel operated by rack and pinion is also fitted
whilst, of
course, the ordinary extension of the front is by the same movement. The price complete with condenser, but without projection
7 15s. in half-plate. For the
4 15s. in quarter-plate size,
lens, is
full range of .movements provided these are extremely moderate
prices, but Messrs. Butcher supply an even lower-priced enlarger,
"
;
half -plate.
NEW MODELS
(Sold by Koss, Limited,
3,
OF REFLEX CAMERAS.
700
11910
and pinion adjustment, turning back without pixjjetion, a convenience which is available in the ordinary as well as in the tropical
model. The price of the latter in quarter-plate size, with three
22 2s.
dou'ble dark slides and 5
in. Homocentric, /"/6.3, is
LENSES.
Street, Leicester.)
1910]
701
in. from the back of the flange, the front and rear combinations being very quickly detached and refitted owing to the
special form of thread adopted by Messrs. Taylor, Taylor, and
about li
Hobson.
"
702
[1910
94,
CAMERAS.
Fleet Street, London, E.G.)
In the two models of reflex camera, the "All British" and the
2," Planex, supplied by this firm a number of minor improvements have been made in the 1910 instruments whilst pre-
"No.
"
"
In the
All British
serving the general design.
(illustrated) a
very large lens shade is provided, whilst the focussing hood has a
depth of 9 ins. The total extension obtained by aid of the reversing lens mount is 11 ins. in the quarter- plate size, whilst both in
this camera and the "No. 2" an improved type of quick wind and
AND
1910]
]MIOTO(;KAPIIKR.'S DAILY
COMPANION.
?03
dark-slides.
"
The City Sale, it may be added, now supply their "Blitz double
anastigmat in a new series of f/4'8 aperture, these lenses being
especially suitable for the reflex camera, since at the full aperture
they cover the plate for which they are listed, whilst the separate
components can be used as long-focus lenses. In addition to this, at
a medium stop the complete lens may be used as a wide-angle on a
The prices range from 4 4s. for the 5-in. focus to
larger plate.
19 10s. for the 15-in.
88
and
89,
The 000 is a somewhat cheaper line of inmovements which are called for in cameras
of this description namely, rise and cross front movements, reversible finder and level, infinity catch and diaphragm scale.
It is
made in the quarter-plate and postcard sizes, at prices from 45s.
all
the
704
THE
BP.ITIRH
[1910
88
and
89,
L'JIOj
705
THE
"
ENSIGN
"
DEVELOPMENT TANK.
The tank can be used in either position, with the result that
markings which occasionally result from allowing the plates to
remain in one position throughout the whole time of development
all that is necessary being to quietly reverse the
are avoided
position of the tank, allowing it to stand upon the lid for part of
the time, and for another period on the screw cap. The apparatus
is very strongly made in nickelled brass, and may be used for both
developing and fixing. The price of the tank in quarter-plat* size is
x 3), 10s. 6d. and in half-plate,
7s. 6d.
in 5 x 4 or- postcard (5
;
12s.
2s.
6d.
6d.,
The
and
3s.
are.
and
7s.
respectively.
(ffity
706
[1910
is
made.-
82,
a modification of the excellent apparatus made by this old-established firm for enlarging and projection,
advantage is taken of the rectangular form of condensers to use a
pair of unusually long focus, so that the light is a good distance
12 ins. and more benind the condenser.
As a further protection
against the heating of the slide, a water tank is placed immediately
in front of the condenser, the slide beiiij; held in the usual carrier
is
1910]
707
Messrs.
at the
is
low price of
3.
arc specially
provided with
It is
is
of excellent
made
all
workmanship.
125,
a right-
lamp is
and insideway
used,
if
Phillips
and Son,
98,
Truro Road,
Wood
all
708
[1910
We
is
PHILLIPS
EXPOSURE
METER.
1910]
The camera
is,
709
in fact,
most
wide-angle movement.
Messrs.
own
Watson
fit
"
Holos/tigmat," the
has the great advantage of providing an //4.5
components"of which may ".be iised <as excellent f/Q
the No. 5
of Sjf-in. focus gives
Holostigmat
and 10 ins. focal length.
THE
"
lens,
the separate
Co., Limited, 22
and
23,
and
710
LI 910
frame
is
Is.
we would
supplementary lenses, as
experience of Mr. Allen
are very neatly mounted
NEW MODEL
(Made by J. H.Dallmeyer, Limited, 25, Newman Street, Oxford Street, London, W.)
A new form of mounting of the " Adon " lens has been introduced.
The loose black lengthening tube behind the front lens has been
This makes the
dispensed with, and a sliding tube substituted.
lens more portable, and in other ways more convenient in working.
The power of the negative lens has been slightly increased, and the
definition at full aperture has been improved.
This new "Adon"
will not be on sale until the New Year.
1910J
711
on the
mount
lens
sliding
on the
latter so that
does not add to the bulk o.f the lens, and allowing at the same
time of an orthochromatic filter being screwed into the barrel of
the lens.
Or, if the filter is not require-.!, the hood itself may be
made to screw into the internal diameter of the lens mount.
it
(Made by W.
6s. 6d.,
5x4
poskard
THE STUDIO
(Sold by the Adhesive
8s. 6d.,
"
"
10s. 6d.
DRY-MOUNTING PRESS.
In this new
of dry-mounting machine, a
type,
15x12 can be taken and attached at one pressure
27,
Fetter Lane,
print as large as
to
mounts up
to
712
for the
5s.,
purposes
should be
within the means of even a small studio. The press may be used
with either gas or spirit, a special heater for the latter 1>eing sold at
a cost of 2 10s
"
THE BEARD
(Made by R. R. Beard,
This
that
it
lantern
may be
up and down.
10,
carrier
used in
The
of
to-and-fro
type,
but
is
made
so
slide
is
chiefly
1910]
713
14,
10,
714
13 10
Zimmennann and
Co., Limited, 9
and
10, St.
Mary-at-Hill,
London, E.G.)
and
tube
in
ins.
length,
graduated
deliver
up to 80 minims, or 5
minim
scale
to
The
ccs.
trouble
of
is
the
drip
from
bottle
necks,
Co., 26,
1910]
AND PHOTOGRAPHER
DAILY COMPANION.
715
"
"
Vaido
has points of superiority
respect that the new
which the discriminating worker will appreciate.
Take, for
example, the rise of front. Mr. Adams provides, as do many
convenient
rack
and
most
the
it.
of
But
makers,
pinion adjustment
in
this
he goes further, and gives the .head of the pinion the star form seen
in the second
photograph, so that when the front is close
in at the wide-angle position, the worker can use one finger only
nd do easily with a poking movement what he oould not readily do
most plainly
45
716
[1910
A
in the case of screw-head requiring two
refinement perhaps, but nevertheless one which the worker will be
which
make
for
to
provide fittings
grateful for. The same purpose,
smoothness of manipulation, might be instanced in other items
to
all the world how the photodemonstrate
but why should we
fingers to
move
it.
"
"
by aid of its focussing scale and the most valuable Idento finder,
which indicates the change in the picture when the front is raised.
The " Vaido " has a large rise, and useful as that movement is in
hand-camera work, its value is practically negatived unless the
finder show* what is happening.
1910]
717
The advantages
of a
and Co.,
52,
camera of the
reflex type for studio porparticularly of children, being very considerable, there is
good reasoi to call attention to a model of camera built solely for
traiture,
is
45*
718
turned over on
[1910
Focussing is
done by rack and pinion from the rear, whilst the total extension of
The minimum exten24 inches is obtained by pulling out the front
The instrument is solidly made, and complete with
sion is 12 inches.
10 in the half- plate
three double sliJes, but without lens, costs
BUM.
"X.
AND
(Made by
G."
Newman and
folding enlarger of
by Messrs.
cameras.
"
Newman and
"
being simply placed on the outside board of the enmade by the special mounting provided
by the latter." The "enlarger is made for both the 3^ x 2 and
to give a print of half-plate or whole-plate
Sibyls
quarter-plate
the
larger
Sibyl
and a
light-tight joint
1910]
719
MODEL.
89,
de
"
N'jveltie* in Apparatus
[Tlie separate items in tJic foregoing
section are Indexed in the General Index to the Text porfion of the
'
"
Almanac," placed at
the
THE
720
IIIUTISH
[1910
PRINCIPAL
PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES.
ORTHOCHROMATIC PROCESSES.
(Most of the formulae in this section are those used in the threecolour and process department of the L.C.C. School of PhotoEngraving, Bolt Court, London, E.G., to the Principal of which,
Mr. A. J. Newton, we are indebted for assistance in arranging them in
the preseiit form. ED. B. J. A.)
1.
green.
To
To
be used.
solution
made
up
to 5,900 A.U.,
as follows
Stock solution 1
1000
100 parts
400 parts
Water
Ammonia
5 parts
(0-880)
N.B.
Ammonia
3.
To
used
Green, yellow
up
and
red.
1910]
stock solution
is
made containing
alcohol.
721
2 parts
100 parts
Stock solution
Water
This
is
a 1
50,000 solution.
will keep,
4.
Extreme visible red.
To sensitise for the extreme visible red, pinacyanol should be used.
The operations can be done in a weak green light, passing the part of
the spectrum between 5,000 and 5,300. The dye solutions are prepared exactly as those of Orthochrome T, etc. See above.
Panchromatic Plates.
5.
Use a 1-50,000 solution of a mixture of pinachrome and pinacyanol, viz., 3 parts pinachrome stock solution, 2 parts pinacyanol
stock solution
Infra red.
6.
The best sensitiser for the infra red is dicyanine, which is prepared
and used exactly as pinacyanol, except that the stock solubion must
not be added to the water until the very last moment, when everything is quite ready, and the plate can be immediately flowed with
the solution, as the weak solution loses its sensitising power very
quickly.
If
it
ammonia
must be
with
it,
bath.
laid in
ILFORD
No
190f>
E.
722
[1910
They
will
given above.
filters,
. .
PANCHROMATIC SENSITTSERS
Pinaverdol
Ethyl
(1
violet (1
500)
500)
:
. .
. .
Collodion emulsion
..
Pinacyanol can be substituted
..
30
100 ozs.
1000
c.c.s.
5 c.c.s.
c.c.s.
FOR RED
Pinacyanol (1-1000)
Collodion emulsion
(Hiibl).
3 ozs.
A oz.
SENSITISING.
.
. .
3 ozs.
100
ozs.
3 c.c.s.
100 c.c.
10 c.c.s.
100 c.c.s.
The dyed emulsion keeps well, and in half-tone work gives a sharp
clean dot, but its speed is not improved.
Holliday, Huddersfield)
Emulsion
..'
..
..
..
1 oz.
10 ozs.
Chromatic and
Rapid
Chromatic Plates
POPULAR
PRICES.
E.
Grand Prix, Franco- British Exhibition, 190&; Gold Medal, International Photographic
Exhibition, Dretden, 1909.
1910]
723
Bull.)
cm.
Tartrazine
.'.
Or brilliant yellow
Or naphtbol yellow
Orauramine
..
Red safe
..
..1 mgm.
..
..
0'5
1
..2
..
light for
Rose bengal
ordinary plates.
Per sq.
. .
. .
f^
mgm.
mgm.
mgm.
cm.
Tartrazine
(approx.)
0-5
^o
f
Grs. per sq. in.
(approx.)
mgm.
mgm.
0'5
mgm.
fa
About 20
c.c.s. should be allowed for every 100 sq. cm. of glass, i.e.,
about 20 minims per sq. in. The dyes are added, most conveniently
from stock solutions, in quantity to give the proportions stated above
in the niters.
The
ILFORD
PRICES^
Zenith
Plates
Exceptional Latitude.
No
Fog.
E.
724
"recryst"
sulphite,
carbonate.
It should be noted also that the metric
of the British item for item, but that the
of the same composition.
Adurol.
TWO-SOLUTION.
A. Adurol
85grs.
If oz.
10 ozs.
Sodium sulphite
Water
19-5 gms.
175 gms.
1000
o.c.s.
125 gms.
11 oz.
1000 c.c.s.
10 ozs.
Water
Adurol possesses a character intermediate between pyro and the
long-factor developers, metol, amidol, etc.
For studip work and snap-shots take 1 part of A, 1 part of B.
For time exposures outdoor take 1 part of A, 1 part of B, 1 part of
B. Potass, carbonate
water.
ONE-SOLUTION (CONCENTRATED).
4 ozs.
3 ozs.
10 ozs.
Sodium sulphite
Potass carbonate
Water
When
all are
dissolved add
400 gms.
300 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
50 gms.
$ oz.
For studio work and snap-shots take 1 part with 3 parts of water.
For time exposures outdoor take 1 part with 5 parts of water.
Adurol
Amidol.
A normal
developer consists of
AD
1910]
725
The mixed developer will keep well in solution for about a week, or
sometimes longer, if its concentration does not exceed that given
above. It must be made up with freshly dissolved sulphite, as this
A
salt does not keep well in solution for more than a few weeks.
sodium sulphite solution that has had added to it some potassium
metabisulphite will, however, keep well for a very long period, and by
the addition of dry amidol a fresh developer can be rapidly prepared
when required.
Make the following
Sodium sulphite
Potassium metabisulphite
Water
Water
20 ozs.
23
4-57-0 gms.
i oz.
. .
to
sol.
100
. .
to
200 gms.
25 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
4 ozs.
grs.
mm.
200 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
1 oz.
Azol.
The
Normal exposures
Azol
20 mins.
Water..
Under-exposures
Over-exposures
to 6 ozs.
J oz.
to 8 ozs.
Azol
15 mins.
Water..
to 1 oz.
Azol
30 mins.
Water..
i oz.
to 1 oz.
oz.
to 4 ozs.
to 1 oz.
clear.
MONARCH
ILFORD
^^
PLATES
(Purple and Gold Label).
IN
THE WORLD.
E.
726
[1910
Edinol.
ONE-SOLUTION.
For
Sodium sulphite
Edinol
Sodium carbonate
Water
5 ozs.
96 grs.
250 gms.
2 ozs.
100 gms.
1000 o.e.s.
20 ozs.
11 gms.
288
. .
Sodium sulphite
grs.
4 ozs.
Edinol
Potassium carbonate
Potassium bromide
96 grs.
2 ozs.
48 grs.
20 ozs.
Water
33 gms.
200 gms.
11 gms.
100 gms.
5-5 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Eikonogen.
A.
.2 ozs.
Sodium sulphite
V.
Eikonogen
Distilled water
B. Potass, carbonate
Distilled water
For
use,
....
..
of A.
oz.
20 ozs.
U oz.
20 ozs.
100 gms.
25 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
75 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
and B.
ONE-SOLUTION.
Sodium sulphite
Sodium carbonate
Distilled water
is
2 ozs.
1 oz.
20 ozs.
oz.
Eikonogen
Eikonogen
full detail
100 gms.
50 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
25 gms.
without excessive
ILFORD
POPULAR
LANTERN
Plates
"Special"
"Alpha"
"
The " Alpha " Lantern is the ONLY Plate of its kind.
The "Ilford" Gaslight Lantern is the easier, plate to use.
Full Price List post free on application.
PRICES.
E.
1910]
727
Eikonogen- Hydroquinone.
A.
Hydroquinone
Eikonogen
Sodium sulphite
.
Citric acid
Water to
..
. .
..
. .
.
..
..
B. Potass, bromide
Sodium carbonate
Caustic potash
For
Water to
use, mix in equal
This developer
is
40 grs.
120 grs.
480 grs.
20 grs.
20 ozs.
4-5
gms.
14 gms.
55 gms.
2-3 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
5 grs.
05 gms.
60 grs.
30 grs.
20 ozs.
35 gms.
7 gms.
1000
c.c.s.
parts.
and bromide
papers.
Ferrous Oxalate.
A. Potass, oxalate (neutral), 5 ozs
off clear liquid for use.
hot water, 20
ozs.
Cool,
and
pour
B.
Warm
water, 20 ozs.
iron, 5 ozs.
Mix 1 oz. of B. with 3 to 4 ozs. of
(pouring
versa).
2 ozs.
40 grs.
4 drs.
2 drs.
2 drs.
16 ozs.
Citric acid
Alum
Distilled water
tones,
20 ozs.
B. Sulphate of iron
For black
100 gms.
4-5 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
34 gms.
17 gms.
17 gms.
1000
c.c.s.
in equal volume.
X - RAY
ILFORD
m
Plates
Extra Sensitive.
UNAPPROACHED IN QUALITY AND UNIFORMITY FOR ALL
RADIOGRAPHIC WORK.
"In our opinion the Ilford X-Ray Plates are the best and
most rapid at present obtainable." The Lancet.
Full Price Lists post free on application.
E.
728
[1910
1 part
4 parts
1 part
. .
Water
B. Ferrous sulphate
Citric acid
0-01 part
Water
C. Potass, bromide
Water
For use take A, 100 parts
. .
. .
. .
. .
3 parts
1 part
100 parts
parts:
Qlycin.
ONE-SOLUTION (HUBL).
Boiling water
Sodium sulphite
When
4 ozs.
2 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
625 gms.
1 oz.
250 gms.
dissolved add
Glycin
And then in small quantities
Potass, carbonate . .
.*.
5 ozs.
1250 gms.
This forms a thick cream, which must be well shaken and then
diluted with water; for normal work, dilute 1 oz. with 12 or 15 ozs.
of water
for very soft results with 30 ozs. of water.
.
ONE-SOLUTION.
Sodium
sulphite
Potass, carbonate
Water to
For normal exposures
33 gms.
83 gms.
166 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
1 oz.
2 ozs.
Glycin
.
. .
5 ozs.
30 ozs.
dilute with
an equal bulk
of water.
n
^ rFOR
V/ 1* l^
II
KALONA
POPULAR
PRICES.
Self -Toning
AND MATT.
Paper
(semi-matt),
E.
729
1910]
Hydroquinone.
ONE-SOLUTION.
100 grs.
Hydroquinone
Sodium sulphite
1J oz.
3 ozs.
Sodium carbonate
20 ozs.
Water to
May be diluted with an equal volume of water.
11-5 gins.
75 gms.
150 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
This formula is not so quick in action as the next one, but there is
tendency for the great density in the high-lights which is easily
produced in cases of under-exposure. In all cases the temperature of
the hydroquinone developer should not be allowed to fall below 60, or
the solution becomes inert.
less
Hydroquinone
Sodium
. .
. .
sulphite
Citric acid
Potass, bromide
Water to
. .
Water
For use
. .
to
A, 1 oz.
B, 1
oz.
160 grs.
2 ozs.
60 grs.
40 grs.
20 ozs.
160 grs.
20 ozs.
4-5
gms.
1000 c.c.s.
18 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
water, 2 ozs.
18 gms.
100 gms.
7 gms.
. .
15 gms.
300 gms.
20 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
of density in high-lights,
and
Imogen Sulphite.
A.
Imogen sulphite
Distilled water (warm)
B. Sodium carbonate
83 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
500 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
1 oz.
..
.
..
Water
For correct exposure, A, 2 ozs.
exposure or soft negatives, A, 1
12 ozs.
1 oz.
2 ozs.
oz.
ILFORD P
POPULAR
PRICES.
ILFORD
P.O. P.
Post-Cards
E.
730
water, 3 ozs.
[1910
potassium bromide,
Kachin.
160
A. Kaohin
9 gms.
grs.
(Avoirdupois)
2 ozs.
Sodium sulphite
Water to
B. Sodium carbonate
Water to
. .
20 029.
(fl.)
2 ozs.
20 ozs.
(fl.)
62-5 gms.
500 c.c.s.
50 gms.
500 c.c.s.
No resfcrainer is really necessary, but in the case of overexposure the use of a few drops of 5 per cent, solution of ordinary
borax is recommended.
Kachin is almost free from staining properties, and is excellent in
its clean development of stale plates, on which it does not produce the
minutes.
common
iridescent markings.
Metol.
ONE-SOLUTION (HAUFF).
Metol
. .
. .
Sodium sulphite
Sodium carbonate
Potass, bromide
150
grs.
ozs.
ozs.
3
16 grs.
Water
20
For
ozs.
16 gms.
125 gms.
175 gms.
2 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
water, 1 oz.
For land-
is
greatly prolonged.
little density
See " Factorial Develop-
ment."
Platona
ILFORD Genuine
Platinum
POPULAR
Pa.pei*
PRICES.
LONDON.
ILFORD, Limited, ILFORD, LONDON,
,
E.
it
Gold Medal, International
Photographic
1910]
731
TWO-SOLUTION (HAUFP).
150
A. Metol
Sodium sulphite
Water to
B. Sodium carbonate
Potass, bromide
Water
For
portraits, A, 1 oz.
B, 1 oz.
grs.
2J ozs.
20 oz*.
3* ozs
16 grs.
20 ozs.
For landscapes, A,
16 gms.
125 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
175 gms.
2 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
1 oz.
B, 1 oz.
water, 1 oz.
ONE-SOLUTION (ANDRESEN).
160 grs.
Metol
Sodium
sulphite
Potass, carbonate
Potass, bromide
Water
For
ozs.
If ozs.
22 grs.
20 ozs.
18 gms.
175 gms.
87-5 gms.
2-5 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
TWO-SOLUTION (ANDRESEN).
A. Metol
Sodium sulphite
Water
B. Sodium carbonate
Water
One part of A is mixed with
.
added as required
160 grs.
3A ozs.
20 O2M.
18 gins.
175 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
ozs.
60
ozs.
175 gms.
3000 c.c.s.
3 parts of B, potass
bromide being
Metol - Hydroquinone.
ONE-SOLUTION.
Metol
Sodium sulphite
Hydroquinone
Sodium carbonate
35 grs.
2 ozs.
50 grs.
is
100 gms.
5-7 gms.
75 gms.
1000 C.C.E
11 oz.
20 ozs.
mixed with an equal volume of water at the time of use.
.
Distilled water to
This
4 gms.
ILFORD
POPULAR
PRICES.
BROMIDE
BROMONA
(9 varieties)
and
(4 Varieties)
PAPERS
E.
Exhibition, Dresden,
WW.
732
[1910
TWO-SOLUTION.
A.
40 grs.
50 grs.
120 grs.
15 grs.
20 ozs.
Metol
Hydroquinone
Sodium sulphite
Potass, bromide
Water to ..
B. Sodium carbonate .."
Water
.
4-5 gms.
5-7 gms.
14 gms.
2 gms.
1000 o.o.s.
25 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
$ oz.
20 ozs.
Ortol.
ORTOL- SODA.
140 grs.
70 grs.
20 ozs.
2 ozs.
A. Ortol
Potass, metabisulphite
Water, cold
B. Sodium carbonate
Sodium sulphite
Potass, bromide
3| ozs.
10-20 gis.
Water
100 minims
is
20 ozs.
of 1 in 2 hypo solution may be added to solution A, and
said to brighten the shadows, but this addition is of doubtful
value.
In cold weather the potassium bromide may be left out.
For quick development take 1 part of A and 1 part of B.
For slow
and soft development take 1 part of A, 1 part of B, and 1 part water.
Ortol solution should not be made up with sodium sulphite, otherwise red stain may be caused, nor should ammonia be used with it.
In other respects
it
Paramidophenol.
ONE-SOLUTION.
Potassium metabisulphite
6 ozs.
Distilled water
..
20 ozs.
..
..
2 ozs.
Paramidophenol
Dissolve in the above order and add gradually
300 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
100 gms.
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
q.s.
1910]
733
Paramidophenol hydrochloride
Potassium metabisulphite
B.
Distilled water to
Sodium
..
23 gms.
200 grs.
100 grs.
20 ozs.
11-5 gms.
1000
..
.
c.c.s.
62-5 gms.
62-5 gms.
1J oz.
Potassium carbonate
li oz.
Distilled water to ..
..
..
20 ozs.
For use, mix 1 oz of A with 2 ozs. of B.
sulphite
1000
c.c.s,
Pyro- Acetone.
A.
Pyro
Sodium
100 gms.
400 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
1 oz.
4 ozs.
sulphite
Distilled water to
9 ozs.
A. sol
Acetone
40 minims
40 minims
Water
1 oz.
and is made by measuring out 40 minims
40 minims of acetone and making up to 1 oz.
of
80 c.c.s.
80 o.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
solution, adding
Pyro -Ammonia.
(10% SOLUTIONS.)
A. Pyro solution as for pyro-potash or pyro-soda.
B. Potass, bromide
1 oz.
Distilled water to
9 ozs.
C. Liquid ammonia (0-880)..
1 oz. (fl.)
..
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
100 c.c.s.
Distilled water to
9 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
To make a normal developer, take A, 20 minims B, 10 minims C,
30 minims water to 1 oz. or if no bromide is used, A, 20 minims
to water, 1 oz.
or in metric measures, A, 2 c.c.s.
C, 10 minims
B,
1 c.c.
water to 1 oz.
0, 3 c.c.
.
Water
B.
to
Soda carbonate
Water
Take A,
to
make
. .
make
1 part
B, 1 part
14 ozs.
700
160 grs.
20 ozs.
18
4 ozs.
20 ozs.
:
water, 2 parts.
c.c.s.
gins.
1000 c.c.s.
200 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
734
The following
is
Water
[1910
20 ozs.
to
200 gms.
25 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
This developer will produce negatives free from pyro stain, and
4 to 6 minutes' development at normal temperature with full exposure
will yield soft negatives full of detail and well suited to enlarging.
The advantages of the developer are its cleanliness and the extraordinary keeping qualities of the A solution.
When stronger negatives are required, the developer can be made
up by taking equal parts of A, of B, and of water, or equal parts of A
and B alone can be used, this giving a developer containing 4 grains
pyro to the ounce
The mixed solution can be used for several plates in succession if a
little extra time is given for development in each case.
It will be noticed that in making up A solution 14 parts of sulphite
solution must be added to 6 parts of water, which is equivalent to
adding 7 parts to 3. If less sulphite solution is taken, a slightly
quicker developer is obtained, but the result will show pyro stain in
the lights.
up the A solution
if
making
Pyro
Soda sulphite
Water to
. .
B. Caustic potash
or
Caustic soda
Water to
220 grs.
31 ozs.
20 ozs.
162-5
100
11-5 gms.
grs.
70 grs.
20 ozs.
25 gms.
1000
gms.
c.c.s.
8-5 gms.
1000
c.c.s.
in its characteristics.
Pyro -Metol.
A. Pyro
Metol
Potass, metabisulphite
Potass, bromide
.
Water to . .
.
B. Soda carbonate
Water
to
. .
80 grs.
70 grs.
180 grs.
30 grs.
20 ozs.
9-2 gms.
8 gms.
20-0 gms.
3-5 gms.
3 ozs.
150 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
20 ozs.
For
1000
c.c.s.
under-exposures,
735
'1910]
Pyrocatechin.
TWO-SOLUTION.
A. Pyrocatechin
Sodium sulphite
. .
. .
Water
B. Potass, carbonate
175 grs.
1* oz.
20 ozs.
20 gins.
75 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
125 gms.
lOOO c.c.s.
ozs.
20 ozs.
Water
Equal parts are mixed together.
ONE-SOLUTION.
Sodium sulphite
Water
....
250 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
5 ozs.
20 ozs.
260-300
400 grs.
Caustic soda
30-0-34-5
grs.
gms.
46 gms.
Pyrocatechin
The chemicals are dissolved in this order, and the stock solution
It is diluted with 20 times its volume of water for
kept well corked.
use.
Rodinal.
a concentrated liquid preparation of para-amido phenol,
sold also in solid form. The following are instructions for the use
of the liquid
Rodinal
is
Rodinal
1 oz.
Potass, bromide
150
grs.
1 oz.
Water
And add
30 c.c.s.
10 gms.
30 c.c.s.
exposure.
For under-exposures
Rodinal, 1 oz.
Stand Development.
a very suitable developer for this purpose, and the folGlycin
lowing directions are given by Hiibl for the use of the formula (given
on another page) for a concentrated solution.
Normal developer
Stock sol., 1 oz.
water, 80 to 90 oz.; potass
bromide, 10 per cent, sol., 80 minims.
In this solution a properly exposed plate should make its appear
ance in 15 or 20 minutes, and obtain full density in several hours.
caustic soda sol. (10%)
For under-exposures
Stock sol., 1 oz.
1 oz.
water, 50 oz., warmed to 75 degrees F.
is
For over-exposures
1 oz.
water, 25 ozs.
Stock
sol.,
oz.
potass bromide,
10%
sol.
736
[1910
Factorial Development.
The total time of development (found by trial to give a certain
amount of contrast) divided by the time in which the image first
"
the " factor of a developer.
"
" Watkins'
factors
following
instructions from the "Watkins' dark
calculator
appears
The
is
are
abstracted
SUGGESTED FACTORS.
from
the
factorial
1910]
737
THERMO DEVELOPMENT.
See under "Developers" in "Epitome of Progress."
ment and
. .
Water
Water
C.
to
Water
or, A,
. .
Hypo
Take
32
c.c.s.
minims
B, 5
c.o.s.
c.c.s.
18 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
560 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
07,.
2 ozs.
to
A, 160
1000
20 ozs.
160 grs.
20 ozs.
to
B. Caustic soda
Restrainers.
Potassium bromide in 10 per cent, solution is the most common
The dose is from one half-grain (5 minims) per ounce of
restrainer.
developer.
Ammonium
citrate solution
it
has been
FIXING,
An
Hypo
solution (1:5)
50
ozs.
1000
oz.
30
70
c.c.s.
of
(1
4)
3| ozs.
c.c.s.
o.c.s.
TTTE BRITISH
733
[1910
.
(saturated solution)
sulphite (saturated solu.
20 ozs.
1000
c.o.s.
200
300
Sodium
tion)
Hypo-solution (1:5)
7 ozs.
c.c.s.
1 dr.
Water
(fl.)
ozs.
10
c.c.s.
SOc.c.s.
to
Sodium
Water
2 ozs.
6 ozs.
80 gms.
240 c.o.s.
16 ozs.
48 ozs.
700 gms.
2000 c.c.s.
1 oz.
8 ozs.
40 gms.
300 c.c.s.
sulphite
..
..
into
Water
Finally add to the above mixture
Chrome alum
Water
Hypo= Eliminators.
Peroxide of hydrogen (20 vols.)
. .
Water
After washing the negative well
25 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
immersed for a couple
1 dr.
5 ozs.
it
is
may
of
be
Barium
dioxide
.
Glacial acetic acid
. .
1 oz.
1 oz.
25 gms.
25 gms.
Water
40 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
Reduce the barium dioxide to a fine powder and add it gradually
to the acid and water, shaking until dissolved.
A few minutes'
immersion in this solution will effectually remove or destroy the last
traces of hypo.
PERSULPHATE.
Ammonium
persulphate
Carbonate of soda
Water
. .
5 grs.
6 gms.
12 gms.
1 oz.
1000
grs.
o.c.s.
PEBCABBONATE.
Potassium percarbonate
Water
grs.
1 oz.
6 gms.
1000 c.o.s.
PEBMANGANATE.
Wash
the negative for one minute under the tap, and transfer to a
shallow dish containing water with enough potass permanganate in it
to turn it pink.
Remove the negative as soon as the colour goes, and
keep on treating in the very weak peimanganate baths until the colour
is not discharged.
A very cheap and satisfactory process which allows
of a negative being ready for
drying within three minutes of fixation.
1910]
739
Method II. After washing in the usual way or using a hypoeliminator, lay a piece of old fine cambric on the negative and firmly
pass a roller squeegee over it. The negative, with much of the water
thus removed, will dry in a few minutes in a moderately warm place.
10 to 20 ozs.
50 c.c.s.
500-1000
Alum
1 oz.
20 ozs.
50 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Chrome alum
1 oz.
Water
20 ozs.
50 gms.
1000 c.o.a.
Formaline
1 oz.
Water
c.c.s.
Clearing Solutions.
ACID ALUM.
Alum
Citric acid
Water
2 ozs.
1 oz.
10 ozs.
200 gms.
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Wash
above.
CHROME ALUM.
Chrome alum
Hydrochloric acid
4
.
oz.
i oz.
or
Citric acid
1 oz.
Water
20 oza.
25 gms.
25 c.c.s.
50 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
740
[1910
THIOCARBAMIDE.
90 grs.
90 grs.
20 ozs.
Thiocarbamide
Citric acid
Water
10 gms.
10 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE.
(Eau de Javelk.)
1 oz.
30 gms.
Bleaching powder
45 gms.
Sodium carbonate
1^ oz.
Shake up the bleaching powder with a solution of the carbonate in
Extract the residue
a little water (6 ozs. or 180 c.c.s.), and filter.
The filtrate (solution of sodium
with plain water, and again filter.
hypochlorite) forms an active stain remover. It can be acidified with
oxalic acid, and then discharges yellow stain still more vigorously,
but with risk to the silver image.
A. Potass, iodide
Water
And after washing transfer
45 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
to
300 grs.
70 gms.
10 ozs.
1000 o.c.s.
in which rub the stained part of the film with a pledget of cotton
B. Potass, cyanide
. .
Water
wool.
If the stain does not yield to this treatment a solution of iodine (in
potass iodide) may be used in place of solution A.
A remedy for silver stains, which sometimes succeeds, is to rub with
pumice powder, and place in strong hypo.
NEGATIVE
Mercury
The negative is bleached
mercury bichloride
Mercury bichloride
INTEN5IFIER5.
Intensification.
in
(corrosive
1 oz.
62 gms.
sublimate)
Hot water
16 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
After cooling this solution and pouring off from the white feathery
crystals
..
..
30 minims
4 c.c.s.
Hydrochloric acid.
After well washing, the bleached negative is blackened in one or
other of the following
A. Ammonia (0-880)
20 drops
20 drops
Water
1 oz.
30 c.c.s.
Gives great intensification and good black colour.
.
1910]
741
D. Schlippe's
200-400 grs.
20 ozs.
salt
Water
20-40 gms.
1000
c.c.s.
Monckhoven's.
A.
Bromide
of
potassium
Bichloride of mercury
Water
23 gms.
23 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
10 grs.
10 grs.
1 oz.
10 grs.
10 grs.
23 gms.
23 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
1 oz.
Water
The
silver
filtering,
forms Solution B.
Mercuric Iodide.
1000 c.c.s.
200 gms.
10 gms.
20 ozs.
Water
Sodium sulphite
4 ozs.
Mercuric iodide
90
grs.
mercuric iodide
is
Mercuric chloride
Water
Add
50 grs.
10 ozs.
may
be used
6 gms.
500 c
c.s.
10 per
formed
when
. .
is
clear,
add
Sodium sulphite
Water to make
4 ozs.
20
ozs.
200 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
742
[1910
Silver Intensifiers.
B. B. WELLINGTON'S FOBMCLA.
120 grs.
Silver nitrate
2 ozs.
Water
J.
7-75
60
gms.
c.c.s.
Add
Ammonium
sulphocyanide
Water
240 grs.
15'5 gins.
3 ozs.
85
c.c.s.
Hypo
solution
Pyro (10%
(1
in 4)
. .
with sulphite
sol.)
Ammonia (10%
sol.)
alum
enough
Water
ppt
30 minims
c.c.s.
white
68
c.c.s.
1 oz.
and
obtained the
is
3-5 gms.
1
2 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
23 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
About 1
about 15
be
4 c.c.s.
4060
to
may
to just dissolve
it
When
once or twice,
again applied.
poured off and on
and
turbid, fresh
is rinsed,
Chromium
Intensifier.
Potassium bichromate ..
Hydrochloric acid (sp.
gr.,
..
1-160)*
..
Water
Bleach in A,
A.
5 grs.
1
min.
1 oz-
or
solution,
wash
B.
10 grs.
C.
10 grs.
5 min.
20 min.
1 oz.
1 oz.
is
removed,
B, to
gives intensification about equal to mercury and ammonia
that of mercury and ferrous oxalate and C, to that of mercury and
;
sodium sulphite.
enough density.
'
"
" Commercial
pure
strong acid.
1910]
743
Intensifier.
Copper
230 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
100 grs.
230 gms.
B. Potass, bromide
1 oz.
1000 c.c.s.
Water to
A and B are separately made up with hot water, mixed, and allowed
The negative is bleached in the mixture, ai.d washed for a
to cool.
minute or two. It is then blackened in
45 grs.
100 gms.
Silver nitrate
1 oz.
1000 c.c.s.
Water (distilled)
For still greater density, the negative is well washed from silver, and
100 grs.
A. Copper sulphate
Water
1 oz.
. .
. .
Lead
Lead
Intensifier.
.
nitrate
400 grs.
46 gms.
Potass, ferricyanide
600 grs.
70 gms.
..
..
3 drachms
Acetic acid ..
..
20 c.c.s.
20 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
Water to
The
This stock solution will keep for a long time in the dark.
negative is bleached in it, washed once very carefully in 10 per cent,
the acid makes the film very tender then in water, and
nitric acid
darkened in
1 oz.
A. Sodium sulphide
50 gms.
.
Water
20 ozs.
1000
90 grs.
10 gms.
40 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
c.c.s.
GrinIS.
Schlippe's salt
Ammonia
..
..
..
6 drachms
(-880)
Water
20 ozs.
Or
in
C. Potass, bichromate
Ammonia
Water
The lead intensifier
100 gms.
50 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
1 oz.
* oz.
10 ozs.
(-880)
and
suited
is
Uranium
A.
Uranium
nitrate
..
Intensifier.
..
..
Water
B. Potass, ferricyanide
Water
The
acid, 2
intensifier is prepared
from:
100 grs.
10 ozs.
100 grs.
10 ozs.
sol., 1 oz.
23 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
23 gins.
1000 c.o.s.
sol., 1 oz.
acetic
drachms.
ammonium sulphocyanide
gone.
any yellow stain, and weak ammonia or sodium carbonate
the intensification altogether, restoring the negative to its
A weak acetic acid bath should then be applied to the
state.
if the intensifier is to be again
applied.
A 10
removes
removes
original
negative
744
[1910
NEGATIVE REDUCERS.
Farmer's.
solution (1:5)
Potass, ferricyanide
Hypo
150
5 ozs.
c.c.s.
quant, suff.
quant, suff.
The colour is a fair indication of the strength of the reducer it
should be pale yellow, not orange, and should be used weak rather
than strong, since its selective action on the shadows of a negative is
then less. Yellow stain is due usually to the use of an acid fixing
bath, or an old fixing bath, instead of clean plain hypo solution. It
is not easy to remove.
(10%
sol.)
Belitski's.
Potass, ferric oxalate
. .
Sodium sulphite
Water
Dissolve and add
Oxalic acid..
.".
..
..
150 grs,
125 grs.
10 gins.
8 gms.
7 ozs.
200
40 to 45 grs.
c.c.s.
Then pour
off
from
50 gms.
If oz.
Hypo
Instead of the ferric oxalate the following more easily obtainable
chemicals can be used in the formula
..
100 grs.
Ferric chloride cryst.
..
6-5 gms.
Potass, oxalate
190 grs.
12-5 gms.
.
This reducer is stainless, and keeps well in the dark.
.
. .
. .
. .
Persulphate.
Ammonium
persulphate.
Water
10 to 20
grs.
1 oz.
23 to 45 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Water
20 grs.
10 grs.
... 10 grs.
10 ozs.
.
5 gms.
2 gms.
2 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
non-staining.
1910]
745
Iodine -Cyanide.
sol. in potass.
...
iodide sol.)
Potass, cyanide (10 per cent. sol.
in water)
Water
30 minims
5
minims
c.c.s.
1 c.c.
100
1 oz.
c.c.s.
Bichromate.
Potasp. bichromate
Sulphuric acid
(fl.)
20 ozs.
Water
Ceric
Sulphuric acid
20 gms.
40 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
Sulphate.
Water
Dissolve in this
Ceric sulphate
And
100 grs.
7 drs.
20 minims
4 c.c.s.
2 ozs.
200
2 ozs.
100 gms.
10 oz?.
1000
c.c.s.
dilute to
Water
c.c.s.
Hard
Permanganate.
Potass, permanganate, 10% solution
Sulphuric acid (10% solution by
volume
Water
of 1-98 acid)
1 dr.
10
5 drs.
50 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
10 ozs.
c.c.s.
A dry negative
Applied to a wet negative gives even reduction.
receives greater reduction in the high-lights, and great softening may
be obtained by immersing dry negative quickly in the reducer, washing
Any brown stains are
immediately, drying and re-immersing.
removed
2%
with
10%
solution
of
sodium
sulphite
containing
oxalic acid.
10 grs.
Eau
J oz.
(See
"
de Javelle
Clearing Solutions
4 gms.
100 c.c.s.
")
1000 c.c.s.
5 ozs.
Water to make
Immerse the negative and gently rub the surface with a piece
of
746
Eder's
Method
of
Potass, bichromate
Hydrochloric acid
[1910
10 gms.
30 c.c.s.
50 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
90 grs.
1 oz.
..
..
Alum
(fl.)
1 oz.
20 ozs.
The negative is bleached through to the back in this solution, well
washed and redeveloped in any non-staining developer, such as glycin
or rodinal, only up to the right degree of contrast.
Water
Baskett's
(Local)
Reducer.
It consists of
2d. tin
. .
. .
. .
2 ozs.
2
are to be well mixed, and strained through fine
muslin two or three times to remove any coarse particles.
The ingredients
NEGATIVE VARNISHES.
Hot Varnishes.
No.
1.
Sandarac
. .
No.
2.
Seed lac
Sandarac
4 ozs.
113 gms.
.
Alcohol
28 ozs.
800 c.c.s.
Oil of lavender
..
..
..
3 ozs.
85 c.c.s.
This is a good varnish for retouching upon, and a tooth is easily
obtained by rubbing.
.
..
. .
..
2 ozs.
2 ozs.
4 oz.
50 gms.
50 gms.
15 ozs.
150
Oil of lavender
12-5 gms.
1 oz.
Castor oil
25 c.c.s.
Alcohol
40 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
To prepare a good surface for the retouching pencil, the negative
after varnishing is dusted over with fine resin powder and rubbed up
with the fingers.
.
No.
3.
c.c.s.
No.
4.
Bleached shellac
Mastic
Oil of turpentine
Sandarac
oz.
62 gms.
13 gms.
oz.
13 c.o.s,
1J ozs.
. .
Alcohol
20
ozs.
(fl.)
62 gms.
IOOQ c,c,s,
1910]
No
Sandarac
.
Turpentine.
5.
Oil of lavender
80 ozs.
36 ozs.
10 ozs.
500 ozs.
Alcohol
747
COJIPAN-ION.
160 gms.
72 c.c.s.
20 c.o.s.
1000 c.c.s.
This one may also be rubbed down with powdered resin, and gives
a splendid surface for retouching.
No. 6. Sandarac
1 oz.
55 gms.
l oz.
83 gms.
Seed lac
Castor Oil
20 c.c.s.
3 drs.
Oil of lavender
1* dr.
10 c.c.s.
18 ozs. (fl.)
lOOOc.c.s
Alcohol
This varnish is somewhat dark in colour.
.
"No. 7.
tine
Methylated alcohol
ozs.
oz.
20 ozs.
. .
warm
125 gms.
13 c.c.s.
1000
c.c.s.
Keep
in a
Cold Varnishes.
No.
Celluloid
acetate
1.
Amyl
This
may
1 oz.
. .
50
ozs.
10 gms.
500 c.c.s.
Amber
(fused)
Ether
Acetone
Chloroform
No.
3.
....
.
Methylated
A mixture
spirit ..
6 ozs.
30 gms.
1 oz.
5 gms.
'60
..
ozs.
40 ozs.
..
4 ozs.
2 ozs.
3 drs.
4 ozs.
300 c.c.s.
200 c.c.s.
20 c.c.s.
160 c.c.s.
30 c.c.s.
320 c.c.s.
The
3 ozs.
100 gms.
24 ozs
800
soluc.c.s.
is
46
748
[1910
Film Varnishes.
The above water varnish
Borax
is
300 grs.
300 minims
Glycerine
600 grs.
Shellac
..
20 ozs.
Water
Boil together for about half an hour, then add
.
Methylated
and
....
. .
. .
spirit
5 ozs.
30 gms.
30 c.c.s.
60 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
250
c.c.s.
filter.
Dammar
. .
'.
. .
Benzole
500 grs.
10 ozs.
115 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
in which, after filtration, the films are immersed and then hung up
to dry.
Celluloid in amyl acetate (No. 1 in "Cold Varnishes" above) can
also be used and is an excellent varnish for films.
Retouching Medium.
Pale
gum
resin
Gum dammar
Gum mastic
Oil of juniper
Oil of turpentine
200 grs.
90 grs.
20 grs.
230 gms.
100 gms.
23 gms.
1 gr.
24
gm.
1000-2000 c.c.s.
The gums are powdered and added to the oils and finally enough
pure asphaltum is added to give the mixture a dark amber colour
when viewed through the depth of an inch.
This formula is strongly commended by Whiting in his " Retouch"
ing as not liable to pick, rub off, or come off on after- varnishing. It
takes a great deal of work.
103 gms.
90 grs.
23 gms.
20 grs.
2 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
Dissolve the resins in the ether and afterwards add
Benzole
120-700 c.c.s.
J to 1 ozs.
The proportion of the benzole added determines the nature of the
matt obtained
This varnish must be applied to the cold negative or the coating
will not be matt.
Malachite green, aurantia, or asphaltum is used for tinting it green,
yellow, or brown respectively (for handwork on back of negative).
. .
Spotting Medium.
water colour chalk.
Indian ink
water colour chalk.
Payne's grey
Grind together with water only on a palette to match the colour of
.
. .
the negative,
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
1910J
749
1.
No. 2. Asphaltum
1 oz.
Wax
170 grs.
80 grs.
10 ozs.
Carbon black
Turpentine
"
is
100 gms.
40 gms.
20 gms.
1000 c.o.s.
Titles on Negatives.
The usual method is to have the words forming the title set up in
The subject negative
type and photographed on a "process" plate.
having been made with a clear margin round it, a strip of the title
stripping and the clear margin
negative is laid down on this margin
" by
or other blocking-out mixture
then filled up with " photopake
except over the strip of title, which is made dense enough, in the first
instance, to print white. If a clear portion in a landscape negative
cannot be found (in cases where the title has to appear on the view) a
piece must be cut out with a sharp knife.
,
STRIPPING.
Gelatine Glass Negatives.
(Middleton and Holcroft.)
Stock solution
Methylated
spirit
Water
Glycerine
..
..
..
25 ozs.
1 oz.
1 oz.
250 c.c.s.
10 c.c.s.
10 c.c.s.
"
6 to 30 drops of commercial
The film
hydrofluoric acid are added to 1 oz. (30 c.c.s.) of the above.
is cut through all round about
inch from the edge, and placed level
"
The stripping solution" is spread with a
by aid of three wedges.
strip of paper, and the loose edgings of film removed as soon as they
come away without any pull whatever.
The looseness of the main
film is now tested by passing a waxed silk thread, stretched on a bow
If all is .free, the solution is poured off, and plain
underneath it.
" stock solution"
poured on.
The loose film is now transferred to a glass plate, previously coated
with a coating of gum, which should be so thin as to show only when
the plate is moistened with the finger.
As lifters of the films,
"
"
paraffin sheets
(made by soaking thin paper in hot melted paraffin
for about half an hour) are used, being semi-transparent and free from
buckle. One is laid on the film and lightly squeegeed down.
The two
46*
750
[1U10
Methylated
spirit.
..
..
Water
Hydrofluoric acid
These proportions
spirits
and
80 c.c.s.
160 c.c.s.
10 c.c.s.
1 oz.
2 ozs.
60 minims
be slightly altered for different commercial
may
acids.
Film Negatives.
23 gms.
20 c.c.s.
1 oz.
1000 c.c.s.
Water
The celluloid negative is immersed in this solution until the film
shows signs of detachment and can be rolled back with the finger. It
is then placed in
25 minims
50 c.c.s.
Hydrochloric acid
50 c.c.s.
..
..
25 minims
..
Glycerine ..
1 oz.
1000 c.c.s.
Water
in which it is removed from its original support to a glass or other
10 grs.
Caustic soda
Formaline
.10 minims
'
base.
Collodion.
PYKOXYLINE (HABDWICH).
Sulphuric acid, 1-845
Nitric acid, 1-457
..
..
18 ozs.
6 ozs.
Water
(fl.)
(fl.)
5-5J ozs.
(fl.)
600
200
c.c.s.
c.c.s.
167-182
c.c.s.
23 gms.
300 grs.
Cotton-wool
Time of immersion
Temperature, 150 degrees F. (65 degrees C).
ten minutes.
IODISED COLLODION,
For Acid Pyro Developer.
Ether, specific gravity 0-725
805
Alcohol, specific gravity
iodide
iodide
Alcohol (0-830)
10 ozs.
4 ozs.
(fl.)
(fl.)
120 grs.
30 grs.
45 grs.
Pyroxyline
Ammonium
Cadmium
..
..
4 ozs.
(fl.)
1000 c.c.s.
400 c.c.s
27 gms.
7 gms.
10 gms.
400 c.c.s.
AND PHOTOGRAPHBJB
1910J
DAILY COMPANION.
751
BROMO-IODISED COLLODION,
For Iron Developer.
Ether, specific gravity 0-725
10 ozs.
5 ozs,
Pyroxyline
Ammonium
iodide
iodide
Cadmium
Cadmium bromide
(fl.)
.
(fl )
120 grs.
40 grs.
40 grs.
20 grs.
5 ozs. (fl.)
1000 c.o.s.
500 c.c.s.
27 gms.
9 gms.
9 gms.
4-5 gms.
500 c.c.s.
'Alcohol (0 830)
Thinning Collodion after Use. A. mixture of sulphuric
(0-720), 3 parts, and alcohol (0-805), 2 parts, is generally used.
ether
Silver nitrate
Distilled water
80 ozs.
(fl.)
75 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
02
minims
c.c.s.
DEVELOPER.
No.
1.
Ferrous sulphate
2.
Ferrous ammonio-sulphate
50 gms.
50 c.c.s.
50 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
43 gms.
43 gms.
07,.
ov.
I oz
Water
No.
\
J
10 o/s.
75 grs.
75 grs.
7 grs.
4 ozs.
Copper sulphate
Water
4 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
60 c.c.s.
Alcohol
INTENSIFIER.
Pyrogallic acid
Citrioacid
Acetic acid (glacial)
90 grs.
60 grs.
10 gms.
7 gms.
50 c c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
The copper intensifier (see " Intensifies ") is used for greater
density, each solution being flowed over the plate with a rinse
between.
.
Water
1 oz.
20 ozs.
Wet
Collodion.
BROMO-IODISED COLLODION.
Ether, specific gravity 0-725
Alcohol, specific gravity 0'805
10 ozs.
5 ozs.
Pyroxyline
Cadmium
iodide
Ammonium
..
bromide
Alcohol, 0-830
..
..
..
..
(fl.)
(fl.)
100 grs.
50 grs.
25 grs.
5 ozs.
(fl.)
1000 c.c.s.
500 c.c.s.
23 gms.
11* gms.
5 7 gms.
500 o. c.s.
mixed.
The
752
THE
JJR1TISH
[1910
SILVER BATH.
Silver nitrate (reoryst.)
Distilled water
Nitric acid (pure)
....
5| ozs.
80 ozs.
(fl.)
dr.
filter
70 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
0-8 c.c.
as above.
DEVELOPERS.
Ferrous sulphate
150 grs.
i oz.
5
Water
minims
* oz.
10 ozs.
Alcohol
. .
34 gms.
50 c.c.s.
1 c.c.
50 n.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
Note.
By increasing the proportion of nitric acid and decreasing
that of the acetic, the image will he more metallic in appearance.
Barium
Water
nitrate
Alcohol
Nitric acid
. .
...
1 oz.
1 oz.
20 ozs.
1 oz.
75 gms.
50 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
50 c.c.s.
4 c.c.s.
40 drops
The insoluble barium sulphate which is -formed must be filtered out.
. .
. .
FIXING SOLUTION.
Potassium cyaaide
Water
A oz.
25-30 gms.
15-20 ozs.
1000
c.c.s.
Wet
1 oz.
1000
20 minims
41 c.c.s.
3 grs.
Water
Alcohol
20 minims
9 gms.
7 gms.
41 c.c.s.
4 grs.
. .
c.c.s.
A. Celloidin
Ether
(-720)
Alcohol (-805)
190 grs.
12 ozs.
8 ozs.
21 gms.
600 c.c.s.
400 c.c.s.
190 grs.
10 ozs.
10 ozs.
21 gms.
500 c.c.s.
500 c.c.s.
600 grs.
210 grs.
210 grs.
210 grs.
20 ozs.
68 gms.
24 gms.
24 gms.
24 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
For Summer.
B. Celloidin
Ether (720)
Alcohol (-805)
IODIZER.
Cadmium
iodide .
iodide
iodide
Ammonium
Sodium
Cadmium bromide
Alcohol
1910]
753
Use: lodizer, 1 part; collodion, 15 parts; and set the mixture aside
days to ripen. It should then be a bright yellow if not,
add to each ounce 1 minim of a solution of
Iodine, 16 grs.
for at least 4
alcohol, 1 oz.
Collodion
Emulsion.
(fl.)
4 ozs.
I ' z. (fl.)
Water
c.c.s.
570 c.c.s.
145 c.c.s.
33 gms.
100 grs.
Cotton (cleaned and carded)
Temperature, 150 degrees F. (65 degrees C.).
10 minutes.
.
2S5
Time
of
immersion
2 ozs.
White blotting-paper
145 grs.
400
Time
C.).
c.c.s
600 c.c.s.
66 gms.
3ozs.
(fl.)
of
immersion
COLLODIO-BHOMIDE EMULSION.
Ether, specific gravity 0-720
Alcohol, specific gravity 0-820
Pyroxyline
5 ozs.
3 ozs.
620
380
50 grs.
80 grs.
14-4 gms.
23 gms.
..
(fl.)
c.c.s.
c.c.s.
or
Zinc bromide
76
21-5 gms.
grs.
Sensitise by adding to each ounce 15 grs. of nitrate of silver dissolved in a few drops of water and 1 drachm of boiling alcohol. This
is suitable for slow landscape work or for transparencies
,
WASHED EMULSION
Transparencies).
(for
Pyroxyline or papyroxyline
Cadmium ammonium bromide
5 ozs.
3 ozs.
(fl.)
60 grs.
100 grs.
620 c.c.s.
380 c.c.s.
17 gms.
29 gms.
or
Zinc bromide
Hydrochloric
96
acid
grs.
27-5 gms.
(specific
minims
c.c.s.
8
gravity 1-2)
Sensitise with 20 grs. of silver nitrate to each ounce (4-3 grs. to each
100 c.c.s.), dissolved in a minimum of water with 2 drachms (13 c.c.s.)
Allow to stand for two or three days.
of boiling alcohol.
N.B.
754
[1910
Pyroxyline
Ether
Alcohol
23 gms.
500 c.c.s.
500 c.c.s.
same
An
of alcohol.
Developer.
excellent developer for collodion emulsion
of
Glycin
Sodium
sulphite
Potass, carbonate
Water to
is
the following,
Photo-Engraving, London
190 grs.
17 gms.
1 oz.
40 gms.
2 ozs.
80 gms.
25 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
Nitric acid..
..
. .
..
..
60 grs.
30 grs.
30 minims
2 ozs.
70 gms.
35 gms.
35 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
Water
To each drachm of a three-grain solution of pyrogallic acid add 2 or
minims of the above, and apply until sufficient density is attained.
.
Hot
distilled
1 oz.
50 gms.
50 c.c.s.
2 ozs.
6 drops
100 c.c.s.
10 drops
10 ozs.
500
480
A. Silver nitrate
water
grs.
Alcohol
Nitric aoid
Shake
well,
and add
to
Shake
till
is
redissolved,
c.c.s.
in small quantities
32 gms.
Zino bromide (pure anhydrous) 307 grs.
128 c.c.s.
Absolute alcohol
2| ozs.
Shaking between each addition then add
24 minims
Nitric acid .
.
1-5 c.c.s.
24 minims
1'5 c.c.s.
Hydrochloric acid
This should be gently warmed before adding to the collodion.
Allow to stand for twenty-four to thirty-six hours, or till the emulsion appears a greyish-violet by transmitted light, then add
Zinc chloride (pure anhydrous) . 77 grs.
3.2 gms.
or sufficient to convert the whole of the uncombined silver nitrate
into chloride, which can be tested for with potassium chromate.
It
;
. .
. .
. .
AND PHOTOGRAPHER
1910J
DAILY COMPANION.
755
is
volume
of acid.
Absolute alcohol
Ether, washed
10 ozs.
10 ozs.
500
500
c.c.s.
c.c.s.
ALBUMEN PAPERS.
PLAIN AND
Plain Paper.
Prepare the plain paper with
Ammonium
Sodium
Sodium
chloride
..
..
citrate
chloride
Gelatine
Distilled water
1418
60 80 grs.
100 grs.
20 30 grs.
10 grs.
10 ozs.
1000
100 grs.
10 grs.
10 ozs.
23 gms.
2 gms.
1000 c.o.s.
23 gms.
7 gms.
2 gms.
4-5
c.c.s.
or
Ammonium
Gelatine
chloride
.
Water
The
The
salted paper
is
sensitised
silver bath.
Water
. .
Nitric acid
4-5 grs.
10 ozs.
2 3 drops.
1000
c.c.s.
510 drops.
Albumen Paper.
SILVER BATH.
600 grs.
10 ozs.
Silver nitrate
Distilled water
The bath
is
made
140 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
TONING BATHS
No.
1.
Gold chloride
Sodium acetate
Water
This muse not be used till one day
and gives warm, rich tones.
.
1 gr.
0-3
30 grs.
6 ems.
gm.
8 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
after preparation.
It keeps well
756
No.
Gold chloride
2.
15 grs.
4 ozs.
Water
11910
gm.
120
c.c.s.
until a piece of red litmus paper, placed in the soluturned blue. Then add
. .
120
7-7
115
grs.
ozs.
gms.
c.c.s.
stock solution.
tion of
Citric acid
Water
. .
1 oz.
30 ozs.
33 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
GELATINE
spirit,
then
P.O.P.
Emulsion Formulae.
BARKER
(Nelson's No. 1
Coignet's, equal parts). .
Ammonium chloride
Gelatine
s.
and
. .
Eochelle salts
Silver nitrate
Alcohol
..
..
4 drs.
5 ozs.
..
..
175 grs.
18 grs.
50 grs.
75 grs.
Water
Heat to 100 degrees P.
80 gms.
8 gms.
23 gms.
34 gms.
160 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
VALENTA'S.
480 grs.
120 grs.
5J ozs.
1440 grs.
42 grs.
A. Silver nitrate
Citric acid
Hot water
B. Gelatine
Ammonium
chloride
Water
C. Tartaric acid
Sodium bicarbonate
Alum
Water
. .
24-3 ozs.
42 grs.
21 grs.
27 grs.
5 ozs.
32 gms.
8 gms.
160 c.c.s.
96 gms.
2-8 gms.
700 gms.
2-8 gins.
1-4 gm.
1-8 gm.
140
c.c.s.
1910]
757
Allow the gelatine to swell in the water and melt by the aid of
Mix B and
at 50 degrees C., and in
heat, and add the chloride.
yellow light add A, heated to the same temperature, in email
quantities, shaking thoroughly, and allow the emulsion to ripen for a
short time at from 40 degrees to 50 degrees C. and then filter. For
matt surface papers the gelatine should be reduced to 754 grs. or
80 gms.
The above formula gives vigorous brilliant prints, but for soft
negatives a harder printing emulsion is obtained by adding from 0-05 to
0-1 per cent, of calcium bichromate solution
this can be made by
dissolving 480 grs. or 25 gms. of pure chromic acid in 4 ozs. or
100 c.c.s. of distilled water, and adding sufficient pure chalk (calcium
The solution should then
carbonate) to make the solution cloudy.
be filtered, and the filter washed with distilled water up to 4 ozs. or
;
100
c.c.s.
BEADLE'S.
Nelson's gelatine
340 grs.
15 5 grs.
Alum
Water
6J
Rochelle salts
Ammonium
Heat
chloride
to 50 degrees C.,
Silver nitrate
Citric acid ..
ozs.
15-5 grs.
11 grs.
112 gms.
5 gms.
900
c.c.s.
3-5
gms.
5 gms.
and add
.
..
115 grs.
62 grs.
..
..
Water
1 oz.
37 5 gms.
20 gms.
100 c.o.s.
-
Ammonium
sulphocyanide
2 grs.
30 grs.
20 ozs.
Water
03 gm.
3'5 gms.
1000
c.c.s.
and
all
FORMATE.
Gold chloride
Sodium bicarbonate
..
Sodium formate
Water
The prints must be immersed
.
2 grs.
8 grs.
20
in a 10
12 gm.
1 gr.
..
ozs.
0-23
-
gm.
9 gm.
1000
c.c.s.
TUN6M3TATE.
Sodium tungstate ..
Sodium carbonate ..
Gold chloride
Water
..
..
..
..
30
..
..
1 gr.
grs.
3'5
gms.
1 gr.
0-12
0-12
10-20 ozs.
500-1000
gm.
gm.
c.c.s.
758
TTIE TIRITISH
[1910
CONCENTRATED SULPHOCYANIDE.
(Bithler's
A. Distilled water
Gold chloride
B. Strontium chloride
C. Potassium sulphocyanide
Distilled water
.
Distilled water
Heat
doses.
Formula.)
. .
1 oz.
150
15 grs.
150 grs.
5 gins.
oz.
80-150 grs.
1J oz.
c.c.s.
50 gins.
100 c.c.s.
25-50 gms.
250 c.c.s.
to boiling, and
Bring C to boiling,
4 grs.
1 oz.
About A
oz. (14 to
Citric acid
15
.
c.c.s.)
formed, sufficient of
90 grs.
10 ozs.
will be needed. Next add
8 grs.
25 gm.
25 c.c.s.
first
....
.
gm.
50
c.c.s.
0-5
gm.
and
Distilled water to
and
35 ozs.
1000
160 grs.
10 gms.
o.c.s.
finally
Salt
The
washed
fixing.
A weak
SALT BATH.
Water
If prints
20
are to be toned in
oz.
1000
c.c.s.
should be omitted.
Water
to
..
4 grs.
f oz.
20
0-45
(fl.)
oz.
35
gm.
c.c.s.
lOOOc.c.s.
1910]
759
CITRIC ACID.
Potass, chloroplatinite
Sodium chloride (salt)
Citric acid
Water to
..
..
4 grs.
045gm.
..
..
40 grs.
50 grs.
20 oz.
4-5 gms.
5-8 gms.
...
1000
c,c.s.
HADDON'S FORMULA.
Platinum perchloride
Sodium formate
Formic acid
Water to
..
..
.
3 grs.
100 grs.
30 minims
35 oz.
2 goi.
6-5 gms.
1-8 c.c.
1000
c.c
s.
instantly
(Valenta.)
Potass, chloroplatinite
Metaphenylene-diamine
2^ to 10 grs.
2 to 10 grs.
10 oz.
0-5 to 2
0'5 to 2
1 oz.
25 gms.
9 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
1000
Water
having first washed the prints well.
Another method is to print deeply and immerse the prints
Salt
..
80 grs.
Sodium bicarbonate
20 oz.
Water
then wash well and tone in a borax gold bath to a purple
well wash and tone in the phosphoric platinum bath.
:
gm.
gm.
c.c.s.
in
red.
Again
FOB BED.
Valenta.)
Uranium
nitrate
Thiosinamine
10-20 grs.
90 grs.
20 ozs.
1-2
gms.
10 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Water
The prints are well washed, finally in water acidulated with acetic
They are afterwards fixed, or can be toned to
acid, and then toned.
sepia brown in the combined bath.
.
Water
Twice the amount
quickly.
is
10 gms.
10 gms.
grs.
grs.
4-8 grs.
4-8 grs.
-1
-1
of
water
may
be used
gm.
gm.
1000
20 ozs.
If the proportion of
warmer.
Solution).
90
90
if
gold to platinum
is
c.c.s.
760
[1910
Combined Baths.
VALENTA'S.
8 ozs.
1 oz.
400 gms.
50 gms.
175 grs.
Lead nitrate
20 gms.
Alum
350 grs.
40 gms.
to
20
ozs.
Water
1000 c.c.s.
Dissolve the hypo in the water, add the sulphocyanide, then add
the alum dissolved in a little water, and also the lead, and add to
the hypo. Heat the mixture to 120 F. for ten minutes allow to
For use take
cool.
Hypo
Ammonium
sulphocyanide
.
Stock solution
above)
(as
Water
Gold chloride (from stock
sol.)
10 ozs.
10 ozs.
3
100 c.c.s.
100 c.c.s.
23 gm.
-
grs.
..
..
Lead
nitrate
Chalk
..
2 grs.
10 grp.
0-23
1-2
gm.
gm.
* oz.
Hypo
Water
Shake the solution
A.
25 gms.
4 ozs.
200 gms.
20 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
well, allow to settle, and use the clear portion.
B. Potass, ferricyanide
..
oz.
B,
water, 24 ozs.
A, 5 ozs.
..
..
..
10%
sol.
sol.
Developing: P.O. P.
DIRECT PROCESS WITH ACID DEVELOPER.
16 grs.
18-5 gms.
Hydroquinone
Citric acid
Sodium acetate ..
..
Water
Immerse the dry prints in the
wash in plenty of water for ten or
..
40 grs.
4-6 gms.
1 oz.
50 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
20 ozs.
usual way.
Pyro
(Blackloclt)
A. Pyro
Tartaric acid
Water
Will keep three or four weeks.
B. Potass, bichromate
.
Water
is
best
$ dr. of it
and B.
made up from a
40 grs.
40 grs.
20 ozs.
4-6
4-6
0-009 gm.
gr.
16 ozs.
gms.
gms.
1000 c.c.s.
1000
c.c.s.
The
fixing bath is
160 gms.
23 gms.
1000 c.o.s.
3J ozs.
200 grs.
20 ozs.
Hypo
Lead acetate
Water
which the prints
in
761
1910]
The
40 grs.
160 grs.
20 ozs.
A. Hydroquinone
Sodium sulphite
Water to
B. Potass, bromide
Sodium carbonate
Water
C.
..
oz.
Water
20 ozs.
flat
2J ozs.
2 ozs.
20 ozs.
..
to
Potass, cyanide
4-5
A, 5 oz.
B, 1 oz.
gms.
18 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
125 gms.
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
25 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
C, 20
minims;
B, 1 oz.
water,
5 drs.
water, 1 dr.
B, 1 oz.
(soft results),' A, 7 drs.
solution is used as above in quantity sufficient to keep
the backs of primts clean.
;
The cyanide
Glazing P.O.P.
A
medium
polishing
squeegeeing the print
.
to
is
Beeswax
..
..
..
Turpentine
. .
..
20
grs.
1 oz.
45 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
or
Spermaceti wax
Benzole
'
..
..
..
20
grs.
1 oz.
45 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
and the
ENAMEL COLLODION.
Soluble
Alcohol
gun cotton
.
50 grs.
.
4 ozs.
4 ozs.
14 gms.
500 c.c.s.
500 c.c.s.
Sulphuric ether
Glass plates cleaned with French chalk are coated with the above,
and, as soon as coating has set, slip tinder prints which are waiting
face down in water.
Prints are withdrawn, squeegeed, and when
half dry given a backing paper.
(For both gelatine and collodion
.
prints.)
. .
762
COLLODIO=CHLORIDE
11910
P.O. P.
Emulsion Formula.
(Valenta.)
1.
2.
Strontium chloride
Lithium chloride
..
..
Water
Alcohol (absolute)
. .
. .
..
..
Silver nitrate
Water
Alcohol
10 gms.
154 grs.
77 grs.
500 minims
930 minims
30
55
400 grs.
500 minims
1000 minims
20 gms.
30 c.c.s.
60 c.c.s.
5 gms.
c.c.s.
c.c.s.
5 gms.
77 grs.
40 c.c.s.
675 minims
92 grs.
6 gms.
Glycerine
In a bottle capable of holding 1000 parts pour 350 parts of 3 per
cent, collodion and add gradually 15 parts of No. 1. Then in the dark
room add almost drop by drop 60 parts of No. 2, shaking well after
each addition
then add 50 parts of No. 3 and 50 parts of ether.
This collodion is suitable for normal negatives, but more contrast can
be obtained if O'l to 0'4 per cent, calcium chromate solution is added.
By reducing the amount of pyroxyline in the above formula the
emulsion is more suitable for matt surface paper.
3.
Citric acid
Alcohol
. .
..
Sodium
acetate
Gold chloride
Water
..
..
..
90
90
2
20
. .
grs.
10 gms.
10 gms.
grs.
ozs.
100C
grs.
0-3
gm.
c.c.s.
SULPHOCYANIDE.
Ammonium
sulphocyanide
..
Gold chloride
Water
90 grs.
2| grs.
20 ozs.
10 gms.
0-3
gm.
1000
c.c.s.
SULPHOCYANIDE- ACETATE.
Ammonium
4 gms.
| oz.
45 gms.
Gold chloride
5 grs.
0'6
Water
20
1000
ozs.
Is
of
35 grs.
Sodium acetate
sulphocyanide
gm.
c.c.s.
stock solutions
of the acetate,
1910J
Platinum Toning
763
Baths.
"
The phosphate formula given below under " Gold Platinum Toning
is suitable for the production of the warm brown and sepia tones,
which are given by the platinum baths alone. Others are
:
Citric acid
Potass chloroplatinite
45 grs.
4 grs.
5 gms.
0-5 gm.
20
1000
Water
and
ozs.
c.s.
25 grs.
3 gms.
4 grs.
0-5
Water
20 ozs.
1000
gm.
c.c.s.
SALT-BICABBONATE BATH.
The following is used between washing and toning with the
patinum bath as a means of removing free silver, and bringing the
prints into a state of regular neutrality
Salt
Sodium bicarbonate
..
Water
....
..
Gold -Platinum
i oz.
45 grs.
20 ozs.
25 gms.
5 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Toning.
This bath is ready within a few minutes of mixing. It is conveniently made just before washing the prints. The quantity of borax
is adjusted to the working.
If the lighter tones disappear, add more
borax if the prints lack brilliance, add gold.
After a ten-minute
wash, transfer to the platinum bath, which may be strong or weak,
the only difference being that a larger number of prints may be treated
together in the weaker bath.
;
Stock solution.
Potass chloroplatinite
Phosphoric acid (specific gravity
.
1-12)
Water
to
make
made up
. .
30 grs.
7 gms.
5 drs.
30o.c.s.
20 ozs.
1000
c.c.s.
be
to 60 ozs. at once, or added little by little
to water, as the prints are passed through a few at a time.
The prints are next washed in about eight changes of water (to the
fifth or so of which it is well to add a little of bicarbonate of
soda to neutralise traces of acid) before fixing.
This
may
764
For
The
prints are
washed
Warm
[1910
Sepia Tones.
in three changes of
warm
in:
Ammonia
Warm
water
1 dr.
20 ozs.
c.c.s.
1000
c.c.s.
They
The
Water
20 ozs.
For
is
1000
c.o.s.
and toned,
for a
Violet Tones.
Print deeply from the negatives and tone until the colour desired
reached in
:
Hydrochloric acid
Gold chloride
Water
to
make
6 ozs.
10 grs.
20 ozs.
300
1-2
c.c.s.
gm.
1000
c.c.s.
After which wash thoroughly and fix in 5 per cent. hypo. Less acid
in the above bath tends to bluish-violet, more to violet purple.
Combined Baths.
Collodion papers, although not generally so suitable for use with the
(see
the following
Water
Hypo
Ammonium
Alum
sulphocyanide
Citric acid
Lead nitrate
Lead acetate
Gold chloride
It is
The Valenta
it.
is suitable, also
turbid
when
first
20 ozs.
5 ozs.
240 grs.
70 grs.
70 grs.
90 grs.
90 grs.
3 grs.
1000 c.c.s.
250 gms.
28 gms.
7-5 gms.
7'5
gms.
10 gms.
10 gms.
0-4
gm.
1910]
765
The
Amidol.
Sodium
650 grs.
10 grs.
20 ozs.
sulphite
Potass, bromide
Water
When
dissolved
74 gms.
1-2
gm.
1000
c.c.s.
add
Amidol
50 grs.
5-7 gms.
This developer will not keep more than three days.
See also the formula given under " Negative Developers."
The most convenient and economical method of using amidol
developer for bromide papers is to make up a 10 per cent, stock
solution of sodium sulphite, and add 5 grs. potassium bromide to each
10 ozs. solution. For use add 4 grs. dry amidol to each ounce stock
solution, and dilute with an equal bulk of water.
Metol.
A. Metol
Sodium sulphite
Potass, bromide
Water
B. Potass, carbonate
100 grs.
2 ozs.
12 grs.
20 ozs.
1000
2 ozs.
20 ozs.
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Water
For use take 3 ozs. of A and 1 oz. of B.
For gaslight papers use half the quantity
11-5 gms.
100 gms.
1-4
of
gm.
c.c.s.
water in
above
formula.
Metol- Hydroquinone.
Metol
Hydroquinone
Sodium sulphite
8 grs.
30 grs.
f oz.
f oz.
20 minims
20 ozs.
gm.
3-5
gms.
37-5 gms.
Sodium carbonate
37'5 gms.
2-5 c.c.s.
10% solution of potass, bromide
Water
1000 c.c.s.
For gaslight papers make up above formula with 10 ozs. of water.
.
Rodinal.
100-150 minims
10 ozs.
solution of potass, bromide 20 minims
Rodinal
Water
10%
..
6-9 c.c.s.
300
c.c.s.
1 c.c.
766
[1910
Ortol.
A. Ortol
Potass, metabisulphite
B.
Water
Sodium
120 grs.
60 grs.
20 ozs.
14 gms.
7 gms.
1000 c.c.s
200 gms.
100 gms.
2-3 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
4 ozs.
sulphite
Potass, carbonate
Potass, bromide
1 oz.
.
20 grs.
20 ozs.
Water
Use equal parts of A and ~B.
For gaslight papers use half the quantity
of
formula.
Ferrous Oxalate.
A. Sulphate of iron
Sulphuric acid
Warm
..
water to
. .
Warm
1 oz. of
5 ozs.
250 gms.
30 minims
20 ozs.
3 c.c.s.
5 ozs.
250 gms.
1000
10 grs.
20 ozs.
to 4 ozs. of B, not vice versa.
water to
..
...
1-2
gm.
1000
c.c.s.
c.c.s.
for
ACID BATH.
Glacial acetic acid
. .
Water
Then wash thoroughly
to
. .
remove
1 dr.
20 ozs.
1000
c.c.s.
c.c.s.
Clearing Bath.
To remove yellow
suitable
the following
is
Alum
(saturated solution)
Hydrochloric acid
10 ozs.
1000
3 drs.
40
c.c.s.
c.c.s.
Take
30
A.
B.
..
..
..
Water
Adding more
of
..
A and B
if
..
necessary.
minims
10 minims
2 ozs.
c.c.s.
60
c.c.
c.c.s.
1910]
767
Potass, iodide
..
..
..
30 grs.
7 gms.
Iodine
. .
3 grs.
0'7
10 ozs.
1000
. .
Water
gm.
c.c.s.
Hypo-Alum Toning.
Hot water
Hypo
20 ozs.
1000
125 gms.
ozs.
c.c.s.
Alum
oz.
25 gms.
fresh solution.
The best results are obtained by keeping the bath hot, or as warm as
the emulsion will stand, say 100 to 120 degrees F. In this bath prints
will tone in 30 to 40 minutes.
When this toning bath is to be
employed, the use o the alum bath after fixing is absolutely essential.
Moreover, the prints should not, in this case, be subjected to a prolonged washing, but should only be slightly rinsed b Jore being dried.
A new bath tends to reduce the prints rather more than an old
When toned the prints should be placed in a tepid solution of
Water
Alum
70 ozs.
2 ozs.
1000
one.
c.c.s.
30 gms.
Sulphide Toning.
A.
Ammonium
bromide
Potass, ferricyanide
. .
. .
100 grs.
300 grs.
20 ozs.
11 gms.
35 gms.
Water
1000 c.c.s.
Sodium sulphide (pure)
300 grs.
35 gms.
Water
20 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
Bleach the fixed and washed print in A solution. Wash for a few
minutes in water, and then immerse in B solution until toned.
The
print is then well washed and dried.
B.
768
[1910
Copper Toning.
A. Copper sulphate
Potass, citrate (neutral)
.
Water
B. Potass, ferricyanide
Potass, citrate (neutral)
Water
Use equal parts
each.
of
Warm
60 grs.
240 grs.
20 ozs.
50 grs.
240 grs.
20 ozs.
7 gms.
28 gms.
lOOOo.c.s.
6 gms.
28 gms.
1000
c.c.s.
obtained.
Platinum Toning.
Not for Gaslight Prints.
Potass, chloroplatinite
12 grs.
08 gm.
Mercuric chloride
6 grs.
Citric acid
54 grs.
0-4 gm.
3-4 gms.
Water
6 ozs.
170
c.c.s.
This bath should be made up fresh for use from stock solutions.
Gives warm sepia tones, with slight staining of high-lights. For cold
sepia tones and absence of staining add 30 minims 10 per cent.
Wash well after toning.
solution potassium bromide to above.
Uranium Toning.
Uranium
A.
nitrate
Water
90
20
grs.
ozs.
90 grs.
B. Potass, ferricyanide
Water
20 ozs.
10 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
10 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Green Tones.
Vanadium chloride
Ferric chloride
Ferric oxalate
1 gm.
0-5 gm.
Potassium ferricyanide
20 grs.
10 grs.
10 grs.
20 grs.
Oxalic acid
60 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
Water
to
(sat. sol.)
ozs.
20 ozs.
0-5
gm.
Igm.
1910J
769
water, stirring well, and finally the vanadium. Tone till the prints
turn blue, and then wash till they are green. Yellowish stain of the
whites is removed by a weak (2 grs. per oz.) solution of ammonium
sulphocyanide.
10%
solution ferric
Blue Tones.
ammonium
citrate
solution
10%
potassium
2 ozs.
10
c.c.s.
2 ozs.
10
c.c.s.
ferri-
cyanide
100 c.c.s.
The well-washed prints are immersed in this bath until the desired
tone is given. Then well wash until high-lights are clear. This bath
intensifies the image.
10%
..
20
ozs.
Gold Toning.
Ammonium
sulphocyanide
Chloride of gold
Boiling water
30 grs.
2 grs.
2 gms.
0-13 gm.
4 ozs.
110
c.c.s.
Use as soon
as cool.
Place the wet print face upwards on a sheet
of glass, squeegee into contact, blot off superfluous moisture, and
paint the above bath on with a broad flat brush when the desired
tone is reached wash well and dry. This considerably improves the
colour of greenish or rusty black prints, and if allowed to act for some
time bluish tones are obtained.
;
Thiocarbamide
Nitric acid
240 grs.
4 drs. (fl.)
25 gms.
25 c.c.s.
Water
20 ozs.
1000
30 minims
c.c.s.
Or in
Iodine
sol. (10
iodide
sol.)
Water
1 oz.
. .
minims
c.c.s.
1 e.c.
100
c.c.s.
770
[1910
. .
. .
Water
Liquor ammonia (0-880).
1 oz.
35-50 gms.
20-30 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
6 c.c.s.
60 minims
. .
. .
Water
1 oz.
50 ozs.
Citric acid
. .
. .
. .
J oz.
20 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
5 gms.
Waxing- Solutions.
FOB CA.RBON PRINTS, on FOR REMOVING COLLODION FILMS.
No.
1.
Beeswax
Benzole
rect.
No.
. .
20
grs.
4 ozs.
10 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
No
2.
Yellow resin
Yellow beeswax
Fixing
1 oz.
(1 pint)
42 gms.
14 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Hardening Bath.
en-
Alum
Water
180 grs.
60 grs.
10 ozs.
20 ozs.
50 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Gelatine Solutions.
For transferring carbon pictures from
flexible
glass, &c.
Water
Chrome alum,
dissolved in 2 ozs.
..
(100 c.c.s.) hot water ..
1 pint
50 gms,
1000 c.c.s.
12 grs.
1-4
1 oz.
gm.
1910]
771
160 degrees F.
Potass bichromate
37 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
f oz.
20 ozs.
12 grs.
Water
.
1'4
gm.
Well cleaned plates are coated with this and dried, when they are
fully exposed to light, which will render the coating insoluble.
the Fingers
and Nails
after-
Sensitising.
Apply dilute ammonia to the parts until the stains disappear, then
well wash the hands with warm water and soap.
Ozobrome solution
. .
It is
then bleached in
. .
4 parts
4 parts
1 part
20 parts
to 20
for a
2 ozs.
Hypo
Soda sulphite
oz.
Water to make
..
..
..
20 ozs.
..
..
After this it is washed again and then pigmented like an ordinary
The solutions and washing water used should not be under
oil print.
60 deg. or over 70 deg. F., and the preparation of the print should not
.
. .
772
PLATINUM
[1910
PRINTING.
Bath Papers
(Hublj.
STOCK SOLUTIONS.
Standard Iron Solution. In glass measure about 3 ins. diameter and
12 ins. high (marked to show a volume of 85 c.c.s.), place 52 gins,
powdered iron ammonium alum, and add about 20 c.c.s. ammonia
Stir up the alum powder with a glass rod,
(0-880) and 20 c.c.s. water.
and allow to stand several minutes, with frequent shaking. The
whole should smell slightly of ammonia if it does not a little more
The measure is then filled with water, the precipitate of
is added.
ferric hydroxide stirred up, the glass rod removed, and the ppt. left to
The clear liquid is poured off, fresh water poured on, and the
settle.
stirring and settling repeated until the solution no longer colours red
litmus-paper blue. Powdered oxalic acid (21-5 gms.) is then dusted on
the ppt., after pouring off the last washing water, and (in yellow light
from this point) stirred in until the mixture clears. It is poured into
a 100 c.c. measure, and diluted (with rinsings from the cylinder) to
100 c.c.s. Process occupies three to four hours.
;
Soak gelatine
Solution.
Warm
gm.).
gms.)
(2
before use.
water
in
Keeps only
water,
(1
gm.)
SENSITISERS.
The quantities
is
added
A. Lead-iron solution
Stock platinum solution
for
medium
4-5 c.c.s.
3c.c.s.
..
..
..
. .
. .
4-5 c.c.s.
3 c.c.s.
1 c.c.
of
sodium
773
1910]
c.c.s. of
..
COLD DEVELOPMENT."
Standard iron solution
Stock platinum solution
Mercury citrate solution.
6 c.c.s.
4c.c.s.
0-2 to 1 c.c.
2 to 10 drops.
'
solution)
8 c.c.s.
4 o.c.s.
1 to 4 c.c.s.
2 to 5 drops.
..
..
Water
2 oza.
1 oz.
20 ozs.
100 gms.
50 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
2 ozs.
15 ozs.
20 gms.
150 c.c.s.
Potass, citrate
Citric acid
Mercuric chloride
160 grs.
250 grs.
95 grs.
23 gms.
39 gms.
14 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
A. Potass, oxalate
Water
..
..
..
..
15 ozs.
after-
Another Formula.
Prepare the following solutions
1.
2.
3.
4.
4 ozs.
Potass, oxalate
Distilled water
16 ozs.
Cupric chloride
Distilled water
8 ozs.
Mercuric chloride
Distilled water
16 ozs.
124 grs.
1 oz.
Lead acetate
32 grs.
Distilled water
4 ozs.
250 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
35 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
62 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
18 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Mix 12
and
1 part
774
[1910
2 ozs.
1 oz.
180 grs.
90 grs.
20 ozs.
Water
100 gms.
50 gtns.
20 gms.
10 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
COLD BATH.
Potass, oxalate
Oxalic acid
2 to 6 ozs.
90 grs.
Water
20 ozs.
or,
Potass, oxalate
Potass, phosphate
Oxalic acid
1A to 6 ozs.
260 grs.
90 grs.
20 ozs.
Water
70 to 300 gms.
30 gms.
10 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
for
c.c.s.).
Alum
PLATINUM RESIDUES.
Exhausted developers the acid baths will not repay recovery are
mixed in a large jar, with zinc and hydrochloric acid (spirits of salt will
A dirty chalk-like precipitate is accumulated, and the clear
do).
The platinum is precipitated in the mud, and
liquor is thrown away.
the latter, when enough has accumulated, is sent to the refiners, after
being drained from water as much as possible on a linen cloth.
1910J
775
Waste prints, clippings from paper, etc., should be sent as they are
or burnt to an ash in a place free from draught, such as a biscuit tin
with a row of holes about half way up. They should not be mixed
with the wet residues, as the two require different treatment for the
extraction of the metal.
Ferro=Prussiate Sensitiser.
citrate
ammonium
110 grs.
(green)'
Water
1 oz.
B. Potass, ferricyanide
40
Water
Mix
grs.
1 oz.
and
filter just
250 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
90 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
before use.
Solution for Writing Titles on, removing blue lines from blue prints,
Potass, oxalate, 75 grs. per oz.
170 gms. per 1000 c.o.s.
etc.
;
Silver nitrate
Distilled water
75 grs.
30 grs.
DEVELOPEBS.
For Black Tones.
Borax
2 ozs.
Rochelle salt
75 gms.
ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
20 ozs.
15 to 18 drs. 90 to 115 c.c.s.
100 gms.
Water
Potass, bichromate
sol.
(1%)
Borax
..
oz.
..
..
Eochelle salt
Water
Potass, bichromate
* If
sol.
(1%)
2 ozs.
20 ozs.
15 to 18 drs.
28 gms.
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
90 to 115 c.c.s.
the ordinary brown citrate be used, the formula should contain 80 grs.
and the ferricyanide should be increased to 60 grs. (137 gms.).
(188 gms.).
776
[1910
1 oz,
Water
20 ozs.
8-10 drs.
Potass bichromate
sol. (I
%)
For Black Tones.
. .
Sodium acetate
Water
50 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
50-60 o.c.s.
2 ozs.
20
150 gms.
1000 o.c.s.
ozs.
must ba passed
FIXING SOLUTION.
Hypo
Ammonia
1 oz.
120 minims
20 ozs.
(0-880)
Water
200 gms.
12 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
Sepia Paper.
ammonia
A. Ferric
citrate (green)
Water
1 oz.
18 grs.
B. Tartaric acid
Water
1 oz.
C. Silver nitrate
Water
Water
Equal parts
45 grs.
1 oz.
D. Gelatine
110 grs.
30
grs.
1 oz.
(say 1
of
oz.
250 gms.
1000 o.c.s.
40 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
70 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
is
Silver nitrate
55 grs.
3-5
gms.
Water
4-5 drs.
15-20 c.c.s.
Add ammonia drop by drop to just redissolve the white precipitate,
and then a little sulphuric (or citric) acid to just remove the odour of
ammonia.
Then add
ammonium citrate
40 grs.
2-5 gms.
6 drs.
25 c.o.s.
This solution keeps in the dark, arid is used like the four-solution
mixture.
Ferric
Water
. .
. .
(green)
. .
Pellet Process.
A. Pure
gum
Water
B. Ferric
4 ozs.
arabic
. .
. .
ammonium
citrato
. .
Water
C. Ferric chloride (crystallised)
Water
Add
with constant
20 ozs.
10 ozs.
20 ozs.
10 ozs.
20 ozs.
to 20 vols. of A,
200 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
500 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
500 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
in small doses
stirring.
1910]
..
..
..
The developer
;
135 gms.
1000 o.c.s.
Tartaric acid
Salt
Ferric sulphate
Ferric chloride
each
777
36
40
60
81 gms.
90 gms.
135 gms.
grs.
grs.
grs.
Alum and
MOUNTANTS.
Starch Paste.
Pure starch is mixed with a very small proportion of cold water to
form a very stiff mass. It should be so stiff that it is stirred with difficulty.
Perfectly boiling water is then poured in, about 12 ozs. for every ounce
of starch.
On stirring the mixture will jellify without being boiled
but if it does not it is brought to the boil, cooled, the skin taken off,
and the paste used on day of making.
;
Gelatine.
For tnounting prints without cockling.
50 gms.
4 ozs.
Nelson's No. 1 gelatine
200 c.c.s.
16 ozs.
Water
Soften the gelatine in the water, liquefy on the water bath, and
add a little at a time and stirring rapidly
.
Methylated
Glycerine
30 o.c.s.
6 c.c.s.
5 ozs.
spirit
.
. .
1 oz.
Dextrine Paste.
Best white dextrine
Cold water
.
1 Ib.
to
Water
Oil of
make
stiff
paste
10 ozs.
wintergreen
. .
1 dr.
oil,
and
whole mixture
to the
778
[1910
inferior
Starch - Gelatine.
A.
Bermuda arrowroot
Water
B. Nelson's No. 1 soft gelatine
8 ozs.
4 ozs.
2CO gms.
100 c.c.s.
360 grs.
10 gms.
64 ozs.
800 c.c.s.
The gelatine is first softened in the water and A and B are then
mixed together and boiled for a few minutes. To the cold mixture are
.
Water
stirred in
5 ozs.
250 c.c.s.
Methylated spirit
25 minims
3 n.c.s.
Carbolic acid (liquid)
This is a good cold paste, which sticks and keeps fairly well.
.
Liquid Gelatine.
Gelatine
1 oz.
6 ozs.
Water
100 gms.
600 c.c.s.
100 gms.
1 oz.
Chloral hydrate
gelatine is dissolved in the water by aid of heat, and the
chloral hydrate added.
After digesting for a short time the adhesive
liquid is neutralised with a little sodium carbonate solution.
The
Gum -Dextrine.
Picked white gum arabic
Dextrine
Liquid ammonia
.
Carbolic acid
Water
oz.
2J ozs.
4 drops
1 dr.
8 ozs.
65 gms.
280 gms.
50 c.c.s.
15 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
Shellac Mountant.
1910]
779
3 ozs.
12 ozs.
Tragacanth
Gum
arable
Water
50 ozs.
or
Gum
arable
100 gms.
10 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
1 oz.
Aluminium sulphate
Water
45 grs.
10 ozs.
Mounting on Glass
Nelson's No. 2 soft gelatine
(Opalines).
30 gms.
300 c.c.s.
2 ozs.
20 ozs.
Water
flat
rubber squeegee.
WORKING
UP, COLOURING,
ETC., PRINTS.
Castile soap
Alcohol
20 grs.
10 ozs.
5 gms.
1000
c.c.s.
Encaustic Paste.
Purified beeswax
Oil of lavender
Benzol
Gum
. .
..
..
elemi
50 pares
30 parts
30 parts
1 part
BASKETT'S FORMULA.
of a 2d. tin of Globe polish add 1 oz. best olive oil
1 oz. terebine.
Apply with soft cloth and polish.
To the contents
and
Rub
780
[1910
COLLODION PRINTS.
Fluid extract of quillaia
..
..
Water
Alcohol
1 dr.
5 c.c.s.
1 oz.
1 oz.
40
40
c.c.s.
c.c.s.
BBOJIIDES.
as
prepare
directed
over with
a duster.
Fixatif for
1-6 gin.
24 grs.
A. Mastic
85 c.c.s.
3 ozs.
.
.
. .
Amyl acetate
Dissolve by agitation, and allow to stand some haurs before use.
.
Amyl
acetate
Dissolve by agitation.
corked bottle.
Mix when
7 grs.
3 ozs.
both are clear,
.
0-45
85
gm.
c.c.s.
and keep
in tight'y-
diff user.
Alizarin Crimson.
Alizarin Yellow.
Cobalt Blue.
Olive Green.
Raw
Sienna.
Madder Brown.
Burnt Sienna.
Burnt Carmine (Purple Lake).
Purple Madder.
Alizarin Green.
Viridian Green.
Payee's Grey.
Prussian Blue,
Sepia.
Bistre.
Anreolin.
Sap G'cen
1910]
781
or are
Carminef Light Red*, Pink, Rose, and Rose Dore Maddersf Scarlet
Lake*, Ultramarine or French Ultramarine*, Indigot, Brown Pinkf,
Burnt Umber*, Vandyke Brown*, Gamboget, Naples Yellow,* Yellow
;
Ochre*,
Roman
Ochre*.
N.B.
Add
little
of
match
If
then
.
(See
"
Negative Varnishes.")
is
Hard gelatine
Water
........
containing a
. .
. .
little
20 grs.
1 oz.
it.
which
. .
. .
Solid paraffin
White wax
. .
is
45 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
5 OZF.
2 ozs.
2 ozs.
starch paste.
100 gm.
40 gms.
40 gms.
MISCELLANEOUS
Reversed Negatives by
A lantern or other thinly coated
FORMUL/E.
Ammonium
Persulphate.
782
[1910
The time
unitorm blackness.
ever, of
if
To Recover Fogged
Potass, bichromate
Hydrochloric acid
Plates.
11 to 22 grus.
Water
3~5 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
Bathe plates in above for two minutes, wash for one or two minutes in
running water, and dry. Solution slows plate?, and may be used, as
above or after exposure, to obtain contrast en extra-rapid plates e.g.,
when copying black and white or other subjects.
Gum
solution
gum)
(ordinary office
.
Caramel
Burnt sienna, ground in water
Mix. and add
.
. .
100 c.o.s.
100 gms.
200 gms.
1 oz.
1 oz.
2 "ozs.
2 ozs.
Alcohol
(fl.)
200
c.c.s.
Gelatine
Water
Glycerine
Indian ink
Make
face
slide.
arabic
su^ar
gum
Wbite
Ammonium
bichromate
Water
Methylated
..
spirit
..
..
..
..
80
60
grs.
g-s.
fcO grs.
7 uzs.
1 oz.
5 2 gms.
4'0 gms.
4-0 t^ms.
200 c.c.s.
30 c.c.s.
1910]
783
This mixture will keep for a few days only, and after the plate has
been coated and exposed it is developed with finest graphite powder,
collod ionised, and washed.
..
.
..
.
about
about
Invisible
Chloride of cobalt
210 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
60 c.c.s.
30 c.c.s.
grs.
10 oz.
^ oz.
^ oz.
Ink.
..
..
900
..
60 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
25 grs.
..
Distilled water
1 oz.
(fl.)
invisible
Dead Black
for
Borax
Glycerine
Shellac
..
..
..
..
Water
Boil
till
Wood.
30 grs.
30 minims
60 grs.
8 ozs.
8 gms.
8 c.c.s.
16 gms.
60
16 gms.
1000
c.c.s.
Nigrosine,
W.S
grs.
with
first
Cupric chloride
..
..
Potassium bichromate
Water
and as soon as the surface
..
75 grs.
75 grs.
2 ozs.
75 gms.
75 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
dries apply
Aniline hydrochlorate
Water
150 grs.
2J ozs.
150 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Repeat the process
and wipe
Waterproofing Solution
for
till
oil.
Wood.
4 ozs.
400 gms.
Asphalt
6 gms.
..
..
30 grs.
..
Pure rubber
.
1000 c.c.s.
10 ozs.
Mineral naphtha
Apply with a stiff brush and give three successive coats, allowing
The vapour from this solution is very
to dry between each.
inflammable.
.
oil.
Spirits of
Woodwork,
20 ozs.
2 ozs.
4 ozs.
camphor
Vinegar
Butter of antimony
Liquid ammonia
1 oz.
etc.
400 c.c.s.
40 c.c.s.
80 c.c.s.
20 gms.
5 c.c.s.
J oz.
5 c.c.s.
I r*Z.
applied very sparingly with a bit of old flannel, and
.
Water
This mixture is
thoroughly rubbed
off
with
soft rags.
784
[1910
B.
Copper nitrate
200
Water
1 oz.
200
Silver nitrate
grs.
grs.
450 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
450 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
1 oz.
Water
Mix A and B, and place the brass work (perfectly cleaned)
solution for a few moments, heating it on removal.
. .
Celluloid
Amyl alcohol
Acetone
. .
oz.
oz.
in the
4 gms.
100
100
c.c.s.
c.c.s.
To Blacken Aluminium.
Clean the metal thoroughly with fine emery powder, wash well, and
immerse in
Ferrous sulphate
..
..
White
arsenic
Hydrochloric acid
Dissolve and
..
1 oz.
12 ozs.
80 gms.
80 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
add-
Water
When
1 oz.
the colour
12 ozs.
is
off
1000
c.c.s.
lacquer.
B. Nitrate of ammonium
Distilled water
C.
Distilled water
175 grs.
10 ozs.
262 grs.
10 ozs.
1 oz.
10 ozs.
yz
oz. (avoir.)
5 ozs.
40 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
60 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
100 gms.
1000 c.o.s.
Tartaric acid
50 grs.
23 gms.
Boil in flask for ten minutes, and when cool add
Alcohol
1 oz.
200 c.c.s.
Distilled water, quant, stiff, to make up to 10 ozs. or 2000 c.c.s
For use take equal parts of A and B. Mix together also equal parts
C and D, and mix in another measure. Then mix both these
mixtures together in the silvering vessel, and suspend the mirror face
downwards in the solution.
of
AND PHOTOGRAPHER
1910]
DAILY COMPANION.
'785
DEVELOPING FORMULAE,
ETC., OF THE PRINCIPAL PLATE
AND PAPER MAKERS.
In
all
cases,
except where
sulphite
otherwise specified,
and carbonate
crystallised
are to be used.
"Ensign"
sodium
786
Water
Pan"
Paper.
[1910
1910]
787
Metol
..
..
..
Hydroquinone
Sodium sulphite
Sodium carbonate
Potass, bromide, 10
Water
Metol
Sodium sulphite
Sodium carbonate
Potass, bromide, 10
Water
Effects.
.
..
20 grs.
14 grs.
60 grs.
1
solution.
025.
800 grs.
20 drops
20 ozs.
2-3 gms.
1'6 gm.
6'8 gms.
50'5 gms.
91 gms.
30 drops
lOCOo.o.s.
788
For
Warm
Tones.
A. Gold chloride
15 grs.
15 ozs.
300 grs.
30 ozs.
Water
B. Borax
Water
A, 1 oz.
B, 2 ozs.
[1910
gm.
425 c.c.s.
23 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
water to 40 ozs.
100 grs.
50 grs.
2 ozs. avd.
40 ozs. (fl.)
Hydroquinone
Sodium sulphite
Water to make
B Sodium carb. (cryst.) washing
.
'.
Water
to
Equal parts
"
make
of
A and B
to
make
Royal Standard
1 oz. avd.
60 grs.
40 ozs.
(fl.)
6 gms.
3 gms.
20 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
25 gms.
3 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
developer.
"
Lantern Plates.
Black Tone.
METOL DEVELOPER.
........
Potassium bromide
Water
........
B. Washing soda
Water
........
A. Metol
200 grs.
15 gms.
2 ozs.
60 gms.
2 gms.
25 grs.
20 ozs.
600 c.c.s.
..
..
5 ozs.
..
150 gms.
20 ozs.
600 c.c.s.
This developer works rather slowly, about
to 3 minutes giving
Sodium
..
sulphite (cryst.)
brilliant slides.
"
CHALLENGE
"
WORKS.
"Challenge" P.O. P.
Toning Solutions.
A.
Ammonium
sulphocyanide
Water
B. Gold chloride
Water
A, 2 ozs., B, added last, 2 ozs., water to
150 grs.
15 ozs.
23 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
15 grs.
15 ozs.
2'3 gms.
make 20
1000
ozs.
c.c.s.
1910]
789
"Challenge" P.O. P.
Self -Toning
Fixing Bath.
150 gms.
3 pzs.
1000 cc.s.
20 ozs.
made of double strength when
Hypo
Water
This is used for six minutes.
purple tones are desired.
It is
Amidol
Sodium sulphite
Potass, bromide
Water
50 grs.
650 grs.
10 grs.
20 ozs.
of
5'7
gms.
74 gms.
1'14
gm.
1000
c.c.s.
making.
Metol
6 grs.
Sodium
Sodium carbonate
...
(cry st.)
10
Potass, bromide,
solution
per
gm.
1 oz.
30 drops
10 ozs.
100 drops
1000 c.c.s.
30 grs.
Hydroquinone
1*4
50 gms.
6'8 gms.
100 gms.
oz.
...
...
...
sulphite
cent.
Water
Barnet," "Red
"
Seal,"
Ortho," and
"Medium Ortho"
Plates
100
grs.
6-5
gms.
28 gms.
Pyro
1 oz.
Potass, bromide
60 grs.
8 ozs.
3-9 gms.
2 ozs.
50 c.c.s.
450 c.c.s.
100 gms.
Water
225
c.c.s.
Developer.
No.
1.
Solution
..
Water
No. 2. Sodium carbonate
Sodium sulphite
Water
For use, take equal parts
.
traiture, ^take
No.
1,
18 ozs.
.
1 part
..
of Nos. 1
;
No.
and
2 ozs.
2J ozs.
112-5 gms.
20
1000
ozs.
For
c.c.s.
TH
790
"
[1910
"
Pyro
........
......
........
........
......
Potass, bromide
Nitric acid
1 oz.
60 grs.
20 drops
80 ozs.
9 ozs.
8 ozs.
80 ozs.
12 gms.
2 gms.
0-5
c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
Water
112 gms.
B. Sodium sulphite
100
Sodium carbonate
gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Water
For ordinary use, equal parts of Nos. 1 and 2. For under-exposure
add more of No. 2 or dilute the developer with water. For overexposure add more of No. 1 or a few drops of 10 per cent, solution of
........
.
potassium bromide.
Barnet P.O. P.
For Barnet "Ordinary " P.O.P., the A sulphocyanide solution given
below is mixed with gold (16 ozs. with 2 grs. gold or 350 c.c.s.
(with O'l gm.) to form the toning bath.
Toning Baths for Matt. P.O. P.
A.
Ammonium
sulphocyanide
Water
B. Gold chloride
Water
C.
Water
791
Meto l-Eydroquinone
200
Metol
Sodium sulphite
Hjdroquinone
6 gms.
grs.
6 nzs.
75 gms.
4 gms.
150 grs.
2 ozs.
Potass, carbonate
25 gms.
..
Potass, bromide ..
..
50 grs.
3/5 gm.
Water
80 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
Development will be complete in from 1 to 2 minutes.
For softer prints, either of the above may be diluted with an equal
balk of water just before use.
.
..
..
..
8 grs.
1-75 gms.
30 grs.
7'0 gms.
350 grs.
75-0 gms.
300 grs.
70'0 gms.
3 grs.
07 em.
10 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
The ingredients should be dissolved in the order named.
For soft prints of cold black tone, use
Bodinal, 1 part
water, 30
Hydroquinone
Sodium sulphite
Sodium carbonate
Potass, bromide
Water
parts.
Barnet
For
A.
Hydroquinone
Sodium
sulphite
Potass, bromide
Citric acid
.
.
B.
Water
Sodium hydrate
Water
of
Lantern Plates.
Warm Black Tones.
160
2 ozs.
100 gms.
30 grs.
60 grs.
20 ozs.
3 gms.
7 gms.
1000
160 grs.
20 ozs.
18 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
A and
warm
black.
Warm Brown
Tones,
A. Pyro
Soda sulphite
Water
. .
B. Carbonate of ammonia
Potassium hydrate
Ammonium bromide
Water
Take equal parts
2 minutes.
of
A and
18 gms.
c.c.s.
B.
For
grs.
B.
Length
oz.
Length
of
time in
12-5 gms.
20 ozs.
50 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
225 grs.
190 grs.
150 grs.
20 ozs.
26 gms.
21 gms.
17 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
1 oz.
of
THE
KttiTiSlI
[1910
minutes.
For Very
(100 c.c.s.)
ammonium
Warm
(Reddish) Tones.
of
minutes.
Potass, carbonate..
Potass, bromide
.
Water
60 grs.
6-8 gms.
1 oz.
2 ozs.
50 gmp.
100 gms.
20 grs.
20 ozs.
2'3 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Potass, bromide
. .
Water
Warm
Far
62-5 c.c.s.
15 grs.
1-7
20 ozs.
1000
c.c.s.
Tones.
30
Eikonogen..
Hydroquinone
3-4
1 2
gms.
gms.
18-2 gm?.
9-1 gms.
1-7 gms.
2-3 gms.
grs.
10 grs.
Sodium
gm.
160 grs.
80 grs.
15 grs.
20 grs.
20 ozs.
.
sulphite
Potass, carbonate..
Potass, bromide . .
Citric acid
.
Water
1,000 c.c.s
LTD.
A.
1 oz.
Pyro.
Potass, metabisulphite
Potass, bromide
.
Water to
B. Sodium carbonate
Sodium sulphite
Water to
To develop mix equal parts
20 grs.
100 ozs.
. .
..
oz.
..
8 ozs.
16 ozs.
100 ozs.
of A.
and B.
10 gms.
5 gms.
-
gm.
1000 c.c.s.
80 gms.
160 gms.
1000 o.c.s.
1910]
Potass, metabisulphite
40 grs.
28 grs.
120 grs.
2 ozs.
3 ozs.
40 ozs.
Metol
Hydroquinone
Sodium sulphite
Sodium carbonate
Water
Add and dissolve in order named.
.
793
4 gms.
0-8
gm.
12 ems.
96 gms.
168 gms.
1800 c.c.s.
To each ounce
(28
c.c.)
of
"Gem"
A.
Ammonium
sulphocyanide
Water
B. Gold chloride
Water
Into a portion of
P.O. P.
.
30 grs.
10 ozs.
2 grs.
10 ozs.
12 grs.
12 grs.
120 grs.
16 ozs.
Citric acid
.
Alum
Hot water
..
..
..
"Gem"
0.13 gm.
284 c.c.s.
pour slowly an equal portion of B.
Combined BatJi.
Sodium hyposulphite
5 ozs.
.
Lead acetate
2 gms.
284 c.c.s.
filter
140 gms.
0-8
0-8
gm.
gm.
8-0 gms.
500
c.c.
and a^d
5 grs.
0'3
1 oz.
30
gm.
c.c.
Gem
bromide papers
it is
"Gem"
Lantern Plates.
For
C.
Ammonium
Ammonium
carbonate
bromide
Warm
8 gms.
12 gms.
8 gms.
900 c.c.<?.
16 gms.
900
c.c.s.
Tones.
1 oz.
1 oz.
10 gms.
10 gms.
200 c.c.s.
Water
20 ozs.
To obtain extra warm tones on Gem red lantern plates, give overexposure and develop with one part of solution A and B and one part
of C, increasing C as the exposure is lengthened.
794
[1910
QEVAERT, LIMITED.
Gevaert P.O. P.
Toning Baths.
45
Ammonium
sulphocyanida
. .
gra.
..
20 ozs.
..
Water, distilled..
Two hours before use, addition is made of:
Gold chloride solution (15 grs. in
2 ozs.)
7 drs.
This formula yields fine purple blue tone.
5 gms.,
1000
40
c.c.s.
c.c.s.
For carmine red tones, printing is done only slightly deeper than
the finished print is required to be.
The prints are given three fiveminute s *aks in water and toned in
:
Ammonium
sulphocyanide
. .
Potass, iodide
Gold chloride solution (15 grs. in
2 ozs.).
45
10
grs.
5 grns.
grs.
2J drs.
Water
20 ozs.
gm.
15 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
can then be left to themselves, except for the movement they get as
each is picked out for examination at intervals. The toning bath
should be used only once, and it should be noted that the prints
gain a little in dryi g. Wash in one or two changes of water, and fix
in the usual hypo, bath of 2 ozs. to 20 ozs. of water.
90
10 gms.
10 cms.
. .
20
Water
1000 c.c.s.
This solution (without gold) keeps indefinitely, and can be made up
The toning solution is made up as follows
in quantity.
acetate, cryst.
Borax, powdered
..
..
..
..
..90
. .
. .
grs.
grs.
ozs.
Stock solution
18
ozs.
400
c.c.s.
(15 grs. in
..
..
15 grs.
J tz.
42 ozs.
Water, distilled
This bath should be filtered each time before use.
gm.
c.o.s.
1200
c.c.s.
1910]
795
FIXING BATH.
Water.. 20ozs.
Hypo... loz.
50gms.
Prints should be fixed for at least ten minutes.
SEPIA TO
lOOOc.c.s.
With
platinum bath
salt
Potass, chloroplatinite
Phosphoric acid sp. gr. 1-120
.
Water
15 grs.
i oz.
42 ozs.
gm.
9 c.c.s.
1200 c.c.s.
and certain
very
process.
weak ammonia.
Ammonia
. .
1 dr.
Water
20 ozs.
In which they turn lemon yellow and appear much
c.c.s.
1000
c.c.s.
too light.
They
Hydroquinone
Soda sulphite, cryst.
Potash carbmate..
Potass, bromide
Water to
. .
40 grs.
15 grs.
1 oz.
..
..
140 grs.
70 grs.
20 ozs.
6 gins.
2 &ms.
60 gms.
20 gms.
10 gms.
1200 c.c.s.
Dissolve the metol first in the water, and then add the other
chemicals in the order given.
This developer will keep good for a
long time if kept well corked.
796
[1910
GLYCIN DEVELOPER.
Stock Mixture.
4 ozs.
.
62 gms.
2 ozs.
. .
25 gms.
Glycin
Potass, carbonate..
..
1 oz.
..
125 gms.
distilled
5
ozs.
100 c.c.s.
Water, hot,
The chemicals are dissolved in the order given, adding the potass,
carbonate in small portions in order that the mixture shall not froth
ever.
For safety a 20-oz. measure should be used.
The result is a
creamy mixture, which must be vigorously shaken before use. Ic
Potass, bromide,
solution
7 ozs.
15 c.c.s.
200 c.c.s.
2 drops
2.drops
oz.
Water
10 per
in
cent.
is
then
Hydroquinone
Soda carbonate (cryst.)
Potass, bromide (10 per
. .
12 grs.
1-3
ozs.
50
grs.
f oz.
75 gms.
6 gms.
40 gms.
gm.
cent.
20-40 drops
30-60 drops
1000 c.c.s.
The above constituents should be dissolved in the order named. The
solution keeps for a long while in well-stoppered bottles.
solution)
Water
20 ozs.
GLYCIN DEVELOPER.
For Warm Tones.
Soda sulphite
62 gms.
25 gms.
Potass, carbonate.
..
3 25 gms.
..
5 ozs.
4 ozs.
100 c.c.s.
Water, distilled, and hot
Dissolve the chemicals in the above order, adding the potass, carbonate last, and in small quantities as the mixture froths up. A 20-o/.
measure should be used for the above quantities.
The result is a
mixture of creamy appearance and consistency which must be
vigorously shaken before use.
Glycin
. .
....
ozs.
1 oz.
Developer.
Stock solution
Water
Potass,
bromide
solution)
(10
per
15 ozs.
10 c.c.s.
200 c.c.s.
7 drops
5 drops
J oz.
cent,
797
1910J
JOHN
J.
Gold chloride
Ammonium sulphocyanide
Water
2 grs.
20 grs.
20 ozs.
23 gm.
2-3
gms.
1000 c.o.s.
COMBINED BATH.
Distilled water
35 ozs.
Hypo
Alum
Ammonium
Sodium
ozs.
J oz.
150 grs.
1*0*.
sulphocyanide
chloride
2000 c.c.s.
250 gms.
43 gms.
20 gms.
86 gms.
off.
Gold chloride
15 grs.
Water
100
ozs.
gm.
c.c.s.
Citric acid
Water up to
80 grs.
10 ozs.
drs.
20
c. e.g.
5 gms.
280
c.c.s.
"SPECIAL P.O.P."
Wash
Gold chloride
Ammonium
sulphocyanide
Water
' '
PROFESSION AL "
1 gr.
0-23 gm.
10 grs.
10 ozs.
2-3
gms.
1000 c.c.s.
P.O.P.
Toning Bath.
Gold chloride
Ammonium
sulphocyanide
Water
gr.
15 grs.
25 ozs.
0-1 gm.
1 gm.
700
c.c.s.
798
"Snow-White" Bromide
To develop the image,
[1910
Paper.
Amidol
Sodium sulphite
Potassium bromide
Water
.
8 gms.
74 gms.
0-45 gm.
70grs.
650 grs.
4grs.
20 ozs.
"Noctona"
(Gaslight)
1000
c.c.s.
Paper.
Developer.
Water
Metol
Hydroquinone
Soda sulphite
Soda carbonate
Potass, bromide
Dissolve in the order given.
30 seconds.
20 ozs.
15 grs.
60 grs.
440 grs.
600 grs.
7 grs.
Normal time
of
development about
1910]
HALIFAX PHOTOGRAPHIC
799
CO.
Sodium
Sodium
Water
carbonate...
oz.
...
...
10 grs.
30 ozs.
...
...
3 ozs.
4 ozs.
Water
B.
16 gms.
16 gms.
0'76 gm.
oz.
;.
sulphite
1000
30 ozs.
of
A and
B, or increase
3.c.s.
100 gms.
133 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
TRADK.
A. Pyro
Potass, metabisulphite
...
...
s
Water
...
...
B. Soda carbonate
(cryst.)
A and
12'5 gms.
3*4 gms.
1000
c.c.s.
...
...
2 ozs.
2 ozs.
100 gms.
100 gms.
...
...
10
20
1000
Water
Use equal parts
J oz.
30 grs.
20 ozs.
1'14 gms.
grs.
ozs.
c.c.s.
B.
PROCEX.
A. Pyro
Potass, metabisulphite
Potass, bromide ...
Water
to
...
make
Sodium sulphite
Water to make
Use equal parts
of
...
...
"...
B. Sodium carbonate...
...
A and
"
20 gms.
10 gms.
1 oz.
...
...
...
...
...
J oz.
20 grs.
50 oz.
0'91
6 ozs.
8 ozs.
50 ozs.
120 gms.
160 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
1000
gm.
c.c.s.
B.
Lily white
"
P.O. P.
Combined Bath.
Water (pure or
distilled)
hot
...
Ammonium
Citric acid
sulphocyanide
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Lead acetate
Alum
20 ozs.
5 ozs.
Hypo
...
Gold chloride
(in solution)
...
240 grs.
60 grs.
60 grs.
60 grs.
3 grs.
when
cold.
1000 c.c.s.
250 gms.
27*4 gms.
6'84 gms.
6 '84 gms.
6'84 gms.
0'34 gm.
Use 1 grain
also
of
acetate) are
800
[1910
are
toned in
first
..
62 grs.
..
4 gins.
62 grs.
Borax
4 gms.
2 drs.
Gold chloride, 1 per cent, solution
9 c.c.s.
14 ozs.
Water
400 c.c.s.
After an intermediate wash of about 3 minutes, tone in
.
Potass, chloroplatinite
Phosphoric acid
15 grs.
2 drs.
. .
Water
gm.
9 c.c.s.
1140 c.c.s.
40 oza.
Hypo
4 ozs.
Water
20
ozs.
200 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
cent, salt bath
"
Lilywhite
Metol
Hydroquinone
Soda sulphite
Potass, bromide
" Bromide
Paper.
..
..
..
. .
..
. .
. .
Potass, carbonate
Water
. .
50 grs.
15 grs.
500 grs.
10 grs.
100 grs.
20 ozs.
5'7 gms.
1-7 gin.
57 gms.
1-1
gm.
11-4
gms.
1000
c.c.s.
Water
...
Metol
Sodium
sulphite (cryst.)
...
Hydroquinone
Sodium carbonate...
Potass, bromide
...
...
...
...
20
ozs.
1000
c.c.s.
15 grs.
1'71
540 grs.
60 grs.
1080 grs.
61 "6 gms.
6'84 gms.
123'1 gms.
34 gm.
3 grs.
gm.
1910]
801
ILFORD, LTD.
Ilford Plates.
("
"Monarch," "Chromatic"
PYRO-SODA DEVELOPER.
Ordinary,'" "Zenith,"
etc.)
Stock Solutions.
A.
Water
Nitric acid
..
Pyrogallic acid
This solution
will
..
..
..
5 ozs.
20 drops
1 oz.
150 c.c.s.
20 drops (Ic.c.)
28 gms.
OrB. Water
Potass, metabisulphite
..
Pyrogallio acid
5
.
..
...
ozs.
150
c.c.s.
70 grs.
5 gms.
1 oz.
28 gms.
Working Solutions.
No.
1.
Stock solution
Water
No.
2.
to
of pyro,
make up
to
Sodium carbonate,
A
.
or
1 to 2 ozs.
20 ozs.
25 to 50 c.c.s.
500 c.c.s.
crystals (not
bicarbonate) "avoirdupois)
Sodium sulphite (avoirdupois)
Potassium bromide
Water to make up to
2 ozs.
2 ozs.
100 gms.
100 gms.
20
20
2 gms.
grs.
ozs.
of Nos. 1
1000 c.c.s
and
2.
METOL-HYDROQUINONE.
A. Metol
Hydroquinone
Potass, metabisulphite
Water up to
B. Sodium carbonate (crystals)
Sodium sulphite (crystals)
Potass bromide
Water up
..
..
..
to
60
90
90
20
grs.
3-5
grs.
5 gms.
5 gms.
grs.
ozs.
gms.
500
c.c.s.
2 ozs.
2 ozs.
50 gms.
50 gms.
20 grs.
20 ozs.
500
gm.
c.c.s'.
METOL-PYRO DEVELOPER.
Tn
This developer is fully as energetic as metol-hydroquinone.
dealing with unknown exposures it is best to start with equal parts of
A and C, and add B and more of C if necessary afterwards.
A. Stock solution of pyro
2 ozs.
50 c.c.s.
Water up to
20 ozs.
500 c.c.s.
.
B. Metol
Potass, metabisulphite
Potass, bromide
Water up
to
..
..
90 grs.
20 grs.
45 grs.
20 ozs.
5 gms.
1 gm.
2-5
gms.
500
c.c.s.
802
Sodium carbonate
0.
(crystals) (not
bicarbonate)
Sodium sulphite (crystals)
Potass, bromide
Water up to
Normal Developer.
[1910
A, 1 part
2 ozs,
2 ozs.
20 grs.
20 ozs.
B, 1 part
50 gms.
50 gms.
1-1
500
gm.
o.o.s.
C, 2 parts.
Ilford
Metol
Hydroquinone
Sodium
Water
B.
..
sulphite
Potass, carbonate
Potass, bromide
..
..
30 grs.
150 grs.
3i ozs.
30 ozs.
2-3 gms.
11-4 gms.
i
108 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
200 gms.
6'8 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
6 ozs.
90 grs.
30 ozs.
Water
Uee equal parts of A and B, develop for about one minute, then
immerse in a weak solution of sodium citrate (or add a little to
the developer), and complete development.
Great- density is thus
obtained.
40 grs.
50 grs.
30 grs.
80 grs.
20 ozs.
Hydroquinone
Potass, bromide
..
..
..
Soda sulphite
Water
B. Caustic potash
4-6 gms.
5-7 gms.
3-4 gms.
9-1 gms.
1000
100 grs.
20 ozs.
'
Water
Use equal quantities of
A and B,
fix in
hypo
1000
(8 ozs. to
c.c.s.
25 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
2 drs.
10 ozs.
Water
c.c.s.
11-4 gms.
Warm
1000
absolute alcohol
is
composed
of
Distilled water
c.c.s.
gm.
for three
minutes.
4 parts
2 parts
200 parts
'
'
1910]
803
Hford*P.O.P.
Hardening Bath.
Alum
Common
in
lj oz.
1 oz.
20 ozs.
salt
Water
which prints are kept moving
for 5 or
45 gms.
30 gms.
600 c.c.s.
10 minutes.
Toning Bath.
No. 1. Ammonium sulphocyanide
100 grs.
6-5 gms.
Water
10 ozs.
300 o.c.s.
10 grs.
65 gm.
No. 2. Sodium sulphite
. .
. .
10 oza.
300 c.c.s.
Water
This solution must be made up only on the day of using; any left
must be thrown away.
1 gm.
15 grs.
No. 3. Gold chloride
..
15 ozs.
450 c.c.s.
Water
For the usual toning bath, take 2 ozs. each of Nos. 1 and 3, and
make up to 20 ozs. with water.
For warm tones and Special P.O.P. add l to 2 ozs. of No. 2 to the
above bath just before toning, and withdraw prints according to tone
.
. .
desired.
Kalona
Alum
ozs.
30 gms.
1 gm.
20 grs.
400 c.c.s.
20 ozs.
Water
The
where they must be constantly turned over for five minutes.
prints should next be washed for ten minutes in running water or
repeated changes, and fixed for ten minutes in a solution of
3 ozs.
75 gms.
Hypo
500 c.c.s.
20 ozs.
Water
/>..
They are then finally washed for two hours in the same way as
(powdered)
sulphocyanide
.
Ammonium
. .
. .
P.O.P.
In tropical climates the following may be used instead of the
nary formula
2-3 gms.
Ammonium sulphocyanide
20 grs.
20 grs.
2-3 gms.
Chrome alum
Ilford
ordi-
1000 c.c.s.
20 ozs.
Water
The colour of the prints is not affected.
The alum and sulphocyanide solution may be omitted and the prints
Common
50 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
for five minutes and then fixed, but the resulting tone is warmer
than that obtained by the use of the sulphocyanide. It is, however,
permanent. Prints treated in this way are not so suitable for
Water
enamelling.
salt
1 oz.
20 ozs.
804
Ilford
No.
No.
1.
2.
[1910
Metol-Hydroquinone Developer.
Metol
50 grs.
25 grs.
Hydroquinone
Sodium sulphite ..
..
Water up to
Sodium carbonate (crystals)
Potass, bromide
Water up to
Take equal quantities
of
1 oz.
20 ozs.
.
1 oz.
30 grs.
20 ozs.
4 gins.
2 gms.
35 gm-.
700 c c.s.
35 gms.
2-4 gms.
700 c.c.s.
2.
Certinal Developer.
Certinal
Water
minims
16
1 oz.
Ilford
1 part
30 parts
Gaslight Papers.
Developer.
Metol
5 grs.
Sodium sulphite
..
..
Hydroquinone
Sodium carbonate (crystals)
.
10 per
oz.
0-3
gm.
15 gms.
..
20
^ oz.
15 gms.
10 minims
10 ozs.
06
c.c.s.
300
c.c.s.
grs.
1-3
gm.
bromida
Water
. .
'.
Water
Ilford
1 oz.
15 parts
Developing Formula.
Stock Solution.
2 ozs.
Potass, oxalate
Potass, phosphate
Water
....
oz.
14 ozs.
72 gms.
18 gms.
500 c.c.s.
Water
Immerse prints
baths, and then
minutes.
..
..
1 oz.
80
for
give
about
them
five
ozs.
20 c.c.s.
1600 c.c.s.
a fiaal
1910]
805
"
Metol-Hydroquinone Developer.
1.
Metol
Hydroquinone
Sodium sulphite
Water up to
2. Sodium carbonate..
Potass, bromide
Water up to
Equal parts of Nos. 1 and
.
5-6 gms.
2-8 gms.
1 oz.
50 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
50 gms.
.20 ozs.
1 oz.
..
..
'
.
50 grs.
25 grs.
30 grs.
20 ozs.
3'4
gms.
1000 c.c.s.
2.
Hydroquinone Developer.
160 grs.
Hydroquinone
Sodium sulphite ..
..
..
2 ozs.
Water up to
20 ozs.
2. Sodium hydrate
80 grs.
Sodium sulphite
30 grs.
Water up to
20 ozs.
No. 1, 1 part No. 2, 1 part water, 2 parts.
1.
Certinal Developer.
16
.
Water
is
B, 1
minims
. .
..
WARM
1 part
30 parts
TONES.
80 grs.
9'1
1 oz.
50 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
3 4 gms.
1-7 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
..
..
..
..
20 ozs.
30 grs.
15 grs.
20 ozs.
gms.
oz.
c.c.s.
. .
FOR
Water
yellow, as
1000
1 oz.
"AIPHA" PLATES
9-1 gms.
3-4 gms.
Certiual
A, 1 oz.
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
18-2 gms.
after
it
has become
For developers,
see
GASLIGHT.
under Ilford Gaslight Papers above.
is
Hypo
Ammonium
sulphocyanide
Gold chloride
. .
Water
The three
2 ozs.
J oz.
250 gms.
25 gms.
4 grs.
0-9
10 ozs.
1000
gm.
c.c.s.
806
make up
11910
When
Hypo
Zigo
"
Self-Toning
CO., Ltd.
Papers.
4 oz. (4 tablespoonfuls)
Water
20 oz.
(1 pint)
200 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
for five
Sodium sulphite
Potass, bromide
Water
To be used within three days
of
50 grs.
600 grs.
5'7
10 grs.
20 oz.
1-2
gms.
70 gms.
gm.
1000
c.c.s.
mixing.
..
..
..
..
Sodium sulphite
Sodium carbonate
10% bromide of potassium
Water
.
The prints
7 grs.
30
Hydroquinone
.
..
sirs.
1-6 gm.
6-* gms.
50 gms.
91 gms.
30to40drops 100 to!20drops
10 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
220 grs.
400 grs.
1910]
DMPANION.
CO.,
LTD.
Imperial Plates.
("
Special Rapid,"
"
Flashlight,"
"STANDARD" DEVELOPER.
No.
1.
807
808
No.
2.
Sodium sulphite
Caustic soda
Water
[1910
2 ozs.
100 gms.
100 grs.
20 ozs.
11 gms.
. .
1000 c.c.s.
(boiled or distilled) to
For use, take equal parts of No. 1 and No. 2.
After using this developer, always rinse the negative well before
transferring to the fixing bath.
SINGLE-SOLUTION DEVELOPER.
Metol
.."-
..
..
..
Hydroquinone
Sodium sulphite
Potass, bromide
Sodium carbonate
Water (boiled or distilled)
.
to
50 grs.
40 grs.
500 grs.
25 grs.
500 grs.
20 ozs.
5-5 gms.
4-5
gms.
57 gms.
3 gms.
57 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Imperial P.O. P.
SULPHOCYANIDE TONING BATH.
Stock Gold Solution.
15 grs.
Water (distilled or boiled) to
15 drs.
No. 1. Ammonium sulphocyanide
60 grs.
Water (boiled or distilled) to
20 ozs.
No. 2. Stock gold solution
5 drs.
Water to
20 ozs.
For use, take equal quantities of No. 1 and No. 2.
Add solution No. 2 slowly to solution No. 1, stirring
Chloride of gold
18 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
6-8 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
31 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
all
the time.
Ammonium
sulphocyanide
Powdered alum
Water
The temperature
of this
..
20 grs.
oz.
2 3 gm?.
75 gms.
20 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
bath should not be more than about 60.
Sodium sulphite
Water to make
B.
Potass bromide
50 grs.
40 grs.
500 grs.
20 ozs.
25 grs.
500 grs.
20 ozs.
Sodium carbonate
Water to make
Equal quantities
of
A and
5-7 gms.
4-6 gms.
57 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
2-8 gms.
57 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
B.
with
the
Imperial
l>y
"
above in 20
OTIS,
(or
1000
c.c.s.) of
water.
1910]
809
KENTMERE, LTD.
"Kentmere" P.O
P.
Gold chloride
Soda phosphate
Water
-.
moved
easily
and quickly.
"Kentmere"
Self -Toning
P.O. P.
Hypo
...
...
Water
...
...
without
4 ozs.
1 pint.
Hypo
...
...
6 ozs.
Water
...
...
1 pint.
Metol
BROMIDE.
10 grs. T14 gm.
30 grs. 3'42 gms.
...
Hydroquinone
20 ozs. 1000 c.c.s.
...
Water to
Dissolve and add
Soda sulphite ... f oz. 37 '5 gms.
Soda carbonate... f oz. 37'5 gms.
Potass, bromide 10 grs. 1'14 gm.
*
GASLIGHT.
T60 gm.
60 grs. 6'84 gms.
20 ozs. 1000 c.c.s.
14 grs.
...
...
'
...
...
1 oz.
...
1 oz.
50 gms.
50 gms.
...
6 grs.
0'68gm.
KODAK, LTD.
Kodak Film.
PYRO DEVELOPER.
Also for Film-pack and Kodoids.
A. Pyrogallic acid
Sulphuric acid
Water
B. Sodium sulphite
Sodium carbonate
Water
.
A, 1 oz.
B, 1 oz.
..
..
..
crystal
water, 8 ozs.
1 oz.
30 gms.
20 minims
28 ozs.
6 ozs.
1 c.c.
6 ozs.
28 ozs.
900 c.c.s.
180 gms.
120 gms.
900 c.c.s.
810
[1910
1 oz.
water, 10 ozs.
Hydroquinone
Sodium sulphite
Water
B. Sodium carbonate
60 grs.
30 grs.
7 gms.
3-5 gms.
1| ozs.
20 ozs.
75 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
50 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
1 oz.
Water
20 ozs.
Eastman
Plates.
Developer.
A Water
Potassium metabisulphite
Potass, bromide
Pyro
.
32 ozs.
Sodium sulphite
Water
Sodium carbonate
A, 2 parts
B, 2 parts
1000 c.c.s.
4 gms.
4 gms.
1 oz.
B. Water
C.
32 ozs.
60 grs.
60 grs.
C, 2 parts
8 oza.
32 ozs.
8 ozs.
30 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
250 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
250 gms.
water, 3 parts.
Seed Plates.
Developer.
A.
Pyro
Soda sulphite crystal
Sulphuric acid
Water
B. Soda carbonate crystal
Water
..
..
For use, A, 1 oz. B, 1 oz. water, 8
.
Kodak
1 oz.
60 gms.
4 ozs.
5 drops.
16 ozs.
240 gms.
none.
1000 c.c.s.
240 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
4 ozs.
16 ozs.
ozs.
Solio P.O. P.
Ammonium
sulphocyanide
IdlO]
for eight
811
in motion as usual
in toning.
Wash
all
Hypo
Ammonium
sulphocyanide
Sodium
Water
chloride
(salt)
gm.
8 gms.
8 gms.
40 grs.
40 grs.
20 ozs.
Citric acid
1000
c.c.s.
Wash
15 gms.
600 c.c.s.
:
150 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
hour.
48
812
[1910
ordinary
for
cold tones
2.
is
Solio."
is
prepared
15 grs.
30 ozs.
Gold chloride
Water
1 gin.
1000
c.c.s.
Neutralise
Take 1 part of the stock solution to 10 parts of water.
exactly with a saturated solution of borax, add one drop at a time, stir
and test with litmus paper, repeating this operation until the bath
This borax
To obtain
Citric acid
Sodium
Water
chloride
(common
salt)
8 gms.
2 drs.
2 drs.
8 gms.
30 ozs.
1000
c.c.s.
For use, take 1 part of the stock solution and add 20 parts of water.
Tone until the high-lights are clear, which takes about 5 minutes, and
then immerse the prints in the following bath to stop further
toning
crystals)
Water
Again rinse and
fix, etc.,
Kodak
15 gms.
600 c.c.s.
as already described.
When
the prints are sufficiently washed and ready to tone, they are
first placed in a plain gold bath, made alkaline with borax, enough to
turn red litmus paper blue in one minute.
0-16 gm.
2 grs.
Gold chloride
1700 c.c.s.
60 ozs.
Water
Add sufficient of a saturated solution of borax to make bath very
The bath should be made up
slightly alkaline (about 25 to 30 drops).
one to two hours before use.
Tone in this bath to chocolate brown in the deepest shadows by
transmitted light. Add gold enough to keep the speed of the bath 6
to 8 minutes. If the prints show bleaching in the half-tones before
the shadows are toned far enough, add more borax. The alkali acts aa
a restrainer on the half-tones. The amount to use is the amount
necessary to hold the half-tones from bleaching while the shadows
tone.
When the prints are toned, place in clear water and when all
;
1910]
wash
are toned,
bath.
KODAK GLOSSY
813
and tone
in
platinum
C.C. PAPER.
For Dark
Tones.
Water
Ammonium
sulphocyanide
Gold chloride
32 ozs.
900
J oz.
2 grs.
14 gms.
0-13 gm.
c.c.s.
'
Salt
30 grs.
Gold chloride
4 grs.
0-68 gm.
0-1 gm.
Water
100 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
saturated borax solution enough to turn red litmus paper blue
in half a minute.
Add
ARISTO JUNIOR.
20
Salt
Sodium
tion)
grs.
0-9
gm.
J oz.
Gold chloride
8 c.c.s
0-07 gm.
2 grs.
60 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
Add saturated solution of soda carbonate or borax, enough to turn
red litmus paper blue in 1 to 2 minutes. Bath is made up 4 to 5
hours before use and should tone in 6 to 8 minutes.
For dark tones on " Aristo Junior," the following bath is used
14 gms.
Ammonium sulphocyanide
J oz.
2 grs.
0-13 gm.
Gold chloride
32 ozs.
900 c.c.s.
Water
Water
Kodak
Put the prints, without previous washing, into the following bath,
and keep them moving for 3 to 5 minutes.
20 grs.
2 gms.
Ammonium sulphocyanide
20 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
Water
Wash for 5 minutes in running water, or several changes, and fix
.
in
Hypo
Water
. .
minutes.
16 changes.
for 10
Then wash
3 ozs.
20 ozs.
150 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
48*
814
[1910
The following
20 ozs.
Water
1000
c.c.s.
for 5 minutes,
For
cold,
ozs.
For warm brown tones, wash in three changes of cold water, and
transfer for 10 minutes to fixing bath.
For rich purple black tones, put the print directly into salt, 60 grs.;
water, 20 ozs., for three minutes, and then transfer to the fixing bath
for 10
minutes.
"
Far
Warm
Tones.
Wash
washing as usual.
" PlatinoMatte,"
"Royal,"
and " Velvet."
" White
"
Nikko,"
Royal,"
Metol-Hydroquinone Developer.
Metol
8 grs.
30 grs.
Hydroquinone
Sodium sulphite
f oz.
. .
. .
. .
Sodium carbonate
f oz.
10% solution potassium bromide 20 minims
Water
20 ozs.
Amidol Developer.
Amidol
60 grs.
1 oz.
Sodium sulphite
.
10
. .
Water
20 drops
20 ozs.
0-9 gm.
3 5 gms.
-
38 gms.
38 gms.
1 c.c.
1000
1-8
c.o.s.
gm.
50 gms.
1-5 c.c.s.
1000
c.c.s.
Hypo
Alum
10 ozs.
.
Boiling water
. .
1 oz.
70 ozs.
280 gms.
28 gms.
2000 c.o.s.
Dissolve the hypo in the water, and then add the alum slowly.
all is dissolved the solution should be milk white.
This solution should not be filtered, and it works better as it becomes older it
When
1910]
815
may
will tone in 30 to 40
When
minutes.
Water
70 ozs.
Alum
2 ozs.
2000 c.c.s.
60 gms.
Hydroquinone
Metol
Sodium sulphite
..
Sodium carbonate
..
30 grs.
7 grs.
3 5 gms.
0'8 gm.
220 grs.
400 grs.
10 drops
20 ozs.
25 gms.
45 gms.
16 drops
1000 c.c.s.
"
and
VELOX."
:
Metol
7 grs.
Hydroquinone
Sodium sulphite (cryst.)
Sodium carbonate (cryst.)
30 grs.
220 grs.
400 grs.
10 to 20 drops
10 ozs.
. .
Warm
acid,
0-8 gm.
3-5 gms.
25 gms.
45 gms.
16 to 30 drops.
500 c.c.s.
Tone Developer.
minutes
for sepia
brown
colour.
Water
. .
Sulphuric acid
. .
. .
. .
. .
1J ozs.
10 ozs.
3 minims.
The
crystals must first be thoroughly dissolved.
solution will be rather turbid, and the sulphuric acid ought to clear
The iron sulphate
816
[1910
..5
When
Citric acid
4 ozs.
Water
20
ozs.
to 2 of B.
Developer for
Black Tones.
4 ozs.
20 ozs.
. .
'
Water
200 gms.
1000 c.c. 8.
2 ozs.
1 oz.
Water
20 ozs.
100 gms.
50 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
will
"Eastman" Lantern
For
Gaslight
A.
Water
Hydroquinone
Sodium sulphite
Warm
16 ozs.
120 grs.
(crystals)
1 oz.
B. Water
*
Caustic soda
Potassium bromide
C.
. .
Water
*Ammonium carbonate
Ammonium bromide
*
Plates.
Tones.
600 c.c.s.
10 gms.
30 gms.
16 ozs.
60 grs.
60 grs.
5 gms.
16 ozs.
120 grs.
120 grs.
600 c.c.s.
10 gms.
10 gms.
600
c.c.s.
5 gms.
The
1910]
B.
Plates.
I oz.
J oz.
20 ozs.
. .
Soda carbonate
Soda sulphite
3 ozs.
Water
2Q oz.
1 oz.
" SPECIAL
A.
1J
. .
140 grs.
20 ozs.
Citric acid
to make
Ammonium bromide
Liquor ammonia (-880)
Water to make
Use
A,
:
oz.
5 ozs.
Water
B.
12-5 gms.
12-5 gms.
1000
c.c.s.
150 gms.
50 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
of 10 per cent,
Pyro
Soda sulphite
.
LTD.
CO.,
Pyro
Soda metabisulphite
,
Water..
potass,
817
. .
1 part
..
187 gms.
3f ozs.
125 c.c.s.
2^ ozs.
20 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
water, 12 parts.
..
. .
B, 1 part
62-5 gms.
250 gms.
16 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Warm
Developtr for
Black Tones.
2 ozs.
4 ozs.
14 gms.
100 gms.
200 gms.
40
20
4-5 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
120 grs.
Hydroquinone
Soda sulphite
Potass, carbonate
Potass, bromide
Water to make
grs.
ozs.
Development
Warm
Black Tones.
The prints are first partly toned in the following gold bath. Toning
must not be carried on too far, but only until the prints seem to have
changed colour. A long immersion will yield blue-black and a short
immersion brown-black tones in the subsequent platinum bath.
Shortly before use only, make up as follows
1 oz.
30 gms.
Acetate of soda
1 gr.
Gold chloride
065 gm.
:
Water
..
..
..
..
17 ozs.
530
c.c.s.
818
[1910
Water
Then wash in two
9 ozs.
to three changes of water
"Juso" COLLODION
.
Fix
minutes in
Hypo
. .
PLUTO
20
1000
ozs.
Water
1 oz.
10-3 gms.
0-3 gm.
grs.
c.c.s.
"
c.c:s.
3 grs.
Gold chloride
Water
250
fix.
P.O. P.
Toning Bath.
90
sulphocyanide
Ammonium
and
. .
15 oz^.
"
COLLODIO-CHLOBIDE PAPER.
Platinum Toning Bath,
Citric acid
Potass, chloroplatinite
90 grs.
10-3 gms.
3 grs.
0-3 gin.
Water
20 ozs.
1000 c.o.s.
not print so deeply as for black tones. Wash in
four changes of lukewarm water, and immerse in a very weak
ammonia bath (say oz. to 40 ozs. water) until they turn a uniform
lemon yellow. Wash out the ammonia from the prints in at least six
changes of water and tone in the above platinum bath, and fix as
usual.
(It is important that the prints be free from ammonia to
avoid staining in the platinum bath.)
Excellent warm sepia tones are obtained by first washing the prints
as usual, and placing direct into the fixing bath (hyposulphite of soda,
1 oz., water, 15 ozs.).
Fix for 15 minutes, and wash for 1 to 1$
hours in several changes.
Printing must not be carried on so far as
for warm black tones.
Brown
Do
Tones.
Common
salt
Water
or 4 good teaspoonfuls to J pint water.
as above.
. .
1 oz.
12 ozs.
fix
1910]
819
Darker and bluer tones are obtained by placing the prints direct
A stronger solution
into the salt solution without previous washing.
of salt up to 2 ozs. in 10 ozs. may be employed if desired.
Leto-Tintona Paper.
For sepia tones the prints are fixed in 1 in 20 hypo
For brown and purple tones, they are printed a
after washing.
little
deeper and
Common
1 oz.
salt
Water
10. ozs.
and washed as
much
is
Water
This deep printing and
" Chamois "
paper.
Citric acid
Sodium chloride
Potass, chloroplatinite
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
for
Leto
Paper.
Amidol Developer.
Amidol
Soda sulphite
Potass, bromide
Water
45 grs.
450 grs.
5 grs.
5-1
gms.
51 gms.
0-6 gm.
1000 c.c.s.
20 ozs.
oz.
An " acid " fixing bath is preferable Soda sulphite,
water,
50 ozs., to which add, drop by drop, glacial acetic acid, 2 drachms
and then hypo, 8 ozs.
Leto-Gaslight Paper.
For
Warm
A. Adurol-Schering ..
Soda sulphite, cryst.
Water
Black Tones.
..
J oz.
2 ozs.
. .
..
..
7-1 gms.
56-7 gms.
12J ozs.
1A oz.
350
Water
.
12J ozs.
Shortly before use, mix equal parts of each.
For Pure Black Tones.
1 ozs.
Sodium carbonate
350
. .
B. Potass, carbonate.
.
Sodium
. .
J oz.
10 grs.
30 grs.
sulphite
Metol
Hydroquinone
Potass, bromide
(10
per
c.c.s.
42-5 gms.
c.c.s.
150 gms.
25 gms.
2-3
6-8
gms.
gms.
cent,
4 minims
9 c.c.s.
1000 c.o.s.
10 ozs.
For correct exposure development should be complete in 10 to
30 seconds.
It is advisable to give plenty of exposure, and develop quickly.
solution)..
..
..
Water
When
and
fix.
..
820
[1910
Ammonium
50 gms.
bichromate .
450 grs.
10 gms.
90 grs.
Sodium carbonate (cryst.)
1000
20 ozs.
c.c.s.
Water, to make
For use, dilute one part with two parts of methylated spirit and use
immediately.
.
THE LUMIERE
CO.
40 grs.
260 grs.
20 ozs.
Dianol
Water
5 gms.
30 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Any
A.
of the ordinary
Hypo
Alum
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
Lead acetate
Warm
water
5 ozs.
130 grs.
17 grs.
20 ozs.
250 gms.
15 gms.
2 gms.
1000
c.c.s.
Dissolve the hyposulphite and alum, and when cold add the lead
acetate.
Allow to stand for several hours, and then filter carefully.
B. Gold chloride
15 grs.
3J ozs.
Water
To 100
parts of
A add from
gm.
1QO
c.c.s.
required.
Refined chalk
1
per cent,
chloride
solution
of
2 ozs.
20 ozs.
Distilled water
oz.
80 gms.
gold
filter,
and
for use
100 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
add 15 parts
of
alum
1910]
821
Fixing Bath.
Hypo
3 ozs.
Soda bisulphite
1J dr.
150 gins.
10 c.c.s.
Alum
30 grs.
20 ozs.
3 gms.
1000 c.o.s.
Water
In. this bath the prints will turn to a yellowish red, but will then
change rapidly through brown to blue. Take the prints from the
bath when the desired tone is obtained, and wash, preferably in
running water.
B.
Sodium
Water
acetate
Ammonium
Separate Toning.
350 grs.
20 ozs.
40 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
175 grs.
20 ozs.
20 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
15 grs.
100
sulphocyanide
Water
C.
Gold chloride
Water
Mix
. .
. .
B, 4 parts
ozs.
;
gm.
c.c.s.
C, 1 part.
as follows
is
.
Dianol
170 grs.
45 grs.
20 gms.
5 gms.
bromide
Water
This developer should be freshly made for each batch of prints, but
should it be desired the soda solution can be made in bulk, and the
diamidophenol added at the time of use.
Sodium
sulphite (anhydroup)
Dianol
Potass,
bromide
solution)
per
(10
.
solution)
Water
(10
Warm
per
5 gms.
grs.
25 drops
20 ozs.
. .
40 to 50 drops
1000 c.c.s.
Tones.
Hydroquinone
Pormosulphite
Potass, bromide
30 to 50 gms.
40
cent,
Water
For
5 to 7 drs.
5 drs.
14 drs.
10 gms.
25 gms.
1J dr.
20 ozs.
10 c.c.s.
250 c.c.s.
cent.
822
[1910
Greenish Blue.
Brown.
Green.
2
Exposure
Addition of water to
....
developer
Autochrome
Red.
46
37
Sepia.
Plates.
Reversing Solution.
C. Potass,
2 gms.
permanganate
Sulphuric acid
10 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
Water
The sulphuric acid
It
in
is the strong acid of !
should be added to the water, not vice versd.
E. Solution C.
Water
70 grs.
6| drs.
80 ozs.
specific gravity.
1 oz.
50 ozs.
intensifier.
F. Pyro
Citric acid
3 gms.
.
gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Water
G. Silver nitrate
5 gms.
Distilled water
100
c.c.s.
26 grs.
26 grs.
20 ozs.
90 grs.
4 ozs.
Clearer.
H. Potass, permanganate
Water
gm.
1000
c.c.s.
9 grs.
20 ozs.
Fixing Solution.
I.
Hypo
Soda bisulphite
Water
. .
(solution)
. .
. .
. .
150 gms.
50 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
3 ozs.
1 oz.
20 ozs.
1910]
MARION AND
Marion
("
Plates.
"
etc.)
12-5 gms.
1 oz.
.8 ozs.
Sodium carbonate
100 gms.
60 minims
80 ozs.
8 ozs.
100 gms.
60 grs.
80 ozs.
l 5
Potassium bromide
Water to make up
Mix in equal parts at time of using.
When
LTD.
CO.,
A. Pyrogallic acid
Sodium sulphite
Sulphuric acid
Water to make up
B.
823
1-5
gm.
1000
-
c.c.s.
gm.
1000
c.c.s.
minimum
exposure
PYRO- AMMONIA.
A. Pyrogallic acid
Ammonium
. .
bromide
Citric acid
Water to make
up
1 oz.
1 oz.
. .
60 grs.
10 ozs.
ammonia
make up
B. Strongest liquid
Water
to
(-880)
100 gms.
100 gms.
12 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
150 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
oz.
10 ozs.
. .
Two ozs. (200 c.c.s.) of each of above separately made with water to
20 ozs. (1000 c.c.s.) form the solutions for use, equal parts being
mixed together at the time of development.
Mariona P.O. P.
Toning Bath for Matt and Glossy.
A. Gold chloride solution, 1 gr. per oz. (23 gms. per 1000
B.
1000
Ammonium
sulphocyanide solution, 10
grs.
c.c.s.).
c.c.s.).
Toning Bath.
A, 1 oz.
B, 1
oz.
water to 8 to 12
ozs.
Water
A, 2
ozs.
B, 2J
ozs.
water to make
30 grs.
15 ozs.
20 to 30 ozs.
4-6
gms.
1000 c.c.s.
B. Citric acid
Sodium chloride
Water
A, 1 oz.
B, 1 oz.
water to 30
ozs.
5 minims
15 grs.
0'3 c.c.
2-3 gms.
300 grs.
300 grs.
15 ozs.
4-6 gms.
4-6
gms.
1000
c.c.s,
824
[1910
Warm
For
Black Tones
Potass chloroplatinite
Phosphoric acid (sp. gr. 1-120)
. .
Water
15 grs.
2 drs.
35 ozs.
gm.
9 c.o.s.
1000
c.c.s.
Remove
Blue-Black Tones
Gold chloride
Borax
2 grs.
.
Water
0-13 gm.
5 gms.
80 grs.
25 ozs.
700
c.c.s.
before use.
Keep prints in this bath until they assume a purple tone, then
wash in several changes of water and transfer to platinum bath (given
above).
a rich black.
Sepia Tones.
Wash
Red Carbon
Wash
Tones.
Common
Water
salt
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
1 teaspoonful
40 ozs.
Tones.
Print dark, and treat as for red carbon tones, but tone in platinum
bath only.
Purple Tones.
Print very dark. Wash in three changes of water and place in the
following bath
Gold chloride (1 per cent, solu1 oz.
10 c.c.s.
. .
tion)
30 c.o.s.
3 ozs.
Acid hydrochloric pure
10 ozs.
100 c.c.s.
Water.
:
. .
. .
tone.
Tone
1910]
825
40grs.
400 grs.
10 grs.
30 ozs.
4-6 gms.
46 gms.
1-1
gm.
1000
c.c.s.
Sodium sulphite
Amidol
Potass, bromide (10%
Water
t
solution)
200 grs.
20 grs.
10 drops
10 ozs.
46 gms.
4-6 gms.
35 drops
1000 c.c.s.
Sodium carbonate
Sodium sulphite
Potass, bromide
Water to
Time
20 grs.
200 grs.
200 grs.
5 grs.
10 ozs.
4-6 gms.
46 gms.
46 gms.
Igm.
1000
c.c.i
(2-3
inches
Time
of develop-
Hydroquinone
-Metol
Sodium sulphite
Potass, bromide
Sodium hydrate
Water to make
200 grs.
2 grs.
20 grs.
10 ozs.
oz.
six
3-4 gms.
1-1 gm.
45-6 gms.
0-45 gm.
4-6 gms.
1000
c.c.s.
826
[1910
Mawson,"
"
Plates.
"
Castle," "Electric,"
Felixi^'
PYRO-SODA DEVELOPER.
Stock Solution.
480 grs.
110 gms.
120 grs.
28 gmd.
.
10
ozs.
1000
water
to
make
Distilled
c.c.s.
Dissolve the metabisulphite before adding the other ingredients.
ozs.
.
125
c.c.s.
A. Stock solution
1J
10 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
Distilled water to make
360 grs.
82 gms.
B. Sodium carbonate (crystal)
480 grs.
Sodium sulphite
110 gms.
10 ozs.
Distilled water to make
1000 c.c.s.
Use equal parts of A and B.
Pyrogallic acid
Potass, metabisulphite
. .
. .
. .
. .
EODINAL DEVELOPER.
Bodinal
. .
1 part
Water
20 parts
&
B.
of 40 gcs. (9 gms.)
potass bromide to the stock solution, gives excellent results.
If under-exposed, use a large proportion of
if over-exposed,
;
AMIDOL DEVELOPER.
Amidol
Soda sulphite
Potass bromide
. .
Use
. .
. .
23 gms.
228 gms.
2-3 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
100 grs.
1000 grs.
10 grs.
10 ozs. (fl.)
Plates.
PYRO-SODA DEVELOPER.
for
Mawson "Castle"
plates
38 gms.
HYDROQUINONE DEVELOPER.
A. Hydroquinone
Potass bromide
Potass metabisulphite
Distilled water to make up to
B. Caustic potash (sticks)
Distilled water to make up to
.
of
A and B mixed
(fl.)
.
(fl.)
40
10
40
10
80
10
grs.
grs.
grs.
ozs.
grs.
ozs.
9 gms.
2 gms.
9 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
18 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
at time of developing.
1910]
Mawson X-Ray
A. Metol
Hydroquinone
Potass, metabisulphite
Potass, bromide
i)ist. water to make
B.
Equal parts
of
Plates.
40 grs.
80 grs.
80 grs.
10 grs.
10 ozs.
800 grs.
800 grs.
10 ozs.
and B.
Mawson Lantern
82?
9 gms.
18 gms.
18 gms.
2-3
gms.
1000 c.c.
180 gms.
180 gms.
1000 c.c.
Plates.
PYRO-AMMONIA DEVELOPER.
4-5 gms.
20 grs.
4-5 gms.
20 grs.
11-5 gms.
Potass metabisulphite
50 grs.
1000 c.c.s.
Distilled water to make up to (fl.)
10 ozs.
15 c.c.s.
B. Liq. ammonia ('880)
70 minims
1000 c.c.s.
Distilled water to make up to (fl.)
10 023.
Use equal parts of A and B mixed at time of developing.
A. Pyrogallic acid
Ammonium
bromide
HYDROQUINONE DEVELOPER.
A. Hydroquinone
Potass bromide
Potass metabisulphite
Distilled water to make up to
Caustic potash (sticks)
Distilled water to make up to
.
B.
(fl.)
. .
. .
A and B mixed
(fl.)
40 grs.
40 grs.
40 grs.
10 ozs.
9 gms.
9 gms.
9 gms.
80 grs.
10 ozs.
18 gms.
time
at
1000
c.c.s.
1000
c.c.s.
of developing.
Clearing Solution.
..
..
oz. (fl.)
Hydrochloric acid
Saturated solution of alum, to.
10 ozs. (fl.)
.
50 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
make up
Ammonium sulphocyanide
Distilled water to
B.
Distilled water to
Use
1 part of
order of mixing
make up
and 4 parts
must not be
of B,
reversed.
. .
15 grs.
7J ozs. (fl.)
40 grs.
4 ozs. (fl.)
mixed
gm.
212
c.c.s.
3 gms.
113
c.c.s.
at time of using.
This
828
Amidol
Sodium sulphite
Potass, bromide
. .
20 gms.
200 gms.
. .
gm.
1000
c.c.s.
OZOBROME, LIMITED.
THE OZOBROME PROCESS.
Carbon Prints from Bromides.
If fixed in
Formalin
or
Chrome alum
for 15
minutes and
Acid
Hydrochloric acid (pure)
Bath.B.
100 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
1 oz.
..
Water
10 ozs.
Water
25 ozs.
. .
. .
1000 c.c.s.
40 c.c.s.
1 oz.
Pigmenting Bath. A.
Concentrated ozobrome solution (as sold)
Water
1 part
4 parts
Place the bromide print face upwards in cold water and sponge the
surface to remove air bells. Immerse the pigment plaster in bath A
until saturated (about 90 seconds; and tben transfer to B for 5 to 15
seconds. Less immersion in acid gives greater contrast. Drain the
plaster for a few seconds and apply to the bromide in the dish of
water, place on a flat support and squeegee together with a flat
squeegee. After 20 minutes' contact the plaster may be developed
on the bleached bromide or transferred to another support.
829
1910]
"
Paget Plates.
XXX, and " Special
Swift,"
Rapid.")
PYRO-SODA.
No.
1.
Pyrogallic acid
Sulphuric acid
Distilled water to
Carbonate of soda
Sulphite of soda
make
oz.
25 gms.
minims
1-0 c.c.
1000 c.c.s.
10 ozs.
200 gms.
2 ozs.
No. 2.
2 ozs.
200 gms.
14 gms.
60 grs.
Potass, bromide
10 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
Distilled water to make
For studio use, 1 part of each and 2 parts of water (making 4 parts
altogether) will be found about right. Such developer contains about
3 grs. pyro and 22 grs. each of carbonate and sulphite to each oz.
.
METOL-HYDROQUINONE.
55 grs.
14 grs.
Hydroquinone
Metol
Soda sulphite
Soda carbonate
Potass, bromide
Water to make
.
6 gms.
1-5
gm.
48 gms.
60 gms.
1J
25 gms.
20 grs.
1000 c.c.s.
20 oz.
Dissolve the sulphite in half the water, heated to about 150, dissolve the hydroquinone in this and then add the metol, already dissolved in 20 times its weight of water. Dissolve the bromide and
carbonate ia about a quarter of the water, add this solution to the
above and make the whole up to the required bulk with water.
1 oz.
oz.
Paget P.O. P.
Toning The following bath is strongly recommended in preference
to any other
3-4 gms.
24 grs.
Ammonium sulphocyanide
2 grs.
0-28 gm.
Gold chloride
:
Water
16 ozs.
1000
c.c.s.
1 gr.
Gold chloride
Ammonium
sulphocyanide
8 grs.
0-15 gm.
11'5 gms.
0-15 gm.
1 gr.
Sodium sulphite
16 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
Water to make
Tone to the desired colour, judging by looking through. Toning is
When toned, wash the
slow, taking from 5 to 10 or 12 minutes.
830
The Paget
Formulae for
"
Developing.
"
[1910
"
Standard
Ammonium
sulphocyanide
Gold chloride
30
2 gms.
0-13 gm.
grs.
2 grs.
16 ozs.
Water
450
c.c.s.
Gold chloride
Water
B. Soda bicarbonate
Distilled water
15 grs.
15 ozs.
2 gms.
1000 c.o.s.
120 grs.
15 ozs.
16 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
A and B
The mixture
made up from
as required.
Wash
for five
minutes.
Potass, chloroplatinite
.
Dilute phosphoric
acid
.
Phosph.
Water
to
dil.
..
B.P.)
15 grs.
0'5
3 ozs.
60 ozs.
50 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
gm.
(Acid
..
make
They are
A very fine brown black may be obtained by the use of the chloroIn this case the print should be placed, after
platinite bath only.
first washing, in weak ammonia (say
oz. liquor ammonia
880 to
the pint of water) for a few seconds, then washed again for a minute
-
and toned.
Hypo
3 ozs.
Water
20 ozs.
minutes
wash thoroughly and dry.
desired, instead of first washing, place print in
for 10
Common
Water
for 5
salt
. .
. .
If
2 ozs.
20 ozs.
fix as above.
fix in
150 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
a colder tone be
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
1910]
831
Platinum Toning.
A fine
Potassium chloroplatinite
Sodium
15 grs.
150 grs.
150 grs.
..
gm.
10 gms.
10 gms.
220 c.c.s.
Water to make
7J ozs.
For use, take 1 part of stock solution and 10 parts water.
The prints are first put into a bath of common salt 1 oz., water
10 ozs., for 5 minutes, washed, and then placed in the platinum bath
and kept constantly moving, until all trace of red has disappeared
from the print when it is looked through. This will take from 5 to 10
minutes. Wash again for 5 minutes and fix in the ordinary hypo
fixing bath.
chloride
Citric acid .
.
GELATINE ("SIMPLEX").
For coldest purple,
warmer
,,
fix in
hypo, 8
sepia
brown or red
ozs. in
8 to 4
3 ,, 2
,,
1$
,,
20
,,
ozs., for 6 or 7
,.
minutes.
,,
10
15
,,
..
..
ozs.
make
This developer is made up
Water
to
80 grs.
40 grs.
..
. .
1J
10 grs.
$ oz.
20 ozs.
. .
9-1 gms.
4-6 gms.
62-5 gms.
1-1 gms.
25 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Sodium sulphite
Sodium carbonate
Potass bromide
Water
to
(cryst.)
.
1 oz.
8 ozs.
10 ozs.
16 grs.
160 ozs.
make
(1
6 gms.
48 gms.
60 gms.
25 gm.
1000 c.c.s.
gallon)
832
but
For prevention
time
of use
of stress
Development
marks add
about 15 minims of
. .
1 oz.
55 grs.
Joz.
14 grs.
8 ozs.
10 ozs.
16 grs.
160 ozs.
1J oz.
2 grs.
20 ozs.
. .
..
Sodium sulphite
Sodium carbonate
Potass bromide
make
to
of developer at
22 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
H. Hydroquinone
Water
ounce
200 grs.
20 ozs.
Water
Mecol
complete in about
Potass, cyanide
WABM
to each
is
[1910
..
.
6 gms.
1-5 gm.
48 gms.
60 gms.
1 oz.
0'25
gm.
1000
c.c.s.
(1 gallon)
A.C.
Ammonium
Ammonium
Water
bromide
1 oz.
carbonate
1 oz.
make
to
50 gms.
50 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
20 ozs.
Warm
5 to 6 times Black.
Exposure
Sepias.
Stock solution
Stock solution A.C.
Water
to
Warm Brown
1 oz.
.
make
to
. .
.
. .
chalk.
Exposure
30 c.c.s.
3 3-5 c.c.s.
make
170
c.c.s.
-4
oz.
30 c.c.s.
7 c.c.s.
230 c.c.s.
8 to 10 times black.
to
1 oz.
8 ozs.
Stock solution
Stock solution A.C.
Water
60 min.
6 to 8 times Black.
Exposure
make
Bed
50
6 oz.
to Red.
Water
. .
1 oz.
30
i oz.
15 c.c.s.
20 ozs.
570
c.c.s.
c.c.s.
Clearing Solution.
To remove
friction
of
prints.
No.
1.
1 oz.
Hypo
Water
No.
2.
Potass, ferricyanide
Water
For use, add
20 ozs.
.
30
grs.
5 ozs.
50 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
14 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
1910]
"Paget" Lantern
No.
1.
Hydroquinone
Sulphurous acid B.P.
Potassium bromide
Water
No.
2.
to
3.
25 gms.
12 5 gms.
60 grs.
20 ozs.
6-8 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
toz.
$ ozs.
25 gms.
125 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
20 ozs.
For
No.
Plates.
i oz.
| oz.
Caustic soda
Sodium sulphite
Water to
Bromide
Carbonate
Water to
Warm
ammonium
of ammonium
of
. .
Tones.
.
. .
50 gms.
50 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
1 oz.
1 oz.
20 ozs.
. .
ammonium
833
Carbonate
black and
Relative
of
of
warm
Time
Exposure.
tones
83 1
"Gravura"
[1910
For black tones, these are developed with the second (H) formula
given above for "Gravura" paper. For warm tones, in every case
the water added should be only half the quantity mentioned.
RAJAR, LTD.
"Rajar"
Plates.
Developer.
A.
25 gms.
Pyro
Potass, metabisulphite
Water
B. Soda sulphite
Soda carbonate
Potass, bromide
. .
Water
Use equal parts
of
A and
| oz.
40 ozs.
12-5 gms.
2 ozs.
2 ozs.
100 gms.
100 gms.
5grs.
20 ozs.
0-6 gin.
1000
c.c.s.
1000
c.c.s.
B.
30 grs.
1 oz.
20 ozs.
Pyro..
B.
Water
Sodium carbonate
Sodium sulphite
Potass, bromide
. .
Water
3'5 gms.
12-5 gms.
1000
c.c.s.
100 gms.
100 gms.
2 ozs.
2 ozs.
10 grs.
20 ozs.
1000
gm.
c.c.s.
"Rajar" P.O. P.
Toning Bath.
Ammonium
sulphocyanide
Gold chloride
Water
..
20 grs.
2 grs.
0-23 gm.
20 ozs.
1000
2-3
gms.
c.c.s.
if
warm
1910]
it is
835
Sodium sulphite
Water
2grs.
20 ozs.
SEPIA TONES ON
0-23
gm.
1000
c.c.s.
MATT PAPER.
Stock Solutions.
A. Potass, chloroplatinite
15 grs.
1 gm.
15 ozs.
425 c.c.s,
5 drops
5 drops
Hydrochloric acid
the acid with the water and add the chloroplatinite.
..
..
..
..
..
A, 1 oz.
Water
Mix
..
B. Citric acid
Common
salt
Water
Toning bath
oz.
B,
400 grs.
400 grs.
20 ozs.
water, 15 ozs.
.
45 gms.
45 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
in
Ammonium
21 grs.
Gold chloride
4 grs.
Water
1-4 gm.
0-26 gm.
25 ozs.
710
till
sulphocyanide
c.c.s.
Matt Paper.
shadows bronze, wash and tone in
Sodium acetate
Gold chloride
100
. .
Water
again washing and toning in
Citric acid
.
. .
Potass, chloroplatinite
Water
. .
.
grs.
11-4
gms.
0-28 gm.
2J grs.
20 ozs.
1000
150 grs.
10 grs.
17-1 gms.
1-1 gm.
-20 grs.
1000
c.c.s.
c.c.s.
printed
fix
hour in water.
Depth
of Printing.
wash
for
an
836
when
[1910
printing from
23
grs.
1000
c.c.s.
fix for
"
Rajar
"
Bromide Paper.
Developer.
Metol
8 grs.
30 grs.
Hydroquinone
Sodium sulphite
Sodium carbonate
f oz.
f oz.
20 grs.
20 ozs.
Potass bromide
Water
9 gin.
3-5
gms.
37 5 gms.
37-5 gms.
2-3
gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Metol
Hydroquinone
Sodium sulphite
Sodium carbonate
Potass bromide
Water
20 grs.
16 grs.
60 grs.
480 grs.
800 grs.
2 grs.
20 ozs.
837
1910]
ROTARY PHOTOGRAPHIC
LTD.
CO.,
B.
Water
Sodium carbonate
Sodium sulphite
Water
16-5 gms.
8-2 gms.
1 oz.
. .
oz.
60 ozs.
1000
12 ozs.
8 ozs.
60 ozs.
200 gms.
130 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
c.c.s.
Canada balsam
..
..
"Roto"
A.
Ammonium
1 oz.
5 ozs.
Turpentine..
P.O. P.
Toning.
sulphocyanide
.
100 gms.
1 oz.
1000 c.c.s.
10 ozs.
Water to make
17
15 grs.
B. Gold chloride
gms.
1000 c.c.s.
15 drs.
Water
For purple tones, A, 3 drams. water, 20 ozs. B, 1 drams. For
warm brown tones, A, 2 drams; sodium sulphite, 1 gr. water,
'
20 ozs.
B, 1 dram.
acetate
Borax
Gold chloride
Water to make
"Rotary"
. .
. .
60 grs.
80 grs.
2 grs.
35 ozs.
4 gms.
5-2 gms.
0-13 gm.
1000
c.c.s.
Sodium acetate
Chloride of gold
96 grs.
2 grs.
2 gms.
5 c.c.s. of 1%
solution.
20 ozs.
200 c.c.s.
bath up several hours before use.
The prints should be toned in this bath only until they commence
Distilled water
Make
this
838
to
change colour.
for a
[1910
in
12 grs.
Potassium chloroplatinite
.
180 grs.
Citric acid, pure
Distilled water
20 ozs.
Make this bath up about an hour before use.
.
. .
Igm.
15 gms.
800 o.c.s.
. .
The prints should remain till the desired tone is attained. The
tone passes from red to brown, brownish-black, blue-black to pure
black.
Very
fine
may
prints,
Sodium
acetate (fused)
. .
. .
Ammonium
sulphocyanide
Distilled water
Chloride of gold
. .
530 grs.
48 grs.
20 ozs.
-f
100
c.c.s.
6 to 8 c.c.s. of
1% solution.
gr.
"Rotona"
5-5 gms.
5 gm.
P.O. P.
Prints are fixed for not less than 8 minutes in 20 per cent, hypo
containing a little bicarbonate of soda.
For colder tones, use stronger hypo solution, up to 30 per cent., or
without preliminary rinse, place prints in a solution of ordinary salt
then fix and
(2 ozs. of salt to 20 ozs. of water) for 3 to 5 minutes
complete the print in 20 per cent, hypo as given above for warm
;
tones.
is
for cold
minimum
to
results.
. .
Water
(distilled or boiled) to
. .
. .
20 ozs.
"
5-7
4-6
gms.
gms.
57 gms.
2-9 gms.
57 gms.
1000
c.c.s.
839
1910]
Amidol Developer.
Sodium sulphite
200 grs.
23 gms.
Potass, bromide
1 gr.
20 grs.
6 ozs.
0-1
0-7
Amidol
Water to
gm.
gm.
1000
c.c.s.
Dilute 1 part of the above with 4 parts of water, and apply to the
and apply the
paper; as soon as the shadows have developed pour off,
strong solution till sufficient density is obtained then pour off, wash
This method gives rich blacks with brilliant whites.
well, and fix.
;
"Rotox"
Paper.
(Gaslight)
Eodinal Developer.
Rodinal
1 oz.
Water
20 ozs.
solution as required.
Me tol-Hydroquinone
Sodium carbonate
Sodium sulphite
Metol
Hydroquinone
Potass, bromide
Water
. .
50 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
2 ozs.
1 oz.
125 gms.
50 gms.
16 grs.
55 grs.
3 grs.
20 ozs.
1-8 gm.
6 3 gms.
0-35 gm.
-
1000
c.o.s.
direct see
under
Sodium sulphite
Water to make
. .
. .
Ammonium
C.
make
Liquor ammonia
Water to make
Water
bromide
to
(-830)
100 gms.
400 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
1 oz.
4 ozs.
10 ozs.
when
cold,
add the
10 ozs.
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
3 ozs.
10 ozs.
300 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
1 oz.
840
W. THOMAS &
CO.,
LTD.
160
grs.
2 ozs.
.
60 grs.
40 grs.
20 ozs.
L1910
841
1910]
B. Soda sulphite
10 ozs.
9 ozs.
80 ozs.
Water
For correct exposure, use equal parts of A and B.
For under-exposure, use more B.
For over-exposure, use more A, or add a few drops
potass, bromide solution.
For correct exposure, no bromide is necessary.
112-5 gms.
125 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
of 10 per cent,
HYDEOQUINONE.
No.
1.
No.
2.
Water
Hydroquinone
Sodium sulphite
Water
1000 c.c.s.*
14 gms.
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
200 gms.
3-5 gms.
20 ozs.
120 grs.
2 ozs.
20 ozs.
4 oz.
30 grs.
Potass, carbonate
Potass, bromide
of each.
Speedy"
"
"
" Iso
Speedy and Landscape")
No.
1.
Pyrogallic acid
Sodium sulphite
Citric acid..
Water
No.
2.
No.
3.
..
..
..
2 ozs.
40 grs.
10 ozs.
1 oz.
(0-380)
10 ozs.
to
Ammonium
Water
. .
to
Ammonia
Water
100 gms.
200 gms.
9-2 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
100 c.c.s.
1000 c.c.s.
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
1 oz.
.
bromide
1 oz.
10 ozs.
to
1.
and
minims
Pyro-Soda Developer.
No.
2,
Pyrogallic acid
Sodium sulphite
Citric acid
100 gms.
200 gms.
1 oz.
.
Water to
No. 2. Sodium carb mate
Sodium sulphite
Water to
Normal Work. Take 1
.
2 ozs.
40 grs.
10 ozs.
9-2 gms.
1000
c.c.s.
100 gms.
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
8 ozs.
8 ozs.
80 ozs.
oz. of
No. 2 and
1 dr. of
No.
1,
with water
oz. of
No. 2 and
dr. of
No.
1,
with
1 oz.
Studio Work.
1 oz.
Tako 1
ater
842
[1910
Metol-Hydroquinone Developer.
40 ozs.
Water
Metol
Hydroquinone
Soda sulphite
Water
Soda carbonate
B.
. .
A and
of
Equal parts
1000
70 grs.
100 grs.
4 ozs.
40 ozs.
6 ozs.
c.c.s.
4 gms.
5-7 gms.
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
150 gms.
B.
Hydroquinone
Sodium sulphite
Potass, hydrate
Potass, bromide
. .
Water
80 grs.
9-1
1 02.
50 gms.
80 grs.
10 grs.
20 ozs.
9-1
gms.
1-1
gm.
gms.
1000
c.c.s.
Pyro-Soda.
No.
1.
Pyrogallic acid
Sodium sulphite
Citric acid
1 oz.
2 ozs.
Water to
Sodium carbonate
Sodium sulphite
.
No.
2.
. .
Potass, bromide
Water to..
No.
1,
1 dr.
No.
100 gms.
200 gms.
40 grs.
10 ozs.
9-1
8 ozs.
8 ozs.
40 grs.
80 ozs.
100 gms.
100 gms.
gms.
1000
1-1
o.o.s.
gm.
1000
c.c.s.
2, 1 oz.
of
10% bromide
"
DEVELOPER."
For a quarter-plate
1 oz. of water
For a half -plate
2 ozs. of water
For a whole-plate
4 ozs. of water
For normal exposure it is best to have the water at a temperature
of 60 deg. Fahr.
Gently rock the dish for the first minute or two, in
order to assist the soluble backing to dissolve.
For under-exposure add three to four times the original quantity of
water, raise the temperature of same to 70 deg. Fahr., and continue
development for 15 minutes.
1910]
843
"Wellington" P.O.P.
ORDINARY.
Sodium formate ..
Sodium bicarbonate
Gold chloride
Water
The bath
is
..
..
..
..
..
0-85 gm.
0-17 gm.
15 grs.
3 grs.
2 grs.
0'll.gra.
1000
40 ozs.
(distilled)
made up
it
c.c.s.
Phosphate of soda
..
Gold chloride
..
..
60 grs.
2 grs.
3-4 gins.
0-11 gm.
40 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
Water
This bath should be allowed to stand one hour before using it will
not keep. The above quantity is sufficient for 24 half-plates.
;
Water
1000 c.c.s.
The tone is to be entirely judged by the surface, and not by looking
through the print. Always undertone, as the finished print becomes
very much colder when dry.
"
16 ozs.
Wellington
"
Self-Toning Paper.
Immerse prints
recommended
Amidol
Soda sulphite
Potass, bromide
Water
50 grs.
5-7 gms.
650 grs.
74 gms.
..
..
..
10 grs.
1-1 gm.
20 ozs.
1000 c.c.s.
This developer should be used within three days of mixing.
It is often recommended to
keep a stock solution of sodium sulphite
by itself, and to take some of this when wanted and add the amidol to
4?
844
L1910
Experience shows that this will not do, as amidol when used with
stale sulphite solution develops very slowly, and there is a great loss of
The developer given above should
brilliancy in the resulting prints.
therefore be mixed up as directed, and used within three days of
it.
mixing.
Metol-Hydroguinone Developer.
Metol
50 grs.
15 grs.
500 grs.
10 grs.
100 grs.
20 ozs.
Hydroquinone
Sulphite of soda
Potass bromide
Potass carbonate
Water
Dissolve the mctol in the water
6 gms.
1-7
gm.
57 gins.
1-1
gm.
11 gms.
lOOOc.c.s.
first.
Thiocarbamide
Citric acid
Water
This bath will not work unless
from the print.
20 grs.
10 grs.
10 ozs.
all traces of
4 6 gms.
2 3 gms.
1000
c.c.s.
from
saved
Potassium iodide
Water
Iodine
..
..
30 grs.
10 ozs.
3 grs.
6 8 gms.
lOOOc.c.s.
0-7 gm.
With
this bath the whites of the print will assume a dark blue tint,
owing to the formation of iodide of starch due to the sizing of the
solution.
paper; this immediately vanishes upon placing in the
hypo
845
1910]
"Wellington" S.C.P.
Slow Contact Paper.
Metol
Hydroquinone
Sulphite of soda (cryst.)
of soda (cryst.)
.
Carbonate
Bromide
Water
of
potassium
..
.
lOgrs.
30 grs.
350 grs.
350 grs.
2-3
6-8
3 grs.
0-7
10 ozs.
1000
gms.
gms.
80 gms.
80 gms.
gm.
c.c.s.
. .
"Wellington" Lantern
should be
it
Plates.
The
hydroquinone
ton " Ortho-Process " plates is used.
single-solution
A. Metol
Sodium sulphite
Sodium carbonate
Hydroquinone
Potass bromide
Water
Warm
. .
20 grs.
200 grs.
800 grs.
20 grs.
20 grs.
20 ozs.
2-3 gms.
23 gms.
91 gms.
2-3 gms.
2-3 gms.
1000
c.c.s.
Tones.
1 oz.
B, 2 drachms.
49*
846
[1910
LTD.
Plates.
ammonia
1 oz.
Water
100 grs.
10 ozs.
Pyro
1 oz.
Citric acid
60 grs.
Pota c s bromide
H.
lOOc.c.s.
21 ems.
1000 c.c.s
100 gms.
12 gms.
Or
Sulphuric acid
idr.
Water
10 ozs.
and
''
"
Speed
6 c.o.s.
1000 c.c.s.
Plates, the
bromide in
solu-
should read
110 grs.
22 gms.
Potass hromide
For instantaneous and ordinary take from 60 (3 c.c.s.) to 90 minims
(5 c.c.s.), and for "I.D.S." and "Speed" plates 90 minims (5 c.c.s.)
of solution B, dilute with from 2 to 4 ozs. (60 to 120 c.c.s.) of water,
and add 100 minims (6 c.c.s.) of solution A.
.
PYHO-SODA.
We recommend
No.
1.
Scdium sulphite
Water
6 ozs.
75 gms.
80 ozs.
Idr.
l 5 c.c.
Pyro
1 oz.
13 gms.
Sodium carbonate
Water
6 ozs.
75 gms.
1000 c.o.s.
Sulphuric acid
No.
2.
For
For
denser
3.
4.
aud
negatives
use
the
c.c.s.
2.
following
more
concentrated
Sodium sulphite
Water
......
........
Sulphuric
........
Pyro
Sodium carbonate
Water
........
acid
No.
1000
80 ozs.
developer
No.
. .
of
Nos. 3 and
4.
1 dr.
1 oz.
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
2 c.c.s.
17 gms.
6 ozs.
60 ozs.
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
6 ozs.
60 ozs.
1910]
847
Bay
25 gms.
25 gms.
25 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
2 oz?.
Water
40 ozs.
50 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Hydroquinone
Potass metabisulphito
Potass bromide
Water
B.
Plates.
1 oz.
1 oz.
1 oz.
40 ozs.
..
of
A and
Wratten Lantern
Plates.
(BROMIDE EMULSION.)
Developer.
A.
chrome
B.
Ammonium
Ammonium
bromide
1 oz.
1 oz.
10 ozs.
100 gms.
100 gms.
1000 c.c.s.
Hypo
1 oz.
Water
10 ozs.
100 gms.
1000 C.C.E
carbonate
Water
C.
Veri-
plates.
.
Tone.
Warm
black
Cool sepia
sepia
Sepia brown
Warm
848
[1910
Thiocarbamide Developer.
T.
Thiocarbamide
Ammonium bromide
Water
The following
66 grs.
22 grs.
20 ozs.
7'5 gms.
2 5 gms.
1000
and developing
Blue black
Blue
Violet
Exposure
Developer.
.
..
..
A +
A +
5JA +
7
6
5~A
c.c.s.
factors for
Multiple.
B + $T
JT
JT
lB +
2 B +
+ 2B +
16
CHAS.
ZIMMERMANN &
"Agfa"
CO.,
LTD.
Plates.
ISOLAB.
Rodinal Developer.
In cases
of
Eodinal
1 part
Water
20 parts
In cases
of over-exposure
with
Rodinal
1 part
Water
(adding an ample quantity
and in case
of
..
of solution of
10
20 parts
potasbium bromide, 1:
10),
under-exposure use
Rodinal
1 part
2040 parts
Water
1910]
849
(about
Metol
Hydroquinone
Soda sulphite
Potass, carbonate
Potass, bromide
48 grs.
72 grs.
2 ozs.
192 grs.
10 grs.
20 ozs.
Water
For
5 gms.
7'5 gms.
100 gms.
20 gms.
1
gm.
1000
c.c.s.
1000
c.c.s.
19 ozs.
41 grs.
...
.
. .
Chloride of gold
1 gr.
5 gms.
0-12 gm.
freshly
made.
Carbon Purple and
Violet Tones.
Water
Hydrochloric acid
..
..
..
Gold chloride
..
..
..
9 ozs.
3 ozs.
3 grs.
250 c.c.s.
85 c.c.s.
0'2
gm.
Print very deeply, wash thoroughly, and tone until desired colour
reached. Wash again and fix in
hypo 2 ozs., water 40 ozs.
Less acid gives bluish violet. More acid gives red violet purple.
is
Toning
may
Black Tones.
Wash
Potass chloroplatinite
Phosphoric acid (P.B.
Distilled water
When
dil.)
15 grs.
5 drs.
35 ozs.
and place
1 gm.
18
in
c.c.s.
1000
c.c.s.
the pictures have assumed the desired black tone they are to
be fixed in 5 per cent, hypo for ten minutes, and washed for half an
hour in running water. These prints must not be washed (before
toning) in the same bath as any other paper, and when removed from
the final washing water should be blotted off.
850
Matt-Albumat.
and Gold-Platinum Toning.
Gold, Platinum,
22 grs.
Sodium acetate
Soda carbonate
<H g rs
Gold chloride
1 gr.
2-5 gms.
5
11 gm.
'
1000 c.c.s.
20 ozs.
Water
For platinum black tones, tone for about 30 sees, in the above bath,
wash well and transfer to the following platinum bath
1 gm.
15 grs.
Potass, chloroplatinite
9-7 gms.
150 grs.
Oxalic acid
:
84 minims
36 ozs.
Hydrochloric acid
Water
5 C.R.S.
1000
c.c.s.
in which the prints must be toned until they have quite a mauvish
Used alone, after washing, gives range of
tint by transmitted light.
tones from brown to black. Best used fresh.
For gold-platinum tones, prints are placed in gold bath for one second
in platinum bath.
only, quickly washed and placed
For warm black tones, after the first washing immerse the prints
Common
salt
Water
Wash well, and dip
then
1 oz.
20
for
ozs.
fix as instructed.
"Agfa"
Isolar
Lantern Plates.
Eodinal Developer.
1 part
Rodinal
30 40 parts
Water
Fix in an acid fixing bath.
The fixed picture will usually be found to have a slight coloration,
which must be removed by the following operation
Thoroughly
rinse the plate after fixing, and immerse in soda carbonate 10 per cent,
The colour will increase in this bath, but
solution for five minutes.
disappear entirely after a further wash and immersion in the acid
fixing bath, after which wash as usual and then dry.
:
1910J
851
MISCELLANEOUS
INFORMATION.
List of the Principal
Works on Photography.
of all
photo-
graphic dealers.]
Manual
By John
A. Hodges. Is.
H. Bothatnley, P.C.S.
By G.
of Photography.
Is. Bd.
of Photography.
Is.
Barnet Book
Early Work in Photography. By W. Ethelbert Henry, C.E. Is.
Hand-Camera Photography. By Walter Kilbey. Is.
Photography in a Nutshell. By the Kernel. Is.
The Figures, Facts and Formulce of Photography. ("The Photographic Annual.") By H. Snowden Ward. Is. cloth, interleaved, 2s.
Photographic Reference Book. By J. Mclutosh. Is. Bd.
The Science and Practice of Photography. By Chapman Jones. 5s.
Instruction in Photography. By Sir William Abney. llth Edition.
Revised and enlarged. 7s. Bd.
Dictionary of Photography. By E. J. Wall. 7s. Bd.
Photography Its History, Processes, Apparatus and Materials. By
;
A. Brothers.
21s.
3s. Bd.
How
to
Choose and
How to
Use.
By John
A.
Taylor.
3s. Bd.
852
[19lO
Thompson. 6s.
First Book of the Lens.
By
S.
E. Sheppard,
D.Sc., and C. E.
2s.
3s. Bd.
NEGATIVE PROCESSES.
Wet-collodion Photography. By Charles W. Gamble. Is.
Collodion Emulsion. By H. 0. Klein. 5s.
The Wet Collodion Process, By Arthur Payne.' 3s.
Practical Orthochromatic PJwtography. By Arthur Payne.
Objects.
By
C. E.
Is.
Kenneth Mecs
Is.
By
Alfred
PRINTING PROCESSES.
By W. K.
Photographic and Photo-mechanical Printing Processes.
Burton. 4s.
Art and Practice of Silver Printing. By Sir William Abney and
Robinson. 2s. Bd.
1910]
S.
Herbert Fry.
853
Gd.
Is.
ABC
By. E.
J.
CINEMATOGRAPH.
By
By Herbert Denison.
4s. 6d.
Vol.
II., Is.
By
A.
W.
Isenthal and H.
Snowden Ward.
6s.
COLOUR PHOTOGRAPHY.
Photography in Colours. By Bolas, Tallent and Senior. Is. Gd.
Three-colour Photography. By Baron von Hiibl.
Translated by
H. 0. Klein. 7s. Gd.
Natural-colour Photography.
By Dr. E. Konig. Translated by
E. J. Wall. 2s.
854
of Art)
[1910
Act (1862).
WHEREAS
effect.
Copyright not
to
Prevent
the. Representation
of the
in Other Works.
Same
Subjects
there
C55
1910]
may
object.
Assignments, Licences,
etc.,
to
be
in
Writing.
All copyright under this Act shall be deemed personal or moveable estate, and shall be assignable at law, and every assignment
or process the
thereof, and every licence to use or copy by any means
shall
design or work which shall be the subject of such copyright,
be made by some note or memorandum in writing, to be signed by
of the copyright, or by his agent appointed for that
the
3.
proprietor
purpose in writing.
and
Register of Proprietors of Copyrights in Paintings, Drawings,
Photographs to be kept at Stationers' Hall, as in 5 and 6 Viet.,
cap. 45.
4. There shall be kept at the Hall of the Stationers' Company by
the Officer appointed by the said Company for the purposes of the
Act passed in the sixth year of Her present Majesty, intituled An
Act to Amend the Law of Copyright, a book o^ books, entitled "The
and
Register of Proprietors of Copyright in Paintings, Drawings,
Photographs," wherein shall be entered a memorandum of every copyalso
right to which any person shall be entitled under this Act, and
of every subsequent assignment of any such copyright ; and such
memorandum shall contain a statement of the date of such agreement
or assignment, and of the names of the parties thereto, and of the
name and place of abode of the person in whom such copyright shall
be vested by virtue thereof, and of the name and place of abode of
the author of the work in which there shall be such copyright,
together with a short description of the nature and subject of such
work and in addition thereto, if the person registering shall so desire,
a sketch, outline, or photograph of the said work, and no proprietor
of any such copyright shall be entitled to the benefit of this Act until
such registration, and no action shall be sustainable nor any penalty
recoverable in respect of anything done before registration.
Certain Enactments of 5 and 6 Viet.,
to be
Kept under
c.
45, to
this Act.
Apply
to the
Books
5. The several enactments in the said Act of the sixth year of Her
present Majesty contained, with relation to keeping the register book
thereby required, and the inspection thereof, the searches therein, and
the delivery of certified and stamped copies thereof, the reception of
such copies in evidence, the making of false entries in the said book,
and the production in evidence of papers falsely purporting to be
copies of entries in the said book the application to the Courts and
Judges by persons aggrieved by entries in the said book, and the
expunging and varying such entries, shall apply to the book or books
to be kept by virtue of this Act, and to the entries and assignments
of copyright and proprietorship therein under this Act, in such and
the same manner as if such enactments were here expressly
enacted in relation thereto, save and except that the forms of entry
prescribed by the said Act of the sixth year of Her present Majesty
856
[1910
this
Act
shall be
one
shilling only.
for
to hire, distributed, or offered
exhibition,
sale,
hire,
or distribution, any repetition, copy, or imitation of the said work,
made
such
consent
as
without
or of the design thereof,
aforesaid,
such person for every such offence shall forfeit to the proprietor of
the copyright for the time being a sum not exceeding ten pounds ;
let
and all such repetitions, copies, and imitations, made without such
conseit as aforesaid, and all negatives of photographs made for the
purpose of obtaining such copies, shall be forfeited to the proprietor
of the copyright.
Penalties on Fraudulent Productions
7.
No
person shall
following Acts
that
and
Sales.
of the
to say,
1910J
857
committed.
Recovery of Pecuniary Penalties.
8. All pecuniary penalties which shall be incurred, and all such
unlawlul copies, imitations, and all other effects and things as shall
bave been forfeited by offenders, pursuant to this Act, and pursuant
to any Act for the protection of copyright engravings, may be recovered by the person hereinbefore and in aty such Act as aforesaid
empowered to recover the same respectively, and hereinafter called
the complainant or the complainer, as follows
In England and Ireland, either by action against the party
offending or by summary proceeding before any two Justices
having jurisdiction where the party offending resides
In Scotland, by action before the Court of Session in ordinary
form, or by summary action before the Sheriff of the County
where the offence may be committed or the offender resides,
who, upon proof of the offence or offences, either by confession
of the party offending or by the oath or affirmation of one or
more credible witnesses, .snail convict the offender, and find
him liable to the penalty or penalties aforesaid, as also in
expenses ; and it shall be lawful for the Sheriff, in pronouncing
euch judgment for th penalty or penalties and costs, to insert
in such judgment a warrant, in tne event of such penalty or
penalties and costs not being paid, to levy and recover the
amount of the same by poinding Provided always, that it shall
be lawful to the Sheriff, in the event of his dismissing the action
:
858
[1910
and
Application in such
Saving of Bight
to
1910]
859
act hereby forbidden, shall effect any remedy which any person
aggrieved by such Act may be entitled to either at law or in equity.
any
Provisions of 7
and
EEPEODUCTION FEES.
The Copyright Union has drawa attention to the following suggestions, drawn up for the guidance of its menbers, by Mr. Alfred
Ellis:
860
[1910
TABLES.
WEIGHTS AND MEASURES.
The formulae in the editorial pages of this ALMANAC are given, in
almost all cases, in both British and metric measures, and in
adopting this course we have had the desire to impress upon photoAs a rule,
graphers the simplicity and facility of the latter system.
the British formulas are expressed in grains or ounces per 20 ozs. of
In
solution, and the metric formulae in grammes per 1000 c.c.t;.
regard to the total bulk of solution, our formulae are mostly drawn up
on the basis that the total bulk after the solution of the solids is that
stated in the formula 20 ozs. or 1000 c.c.3. as a rule.
" sodium
"
are used for the crystallised forms of these subsulphite
stances. If the " dry" or " anhydrous" forms are meant, one or other
of these terms is used in
qualification.
1910]
861
British
1.
20 Grains
3 Scruples
8 Drachms
1 Scruple.
1 Drachm
1 Ounce
| ounce
=
Ounces =
1 Ounce.
Grains
= 109
Pound = 7000
grains
ounce
3.
60 Minims
8 Drachms
20 Ounces
2 Pints
4 Quarts
60 Grains.
480 Grains.
AVOIRDUPOIS WEIGHT.*
2.
437
16
=
=
=
=
=
Grains.
219 grains; f ounce
- 328
grains.
FLUID MEASURE.
Drachm.
Ounce = 480 Minims.
1 Pint
1 Quart
1 Gallon
weight is the gramme, written "gin."; the subthe "deci-" (l/10th), "centi-" (l/100ch), and "millithe multiples are the " deka- " (10 gm.) and
gramme"
(1/1000
oh)
"
"
hectogramme (100 gm.), but in practice it is usual to use che term
0-1 or 0-01 and 10 or 100 grammes, and the abbreviation "kilo." for
1000 gms.
The following are the equivalents of Metric Weights and Measures
in terms of Imperial Weights and Measures
of
divisions are
LINEAB MEASUBE.
1
1
1
=
=
Metre (M.)
'.
\
(
0-03937 inch
0-3937
39-370113 inches
3-280843 feet
1.0936143 yards
0-62137 mile
SQUARE MEASURE.
1
1
. .
Square Centimetre
btjuare Metre (100 square
.
decimetres)
=
=
/
(
WEIGHT.
I
Gramme
(1
gm.)
Hmogamm.dOOOgm.)
=
=
Avoirdupois.
0-015 grain
15-432
*
.
-{
* It is now
customary in formulae to employ the avoirdupois ounce (437J grains)
but in cases where " drachms " are given the apothecaries drachm of 60 grains is
taken as the unit.
;
862
[1910
FLUID MEASURE.
1
Cubic centimetre*
1 Litre (1 L.)
= 16-9 minims
(l/1000th litre)
35 ozs. 94 m. = 16894-1 minims
(c.c.)
Gms.
Per
Litre.
Columns
2, 4,
1910]
863
(AVOIRDUPOIS).
864
C.C.S.
C.C.8.
[1910
Continued.
1910]
OUNCES
Ozs.
(AvoiBDCFOis)
TO GRAMMES.
865
866
[1910
COINS AS WEIGHTS.
Silver coinage,
proportion to
threepenny
it is
its
bit is
Three pennies, or
Bronze coinage
things
i.e.,
five halfpennies,
or
ten far-
farthing,
1 oz. (avoirdupois).
the penny
145-8 grs.;
1 halfpenny, 87-5;
and
43-75 grs.
One
$
1
,.
.,
.,
.,
,,
,,
1910J
867
868
[1910
CHEMICAL TABLES.
TABLE OP SYMBOLS AND EQUIVALENT WEIGHTS OF THE
MORE IMPORTANT COMPOUNDS USED IN PHOTOGRAPHY.
atomic weights of the elements employed in working out the equivalent
weights given below are the round numbers contained in the Ant column
of the Table of Atomic Weights on page 882.
'/'//,
NAME.
1910J
TABLES OP SYMBOLS,
ETC.
CONTINUED.
NAME.
iron
Cr 2
ammonia
,,
.
(NH4
..
..
potash
Aluminium
WEIGHT.
24H2
) 2 (S0 4 ) 4
(S0 4 ) 4 24H2
Fe 2 (NH 4 ) 2 (S0 4 4 24H2
Al a K 2 (S0 4 ) 4 24H 2
Al a
EQUIV.
SYMBOL.
Alum, ammonia
chrome
,,
,
869
chloride
Al, C) 6
sulphate
sulphocyanide
Ala
A1 2
GNS) 6
H OH NH HC1
144-5
NH
17
252
(NH Cr
Br
98
NH
NH HC0 +NH COOH NH
NH Cl
53-5
152
(NH Cr0
226
(NH 42 C H
NH I
145
4H O
1236
(NH Mo
80
NH N0
C6
Amidol
Ammonia
12H 2 O
(SO 4 ) 8 16H2
906
998
964
948
267
634
402
Ammonium
bichromate
bromide
carbonate
4)2
chloride
chromate
4)2
citrate
iodide
molybdate
nitrate
oxalate
4) 6
phosphate
sulphate
sulphide
C2
4
(NH4 2
(NH4 2 S2 8
HP0
4
4
(NH
(NH 4 2 S0 4
)
persulphate
24
)
)
NH HS
NH CNS
NH V0
C H
(CH CH CH
C H NH
4
sulphocy&nide
vanadate
.
acetate
alcohol
Aniline
" Anthion"
Amyl
14
3) 2
142
228
132
132
51
76
117
130
CH 2 OH .... 88
93
(potass, persulphate).
Antimony, sulphide
Aurantia
Sb2 S 3
Aurine
Barium, bromide
C (Oe H 4 OH) 2 C 6
Ba Br 2 2H2
BaCl 2 2H2
Ba I 2
Ba (N0 3 2
(C 6 B 2 (N0 2 ) 3 ) 2
chloride
iodide
nitrate
peroxide
sulphate
Beuzole (benzene)
,,
.-
Ba0 2
Ba S0 4
OK
He
Br
CdBr2 4H2
CdCl 2
Cd T2
CaC 2
carbonate
Ca C0 3
chloride (oryst.)
CaCl 2 6H2
N NH,
336
456
290
333
244
391
261
201
233
78
80
344
183
366
64
100
219
870
TABLE OF SYMBOLS,
NAME.
Ceric, sulphate
Chloral hydrate
Chloroform
Chrysoidine
Ill
................ 153
CaS0 4 2H 2 ............ 172
Ca(OH) 2 ................ 74
.................... 76
2
Ou H,6 O, (NO,), ........ 504
Ce (S0 4 ) 2 4E2
......... 404
CClgCti (OH) a .......... 165-5
CHCJ 3 .................. 119-5
C 6 5 2 C 6 3 (NH2 ) 2 .... 211-7
CoCl 2 6H 2 .............. 238
CuBr2 .................. 223-5
............ 170-5
Cu C1 2 2H 2
Cu(N0 3 ) 2 6H 2 .......... 357-5
............ 249-5
Cu S0 4 5H2
CM Hgj 2 1 .............. 544
10
6 )x ..............
(C 6
........ 124
C6 S
2) 2
Copper, bromide
chloride
nitrate
sulphate
CS
H
H OH(NH
Na
do H (OH) NH S0
Na or K Salt of ..........
C H (CO) 0(C H OH XJ)
H OH
C H (C0)
(C
C H
................
4
Erythrosine
Ether
ferric salts
brown
10
C3
C6
sol. of
IRON.
Ferric chloride (dry)
74
CEJ 2
H (OH), ...
H OH NHCH
I
Ir 01,
Ir CI 4
2 Ir Cl C1 6
Na2 Ir CJ 6
Fe2
325
5
4
COOH.
HAuCl 4H 2
4
Au
Cl 4
4
C6
,,
92
167
412
340
414
398
34
110
127
299-5
335
484
452
sodium
(See Iron)
Na Au
potassium
263
sodium
Iridious chloride
tetrachloriJe
potassium
Iodine
is
K AuCl 2H
Hjdrogen, peroxide
Hydroquinone
Glycin
40%
Glycerine
Glycing
Gold, chloride yellow
is
Edinol
Cyanine
Dextrine
Diamidophenol
Edinol*
Eikonogenf
Cl) a
H N
Cobalt, chloride
Ferrous and
Formaline
WEIGHT.
CaCl 2 ..................
Ca (0
Celloidin
Eosine
EQUIV.
SYMBOL.
,,
CONTINUED.
&c.
C1 4
2H2
(OH) a
01,
1910]
871
EQUIV.
SYMBOL.
WEIGHT
541
Fe 2 C1 6 12H 2
4 Fe C 6 H 5
3 (NH 4 ) 8
7
C 6 H 5 7 3 Fe (OH) 8
2030
green.. 5FeC 6 H5 7 2(NH 4 8 C 6 H 5 7
NH 4 C 6 H 7 7 2H2
1956
Pe 2 (C a 4 3
oxalate
376
,,
ammonium oxalate.
,,
(NH 4 3 Fe (C2 4 ) 3 3H 2 0. ... 428
K s Fe (C 2 O 4 3 3H2
491
,,
,,
potassium
sodium
976
,,
Nafl Fe (C 2 4 6 HHaO
,,
Fe Cl a
127
Ferrous, chloride (dry)
Fe01 2 4H 2
199
(cryst.)
ammonia
,,
citrate,
brown.
FeC 2
oxalate
potassium oxalate
sulphate
ammonia
sulphate.
Lead, acetate
nitrate
,,
Lichia, caustic
Li
carbonate
iodide
Magnesium, chloride
,,
,,
(cryst.
2H 2 0) ....
has
MnS0 4H 2
4
Hg
HgCl 2
HgI2
(sol.),
HgI 2 -2KI
(C 6
(C G
Ortolf
H OH NHCH
H OHNHCH
4
8j,) 2
(OH) 2p
Palladious chloride
Pd
Cla
H NH
NH
bichromate
K2
boro-tartrate
is
Ortol
is
H S0
2
+ C6H
134
95
24G
87
225
200
271
454
786
344
234
177
326
109
516-4
173
100
294
C 2 2 (OH) S (00 2 ) 2 BOK .... 214
K Br
119
bicarbonate
K H C0
bromide
42-5
Mn O 2
Metol*
180
328
278
.... 392
379
331
24
87
74
Mercury
,,
Mg Ola
Mg SO 7H 2
sulphate
Manganese, peroxide
,,
sulphate
,,
bichloride
iodide
potass, iodide
4 )2
OH
Li 01
Li I
Lithium, chloride
,,
(Ca
Fe S0 4 7H,O
Fe (NH 4 ) 2 (S0 4 ) 2 6H 2
Pb (Oa H 8 2 ) 2 3B 2
Pb (N0 3 ) 2
LiBr
Li 2 C0 3
Lithium, bromide
,,
2H.2
K2 Fe
K C0
2
Cr2O 7
J38
hydroquinone.
872
TABLES OF SYMBOLS,
SYMBOL.
KC1
Potassium chlorate
chloride
chloro-platinite
,,
chromate
KCN
K 8 Fe
K Fe
ferricyanide
ferrocyanide
KHO
.
nitrite
oxalate
percarbonate .....
perchlorate
persulphate
sulphate
sulphocyanide
Pyrocatechin
Rochelle salt
moniate)
8
2
KaCaO^HaO
K 2 C2 O6
KC10
K Mn 8
K2 S
K S0
KCNS
2
...
C6
(OH)a
K Na
C4
Na3 Sb
nitrate
AgNO +2NH
s
carbonate
chloride
Ag
citrate
fluoride
AgC6
iodide
nitrate
Agl
01
4H2
9H2
S4
AgBr
Aga C08
Ag F 4H2
Ag NO,
Ag N0 2
Ag2 C 2
nitrite
oxalate
oxide
A g2
phosphate
sulphate
sulphide
Ag8 P0 4
Ag2 S0 4
Aga S
tartrate
urn, acetate
Ag2
(fused)
...
H
NaC H
O6
Na C 2
Oa
NaHCOg
bichromate
NaaOraO 7 2HaO
NaHS0
342
65
329
422
56
166
222
101
85
184
198
316
270
174
97
110
282
479
167
204
188
276
143-5
513
199
235
170
154
304
224
419
312
248
363-4
3H 2
bicarbonate
bisulphite
WEIGHT.
138-5
Ag C 2 B8
bromide
(sodium sulphanti-
Silver, acetate
KaSa0 5
KN0
KN0
nitrate
permanganate
KI.
iodide
metabisulphite
(CN) 6
(CN) 6 3H2
hydrate
Sod
cyanide
ammonium
"Equiv.
122-b
74-5
413-4
194
K 01
K Pt C1
K2 CrO
K C6 H
citrate
Schlippe's salt
CONTINUED.
Ac.
NAME.
(1910
136
102
84
298
104
1910]
TABLES OF SYMBOLS,
NAME.
&c.
CONTINUED.
873
874
[1910
v.a.=very soluble;
a.B.=slightly soluble
inaol.=insoluble.
Name.
dec. = decomposed;
1910]
Name.
&c.
CONTINUED.
875
876
Name.
&o.
CONTINUED.
[1910
1910]
&c.
CONTINUED.
877
878
Name.
&c.
CONTINUED.
1.1910
1910]
&c.
CONTINUED.
879
11910
880
Name.
&c.
CONTINUED.
1910]
Substance.
881
882
[1910
A TABLE OF ATOMIC
NAME.
1910J
883
884
[1910
1910]
ANT)
PHOTOGKAPHKR
DAILY COMPANION.
885
THERMOMETRIC TABLES,
SJioiving the Assimilation of the Thermometers in Use througliout
the World.
Centigrade.
886
THE
I1RTTISH
THERMOMETRIC RULES.
The following
To Convert Centigrade
degrees in
of
into FahrenJieit
32.
176 F.
~- 9.
(Degrees Fahrenheit 32) x 5
Ex. 100 F. - 32 = 68 x 5 -=- 9 = 37-8 C.
To Convert Reaumur
into Centigrade
Degrees Reaumur x
Ex.
80 R. x 5
4-
-=-
4.
100 C.
ono
AND
1910]
887
ORTHOCHROMATIC DATA.
DISTRIBUTION OF THE COLOURS IN THE SPECTRUM.
(ACCORDING TO LISTING.)
Wave
BROWN
RED.
ORANGE
'.YELLOW
GREEN
(Limit
..
length.
8198
888
TABLE
II.
[101.0
1910]
889
j-
of distinct
to cast
Very
x 2
visible
j
shadow
At other hours
of the
dull.
covered by
clouds
shadows
. .
Whole sky)
still
heavier
x 4 to 5
above exposures
VARIATION
MORNING.
TUB
890
immsn JOURNAL
PHOTOGRAPHIC ALMANAC,
PINHOLE EXPOSUBES.
WATKINS-POWER NUMBERS.*)
W.P.
No.
11910
1910]
891
H&D.
892
TH
BttTTISH
[1910
1910]
893
Node. It we focus on a distant star the image will remain stationary when the
lens is rotated through a small arc in any direction about one fixed point. This
point i-i the node of emission. The node of admission is a corresponding point that
will have the same properties if the lens is reversed.
A distance measured from a node is termed a nodal distance.
A distance measured from a principal focus is nn extrafocal distance. In general
it is most convenient to measure distances in this way.
The nodal distance of back principal focus from node of emission is equal to
that of the front principal focus from node of admission, and is called the focal
length of the lens.
SCALE OF IMAGE.
Let
ratio of
image
object
Then
1
V
f
= -5 = -- = -4-=
R
d
u
-
vu
v+u
R+l
KJ
Tfrr
riff
~-
fi
and /2
s
COMBINING LENSES.
= focal lengths of respective lenses.
= separation measured from node
front
F=
F=
Then
lens
to
node
of
of
admission
emission of
of
back lens
&*
A+h-
one lens
is
EXPOSURE.
effective aperture
f,
Then
r,
number"
of aperture.
before.
= _L when
object
is
distant.
TKE
894
nRTTISTI
[1010
ea , or of
In
infinity.
all
must
be
deter-
same,
DEPTH OP FIELD.
governed by angular aperture, which is a measure
of the angle at the apex of the cone of light teaching the plate when
The diameter of the
focussing on an infinitely distant point of light.
angular aperture is the diameter of the base of the cone when its
height is made equal to the focal length. Depth is often calculated on
effective aperture this introduces small errors that are very generally
Depth
of field is
ignored.
Let
=
=
H=
Then
H=
ac
lOOf2
- when
0-01 inch,
measuring
If
we
= H.
distance
in this volume.
If we focus on a distance equal to
TT
i
H+
/, all objects
up
-~2
to
infinity.
This
the
is
maximum amount
of
depth
possible.
If
we
u the
in focus
Hu
Hu
H+u
''
f
and the distance of farthest object in focus
Hu
Hu
H -
H+
+/
H-
When / is
-~
TT
to
-~
to
1910]
895
of //
diameter.
To produce the same depth with two different lenses the aperture /
numbers must vary in proportion with the squares of the focal
lengths.
PERSPECTIVE
controlled
the stop. In a symmetrical doublet it is the node of admisIn a telephoto lens it is the node of admission of the front
combination, not that of the entire objective.
The proper viewing distance for the print is equal to v, excepting in
pupil
is
sion.
lens that
it is
negative.
The depth
corrected
is
ordinary formulae by
(1
+ ^ Y
with value
When
of
Exposure
Viewing distance
object
required.
by multiplying
1 4- -^
(1
obtained
by
multiplying
by
results
by
)
Perspective varies
y.
is
distant 1
With constant
-2L
lenses y
therefore no correction
is
o.
The value
facts that,
89C
[1910
distorted image
an enlarged
Lot
scale,
original exposure.
angle of inclination
tion process.
= angle of inclination
from
vertical of distorted
image
in correc-
Then use
is
scale of 2 to
for
The
theoretically
exact
method
is
-T-.
The
first
column
of the angles
N. The fourth the factor for finding A when that angle is not
known, and the fifth the extreme value of A for which the table gives
approximately correct results. In applying Column 4 the new copy (or
the focussing screen) must be inclined alone until convergency disappears, the negative being upright. A. is then equal to the angle found
multiplied by the number given. The original lens is to be used.
C and
1910J
897
P =
Let
N=
E
Make
P = E+L -
N.
TELEPHOTO CALCULATIONS.
F=
Jf= -f +
/a
Camera
1.
for
given magnification
extension, necessary
focal length of negative lens by magnification less 1.
multiply
E = f (Ml)
a
lens.
of positive
by
898
DIAPHRAGM NUMBERS.
EQUIVALENT F/- AND UNIFORM SYSTEM NUMBERS.
Rol.
Exposure Req'd
F Nos
11910
AND PHOTOGRAPHER
1910]
DAILY COMPANION.
Lens,
inches
3
899
900
[1910
To find the relative exposure, add one to the number of times that
the length of the original is contained in the length of the image, and
square the sum. This will give the figure found in the third column
of the annexed table.
As examples suppose a copy is wanted having twice the linear
dimensions of the original. Take the number 2, add 1 to it, and square
the sum, 3 2 =9. Again, if a copy is to be of eight times the linear
dimensions of the original, take the number 8, add 1, and square
the sum, 92= 81. Copies respectively twice and eight times the size
(linear) of the original will thus require relative exposures of 9 and
81 i.e., the latter will require nine times the exposure of the former.
An image
It is convenient to have a practical standard for unity.
of the same size as the original is a familiar case, and serves as such
standard. By dividing the figures in the third column by four, we get
at the figures in the last column, which represent the exposure
:
atmosphere (haze or
fog) intervening.
figures in the second column will also serve as a table for distances from the lent to the plate and to the original, all that is necessary being to multiply by the principal focus of the lens in use. In
the case of enlargements the figures less than 2 must be multiplied to
get the distance from the original to the lens, and the figures greater
than 2 for the distance from lens to image. For reductions the figures
The
With
different
the lens is towards the original. The aperture also varies with the
distance of the original, and the table does not accurately apply when
When reducing with a single lens the table gives approxienlarging.
mately accurate result?. It only appl tes accurately in all circumstances
with doublet.*-.
image
to origi-
nal (linear).
901
902
11910
TABLE OF VIEW-ANGLES.
By CLARENCE
B.
WOODMAN, Ph.D.
quotient
is
AND PHUTOGRAPHEB
1910J
CO
rH
UAILV COMPANION.
903
904
(INCHES).
IMAGES
OF
HEIGHTS
T1910
1910]
905
906
[1910
SECURED ON INFINITY.
907
^^M^^MCaHMMH^^BaMOHMMBVa^V
^^MBBBB^MMBBB
Ul.
LIMITED,
PHOTOGRAPHIC INSTRUMENTS
AND APPARATUS.
MEDALS AT
Including 2 Gold Medals, Paris, 1900 3 Highest Awards, Chicago, 1893 2 Gold Medals'
Kimberley, 1892 i Gold Medals, Paris Universal Exhibition 1889; the Medal of the
Photo Society of India, at Calcutta, 1889 the only Medal for Cameras, and the only
Medal for Studio and Tripod Stands, at the Great Photographic Exhibition, Crystal
Palace, London, 1888 the only Medal for Photographic Apparatus, Adelaide International Exhibition,' 1887; and the only Gold Medal for Photographic Apparatus,
Liverpool International Exhibition, 1886.
;
Offices
313,
Contractors to
His Majesty's Government.
and Warehouses
HIGH
HOLBORN,
78,
LONDON,
W.C.
BRANCH:
DBPOTS:
WORK*: BELL'S
16,
HILL, HI6
BARNET, HERTS.
908
WATSON &
SONS'
"Acme" Cameras.
Celebrated
Camera
is
undoubtedly the
finest
International Exhibitions
has invariably, been given the
highest awards.
all
wkere
leading:
it
trying- climates.
and
all
will
of convertible Lenses.
we supply an Ash
rigidity.
W.
16,
Ltd., 313,
909
item not required may be left out from the Set, and
deducted, or single article supplied separately.
SIZES.
its cost
910
Watson's Improved
Acme Camera, with triple Extension.
*
'
or wide-angle
with front
work
raised.
Photographers using the new popular ConLenses andJ Telephoto attachments, we have
introduced
U
qUOt
P recedin g P a g e ) the following new
i
aturel
ThT9 a rT*
lty and v rkmansh 'P in the new model is
y
precisely the
f VhT
u has
i
ne as
that
earned rfor the original pattern its world wide
vyhich
celebrity
* i. A triple
extending base, increasing the focus available by 33^ per cent
2
W
risin g front b y mean s of which the
^
optical axis of the
SIte an y P art of the
g
P
plate without interference by the
!-
%r
tK
'
3-
11
being
e'mplo^
A
4-
'
ft;ont of the
divided circle
is
Sh rteSt
CUS
^^
SSMe
sufficiently
near
^STSJS
is
as follows
VteST
7/6
306
W.
WATSON &^NS,
and
,'
16,
Ltd.,~313,
Hi^h^lborn,
Forrest Road,
'
Edinburgh.
TNSON, W
911
For any purpose where lightness and portability are not the
consideration (when the " Acme " is preferable), these
Cameras should be chosen. They are most solidly constructed
and their extra weight gives to them the highest degree of
steadiness and strength.
This model, which is our original pattern, still holds its
It has been extensively
position and commands a large sale.
imitated but no other pattern has been introduced to equal it
for strength, durability and convenience.
The Cameras have double extension to focus, giving a very
long range, are adjusted by rackwork or screw (the larger sizes,
from 12 by 10 upwards, are always made to adjust by screw),
double swinging back, giving motions in horizontal or vertical
directions, rising, falling, and sliding fronts (two fronts), leather
bellows body, folding baseboard, and reversing frame.
When fitted with a Repeating Back, at the extra cost shown
on next page, these Cameras will do all the work required in a
Studio, forming a perfect equipment both for indoor and outdoor
work for professional photographers.
chief
For Prices
W.
16,
see
following page.
Ltd., 313,
High Holborn,
Forrest Road,
LONDON,
Edinburgh.
W.C.
912
a
J
C
O
THE
BRl'iiSH
913
WATSON'S
workman-
ship.
Made only of
seasoned mahogany.
No Veneering.
No Whitewood
blacked over.
No Warping.
MADE
THROUGHOUT.
BRITISH
One of
fessionals in
"
I
Climate.
for any
fit
ever
of
Combination Studio
your
Apparatus and Holostigmat
Lens."
.atamgthis^
with Screen Gear
Combination;
CL
fitted
A & G TAYLOR,
_ __
come
safely to hand,
and we
are exceedingly
"We
16,
Ltd., 313,
High Holborn,
LONDON,
W.C.
914
PERFECTION
We
IN
STUDIO APPARATUS.
detail the
photographer.
The base of the Camera and the top of the Stand are screwed
permanently one to the other, so that ABSOLI'TE RIGIDITY \ND
FREEDOM FROM VIBRATION are insured.
The Camera can be
extended both at back and front, giving very long range of focu-.
The gearing for raising and lowering the top of the stand is
pf special design, the teeth of all racks and spindles being
machine cut and not cast.
The top of the Stand is fitted with
tilting motion, working by an endless screw.
The wood throughout in CAMERA AND STAND is choice
mahogany, thoroughly seasoned in our own factory (not white
wood blacked over), and the stand is of elegant design and
very rigid.
The outfit is a handsome addition to the furniture of any
Studio.
SPECIFICATION.
A mahogany Camera and Stand
PRICE
Camera and Stand
Specification above.
12x12
15* 15
W.
LIST.
Extra Hide for full
size with Roller
as per
2810
31 10
16,
i?inding
Camera and
Blmci.Shuttrr.
315
Ltd., 313,
High Holborn,
Forrest Road,
Slides
310
450
;D
3 10
LONDON,
Edinburgh.
W.C.
915
and good
of
efficiency
workmanship in the highest degree, and fully maintaining our reputation as
manufacturers of first-class
photographic instruments.
Having an experience of
in
thirty years
of
facture
the
manu-
photographic
and being the
Cameras,
existent makers of
these goods, we have thoroughly assimilated the feathe
to
lures
necessary
equipment of an up-todate Reflex Camera, and
at the
we claim that the "Argus" fulfils this description, being vvnicn,
same time free from unnecessary details and elaboration,
anc
in a general way, merely add to the expense, weight,
difficulties of manipulation.
"
ot photoThe " Argus fully meets the needs of all classesand
artistic
whose aim is precise
graphers, but especially of those
if they
as
of their results
sure
as
be
to
want
who
and
pictures,
added advantages
were using an ordinary Stand Camera, with the
erect image up to the instant
of being able to watch and focus the
at the most opportune
of exposure and to make the exposure
oldest
oug
reduced the
than
more bulky
"
"
Argus
size of the
Folding
to the
Camera,
Ut
simplicity
^mmit^rly
to
we have
possible with-
minimum
Portability
and
by
he
__
invents.
Professional Photographers for Local
Amateur Photographers for Exhibition Pictures.
Naturalists,
Sportsmen^achtsmen^etc.
WNSrttd^^
Forrest Road,
and
16,
Edinburgh.
'
common
to the
Twin
ii
The Camera
part.
is
HnlKt
Holostigmat,
'
nh^ ^ ^
lever
T?
30
th e
is
PP
focussing
c
knob, so that the Camera can ^.
be focussed
and discharged simu
taneously, and it can be held more steadily than when the^wo
8 a r on the sam
lt is covered in best black
o
?r a
th
f
,
*}**'me tal
and th
parts bein ^ finished black to
ll
Vi,
r
u
render the Camera- as mujbtrusive as possible
h
Mi ror which is silv ered on the surface and
i: T
?
J"
brightly
,
image on the
A,
*
I
image on
Under
can ?.
be seen right up to and immediately after the
exposure, being only obscured during the exposure.
The
Mirror
does not require setting after each exposure.
The Finder shows the full sized image in both directions in
the square, and in the horizontal direction in the
pattern
The Hood is of a new folding pattern, and oblong
is shaped to fit
closely round the eyes.
It thoiuughlv cuts off all outside
light
from the finder, and rises to an ample
height for comfortable
It
forms
focussing.
such a total shade that the image can be
rlearly seen on the finder-and focussed
injhe very brightest light.
W.
is,
Ltd., 313,
High Holborn,
Forrest Road,
LONDON,
Edinburgh.
W.c!
817
No part of the view is cut off, and the hood is of such a shape as
to allow of an unimpeded view of the whole of the finder at one
time.
The upper part of the Camera body containing the hood
and finder cover is hinged, thus giving the user immediate access
to the focussing- screen for removing dust or replacing the screen
i-n the event of breakage.
The Shutter is built into the
back of the Camera, and works
practically noiseless. It is a new
model Focal Plane of the very
highest efficiency, having a most
comprehensive range of speeds.
It will give time exposures of
any duration, or instantaneous
U P to i^njth of a second, and
these can be altered both by
varying the tension of the driving spring and the width of the
slit.
All the mechanism controlling the speed of the shutter
both of spring and slit is on
the outside of the camera, and it
is only necessary to turn a milled
and
'
flexibility
free
from
pin-
holes.
For use on a stand, a ground-glass screen fitted with focussing shade is provided, or if preferred, the Reflex finder can be
used either way the focussing cloth can be dispensed with.
,
made
is
upon
The
"
Argus
"
Camera
is
also
supplied in
the
horizontal
avail-
SQUARE.
HORIZONTAL.
Dimensions.
Weight.
Min.*
Exten.
Max.
Exten.
gj in.
Dimensions.
albs.
,,
W.
,,
16,
Min.
Max.
Exten.
Exten.
6J in
iol in.
4 Ibs.
7
4i ,,
nj
6J
8J
15
distance between the front
Weight.
74x6 >*6J
si in.
ii
u}
SJx? x6*
5x4
6Jx7jx6
3!
8^x81
5!
i-plate 8|x8iX7f
;J ,,
(N.B.*By minimum extension is meant the shortest possible
of the Camera and the ground glass.)
i-plate sjxfcjfxsj
Ltd., 313,
918
The
at f/6'i (or
!~ftP?n ^I
iC S
'
A H
.
Se^oit^
Pr
W?th S
Iosti g mat
8t
u are
re
3ix"zi
"Args"
complete with
Camera.
Series
I.
'
fitting
J/4'6,
can also' be
<ARGUS
*.nfaf
"
a" "StT?
fitted,
the square
Camera
CAMERA.
1*1
**.,**??''
Stereoscopic.
919
WATSON'S
"Vril" Focal
Plane Camera.
This is a delightful companion, as it is so very compact and light that it can be carried
anywhere without inconvenience, and as the Shutter gives the inestimable advantage
Time Exposures, as well as the marvellous speed of 1/1200 of a second for quickly
moving objects, the Camera is equipped for practically every kind of subject.
of
As will be seen from the sketch, a falling baseboard is dispensed with, and the front
supported on extending spring arms, which hold it very rigidly. The front can be
brought into position almost instantly, and the Camera can be very quickly closed. It is
therefore peculiarly valuable for catching unexpected pictures of street scenes, etc., and it
can be used on occasions when a more complicated Camera would not be carried.
is
When
8x7x3, and
flat,
and measures
The
front of the
The back portion of the Camera consists of a Focal Plane Shutter of a new designs
gives time exposures (for use on a stand" and a long range of instantaneous speed,
of a second, fitting it not only for landscape work, street scenes,
etc., but for the very highest and most exacting kinds ol high-speed photography, such
as horse racing, athletic meetings, yachting, etc., etc.
It
One of the most valuable features of this Focal-Plane Shutter is that all the adjustments for varying the speeds are on the outside of the Camera, so that any alteration
can be made to the width of Shutter Slit, or to the tension spring, without removing
the dark slide or changing box from its position. When it is considered how suddenly
the light often changes while the Camera is charged ready for exposure, rendering
necessary to alter the exposure, the great utility of this improvement will be manifest.
shows
W.
16,
to each
Camera
gires a
list
of the
most
useful speeds,
it
and
Ltd., 313,
990
The view
the
finder has
level) ing pointer and when the eye is brought up close to this,
is seen in the finder as will appear on the plate.
The Lens
supplied with
it is
one of our
"
Holostigmat" Series
I.,
in focussing
mount,
covered with black leather, the uncovered parts, namely, the front and
focussing frame, beinii of eboaized mahogany. It presents a handsome and unobtrusive
to prove satisfactory in use.
and
is
certain
appearance
The Camera
is
Price
List.
J-plate
s.
Camera and
changing box
slides or
to
hold 12
plates
24
Film Sheaths.
Ebonized
folding
Wood
and adjustable
Extension to back of Camera, permitting the use of the back compoment of the Holostigmat as a lens
of long focus
"
Antinous
"
Shutter Release
Camera
d.
921
"ALPHA" Camera.
Watson's
DE LUXE
I9O9 P1ODEL.
This
in
its
Camera combines
movements all that
required in an apparatus
specially designed for use
on a Tripod with the
of
a perfect
essentials
is
Hand Camera.
It is
self-contained, the
of the fittings, Lens,
Shutter and Finder being
enclosed within the thickness of the Camera body
while the base when closed,
whole
it
will be found to be
will be
found
to
Combine
scientifically perfect,
plicated movements.
of Front.
utility
Specification.
well seasoned
leather,
Extension is obtained by drawing the front forward and' by racking oul the base, and is of sufficient
length to allow of using the single
components of Convertible Lenses,
k Swing Movement is provided
both to the Back and Front of the
Camera.
A very great
Rising Front.
amount
of rise
is
obtained, as not
rise,
but
W.
16,
Camera arranged
for
Ltd., 313,
Camera showing
The Finder
full extension of
Bellows.
of
Focussing is effected by rack and pinion motion, and the teeth being cut diagonally,
movement, free from play.
Scales of Distances for automatically focussing either the combined Lens or its
single component, and Infinity Stops are provided when the Camera is ordered
complete withHolostigmat or other Lens.
For Use in the Tropics we can specially recommend this Camera, both on account of the strength of its construction, and the thoroughly seasoned condition of the
give a perfecty smooth
materials used.
Price List.
5X4
and
J-plate.
Extra Rack and Pinion Focussing Adjustment for use with Wide-Angle
Lens
..
..
..
tinous Release.
Changing Box
9 1O O
1017 6
O15O
O15 O
O15 O
8 7
913 O
315 O
7
2
hold 12 plates ..
Solid Leather Case with Lock and Key.
to
Extra cost
of brass
binding
..
O
8 O
1O O
5
2 14
1 1O
16
the three
i-p'ate.
8 8 O
Post -Card.
..
is
ri-
O 1O 6
...
O1O 6
010 6
For High-Speed
we recommend the
addition of a Focal Plane Shutter. This is adapted to fit into the backol the Camera, in
place of the ordinary Reversing Back, and is detachable.
it has a range of Speeds up to
j-g^th of a second.
Prices.
i-plate.
2 10
5x4
2176
i-plate.
3 12
Fitting extra.
W.
16,
Ltd., 313,
High Holborn,
Forrest Road,
LONDON,
Edinburgh.
W.C.
W.
of
la
Ltd., 313,
High Holborn,
LONDON,
W.C.;
THF. BRITISH
W.
Ltd. ,313,
Road, Edinburgh
925
Reduced from a Negative taken with 7-in. Lens on Whole Plate, //i6.
W.
Ltd., 313,
926
W.
16, Forrest
Ltd., 313,
927
THE STEREOSCOPIC
BINOCULAR CAriERA.
This is held to the eyes like a Binocular Glass, which in appearance it resembles,
its unique feature is that the picture is taken at right angles to the direction in
which the camera is ostensibly pointed, and in this way it secures pictures without in
any way indicating its purpose. It is an ideal Detective Camera and invaluable to
travellers, as it enables them to catch native subjects in perfectly natural poses, without
arousing any suspicions in their minds that they are being photographed.
The Camera is made entirely of metal, and can therefor* be carried in the most
but
trying climates with every confidence that it will not get out of order.
It is fitted with a pair of R.R. Lenses giving perfect definition, and the shutter
works from i/z.sth to i/8oth of a second, in addition to time exposures. The view is seen
in a finder fitted to one of the eyepieces.
The Changing Box which, in position, occupies one of theitiibular bodies of the
camera, carries i J plates <| x 2, on which Stereoscopic views are taken, or by obscuring
one of the lenses 24 single pictures may be secured.
The stereo pictures when viewed in a Stereoscope stand out in remarkable relief,
presenting the view with astonishing reality in fact no more fascinating entertainment
could be offered than the viewing-of a series of these transparencies or pictures in the
pedestal or hanft Stereoscopes listed below.
PRICE LIST:
Stereoscopic "Binocular" Camera, fitted with pair of first quality Rapid
Rectilinear Lenses, and with sling case complete
11 11
Extra cost if fitted with Zeiss Lenses
8 O
Extra Magazine, with 12 carriers and aluminium curtain this can be inserted
in daylight
Lurniere Plates, coated on extra thin glass, per dozen
O 2
O 1
Transparency Plates, for Positives, per dozen
Printing Frame for making Stereoscopic Transparencies without having to
divide and remount them
O 6
Hand Stereoscope, best quality, for viewing Positives, with focussing
draw tubes (1201)
O 16
Ditto, ditto, with adjustment to width of eyepieces (1215)
Rosewood Pedestal Stereoscope with revolving chain to take 50 views (paper
or glass) with rack work focussing and adjustment to width of eyes, very
handsome (So. 1445)
4 1O
4 O
Enlarging Apparatus to enlarge to full stereoscopic size (6} x 3i)
Set of 3 enamelled iron Washing Tanks (nesting ) labelled Developer, Alum,
1
1
Hypo, each with rack to hold 12 plates
O 4
Negative Boxes for 24 stereo, negatives
Film Sheaths, per set (24)
O 14
Extra Plate Sheaths, per dozen
O 7
i
315
1766
W.
16,
O
O
O
O
O
O
Ltd., 313,
928
The " Empire " Hand Camera has been specially designed by
a well-known photographer, who has considerable experience of
the conditions under which photography is carried on in the
Tropics. The aim throughout has been to produce an instrument
capable of permanently withstanding extreme climatic variations,
and at the same time calculated to afford to the pictorial and
scientific photographer every facility which can reasonably be
expected of a Camera specially built for hard wear and tear under
Every point has been carefully
-the severest of all conditions.
studied and, where necessary, modified from the design of a
specimen Camera, which has been manipulated by an expert in a
recent tour of several thousand miles in both tropical and temperate climates.
W.
16,
Ltd., 313,
929
'
An
cell, is
use of the
scale is provided
for use with that Single Lens, as well as one for the si inch
combined Lens. The front draws out with great sweetness and
precision of movement, and automatically locks itself into "infinity
focus" for the combined Lens, unless specially adjusted for any
other distance.
The Bellows is of the best Morocco leather.
The Finder is of the brilliant type, and is accurately adjusted
for both vertical and horizontal pictures.
Two Spirit Levels, sunk flush with the leather work of the
Camera, and screw sockets for attaching the Camera to a stand,
are also provided.
Size.
The outside dimensions of the Camera when closed are
6 x 4! x 2f inches, and the weight is 2 Ibs. 3 ozs.
The Case is of leather, and holds the Camera, Focussing
Screen, and three Double Dark Slides.
of the
all
jointed parts.
PRICE
LIST.
Holostigmat Lens, three
Dark
Isochromatic
Double
Slides,
Screen,
and Leather Case, Nett Cash
"
"
Empire Camera, with Rapid Rectilinear Lens and
Film Pack Adapter, only
EXTRAS.
Specially made leather-covered Film Pack Adapter,
made to interchange with the Slides
"Empire" Camera
with
Aluminium
Tripod,
closed, 14 inches
top
1212
7
10
W.
16,
Ltd., 313,
1S
High Holborn,
LONDON,
W.G.
930
New
Camera.
Folding Pocket
"
The PAINTY
Measurement,
6x4^x
(for J-plate).
PRICE
LIST.
Shutter,
as above described, including six metal slides
(or three slides and film adapter)
Extra for Holostigmat, Series I. Lens, instead of
Aplanat Lens
W.
16,
550
15
Ltd., 313,
PRICE LIST
of
931
the
"Holostigmat" Convertible
Lens.
Series
la.
The Quickest
Convertible Doublet
made,
and the best
for
Autochrome
Photography.
d
Vj
It is the only Lens among the extremely rapid Anastigmats which is a true
doublet. The advantage of this is that it yields an image of the greatest brilliancy
from that hazy appearance caused by doubly reflected light, so characteristic of
negatives taken by 'Lenses made up of separated components.
free
Moroever, among all the modern Lenses of extreme rapidity this is the only one
is truly convertible.
The single components are so well corrected as to be
suitable lor use at their full aperture f/8's a performance which has never before
'
which
been achieved.
The aperture remains constant
No.
ALMANAC ADVERTISEMENT^
THE BRITISH JOURNAL
Watson's 'Holostigmat
Convertihle_Lens,
Series
i.,
f/6'i.
Perfect Correction.
Made of Cemented components,
thus
the
giving
maximum shadow
detail.
Really Convertible.
The
single
components
cover perfectly at
No.
f/i
-5.
A New
933
Lens.
"
Wide-Angle
Lens.
This
is
No.
Release.
Antinous" Shutter
Pleases
Rubber
Releases Superseded
i>..KK r
other
For Thornton Pickard and
makes of roller-blind Shutter.
and
all
similarly operated.
many
other
Linhof
For Goerz Sector and Zeiss
Shutters.
For
Compound
inches
The length
long.
9
The Release for small folding Cameras
Price 2/6.
Standard Release is 24 inches.
can be
Extra long Releasesof ordinary patterns
^supplied
-.
10 leet,
is
Shutters.
Prices
feet,
5/-
and
Vril, Adam's Videx
Releases suitable for Watson's also
supplied.
N. & Q. Cameras are
W.
WATSON * SONS,
and
16,
Ltd.,
313^High
Forree'-j^ad,
of the
THE
935
Shutter Release
3ntinous
is
"
NEW MODEL. FO R
SILENT
"
SHUTTER.
i.
The above illustration shows the well-known "Silent"
Hemispherical Shutter with the Release attached in both open
"Antinous"
3Jn.
4in-
opening
186
4fin.
sJin.
opening
276
"Antinous" Release
6ft. long,
"
60;
Antinous
"
for
long, 9/0;
W.
GUERRY SHUTTER.
ft.
10
12
16,
12
ft.
long, 10/6.
STUDIO
ft.
ft.
Shutter.
long, 11/6
long, 13/0.
Ltd., 313,
ALMANAC ADVERTISEMENTS^
THE BRITISH JOURNAL
WATSON'S
"
J*^^il
.W
a
ease of"manipulation
on ve ry
The front
highest degree.
final^extended
adjustrr em maaeoy
correct distance and the
u,*
front on which the Lens is
>
mentary
^carried.
PRICES.
Spirit Lamp
^denser.
5 Jin
.
With
ture
or
I^nd^n
who
io| in.
e . plate
Condenser
6^in. Condenser.
SJin. Condenser.
^16150
22100
^37 1O O
large aper-
enlarging
9 1O O
11176
1. 1O
25 1O O
13 1O
21 1O
9 1O
;'!*>'(about looo
W WATSON &
SONS,
and
16,
c.p.
.
on 200
Ltd., 313,
volt current)
High Holborn,
LON DO N,
W.C.
967
THE
i-plate
Lens
5x4
..
(siin.
Condenser)
(84in.
Condenser,)
650
440
...
i-plate
(6$in.
or Incandes- Condenser)
cent Gas Fittings
and rapid Portrait
Lamp
economy.
of first-rate quality,
ventilated mount.
ther bellows.
in"
Lea-
with elec-
or oxy-hydrogen
the
lantern it
supplied with
square
body, round top and
oval cowl, at the above
tric arc,
light
but without
minaut.
prices,
illu-
WATSON'S
"VRIL"
SPIRIT LAMP.
The
most
and most
safest,
Simplicity
compact
brilliant,
itself.
Lamp made.
No fear of exploding or
Spirit
catching
fire.
in an oil lamp.
The lamp burns with absolute steadiness in the
Lantern and lasts without trimming about 2 hours.
It gives a powerful light
equal to incandescent gas
and is admirably suited for all optical lanterns. It
measures only 6x4^ and 9 inches high so that it
easily goes into any ordinary lantern.
16,
17
6.
W.C
ADVERTISEMENTS.
THE BRITISH JOURNAL ALMANAC
938
DayHght Enlargers.
Watson's
~
(Glass or Film.)
For 1-plate and 5 * 4 Negatives
These are made
of
Mahogany and
very
not in use fold up into
small compass. The negative carrier
and the Lens are rigidly supported
correct distances
by side
at the
carrier is
wings, and the negative
The
marked for the different sizes.
use of
apparatus can be erected for
to
have
You
pull
simply
instant.
an
out the negative carrier to the bar
marked with the size of th enlargement you wish to make, set the focus
to correspond and place the negative
when
The
10x8
in position.
give
enlargers
whole-plate
They are
pictures" at will.
are
and
focussed
most
carefully
of
guaranteed to give enlargements
maximum
the
crispness.
or
5x4
Watson's Special
.JC.1
O
O O
15
...2
do.
do.
Daylight
Enlarger
of
mahogany, with
bellows extension.
slide,
between
CIOSI-D
less liability of
It,
Enlarger
:6in.
is
13 in.
The
8Jin.
A* O
3 12 6
without Lens
Anv Lens of not more than 8 in. focus can be fitted to this Enlarger. Cost of adapting
same and supplying flange is 7/6 extra.
addition of a
This Enlarger can also be adapted for }-plate and 5x4 negatives by th-> 2 each.
Lens of shorter
focus, costing 1O/6 rxtra, and Negative C arners
"
recommei
Uniol Developer per 20 01. bottle, 1/3. (Strongly
Magnesium Ribbon, 2/- per oz. I/- per J oz.
The above Prices are net for Cash -with Order.
,,
W.
16,
Ltd., 313,
High Holborn,
Forrest Road,
LONDON,
Edinburgh.
W.C.
939
WATSON'S
New Combined
Finder, Level
and Telemeter.
is based on a new principle and
gives in
which could hitherto only be obtained by the
This instrument
itself
tl:.e
results
apertures,
showing the
level or,
ror, the
ing-
As
a Level, it is perfect.
slightest depression or
elevation of the camera, or
the least tilt to right or left
is instantly noticed
and all
the while the view is being
The
Thus
the levelling
regarded.
insensibly plays its part in
the
of
the
composition
picture.
As a Telemeter, it removes
the prime cause
of
failure
in
ordinary hand
camera work.
It
shows instantly the
distance
of
any principal
object and thus ensures its
being sharply focussed.
W.
16,
Ltd., 313,
High Holborn,
Forrest Road,
LONDON,
Edinburgh.
W.C.
ALMANAC ADVERTISEMENTS.
THZ BRITISH JOURNAL
940
BS.
8in., ditto
in.
mahogany
and with
for
of
..... .^
top
in.[top
2 1O
.,.
......
Aluminium Tripod,
height extended
revol-
height
ditto,
Ditto
closed, 14 in
extended,
48
in.,
NewMjdel
leg, in
cover.
portable, in leather
ing
New
Stereoscopic
Printing
Frame.
Made
Transpose
or transparen.
the necessity of cutting the print
In Pine, best quality.
LAMP
"^XfsONTELECTRIC B1CHROME
or^^ g
I-
15:.
i.
21
oidercd.
no I'olts unless otheiieise
L01
WAT.ON
of
Plug.
Lamp
th
Vest
Veritable
941
Camera.
For Plates,
if x
2^
inches
(Block Note).
is
The Camera
made
best
leather.
is
It
is
sharp
The Shutter
of
i, i,
Price,
,,
as described
'-anging
Box
12 films
16
extra.
each
W.
215
16,
Ltd., 313,
High Holborn,
Forrest Road,
Lens
to
LONDON,
Edinburgh.
W.C.
942
Watson's Astronomical
Telescopes.
amateur
HALLEYS'
COMET,
will
to
not be vis
historical
appreciate the interest of this
C
costs
8 8 O
WATSON'S CENTURY
TELESCOPES
Are
fitted
\vith the
celebrated
WATSON'S TELESCOPES
British
made by
British
These Telescopes
W.
may
Workmen
be purchased by
pro.u
313,
are
at a British Factory.
M.
W.C.,
High Holborn, LONDON,
EDINBURGH.
And
Optical Works:
16,
Forrest Road,
THE
943
LEADING SPECIALISTS
the
CAMERAS
and
HIGH-CLASS
in
PHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS.
ESTABLISHED OVER
60
YEARS.
NEW "PARVEX."
The
"
Parvex
"
Camera
is
specially designed
and constructed
who
6^ X 3i X
inches.
x 2\.
Cooke Lenses.
from The
Street,
London, W.
944
The
Stereoscopic Company's
"ARTIST"
The "Artist"
is
by
lar
of
high
all
Reflecting
Reflex
most popu-
far the
class
Cameras and
movement.
*
Finest British
Manufacture
throughout.
in
Mahogany (covered
in
fine
in
morocco leather) or
polished Teakwood,
brass bound for use in
tropical countries.
Teak.
Each Model
sizes,
Supplied
is fitted
to
The
Street, London,
945
The
Company's
Stereoscopic
"VESCA."
A
Camera
Vest Pocket
real
of
Exquisite
Workmanship.
"
VeSCa
"
Camera
is
yet
produces exquisite
The
VcSCa
F/6'8, and
is
The
"
in the finest
cases,
at
VeSCa
"
Camera
is
made
Russian Leather.
10 Guineas.
Fully illustrated booklet free on application to The
Street, London,
W.
946
The Finest
are
Boll Film
Cameras made
"RING'S OWN."
*
The
"King's
Company's
Own"
Series
of
exquisite
Supplied in 5 sizes.
Daylight Loading-
Films or Plates.
STEREOSCOPIC COMPANY'S
'PRISMA
complete
106
NEW
BINOCULARS
&
Sling
Case,
from
8:7-6
1
108 Regent Street,
London,
for
SO
947
yeans.
CENTRAL ........
PHOTOGRAPHIC STORES,
_l^_
"
Rd.,
I can
supply any reliable photographic article of any make. I
keep a full stock of all Papers, Plates and Films, and shall be pleased
to send special quotations.
Send
for Lists
and
Fuller Particulars.
.loriiNAi
"
O3VERTISBMENTS.
FALLOWFLEX" CAMERA.
The most
Prices
4
*9 9 O
x 3J
5x4
..
5Jx3
..
6x4f
..
Camera
O
S12 17 6
15 15 O
11
and
11
Focal
Illustrated Booklet
on Application.
Price, fitted
Camera and
three slides
with Lenses.
THE
"
^siK'^gsjjw^-^ irctr
a
CAM ERA
and
8prti
dran
950
I.
II.
III.
IV.
Any
may be
used.
be vignetted.
is assured.
and need not be
Prints automatically released after exposure
handled
V.
VI.
VII.
may
in
any way.
up to 8x6J may be adapted.
Combination gas and oil or fitted for electric light.
on negative, and may be
Light is automatically thrown
to suit any negative.
Any
size negative
diffused
and Gas
Price, as illustrated, for Oil
Electric Light
.
Price,
"
Annual "
For fuller particulars of these goods, see Fallowfteld's
Jonathan
pot
Fallowfield, London.
free, 1/6
951
3/- each.
The
"EMBOSSA"
will
"
"
plate-mark
post cards with a
imbevelled
neat
all
pression.
sent
out
Each one
with
six
and
17/6
For fuller particulars of these goods, see " Fallowfleld's Annual" post
free, 1/6
I.
ALMANAC ADVERTISEMENTS.
BUTTON APPARATUS
AND MATERIALS,
COMPLETE SET
Uand Uniting
Button Machine.
Lign Dies and Cutter.
set 22, 30 or 36
1 set 40, 50 or 60
1
I.
etc.
Book
COMPLETE SET
No.
No.
No.
5.
2.
6 sheets Celluloid 3C
20 grot
Jewellery. 1'endan'
.,
Book
Roller.
COMPLETE SET
1O.
No. 3.
1
,
COMPLETE SET
No. 4.
12 sheets Celluloid 36x20.
Photo Button Camera takes any size.
30 gross Button Parts
No. 2 Button Machine.
( Jewellery
sets of Dies and Cutters any si/e.
Book of Instructions anil
Gas Adhering Holler Plate.
2O.
Carriage paid to any station in Great Britain,
3
1
DIES
Each set contains three dies and a cutter, the die which has a hollow is No 1, which
mutt be fitted to the upper part or plunger of machine. No. 2 di" tits on the left-hand
No. 3 die has a smaller opening
side, and the collar of this is level with the inside.
and groove to hold the hack of Button.
,
in the left-hand die, convex side up, and cover with photo which has
For the lirst movement see that die No. 1 is extended, i.e.. that the
prevents the die from closing. Press No. 1 into No. 2. this makes half
the button: turn No. 1 so that the little steel point slips into the groove, and ]
plunger into die No 3 which contains the back of the button. Cure should lie taken to
This
see that the dies register perfectly, also that the pin comes in the right place.
Taries with each sot of dies and depends upon the position the photograph is placed in
No. 2.
Place a shell
been cut to si/.e.
little steel point
ADHERING ROLLERS.
roller so that it will si/.7.le when touched with water.
Dip the gelatine
in ordinary alcohol and allow it to remain in liquid till both sides are well
it and the
between
sheet
of
celluloid
on
the
with
a
a
blotter
moistened. Place
plate
photograph, and cover back of print with tissue paper to prevent hot roller sticking to
Heat the
photograph,
roll
over
same
\>
-ith roller.
"
For fuller particulars of these goods, see " Fallowtield's Annual post
free, 1/6
953
THK
BRIT1S
P
go/-,
but the
FERROTYPE CAMERA.
"Popular"
an
will invest 6o/- in
The size of
capital.
sheathed ready to be
las
^^ ^
apparatus
P*ure
e^h
hand
?""^f.
is
??'<*
frames or preservers.
"
The " Popular
is
I-
UK
800
4i
10 10
12
14 10
18
26
X 8
X 10
X 12
x 16
Foreign sizes
made up
Extra
Brass Binding,
Slides.
Extra.
100
15
10
12
15
10
English
sizes.
WHEELER,
Capt.
"
For fuller particulars of these goods, see " Fallowfleld's Annual" post free,
1/6
THE
"
955
FALLOROLL" ENLARGER.
Although there are many models of enlargers now on the market, [ feel sure the
(Vimiiid for the " Falloroll" Enlarger will be considerable, n 't only to the thousands of
"
Fallorojl" Camera users, but to amateurs who have similar small cameras.
The body is Russian Iron, well ventilated, large and square, and suitable for either
Gas or Electric Arc Lamp. The Double Sleeve Pattern Bellows ]>ern its long extension
from light to condenser-. The woodwork is of ebonised wood, making a particularly
smart apparatus.
The condenser is double plano-convex of special while glass, and the carrier can be
moved to any position, upright or oblong. The adapter holding camera is also reverthat any necessary movement may be obtained.
I strongly recommend the inverted incandescent gas burner, as it gives the most
sible, so
Enlarging with the "Falloroll" Enlarger adds interest and pleasure to all users of
small cameras, and both tor winter and summer evenings great fascination can be
found in making bromide enlargements from either plates or films of particular
subjects.
s.
'Falloroll" Enlirger, complete with Adapter for Camera, Carrier for Negative,
Condenser, {-plate size only
"Falloroll" Enlarger, complete as above, with Inverted Incandescent Burner,
(I.
200
2 10
ENLARGING EASELS.
I
have made up a cheap model of Easel specially suited for the "Falloroll" and
other styles of enlarges. They are made of soft white wood, easy for fastening
bromide, paper or prints to be copied.
I
very movement is possible as they swing from
the centre, and by means of the adjusting screws very fine alterations are possible.
They are very rigid and a necessity with every enlarger.
1
s.
...
..
...
...
For fuller particulars of these goods, see " Fallowfleld's Annual " post
d.
86
10
free, 1/6
956
,orHK.M.
MMi
Series
I.,
Series
II.,
F/6-8.
F/4'8.
for
price obtained
to
Anastigmat lenses up
The
two
many
workers
from
using
RR
other than the cheaper
but
through more
lenses,
manufacture and the
practical
fact that patents
have run
out,
lenses put
rt
Made
cameras
in style as illustration, or
at
same
sunk mount
for reflex
and
price.
PRICES
Series
Any
I.
of these lenses
deposit to value
Fallowfleld's
Annual" post
free, 1/6
957
FALLOWFIELD'S
ls
PREMIER.'
The "Premier"
a similar number.
It
Box
carries
measures
fitted with
is Wray's well-known R.K. Hand Camera Lens of 5 J in. focus,
16 and 22, which are worked by the Milled Head and Indicator from
for cleaning.
out
taken
are
combinations
and
both
easily
outside,
The Shutter works between the Lenses, and being provided with Newman's
Pneumatic Regulation can he set for exposures of any duration from j-jfo to 1 sec. by
small
the adjustment of Milled Head on top of Camera. It is set by pulling up the
Ebonite Knob and automatically released by pressing a button in base. It is both
in
working.
scientifically and practically accurate
The Self Cap works in front of Lens, and being Automatic in action the Lens,
of ex posure, and for time exposures it
moment
at
the
actual
covered
is always
except
may be held open by turning the small knob in front.
Hush in the
Focussing is done by central rack and pinion, and the knob is sunk
is
base of Camera, A. scale of accurate distances, 6, 9, 1?, 18, 25, 35 feet and infinity
seen through a small aperture on top of Camera. For use on Tripod a light Celluloid
Screen (which is carr.ed behind Changing Box) is provided.
Two Finders are provided, giving identical view on plate, and with metal hoods.
The Lens
Stops F
8, 11,
"
Plate Changing is the well known N. & G." method.
The Box is held in position in Camera by the focussing screen, which has a groove
There are some hundreds of Premiers giving utmost satisfaction all over the world,
cannot possibly recommend a better article for the serious worker.
Box and Leather Sling
Price, Covered in finest Black Morocco, with one Changing
Case, with lock and key.
and
Premier Camera,
4J x 3J, as above
'-...
...
17
*8 8 O
6 each.
"
"
For fuller particulars of these goods, see Fallowfleld's Annual post free,
1/6
I'M
THE "TAKUQUICK"
FERROTYPE CAMERA
(Victoria Size.)
No.
44
a Takuquick.
Takuquick"
out Stand
Three
...
...
...
"Takuquick"
Size
For
No. ib Takuquick.
i>i
fuller particulars
660
Plates,
1010
2/6.
free, 1/6
959
The "AUTODELL.'
This
tirely
is
an en
new and
novel apparatus
for use with any
camera. It is a
Repeating Back
with
Magazine
holding
30
in
posi-
and
the
safety sheath let
tion,
.,.
When
fo-
cussed the magazine is put into place, and the exposure made, then
the changing board is pushed along until the sheathed plates
the
into
fall
developing tank
cradle
and
shown
in
second
illustration; after
mersion it should
be dipped in the
division
seconds,
and is then ready.
Pictures can by
fixing
for 30
this
method be
made
at the rate
of 30 per hour,
and
with
the
demand
for
it.
fitted
in daylight.
J&s~
ft
3 10 o.
Price, with two Magazines,
The "Popular" Sheathed Plates can also be used, price 3/0 per 36.
The Illustrations show the "AUTODELL" fitted to a $ plate
will
Studio Camera, it may easily be adapted to any size Camera, and
not interfere with the dark slide when required for ordinary portraituni.
"
"
For fuller particulars of these goods, see Fallowfleld's Annual post
Jonathan
Fallowfield, London.
free, 1/6
'
59
ADVKRTISKMKN
PRINTING FRAMES.
"C.X.R."
TEAK.
am able to
Companies, and
to
obSn
Jhe
K-.H, ,,,,,.
d
reakno,^
'
(i
Doz
5*x 3J
6|x
.,'
15x12
::
5/6
7/7/9/6
9/6
12
-/8
~/8
~(JJ
~/10
!g
1/4
23
20
xlO
i*.
~/6
*IP
106
'
(|ll:i
'
"
6* x 4 5
7Jx 5
8 !x6j
10 x 8
ia
^"
Kach
,,
'
J-
*"'
11 pn ce ^
ls t<111: ,litv
x 2*
X 34
5 x 4
'
use for
is
JJr
S/:
14:-
26'-
:;
;;
|3
j*tinenta. and other sl2es
are charged at nearest
higher price.
r fuller
thes
parUcu^sor
ii^i
^Fallowfield,
London.
od8
fiee
Annual
post free<
1/fi
THF. HKITISH
THE
961
ENAMELLED STEEL
PHOTOGRAPHIC DISHES.
"C.X.R."
(BRITISH MANUFACTURE.)
Finest hard white enamel inside, and dark colour outside. Very
superior pattern with wired edges, flat bottom, and lip for pouring.
Extra strong.
GLOBE NEGATIVE
RACK.
New
For
in design, strong,
They cannot be
upset.
free, 1/6
ALMANAC ADVERTISKMKNTS.
IS
Convenience
The Best
of
Everything Photographic,
of
You Pay
No More,
Often Less!
He
large or small.
CAMERAS
LENSES
REFLEX CAMERAS
makes
to
stock of
various
Speciality
the largest
choose from.
last
new Paper,
or
is
JONATHAN FALLOWFIELD,
146 Charing Cross Road, London, W.
963
and
best.
The
"universal"
quality.
The SERIES
to the
SERIES
SERIES
Approximate
equivalent
focus.
III.
III.
6'5.
961
This
trait
Lens of extreme
rapidity,
Cooke
maintaining
keen
characteristics
Lens,
of
a diffusing adjustment
providing the operator with a
means
of introducing any
ready
required softness.
with
Made
in
one
PRICE
size only.
18.
Series
II.
Aperture
i/4's.
This Series is designed for high-speed photography, for the finest portraiture,
and for difficult subjects under extremely poor conditions of lighting. The io-inch
and is-inch lenses are provided with a new diffusion adjustment, operated from
the front of the camera.
Approximate
equivalent
focus.
in
965
Sunk Mounts.
To meet tho growing demand
for Lenses in
Sunk Mounts,
hnve
designed
sunk form of
shall
Cooke
Cameras, we
this
special-
mount,
and
be pleased
to supply
Lenses,
complete
with flanges,
in
such mounts.
Prices on Application.
Series
I.
F 6-5.
Inches.
own
966
PHOTOGRAVURE,
A LUCRATIVE SUDE LINE
for the
PROFESSIONAL PHOTOGRAPHER.
Enquiries invited.
(London), Ltd.,
107,
E.G.
FRANCE.
-*-
-LV J
i-
-i-^
Mr
SCORY,
J.
Successors
&
extra thin.
We
supply the principal firms throughout the entire world using these products.
&
Rue
de Chateau-Landon,
6,
"
Telegraphic Address
SCORY, PABIS."
A.B.C. Cable Code used.
SOLID
10 x
1-in.
8,
Teleph.
404 x 30.
OAK FRAMES.
12 x 10,
14 x 11,
18 x 14,
Can
PARIS, FRANCE.
......
,
7/6
8/6
9/6
per dozen.
All
3-in.
Solid Oak Florentine, with new ornament and 1-in. best quality
process gold flat (making Frame 4 in. wide), complete with Glass
and Backboards, for 54/- per dozen.
of
Six
Penny Stamps.
J.
EPSTEIN &
Co.
Head
U7 n -i,
^0*
Offices
.
J
|
it
967
& SONS'
ARCHER
IMPROVED
OPTICAL MAGIC
(PRIZE
LANTERNS
MEDALS AWARDED)
ARCHER'S
New
Of
Send
73,
Established 1848.
73,
968
You
it
to
AN
.
the
For any
until
TINOMETER TlME.
set of
conditions of LIGHT,
SECONDLY.-Set the
and LENS
APERTURE, only two
PLATE,
of
paper
PagetXXX
Speed //56
Eastman Film
Empress
Ilford
..
No. of
Example.
//78
f/45
f/78
Speed f/n
Exposure Meter
//23
/790
:
969
WYNNE'S
Patent
Gentlemen,
As
We
"
Society, London.
thirty of them use your
Meter."
" I should as soon
R. RAILSTON BROWN, Blenheim Terrace, Bridlington Quay.
think of going out to take photographs without your Meter as I should of going
without a camera."
HOOKER & SONS, Dealers, Brighton. " A customer tells us he has timed a
Meter from fractions of a second to hours, in about 600 exposures, and has not had
a single failure "
I have never
W. T. WILKINSON, Photo-mechanical Expert, Wakefleld. ".
lost a plate where I have followed its reading .... I have tried it in every conceivable way, and it has always been righi."
W. T. COULSON, 10, Maple Road, Anerley, S.E. " I find the Wynne Meter
beyond praise. I have tried others, but not one of those I have used is in the
I
same county,
" I have
8. R. MIDGLEY, 4, Baden
Road, Stoneycroft.
exposed many
hundreds of plates, including many prize winners, and have never had a wrongly
exposed one when I have used the meter for either light or dark subjects, slow
or instantaneous exposures, or for any single or double combination of my lenses."
Price, in
handsome
6/6 each.
15/-
6d. ,,
Spare Packets of Deadmatch Sensitive Paper
Extra Books of Instructions with Speed List of Plates
3d.
New Glass and Dial, with correct standard Tints and Patent Shutter 10d. per pair.
Black Celluloid for making Stops
Bd. per piece.
.
4d. each.
Improved Springs for inside of Meter
.
"F
System."
NEW METER
IN SOLID
We
SILVER
(Hall Marked).
friend.
marked),
and
efficient as the
less
Standard Meter.
than
Prices,
inch diameter,
in
solid
silver
ag
(Hall
is
9/-.
CO.,
[See preceding
WREXHAM.
and following pages.
970
(Patent).
Handsome Nickel
In
SENT ON APPROVAL.
Extra Packets
Extra Books
of
INQUIRIES INVITED.
LIBERAL TERMS.
WYNNE'S INFALLIBLE
SHUTTER SPEED TESTER (Patent).
A small and beautiful Instrument for Testing the Speeds of Shutters.
CO.,
WREXHAM.
[See
presiding paget.
971
ASHFORDS MONOSCOPE
For Viewing Picture Postcards and Photographs.
CLOSED.
A NOVELTY BOTH PLEASING AND ENTERTAINING.
of a concave mirror, 5 inches diameter, set in a
is
ring.
at the
extreme end of this base is a spring holder in which to place the postcard or photograph to be viewed. In use the Monoscope is held so that the liglit falls directly on
the picture, and by looking over the edge of picture into the mirror, and at such a
distance
from
produced.
it
that the picture just nils the mirror, a very pleasing effect
The picture
Asa means
ment
it is
is
Price
2/9
each.
and photographs
is
is
produced.
LIBERAL TERMS
TO DEALERS.
5g 9.
1
nSSrt
SOLE MANUFACTURER
J.
ASHFORD,
Birmingham.
972
GET A DOUBLE
PROFIT
You can do
this
by submitting
is
irresistible,
and yon
Send
at
once for
oar
free,
Photographer.
Deal
direct.
This
is
not a
you money.
Send
it
be
earning
now, and
money
let
for you.
J.
ELLIOTT,
(ESTABLISHED
50
YEARSi,
MARKET PLACE,
NOTTINGHAM.
973
COUNTY OF LONDON.
A. J.
Principal
in all
processes for
RELIEF METHODS.
E.G.
NE WTON.
production ox printing
SURFACE METHODS.
LINE BLOCKS.
HALF-TONE BLOCKS.
THREE AND FOUR-COLOUR BLOCKS.
LITHOGRAPHY.
PHOTO-LITHOGRAPHY.
COLLOTYPE.
INTAGLIO METHODS.
PHOTOGRAVURE.
EVENING INSTRUCTION
HALF-TONE INTAGLIO.
IN
GOMME,
August, 1909.
LINE
to
Successful
Photography.
TALBOT&EAMER
SUPERB INSTRUMENTS
For
3 3s. Od.
Inclusive,
,_.lt
and
FRED V.
A.
LLOYD, Ltd.
LIVERPOOL.
974
photographers abroad who aim at highest class finish in their productions are respectfully invited to favour us with a trial order, which
we have full confidence In assuring will satisfy their most exacting
requirements in any of th following specialities:
All
<I
1.
"Dura."
2.
"Mattlna"
3.
' '
(fop
Sole
Ask
for the
"ADHERENT" DRY
II
CJ
Specially
Dry Mounting
recommended for
a.
"Aden"
b.
"Eltico" Linen
thick
and
"Duplex"
c.
^1
Series of
HM
.
Boards.
surfaces,
PHOTOGRAPHIC
EVERYTHING
Boards,
thin.
a unique variety
latest shades).
(all the
In
and
tints
UNDERTAKEN.
L.
TRAPP &
Co.,
(js
&
9,
Telephone
Darwinian, London.
Codes A. B.C. 4th and 5th
E.G.
Editions.
975
ALL-BRITISH CLASSICAL
Solc London Export Agents for
Bartons', Photographic Mount
II/\TT'WnPC
lYll
1TAWJ.1
M.
WT
Specialists,
Birmingham,
as unsurpassed in
high- class finish
!
If
A full assortment of
dispatch.
B.C. Mounts with terms, etc., will be mailed to any
address on receipt of business card, gratis and post free-
Special Note.
Prompt
Backgrounds
fl
&
Accessories
Sundry Goods
If
"
Mounting
Outfits,
Portrait Lenses,
Dry
Trimmers,
market
New
EVERYTHING
PHOTOGRAPHIC
UNDERTAKEN.
L.
TRAPP and
Co.
(Est. IS65)t
d 7(3
[Sre also
;-.
1254-la.
976
HYDE'S
Dry Mounting Machine,
11
No. 9.
15JX12
20 x!4
36 x27
No. 1.
No. 5.
x 9
3 3 O
4 15 O
880
2O
O O
30,
Duke
Street,
CHESTER.
977
ROBBINS'
"POLO" SPECIALITIES.
"Polo" Art Enlargements, any
size
up
to
"Polo" Glossy
25,
1/3
| Self-Toning
Post Cards,
l/-
Polo" Pyro-Metol
2d.
per
Developers,
2d.
Developers,
packet.
'Polo" Gaslight
Paper
per packet.
ROBBINS
PRINTING
& ENLARGING
KODAK FILMS.
Brownies 6d.
Developing
sizes,
9d.
All other
per spool.
for 6 exposures, I/- for 12.
FIRST CLASS
P.O.
WORK
must accompany
R. & H.
all
ONLY.
orders.
ROBBINS,
M.C.C.
CAMERAS
An
post
free on application.
MIDLAND
CAMERA
Co.,
LTD
979
contains the
issued
it
in sizes
from
3& by 2& to 1/1 plate, comprising a choice of thirtysix Enlargers at prices from 8s. 6d. to
30.
ILANEY STREET,
BIRMINGHAM
(ENGLAND).
980
ABSOLUTE MANUFACTURER,
Whitfieid Works, MANSFIELD
T'ephone 5754 CENTRAL.
STREET, KINGSLAND,
N.E.
impressed
border,
for
with space
'Uniform' Brand
P.O. P.
Matt
or
Glossy.
Bromide.
Matt,
Glossy, or Velvet
Gaslight.
Matt,
Glossy, or Semi.
2/8 per
201- per
Cabinet Circle,
6/6100
Printing
1,000.
METOL
Photographic Dealer,
164,
^Architectural
per
oz.
Tantern Sli&e
R.
HAUFF
(sub)
1/6
EDGAR
Name and
100.
HENDERSON,
J.
6d. psr oz
7,
Thick
Bevelled
Mounts, in White,
Brown, and Green.
C. de V. Circle,
4/8 too
C. de V. Oval.
4/6 100
THE
dress.
PYRO
Verona Mounts.
POSTCARDS
Mounts.
981
Specialist.
BULL,
Awarded
Sample
over
160
Diplomas,
STANLEY'S
11.
Gold,
Silver,
&c
Price 1O/6.
Post
free.
For Timing,
Bromide Printing,
Enlarging,
Time Development,
Lantern Slide Making,
Copying,
Fixing, Washing, etc.
USED
IN
hand
tells
the minutes.
Send
for particulars to
48,
Mortimer
,
W.
St.,
Cavendish Sq,,
982
We
who
use
ACETYLENE.
The IDEAL LIGHT.
THE "MOSS ABINGDON"
Generator possesses the best features of both Abingdon and Moss.
Uses ordinary lump carbide. Perfectly steady in working. Does not
overmate. The most simple and
reliable generator yet introduced.
The
Made with
jet
has
turners.
removable screw
is fitted
to
each
Hints on Management
WE
R. J.
Established 18C6.
It
tests.
983
for
.
.
Cameras, Lenses, Tripods
Instruments
Surgical and Scientific
or for any other purpose
MADE
S.
4,
PRICE.
AMPHLEX,
MINIATURE RIMS
.
" ** TO
**
AD TT DUO
'
SUPPLY
CO.,
9,
15,
"
ALL 8IZES
8H " PES
FROM THE CHEAPEST TO BEST.
'"
&
18 Carat Gold
MANUFACTURERS,
STEELHOUSE LANE,
BIRMINGHAM, ENGLAND.
984
OXYGEN
FOR
Metallurgical
Medical * *
Limelight .*
and other purposes.
PRICE LISTS POST FREE.
.
THE
BRITISH OXYGEN
COMPANY, LIMITED.
Addresses:
Telephone Numbers:
Telegraphic Addresses:
206
S.W.
WESTMINSTER.
2538
MANCHESTER.
87
EAST BIRMINGHAM.
OXYGEN, NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE."
3239 CENTRAL, NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE.
JNAT.
j
po
No.
N()
CROSSIIII.L.
ALFRED
985
ALLEN
B.
(Manufacturing Optician),
20,
W.C.
1896.
REPAIRS, ALTERATIONS,
to
all
kinds
of
&c.,
PHOTO APPARATUS, REFLEX,
FLANGES, ADAPTERS,
&c., to order.
for
A NEWWILDCAMERA
AT
ANIMALS
Photographing
Automatic working,
Quarter-plate
set in operation
CAMERA,
10
by animal.
with
complete
&c.,
NIGHT.
Battery,
Flash
from
10s.
From
-
15/-
&C.
986
987
The meter can thus be used with plates marked with any of these speed
numbers (or the next lower number when the exactly corresponding number is not
in the
list).
The meter
No.
1.
is
In
made
below
No.
in-
structions.
No.
in four qualities as
box-wood,
Made
3.
in
10/5.
No.
4.
Made
in
Can be sent by
where such
is in
operation.
PHILLIPS'
Photographic
Focussing-Scale
Chart.
to Rack-out
Infinity
in.
to
1O
in.
FOCUS.
W.
H.
98,
2/7
LONDON"
988
I
SANDERS &
CO.,
Late
W.
SOLE MAKERS OF
of finest selected
Seasoned
to
stand
the
most
trying
climate.
The
Birdland
Booklet.
ao-page
List, with
Camera, and
many
illustrations
hints to beginners.
SOLE MAKERS OF
model.
No.
Sanders' s "Shafta'
A
**
CAMERA
989
Camera.
of
16$"
back
swings
both
angle,
front
is
990
MOUNT
36 CORNWALL, STREET
B 1 R.TVI I TS Cj WTVl
~~^SIS55^
Platinotype
Printing
Platinotype
Enlargements
Carefully Executed by
RICHARD KEENE, LT
*>->
DEALERS IN
IRONGATE, DERBY.
PLATES
AND FILMS
DEVELOPED,
PRINTED,
MOUNTED.
Telegrams
PHOTEXICA, LONDON.
THE
991
WESTMINSTER
Photographic Exchange,
Ltd.
TRADE MARK.
The most
in
UP-TO-DATE
Dealers
Photographic Apparatus,
NEW & SECOND-HAND.
WESTMINSTER
Unsolicited Testimonial.
Mauritius, 1909.
N.B.
The
if
desired.
111,
119,
992
2i x 3J
2J x 4J
No.
2 7s. 6d.
41,
x 6
c/m No.
Cost
45 x 107
Cost
13 5s.
mm.
//5'3, 12 slides
8 8s.
7 10s.
slides.
5 5s.
1 18s. 6d.
Stereoscopic Brownie Kodak and leather case. Cost 2 16s. 6d.
No. 1 Blocknote Folding Camera, 4J x
c/m, fitted with Zeiss Tessar f/6-3 lens,
Accept
Cost
12
in
12s.
8 10s.
Le Harsouin Stereoscopic, fitted with Goerz Dagor lenses f/6-8, magazine for
12 plates, 45 x 107 mm., camera body of aluminium. Cost
16 10?. Accept
7 10s.
x 6 c/m Bijou Reflex by Voightlander, full-size finder, fitted with Heliar lens
//4'5, focal plane shutter, roll film holder, daylight loading, in brown leather
14 10s.
case. Cost 18 15s. Accept
6J x 3J Vril Stereoscopic Focal Plane by Watson, fitted with a pair of Goerz
18 10s. Accept
Syntor lenses //6'8, 3 double slides, in leather case. Cost
4.\
13 13s.
J-plate Shew's Aluminium Xit Dallmeyer Stigmatic Lens, //6, in Unlearn
10 10s.
S 17s. 6d.
shutter, 3 double slides, brilliant finder and case. Cost
J-plate Model C Plate Kodak, folding hand or stand, B.L. lens in Unicum
roll
and
dark
slides
3s. 6d. each
leather
case
shutter, daylight
holder,
(double
3.
extra). Cost 5 15s.
J-plate Ilford Magazine Camera, for plates or cut films, Bausch and Lomb lens*
1 12s. 6d.
Unicum shutter, quite new. Cost .3 10s.
J-plate No. 3 Folding Pocket Kodak, up to date, fitted Series III. f/6-5 Cooke
8 5s.
anastigmat lens, in Volute shutter, equal to new. Cost 11 7s. 6d.
Folding Pocket Daylight Loading Roll Film Camera, fitted Series III.
4 15s.
Cooke lens, in Unicura.
J-plate No. 7 Klito Magazine Hand Camera, for 12 plates, Busch symmetrical
2 7s. 6d.
in
H.R. lens
Bausch and Lomb Automat shutter. Cost 3 10s.
J-plate
//6'5
Adams Videx
Cost
10 12s. 6d.
7 17s. 6d.
ONLY ADDRESSES
ill, Oxford street, w., * 119, Victoria street, s.w.
[See folljwing pages.
993
Model B
slides,
10 10s.
compound shutter, 6 slides. Cost 12 18s.
Post Card, 5Jx3J Adams Idento, Ross homocentric, //6'3, 3 double slides, leather
11 8s.
17 2s. 6d.
case. Cost
Post Card, 5J x 3k, Sanderson Regular, hand or stand, Ross homocentric, /76'3 lens,
10 10s.
Unicum shutter, 6 double slides. Cost 15 5s.
Post Card, 5Jx3i, Goerz Anschutz, up to date, Series III. Dagor lens, f/6'8,
12.
Houghton's envelope adapter, i double slide and case. Cost 16 5s.
Post Card size, 5J x 3J, Tudor folding pocket camera, fitted Busch Omnar anastigmat
lens, /77'7, in Unicum shutter, rack focussing double extension, 3 double slides.
Cost 6 6s.
4 10s.
PostCard, 5|x3J,No. 3a Folding Pocket Kodak, fitted Ross homocentric //6'3 lens
in Unicum shutter. Cost 9 12s. 6d.
7 2s. 6d.
Post Card Yoigtander Roll Film, double extension, rack focussing, Collinear III.
in.
in
focus
Koilos
3
slides and focussing screen. Cost 12.
shutter,
lens//6'8, 6
Accept 8 5s.
Post Card Argus Reflex by Watson, focal plane shutter with outside adjustable
speeds, 1/15 to l/l,200th sec., full-size finder, J-plate Cooke lens Series III.//6-5,
3 double slides, changing box for 12 plates, in leather case, all in good condition.
Cost over
22.
Accept
15 13s.
5x4 Tropical Anschutz, metal bound, covered Russian leather, focal plane shutter,
lens, f/6'8, in focussing jacket, 3
using back combination of lens in leather
Xlt by Shew, aluminium bound, fitted
Goerz Sector shutter, Antinous release,
leather case, as new. Cost 20. Accept
Dagor
5x4
slides,
for
5x4
Shew's Focal Plane Reflector, Goerz Model A focal plane shutter, 5 sec. to
irfeijth) long extension, 3 double slides, Goerz IB lens, /)4'8, leather case.
Cost
5x4
23 10s.
13 10s.
5x4
and
case.
Cost
18 2s.
14 5s.
ONLY ADDRESSES
111, Oxford Street, w., 6 119, victoria street, S.W.
[See following page.
994
J-plate Field,
set,
dark
11 13s. 6d.
6 5s.
Accept
case.
Splendid
outfit.
5 Ss.
i-plate
1/1
holders in canvas
Accept
1/1
case, three-fold
tripod,
new
condition.
Cost
12 17s. 6d.
6.
perfectly new condition, only used twice. Cost over 45. Bargain, 22 10s.
10 x 8 Watson's Acme, brass-bound throughout, fine condition, turn-table, 6 double
dark slides, brass bound, extra stout ash tripod with sliding leg, 2 solid leather
cases.
Cost
26.
Accept
12 10s.
5 x 12
14 10s.
15 x 12 Square Bellows Brass-Bound Camera, by Huttig, 36 inches extension,
5 10s.
rack focussing, 3 double slides, no lens.
Cost
12 15s.
Goerz Dagor Anastigmat, No. 8. 10i-in. focus, /6-8.
9x7
Accept
9 15s.
Zeiss Series Vila. Convertible Anastigmat, //6'3, 8J in. and 14 in. focus, in Goerz
Sector shutter, as new, in leather case. Cost 16. Accept 12.
1/1 plate Zeiss Series Vila. No. 13 Convertible Anastigmat, f/6'3,9i in. and 16* in.
15 12s. 6d.
focus, as new. Cost
Accept 11 15s.
Zeiss Protar Lens Vila., in magnalium mount No. 16, two 19J in.,
focus of 11 in., //6'3, will cover 9 x 7 at full
a
combined
combinations, making
aperture (also fitted with a colour screen). Cost 20 5s. Accept 14 10s.
Fine Biunial Projection Lantern, by Hughes, fitted with lenses of 6, 9, and 11-in.
focus, mahogany and olive wood body lined Russian iron, rack curtain slide,
dissolver, pair of best quality mixed jets, 20 ft. oxygen cylinder, and Beard's
Cost over 50.
Suit literary society.
pressure gauge, all fine condition.
9x7
Accept
13.
James
A. Sinclair
AND
Telegrams
"
CO., LTD.,
HAYMARKET,
LONDON,
54,
995
raculum
London
'
S.W.
'
Optical, Photographic
AND
Instrument
Scientific
Makers.
WHOLESALE, RETAIL AND EXPORT.
SPECIAL NOTICE
>
or Dealer
may
be
case of High-class
before forwarding,
CONTRACTORS TO
JAMES
A.
SINCLAIR
H. M.
&
GOVERNMENT.
Co., Ltd.,
54 -
LONDON, S.W.
996
The SINCLAIR
"UNA" CAMERA.
THE ONLY
PERFECT UNIVERSAL CAMERA.
Showing Standard
The
"
Una "
Sinclair
"UNA"
Camera
is
THE BEST
of its Class,
BECAUSE
IT
IT
IT
IT
IT
IT
IT
IT
IT
IT
IT
is
lines.
is
manship.
JAMES
A.
SINCLAIR
&
Co., Ltd.,
5 *'
"
The
THE
IS
HAND
It is
Sinclair
or
UNA
"
997
Camera
BEST
STAND.
may be compared
to a good
A good
bullet in a bad gun.
lens is an instrument of pre-
The
of
its
type,
"UNA"
JAMES
A.
SINCLAIR
&
Co., Ltd.,
54
S.W.
998
is
Sinclair
solidly
Camera
made with a
somewhat similar
The
Rising
feature
design.
Double
Front is a peculiar
which we have designed
The
Sinclair
"
to give the
maximum
of
movement
in
a new and simple fashion, so that the wide angle covered by modern
anastigmat lenses may be utilized, thus dispensing with the undesirable
This great and important improvement enables the
swing back.
operator to photograph tall buildings without stopping down the lens
to the same extent as when a swing back is used.
By means of the
double rising movement great range is secured, the amount of rise in
the various sizes being as follows
:
The
JAMES
A.
SINCLAIR
&
Co., Ltd.,
B4
999
is
The
two tube
The Focussing
These are of
Scales.
We divide the
real ivory
and
let
into
and not
2.
3,
THE SINCLAIR
TRIPOD SCREW.
The Sinclair Screw supplied with each "Una' Camera removes all difficulty in
The screw fits into the camera at the proper
attaching camera to tripod stand.
The camera with the screw attached
distance, a stop preventing it going too far.
is then put on the stand and a fly-nut is easily screwed on underneath.
It is a simple
but
adds
to
the
thinf,'
photographer's comfort. Standard J-inch Whitworth Screw.
1
The
3.
4.
but
is
Mode
JAMES
A.
i.
SINCLAIR
&
Co., Ltd.,
LONDON, 8.W.
PRICE
LIST
OF
Form.
The Sinclair
"UNA"
brilliant or ground-glass
double
Ditto,
Plate
ditto,
and
Lomb
Holders,
with Bausch
"
"
Automat
but
lens
or
ditto,
with F/6'3 Zeiss Double " Protar
Lens, Series IV., 2 foci, New "Compound"
Sector Shutter, and two focussing scales.
Ditto,
J-pi-
5&gin.
5x4
6|&n|in.
4-pi-
&
14 in.
7x5
& 14
in.
&
5x4
i-piin.
6|&iifin.
Scales.
j-pi.
&
14 in.
7x5
& 14 in.
Standard
Tropical
De Luxe No.
4i x 3 J
SINCLAIR'S^
TECHNICAL" CAMERA.
As supplied
to the Indian Government, the Siamese Government, Engineering Works and Scientific Institutions.
Specification.
Camera and
horizontal
sliding
front,
dark
slides
with
fitted
spring
special
fastenings,
slides
12x10
15x12
110 140
16 10
20
11 7
20
24
5%
11
13 15
1160
2
1 15
2 12
126 126
discount
cases
4~
1116
280
2
Cases
660
1156
for cash.
Messrs. COLE, MARCHENT & MORI,EY, Ltd., Prospect Foundry, Bradford, write:
congratulate you on the careful attention shown to a number of details which
are often omitted."
JNO. B. SCRIVENOR, Esq., Government Geologist, Federated Malay State" Tbe
writes
whole-plate camera gives every satisfaction."
"
We
JAMES
A.
SINCLAIR^
Co., Ltd.,
54
Sinclair's
No opening
Traveller
RolI=Film Camera.
of the
No focussing
It is
IOO3
always
in focus.
required.
It is
perience
are
very
large
number of people
who require a
camera of the
simplest
possible
description,
always
in focus for
mum.
such
that
It
is
to
fill
requirements
we have
intro-
RolUFilm Camera, This camera will not only appeal to the novice but also to the
expert who is interested in genre photography and who knows the difficulty in
obtaining figure subjects in sharp focus.
The Camera consists of a box, the back of which looks something like a Kodak
in that it will take the ordinary Kodak Spool as used for the No. 3 P.P. Kodak
Camera. These spools can be universally purchased.
The Lens. This very important part of the camera is, of course, the feature
which makes the outfit perhaps rather expensive at thecominoncement, but yet cheap
when it is considered how much is saved in films by having an accurate instrument.
fit a 90 mm. Series III., F/6'8, Goerz Dagor Lens.
This covers the J-plate
sharply to the corners with the largest stop and at the same time gives enormous
of
enables
to
and
thus
us
with
focus,
depth
dispense
any focussing adjustment.
The Shutter. Simplicity has guided us in this and consequently we have
selected the Bausch & Lonib " Automat," a shutter which is always set and yet one
on which the speed and diaphragm can be altered for various seasons of the year.
The Finders. Two brilliant view finders are fitted, so that either upright or
horizontal pictures may be taken.
The Levels. Behind each finder is a T level, a useful adjunct if straight linu-.
are required in the pictures.
We
10 10
o Nett Cash.
Code Word
Sostratos.
Best
We
12 12
'
JAMES
A.
SINCLAIR
54
Ha
i[SiXo;
s.
1004
Open on
The
lens.
Closed.
to
use
cameras has, in many
collapsible
instances, led to deterioration in the quality of the
negatives obtained,
and flat, foggy and indifferent" results are often caused
through a flood
of useless light entering the camera, and
being reflected from the
surface of the bellows or woodwork on to the
Professional
plate.
photographers have for a long time recognised the value of a hood on
their lens, or the use of a black shade or shield.
The difficulty in the
way of such appliances for field cameras has been the bulk of such
accessories, and moreover the lack of effective adjustment.
tendency
The
The
Sinclair Lens
Sinclair Lens
Hood is invaluable
Hood prevents flare,
Send piece
JAMES
A.
of
SINCLAIR
&
Co., Ltd.
when
54,
ordering.
Hay market,
LONDON, 8.W.
Sinclair's Real
IOO5
Rising Front,
We
designed
Finder
this
"
specially for our J-plate
Una"
13/0
Price
7/6
Sinclair's
Brilliant
View Finders.
Sinclair's Brilliant
our
Finder as used on
7
with
on
slide
8/6
JAMES
A.
SINCLAIR
&
Co., Ltd.
54,
8/6
Haymarket,
LONDON,
8.W.
THI: URIT/SH
THE Sinclair
Is
Synopsis.
Hints on buying Cameras, Taking the
Room and
first
By JAS.
A. SINCLAIR,
F.R.P.S.
By
J.
of Colour Photography.
By K.
CHILD BAYLEY (editor of Photography and Focus).
Flash Light Photography.
By" F. J. MORTIMER, F.R.P.S.
(Editor of the Amateur Photographer).
its
Possibilities.
SINCLAIR, F.R.P.S.
Law
By JAMES A
for Photographers.
JAMES
A.
SINCLAIR
&
etc.
PflCG
Co., Ltd.,
1 /
54
Post-Free.
LONDON, S.W.
Dark=Room
Sinclair's
IOOy
Blinds
We
necessary
is
to
screw
it
to the
window frame.
ft.
ft.
x4
x4
Price.
3 10
1 4
ft
ft
JAMES
A.
SINCLAIR
&
size.
Co., Ltd.
".
8.W.
IO08
Sinclair's
'Efficient'
Lamp
is
the
or
'A
dark-room lamp
really satis-
''Well
Amateur
Photographic Neivs.
We
AMES
X SINCLAIR &
from inside or
Co., Ltd.,
6 *>
110
150
050
IOO9
Lamp.
enough
Price
A cheaper form
..
in
..
2/6
SINCLAIR'S
TROPICAL DEVOLIGHT
of
made
drawn metal.
Price,
Sinclair's
box of twelve.
Most Draining Racks are not well suited for drying plates. The
"Ideal" Rack is the best for draining and drying, and will be
welcomed in every dark-room. The grooves are wide apart, and are
so cut that, although the plate is held perfectly, yet air can get to the
extreme edges. It will take 21 plates and is suitable ior Lantern size
to 8 x 6J.
Larger sizes may be had to order.
Price
JAMES
A.
..
SINCLAIR
..
&
i/Oeach.
Co., Ltd.,
5 *>
LONDON,
8.W.
Sinclair's
"
'
Compact
Changing
Carrying
Case
Tent
in one.
Invaluable
for
the
Traveller.
Every
The ones
The Compact Tent removes every difficulty, and when not in use as a
dark room will hold camera, slides or plates. The window is then
replaced by a metal plate.
and
J-plate.
Plates.
Size
'
Weight.
Made
in
three sizes
J-plate, J-plate,
IOII
Sinclair's
Dark=Room Watch
For Time Development.
This watch has the dials so
arranged that one revolution ot
the large hand is made in one
minute, and the divisions are
divided to
th second.
The
smaller hand records the minutes
up to 30 minutes. One pressure
of the winding knob starts the
watch, a second pressure stops
while a third re-sets the
it,
hand
at zero.
Price
' *
Sinclair's
SINCLAIR'S
"LUSTROS
25/0
Lustros
'
' '
This preparation
is
made from
is
guaranteed
platinotype,
used on oil
be
prints.
It
to the
adds brilliancy
shadow
to the prints
details.
Directions.
Sufficient of the preparation should be squeezed out on to a clean
dry rag, and rubbed quickly and evenly over the print. Allow a few
seconds to elapse, then polish off with a soft, dry and fluffless cloth.
In
JAMES
TubesPrice Sixpence.
A. SINCLAIRT&TCo.,
Ltd.,
54
'
Sinclair's "Electra"
Flash Lamp.
The best lamp for travellers.
No larger than a cigar case.
Sinclair's
"
"
Regent
Magnifier.
Sinclair's
"Regent" Focussing
Magnifier
is
case.
Length
length open, 4^
Price
Closed.
JAMES
closed,
in.
in.
12/6
Open.
A.
SINCLAIR
&
LONDON,
S.W.
1013
especially
Each
is
10s.
Standard sizes can be had for uniform cases, the inside being
without divisions or unlined at the following prices
:
..
..
36 in.
30 in.
33 in.
..
..
..
..
98/0
62/3
80/0
guarantee that each case has been tested by filling it with dry
sawdust, closing it and immersing it bodily in water for at least an
hour. Any case that shows any signs of damp is rejected.
24 in.
44/6
27 in.
53/4
..
..
We
"The
recovered.
full
From
JAMES
A.
SINCLAIR
&
Co., Ltd.,
5 *>
IOI4
THE
OIL
Sinclair's Oil
" Putois
pied de biche")
The quality of the Brush is as important as the quality of the ink.
All sorts of brushes have been recommended, but we believe that there
is nothing to equal the brushes recommended by M. Demachy.
These
are made from the hair of the pole cat, and the hair is arranged in the
making so that on the bevel it is beautifully domed. Consequently
with a large brush it is quite possible to do small fine work. Our
For a beginner purchasprices for these brushes are exceedingly low.
ing only one brush we recommend one of the larger sizes, but an
equipment of several will be found very advantageous, a clean or dry
brush being frequently in demand
No. o, lid.
*No. 3, 1/4
*No. 8, 3/No. 14, 6/6
No. i. 1/0
*No. 5. 1/9
"No. 10, 4/No. 18, 10/6
No. 2, 1/2
No. 7. 2/6
No. 12, 5/No. 33, 30/(Genuine
Extra small size for detail work. .A, 3d. B, 4d. C, 5d. D, 6d.
*Nos. 3, 5, 8 and 10 are also supplied "straight cut" for use with the
"
Hopper."
2i
wood
handle, 1/0
Hopper Brushes
No.
3,
,\
Sample
r
Outfits.
For the
"B" Brush
Oil Process.
No. S Brusli
i Pot
i Tube Medium
Pigment
i
packet Oil Pigment Paper; i Bottle Spirit Sensitizer, 6/8
i
No
Brush
Solution
JAMES
A.
SINCLAIR &
Co., Ltd.,
5 *'
LONDON, S.W
For
Oil
and Bromoil
1015
Work Use
PERMANENT PIGMENTS,
SINCLAIR'S
Pots or Tubes.
In
Do
and trouble.
trials.
We
are, therefore,
object to this labour
putting our colours in tubes as well as in
but
this
have
to
to
do
pots,
slightly reduce
the consistency
Tube colours will be found
as
as
for
all ordinary
colours
good
pot
just
work, but in cases where very great depth
and strength is desired, pot inks are
preferable.
in
Pigments
Pots.
Standard Black
Payne's Grey
Brown Black
Indigo
Sepia
Burnt Umber
Burnt Sienna
Red Chalk
Green
Warm Sepia
Encre Machine," a hard ink
Encre Taille Douce," a soft ink which may be mixed with the
Encre
Machine "
Price 1/0 per pot.
The last-named are those used by Messieurs Robert Demachy, Puyo and other
Italian
'
in
in
Pigments
Tube Inks
Tubes.
Green
Standard Black
Italian
Payne's Grey
Brown Black
JAMES
Burnt Umber
Warm Sepia
Price 1/0 per tube.
A.
SINCLAIR
&
Sepia
Burnt Sienna
Co., Ltd.,
54
>
Indigo
Red Chalk
ioi6
for
Retouching.
The Best Basel.
The Best Desk
Trimming
for
Prints.
Although
primarily
and Bromoil
Oil
Prints,
an
The "Hewitt" Desk for Retouching. A sliding bar, which clamps on to the
framework of the desk, may be adjusted to any desired position for supporting negatives resting on the plate glass surface and converts the apparatus into an exceedingly
A sheet of white paper on the base of the desk
rigid and effective retouching desk.
forms an admirable reflector tor reflecting light through the negative.
For
for spotting prints or as a work-room table.
purpose the plate-glass is removed and a board supplied is fitted in its place. An
and clean desk that may be used flat or at a convenient angle is at once
excellent
secured.
The "Hewitt" Desk as an Easel. The work being finished, the desk may
be set nearly vertical and the print is examined in comfort.
Mounted prints are
supported by a ledge at the bottom of the desk.
For many purposes the "Hewitt" De-;k will be appreciated. It is exceedingly
handy for trimming, mounting, or indeed any work-room purpose where a clean
table or desk is necessary.
The " Hewitt" Desk, made in polished mahogany, with 18x18 plate glass,
adjusting carrier, plain board, for table and cover as described,
1
JAMES
A.
11
SINCLAIR
6 Nett Cash.
&
Co., Ltd.
54,
Haymarket,
LONDON, S.W.
.IOI7
THOMAS MANLY,
process.
With Two
Comparative
Illustrations.
ust
at his
Sinclair's
Opaque Screen.
Ian tern ist
of
Every
opaque screen,
which greatly enhances the brilliancy
of the result.
The
most convenient
form of mounting is
that
adopted with
SINCLAIR'S
OPAQUE
Sinclair's
Screen.
LANTERN
Opaque
It is
of
posed
woven
fabric,
mounted
on
cord
with
pulleys,
dis-
and
tempered
SCREEN.
com-
a closely
roller
and
which
it to be
easily
rolled up and down.
The lath which holds
enable
20/0
..
22/6
..
25/0
..
30/0
..
40/0
JAMES
A.
SINCLAIR
&
Co., Ltd.,
5 *-
..
55/0
IOl8
"Owen"
No. 2
Sinclair's
TOPOMETER
(PATH NT
"The
'
and accuracy.
"That
it
War
Office
of the
Topometer.
The Topometer
NAVAL.
The Topometer may
fight-
ing top.
level
The Topometer
attacking
is
is
Coast Navigation.
The Topometer
advantageous
when
fortifications.
work when
mathematical
it
is
tables.
SURVEYING.
The Topometer
for
is
the
James
Topometer Booklet.
&
A. Sinclair
Co., Ltd.,
54, HAYMARKET, LONDON,
S.W.
THE BRITISH
ALMANAC ADVERTISEMENTS.
JCftlRNAI,
Chas. Zimnierinann
&
1019
Co.
(PHOTOGRAPHIC) LTD.
Chemical Merchants
WHOLESALE DEALERS,
9 & 10,
Telephones:
St,
109 Avenue.
Mary = at = HUl,
LONDON,
8163 Central.
Telegrams:
"
Poisonable,
Condon."
B.C.
THE "AGFA"
DEVELOPERS,
ERNEMANN'S CAMERAS.
FOCAL PLANE, HAND,
STAND AND STUDIO.
Crossed Sword Papers, Albumen, Collodio and Gelatine
P.O. P.,
Post-Cards,
RODENSTOCK'S ANASTIGMATS
and LENSES for
all
purposes.
HEINRICH'S GELATINES.
V-
>'
RODINAL
The Most Active and
Best-Keeping Developer.
A
It
It
It
will
It is
controlled by the
amount
of dilution.
It
It
It
is
PLATES, FILMS,
BROMIDE
or
GASLIGHT PAPERS,
LANTERN SLIDES, ENLARGEMENTS,
TANK or any method of Development.
PRICES
48.
READ THE
1021
AGFA
Developers
Amidol-Agfa
Eikonogen
Glycin-Agfa
Hydrokinone-Agfa
Imogen-Sulphite
Metol-Agfa
Ortol-Agfa
Pyro-Agfa
For
ParamidophenolAgfa
full
mooen
l,
HANDBOOK, over
sho.ld
pages of
rpo
figures, facts
and formute on
Developing, Intensifying,
Reducing, Printin
Toning,
etc., etc.
'
1022
tin
1/0
4-02. tin
3/2
8-oz. tin
5/6
:6-oz. tin
10/6
is
complete.
When
It is suitable for
exhausted the bath ceases to tone.
collodio-chloride, gelatino-chloride, and albumenized papers and
At
6d.
9d.
1/2
post-cards.
In Tins for
18
CHA8.
LTD., 9 and
36
ozs. of Solution.
ZIMMERMANN &
10, St.
CO. (Photographic
Mary-at-Hill, London, E.G.
1023
-.
eS
,
of
Stain
builds
intensifica
SuSs
rrmainutes,
and
^^.^^^ -d slowTyT?
wh'en maximum
when
intpticifi^o+t-
the proi
-^-'IL^j
abou?
"To
,
1024
AGFA
Chromo-Plate and Film,
XKc
D.
294
WATKINS
109
WYNNE.
in detail
1025
(Antihalation).
Halation
quite unique.
by means
is
prevented
of a non-actinic
(red) film between the emulsion and the
glass, this film intercepts the light before it reaches the
glass and
before
the
reflected rays reach the
again
emulsion, thus all the
that
light
passes through the emulsion has to pass and repass the
red film by the time,
therefore, it reaches the sensitive silver it is
;
perfectly harmless.
backed plates
spoiling the sensitive surface with the messy backing, and again
there is no fear of making a lot of dust in the
slide, thus escaping
the pmholes so common to backed
plates, especially when used in
a magazine Camera, or
changing box.
of the film
disappears entirely in the processes
eloping and fixing, without any further manipulation whatever.
The emulsion
is
(100 H.
rapid
ISOLAR
&
D.),
and gives
"
brilliant
RDINARY "
or
PLATE
special
POSITIVE
is
also supplied
"
"
it is
are reproductions on this plate
surprising how
plastic
It cannot be too
strongly urged in this direction that the majority
of lantern slides are
spoilt by halation, this is quite absent in the
Isolar Lantern Plate, and the result is a
brilliant
effect;
and
The
tionally
stereoscopic
good keeping
qualities.
Prices.
Plates.
Ord.
Ortho.
1/11
2/7
2/1
2/11
2/7
3/0
2/11
3/4
LTD., 9 and
Films.
P]ates
Ord. Ortho.
2/9
3/10
3/10
5/0
3/0
4/3
4/3
5/6
CH AS
10, St.
Ord.
6ix 4 f
.
..
10
x8
..
12
xio
..
3/5
7/3
11/5
16/0
Fi]ms
3/9
5/0
7/1010/5
5/6
11/6
12/7
17/7
ZIMMER^ANNTcoT]Ph^tographic),
Mary-at-Hill, London, E.G.
102(1
AGFA FLASHLIGHT.
Maximum Light Intensity
A New and Efficient Powder.
Minimum Smoke Development.
Rapid Combustion.
Small Charge.
Highly Actinic.
Absolutely Non-explosive.
Convenient Packing (with Measure).
Keeps Indefinitely.
including special Measure and Ignition Paper.
Also in Bottles at 2/0, 3/3, 5/3 and 12/0.
Containing 25, 50, 100, 250 grammes.
Per Bottle,
1/0,
,-,
;rt
By simply
Firstly
it
very
much more
rapidly
Original Tins.
Size
For 15 ozs.
Sufficient for 90 negatives
|-plate
Retail Prices
Cartridges
5d.
Size 2
Size 3
37 ozs.
1 80
negatives.
J-plate
9d.
75 ozs. of Solution.
360 negatives.
|- plate
1/4
hermetically sealed.
fix 25
J-plate negatives.
1027
Ernemann's
POCKET
CAMERAS
eine
Erne
This
Th*
really a
10 *
with 3
and Film Pack Adapter.
E?!?! Extension,Slides
(Single
without Rack.)
Is
z.
300
J/6'8 Aplanat
Mo
'
3 10
'".
second
3 10
6 10
4 10
7 10
f'r
Scaled
for the
s fitted
1/25, 1/50,
iA
focussing.
I 10
"
9
'.'.
11
"
1028
ERNEMANN'S
HIGH-CLASS
FOCAL PLANE
CAMERA.
We
The special system of i piece struts to extend the front gives the latter an
extremely solid and steady support.
The bellows are of leather, lined with calico, and are stout and permanent.
I he front has
rising and cross movement.
The camera has bushes for oblong and upright pictures.
PRICES.
WITH THREE DOUBLE
SLIDES (Wooden).
FOR
1029
ERNEMANN'S
ROLL FILM
CAMERAS.
I.
II.
focussing.
Model
III.
For
films,
&x4
J,
and
PRICES.
Model
With
,
,,
Aplanat
Anastigmat
f/6-8
f/6
(air
Special Cemented
tigmat, f/6-8
.
Anas.
LTD., 9 and
CHAS.
10,
St.
7 15
10
090
Hill,
090
ZIMMERMANN &
Mary-at
II.
600
950
6150
space)
Model
I.
..450
Model III.
5 10
800
900
090
CO. (Photographic)
London, E.G.
1030
The
"Smallest of All"
Roll Film
Camera.
o.
Size of Picture,
1^x2^.
Single Extension. T.B., i,
and
2V- 5^
T j,th of sec. Shutter.
,
Made
entirely of Metal.
Aplanat //6'8
lens, giving
exquisite detail.
PRICE
Roll Film
.300
Camera.
Made
Best
PRICE.
With accurately
]6
Shutter.
.
Anastigmats
4 15
950
Simple
Shutter.
400
8 10
1031
Model
Model
II.
The Smallest,
Made of Metal
throughout.
On opening the Camera the lens springs immediately to the infinity
focus point.
The Shutter is of the well known design that requires setting, and
and
of a second,
gives exposures of T.B., i,
-,
o'^g
Model I. gives an infinity focus (fixed focus) only.
Model II. is fitted with a lever by means of which the Camera
can be focussed from infinity to 4^ feet.
The pictures are exquisitely sharp and bear considerable enlarge-
^^
^th
ment.
PRICES.
Model
55/0
95/0
105/0
36/0
21/0
//6
Anastigmat (Air space)
//6'8 Anastigmat (cemented)
Box
for 6 plates
Changing
,
,,
Daylight Enlarger up to 7 x 5
Extra Slides
and
fittings,
Model
I.
.
...
is
II.
65/0
105/0
115/0
...
...
1/4 each.
fitted
at 10/- less.
i^
1032
STUDIO CAMERAS,
Model Q.
Mahogany, with lacquered brass fittings. Draw-out Front and Back
Baseboard. Rack and Pinion to Front and Back
Body
Ebonized Double Lift Stand.
Long Extension.
Tilting Eccentric
Full-sized Focussing Screen and Venetian Shutter
Slide.
Repeating Back with Focussing Screen and two i/i-Plate Slides
12x12
J
Send
Complete
18
5Xi5
LTD., 9 and
21
list
10, St.
of Studio
1033
CROSSED SWORDS
"ALBUMAT"
THE NEW PAPER.
A Successful Substitute for C.C. Matt Papers.
Does Not Crack.
Does Not Bronze.
Gives Beautiful Blacks in the Platinum Bath.
The effect is the most Artistic yet obtained on
any paper of any make.
Permanent Pictures.
Has Excellent Keeping Qualities.
GRADES.
No
i.
Special
White Smooth
per
per
quire.
No.
2.
,,
3.
,,
4.
,,
5.
6.
,.
.',
7.
White, Smooth.
Cream, Smooth
32/0
White, Fine Grain 32/0
Cream, Fine Grain32/0
White, Coarse
Grain
Cream, Coarse
Grain
IN
X4
,,
9.
,,
to 1
,,
io 2
Half-tone
Grain,
Fine
White.
Half -tone
Grain,
Fine
Cream
,,
6d.
7d.
9d.
1/0
1/1
32/0
30/0
30/0
32/0
.-
32/0
12 pcs.
3&X2i
8.
32/0
Grades
3f x 2|
4ix 3 i
quire.
32/0 No.
only.
IfJ.'U
of expectation that
CHAS.
LTD., 9 and
ZIMMERMANN &
10, St.
Mary
at Hill,
CO. (Photographic),
London, E.G.
ORTHOCHRQSHTIC
SENTIDO,' LONDON.
TcLEPNONE-8722 CENTRAL.
TELEGRAMS
1910
CODE
A. B.C.
5TH
EDITION.
PRICE LIST.
Cancelling previous Lists.
and are
strictly
Nett
for
Cash
with order.
Remittances should
Packing is charged at cost price and is not returnable.
adequately cover cost of goods, packing and carriage. All goods are packed wi.h the
utmost care, and S.S. & Co. cannot hold themselves responsible for damage in transit.
GUARANTEE.
is
made
to
workmanship and material in all our goods, we do not guarantee their efficiency or
any reasonable complaint will always receive prompt attention.
quality, but
1036
We
We carry
can always supply a suitable filter. See list page after next.
Our new testing and research laboratory is fitted with every instrument,
apparatus and app iance we can obtain or devise for the study of light and
colour, and its resources are always at the disposal of our clients.
we know,
SANGER-SHEPHERD &
Co., LTD.
IO37
CORRESPONDENCE INVITED.
We
is suitable for
7 with S.S. Series B plate for photographing oil and Watercolour Paintings, Flowers, China, Microscopy, Enamels, Jeweller}', Landscapes with near
foreground, Autumn Tints, etc., with every tone correctly translated.
To render green and blue luminosities
3 with Series B plate.
For Portraiture (avoiding the necessity of retouching), Landscapes, Cloud Studies,
correctly.
Street Scenes, Architecture, etc., etc.
can adjust both these filters to give precisely the same result with any brand of
Orthochromatic Plate, but such adjustment will require longer exposure.
PERFECTUS X
SYLVUS X
We
SERIES A
Not exceeding
.
Perfectus or Sylvus
in
diameter
The very
WITHOUT INCREASE
value,
it renders everything with its ma*imunv
position in the fitting
cojour
it can be used as a X2, X4, Xb, etc.
in a minimum of time. Intermediately
FOR SWISS VIEWS. Width
ESSENTIAL
HOW TO ORDER
IO39
if-in.
IO4O
glass,
Photography
Watkins
We
220,
H. & D. 150
stock all sizes of light filters for this series of Colour Plates.
Price.
6J/2I 8/3i 9J/4J 1/4 5/4 1/2 1/1
12/10
10/8
2/4
2/6
4/3
4/9
6/-
2/-
6/6
2/3
3/- 4/3
3/4 4/7
19/-
12/13/-
8/-
8/6
20/-
Box
15/6
5/6
8/6
2/1
4/-
each
2/6
fitted
base.
previously levelled.
The corrugated
SANGER-SHEPHERD
&~Co., LTD.
04 1
C.F.O.
DARK-ROOM SAFE-LIGHT
Planned
to
give
State
|
used,
Ortho plate
and we will
send corre
light.
10 x 8
Out any
safesize.
stocked 5/6.
LANTERNS,
ample
without light
ventilation
leakage, and correct adjustment of the strength of the
illuminant to the area.
FOR
ELECTRIC
LIGHT.
&
7,
Besb
quality
only.
17 6
IO42
From
the red
From
the green
From the
filter
a blue toned
neg.
filter
neg.
a yellow stained
reliefs are
slide.
relief.
TRIAL OUTFIT
iiijfjrfierf
SANGER-SHEPHERD &
Co., LTD.,
Outfit.')
size
such as
1043
SANCER-SHEPHERD 8 3 REPEATING-BACK.
STANDARD LANTERN SIZE WITH QUICK-CHANCE.
-
This
may
be attached to any
The
glass.
5,
6 &
7,
1044
4i)
For
Highest Efficiency and very best quality throughout.
Landscape, Portraiture, Lantern Slide and general purposes
We
recommend
confidently
manufactured, for
this
The Quick Change Rack now fitted to this Standard model, lessees
the time of the total exposure, which now rarely need exceed 3 seconds
for landscapes, or 6 to 20 seconds
for Studio Portraiture.
It is
convenient and easy to move,
and obviates risk of accidental
shifting of the camera.
By n
special device it is impossible
to expose through the Filters
except in the correct order,
viz.
Red, Green, Blue.
For the purposes of fitting
the Repeating Pack, purchaser's Caineri should be sent us, or its
A small charge, not exceediug 7/6 is made
Reversing back, for a day.
for this work
If to match black leather camera see note below.
:
for
extra slide
...
1O
S ANGER-SHEPHERD
&
to
12
Co., LTD.
10.
IO45
NATURAL
COLOURS
WHICH FOR PURITY
ARE ONLY EQUALLED
BY THOSE UPON THE
FOCUSSING-GLASS.
EASE OF EXPOSURE.
The camera is placed on the
The dark
tripod, and the view focussed.
then inserted, and exposure completed by uncapping the lens for
a few seconds (by bulb if preferred). A meter supplied with the camera
tells the exact time required.
slide is
PRICES.
Model
The
morocco
fittings in
Model
Price
25.
Takes a plate 8 x 3 i/3-in., the same as our repeating back of this size; the
dark slides are the same pattern and interchangeable with those in the repeating back.
Best London finish, Price
40. Extra slides and solid leather velvet-lined cases stocked.
5,
2.
&
7,
1046
4/3
1/-,
Steel
Mahogany
5/6,
Frames
i-pl.
ijxhibtion
^-pl.
7/6, whole
8 slides,
plate,
0/6,
10/6
15 slides, 1 5,'-
20/-
SANGER-SHEPHERD &
Co., LTD.
30/-
-/g
IO47
r ....edly.
PRICES. Additional materials required to those already supplied for lantern slides including
limited licence to work the patent process are :
% plate 30/- ; 1/1 plate 40/~J plate 20/'
_
>
on
application.
9f/4l
'
izer
9/6-
6d-
STEREOSCOPIC SLIDES
IN
COLOUR.
slides in
ONE-PLATE
STEREO-REPEATERS.
own
stereograms
lenses
..
,12 1OS.
17 10s.
fig.
,2O
fitted to
Quick-change device can be
5,
6 &
7,
all
OS.
model*.
IO48
Box of 4.
2/6
3/0
4/6
7/6
Autochrome
Screen
Screens.
Holders.
...
*4
x 4|
14,'O
3/Q
4/0
5/0
3*
7/6
ij sq.
if
3/0
3/6
4/6
6/8
sq.
i
Myrioscope 2/8
.....
fit
s ze or
any
For Cells to
Screw we must have
sible.
QUINOMET
35-oz.
fitting.
i7-oz.
POT. PERMAN.
SOD.
SULPHITE
SOD. CARS.
1st
(for
4/6,
(Anhyd. S.S.)
(Anhyd.
S.S.}
35 -oz. ed.
i
Ib.
J-lb.
1/9
-/g
recommended
sh.>rt
exposure.
PRICE
per doz.
| x 4J
" x 10
17/6,
Much
SANGER-SHEPHERD &
Co., LTD.
JS x 12
3Q/-
increased detail
No trouble from
IO49
SANCER-SHEPHERD
PHOTO-SURVEY CAMERA.
Our cameras for Photographic Surveying are
designed to map the detail of a triangulated artu
in a tenth to a third the time taken by plane
tabling, and the results compare favourably in
accuracy. We have several models with various
accessories designed to suit the special requiretravellers and exploring parties in
addition to our standard models as supplied to
the order of the Canadian and other Government
Booklet with prices on
Survey Depa (ments.
applica'ion and particulars of complete outfits,
ments of
from
t
1
1 20The accompanying figure
of a New
F. Vivian
ing,
is
from a photograph
Amongst
Dr.
by us
last year,
for the
5,
6 &
for
IO5O
and J-plate
Transparencies.
of
Projection
Microscopic and
Pplariscopic
Slides ;>nd
the
Spectrum.
En-
from
J-plates or Lan-
larging
and
tern Slides
General Science
Work.
Lantern complete with 6 inch condenser and
Sahger-Shepherd Arc
Strong Pine case, fitted for accessories, extra
...
...
An excellent Model with Sanger-Shepherd Arc Lamp supplied at
Lamp
24.
...
...
10
...
15 15
...
O
O
perfect hand-feed
new
moc'el
Arc
Lamp built
on an
for
Projection Work,
Photo-Micrography, Illumination of Paintings
entirely
No
,,
880
65
Special Features.
Extreme range of adjustments.
The
simplicity of manipulation.
Carbons
.,
for
(5 to
9 amps)
5 to
,,
Voltmeter, to
show voltage
to
240 volts
50/-
.,
2/0
2/6
to
T 5
amps
3/0
36
7d.
Ampere Meter up
to
20 amps.
45;-
method
to employ.
SANGER-SHEPHERD &
Co., LTD.
IO5I
STOP
ADJUSTABLE RHEOSTAT
NEW MODEL
FIXED RESISTANCE.
SIX
S.S.
ARC LAMP.
type
fitted
for
open
amperage
Range
5 to
lao/no
volts,
,1
5s
2 1OS.
200/250 volts,
10 amps., high or
to order.
3 10S.
Od.
Od.
to
For Printing
Enclosed type.
and Process Work.
Highest
Thoroughly Recommended.
Adjustable
,,
>
Choking
,,
,,
203-240
100-120
it
>.
200-240
,,
,,
200-240 ,,
D.P. quick-break switch and fuses
,,
,,
;,
...
Best
photograpic
pattern,
6
O
2 1O
1 1O
2 1O
O
O
226
1
O 10
1O
ft.
mounted on
5,
17
3d., 50 feet
Tripod stand, 8
,0
6 &
7,
2 10
IO52
fllK
25'30,'-
85/-
SANCER-SHEPHERD PHOTO-SPECTROCRAPHS.
I.
First class three prism direct vision spectroscope, fitted with adjustable slit and focussing
head, complete in itself and very useful as a laboratory hand spectroscope for visual work.
The Spectroscope is attached to the camera by screwing into the flange in the front panel.
The body is adjustable by slotted arm to elevation of the Sun.
Cairier and stage for filters,
shutters, &c.
Focussing screen and dark slide for 4$ x 3i plates in repeating back for 4
exposures 2"- x f visible spectrum on 3j-in. (contact lantern slide.) Repeating back can be raised
for UltraViolet.
Best Finish, 150/-; Comparison Prism, 15/-.
For Laboratory Arc
Lamp, see previous p.-ge.
for use,
3.
Polished mahogany outer case, fitted with rack and pinion repeating back for taking 6
One for flat plates
spectra on a quarter plate and with dark slide arranged with 2 matts
Diffraction grating cast mounted on
and the other curved for use with celluloid films.
concave glass and silvered.
Adjustable slit, with 100 thread drum screw reading to one
Price Complete, 150S
thousandth of an inch.
:
SANGER-SHEPHERD &
Co., LTD.
T1IK
IO53
&.
Co.,
Ltd.,
Sole
Illustrated
Descriptive
Booklet free
on application.
1
Makers.
I(_>54
H.
&
D.
in
Strictly
Messrs.
Specifications.
NOTE.
utely
accurate,
followed,
plate
and
mathematically
if
instructions
is
absol-
sound
and
are
but unfortunately
carefully
inventor's systems,
either
every
nearly
of the
illuminant,
developer or
photometer, and for this
reason the numbers marked on the plate
boxes vary considerably, even when a
To
the
apparatus
careful
is
worker,
is
therefore,
made.
this
essential.
EXPOSING
MACHINE
case with
Mahogany
back.
.READING PHOTOMETER.
SANGER-SHEPHERD &
Co., LTD.
HE
MYRIOSCOPE
1O56
THE MYRIOSCOPE.
The
SANGER-SHEPHERD &
Co., LTD.
IO57
From the foregoing' it will be seen that this little camera, designed
equally for use either in the hand or on a stand, may be put to a great
variety of uses and, with its acressories, forms a universal photographic
instrument, easy to manipulate, yet capable of producing from a single
magazine
THE SHUTTER
THE FINDER is of
THE MAGAZINE
are supplied if preferred, and for Colour Photography either a Special Autochrome Plate Holder or the SangerShepherd Repeating Back can be used.
THE TRIPOD of light rigid pattern, in Aluminium, is strengthened with
brass on wearing surfaces, and has a clamping universal head,
admitting of instant levelling, or dropping to change plates.
TELEPHOTO ATTACHMENT,
THE PRICE
&
7,
058
HHBi^B^^B^HBHi^^^^Bm^MB
Myrioscope Snapshot. Latham's Aeroplane after his sensational flight
in gale.
Blackpool, 1909.
in special
17/6;
mount and
Portrait Magnifiers,
1s.
ditto,
Light Filters
for use with
PLATE HOLDERS.
Extra Magazine for 12 Plates, with Sheaths,
4 4.5.
Spare Plate Sheaths, each i/-, per dozen, 10/6Double Dark Slide, with Roller Blind Shutters, each 15/-.
Special Single Slide for Auto;hromes, Roller Shutter, 15/-.
TRIPOD STANDS.
Myrioscope Tripod Stand, light rigid model closing to io-in., with triangular section
aluminium legs, brass strengthened, and universal head for instant levelling, 1 75. 6d.
Tripod Stand, light brass, collapsible pattern and ball head, 12/6.
5J
Thin
2|.
Glass.
5.
SAXGER-SHEPHERD
&
Co., LTD.
IT
1009
PAYS
TO USE
KENTMERE'
Paper & Card.
SENSITIZED
[See Inside.]
1060
want
to get in touch
with every
We
believe
We
in
supply
many
with
We
we could .supply
first quality
goods, and
we
you,
don't either
make or
Remember
sell
rubbish.
Some "Kentmene"
"KENTMERE"
do.
do.
do.
do.
All
"
Bromide
do.
do.
do.
Self-Toning
"Phixa"
made with
Kentmere
Products.
glossy,
"ART"
Bromides
and rough.
KENTMERE-IVORETTES"
smooth matt,
made with
P.O. P.,
surfaces
all sizes.
"KENTMERE" DEVELOPER
is
a powder devel-
"KENTMERE" ACID
"KENTMERE" BLOX,
bottle.
I/-
per
bottle.
per bottle.
1062
Kentmere n Sensitized
Papers and Post Cards
"
perfect surface
OP carbon.
rendering of
Good
all
detail.
contrasts.
What more
Try
it.
Kentmere
Ltd., Staveley,
Westmorland.
THE
BRITISH
JOURNAL
ALMANAC ADVERTISEMENTS.
1063
-Plate
op
9 x 12 c/m.
'VIDA'
"
OF
9 x 12 c/m.
F 4'5.
"
The
Vida
is the most perfect
of all Reflex Cameras, comprising
COMPACTNESS,
AND DURABILITY.
EFFICIENCY,
It
1.
The Camera
2.
The
3.
The Apparatus
4.
is
constructed entirely
of light metal.
focussing
automatically.
hood
erects itself
is fitted with
a
Self-Capping Focal Plane Shutter,
set
simultaneously.
5.
An
PRICES.
fitted
up
to
1064
THE
BRITISH
JOURNAL
ALMANAC ADVERTISEMENTS.
HELIAR
REFLEX
CAMERA
PRICES.
Size of Plate.
1065
55
WITH
Improved Patented Focal Plane Shutter (Self-Capping).
J-Plate, or 9 x 12 c/m.
Plate, or 13 x 18 c/m.
is
This Camera
Type
Focal Plane and Shutter which is easily manipulated and can beset when
the sheath of the dark slide has been drawn out and put in position.
io66
THE
BRITISH
JOURNAL
ALMANAC ADVERTISEMENTS.
Hdiar
WITH
Improved Patented Focal Plane Shutter (Self-Capping).
\-Plate t or 9
X 12
in
THE
BRITISH
ALMANAC ADVERTISKMENTS.
JOURNAL
1067
STEREOPHOTOSCOPE.
New Model
fitted
The " Stereophotoscope " will produce the most perfect Stereoscopic
pictures upon plates 4J x If inches, 4.5 x 10.7 c/m. The body is constructed from one piece of metal, and it is, therefore, most suitable
for warm or damp climates.
The Lenses are fitted in focussing
mounts. The Magazine Changing Box carries 12 plates, and has an
A Film pack
automatic counter showing number of plates used.
holder can also be supplied. Stereophotos when viewed through the
special size Stereoscope are magnified, and appear as large as the
ordinary size Stereoscopic Views. The whole apparatus is of the very
highest class workmanship.
The Lenses are fitted with Iris Diaphragms, both of which can be
regulated by one movement.
Code Word.
Prices.
a.
d.
'
complete
Ditto with
two
Collinear Lenses
(Collinear Lenses)
Dark
Slides in case
. .
..
..
III.,
6-8
..
..
..
..
..
..I
..
..
..
Film Pack Holder
..
Stereoscope with Achromatic lenses for viewing the
2O O O
17 1O O
2 1O O
2 1O O
* O O
8 O
1
O
O
1 1O
1
Photoskop
Cofotoskop
Vertoskop
Coverskop
Fotmagazin
Fotodapter
Nickeletui
Fotpack
O O
Fotostereo
8 O
Stereoram
t'aio&eTo
THE
io68
BRITISH
JOURNAL
ALMANAC
ADVKKTISEMENTS.
The
Alpine
Camera,
J-Plate, or 9x12 cm.
Postcard S| x 3^ ins.
or 10 x 15
cm
Camera
>?
entirely constructed of
enS
K
S
JlbffStS. p o s tcard sTZ e
"C
mp3Und
Combin^roTrheComne^Len^
This Camera can be
fitted
Wple
Shutter
'
eXt6nSi n
'
with a
i-Plate size,
is fitted
zs.
Back
proTctn "good^^eph^owo^r
5126
Sterlos^pfc work
""
X I5
fitted f r
Panoramic or
The Postcard
or
10 x 15 c/m
Alpine
Camera.
F.
G. PHILLIPS.
1069
PRICES.
Postcard 5i x 3J inches.
J Plate or 9 x 12 c/m.
10
15 c/m. or Stereoscopic
Size.
Size.
s.
d.
Camera with
Collinear Lens
Series III., 12 c;m., in Koilos
or Compound Shutter, six
Single Metal Dark Slides
..
11 10
Ditto,
12
10
Compound Shutter
1019
11
17 10
Koilos or
300
17
and
Compound Shut-
ters
76
10
21 10
..
30
29 10
3 10
17
The
Stereoscopic
Alpine
Camera.
Send
for
Complete
12,
Brass, 11/6
Charterhouse
St.,
...
Aluminium,
18/-
toyo
THE
BRITISH
JOURNAL
ALMANAC ADVERTISEMENTS.
PLATE CAMERAS
2-Plate
..
J x 3
5| x 3|
x4
ns.
ins.
ins.
Camera suitable
for all the requirements of
High-class Folding
up-to-date
Photography.
combination of the
Lens to
used when desired.
Collinear
be
10
8 15
Postcard
12
10 15
Shutter
Ditto, with Dynar Lens, 15 c/m, P 6
Dimensions, closed, 9J x 5 x 2 ins. weight,
5 x 4 ins. ditto, Collinear III., 13^ cm
;
2 Ibs. 14 ozs.
10 15
10 5
and
76
6
76
76
.
.
. .
key, for carrying Camera
of 3 Single Metal Dark Slides, J-Plate. in Case
Ditto
ditto
Postcard
,,
Ditto
ditto
ins.
,,
.
Extra Set
5x4
..
Aluminium,
F.
G.
18/-
PHILLIPS.
THE
BRITISH
JOURNAL
ALMANAC
ADVERTISEMENTS.
1071
Field Cameras.
MODEL
This Camera
is
A.
of
superior
The extension
construction.
is
great rigidity
Camera
is
is
made
bindings.
Model
A.
Model A
Size.
Length
English.
of
Continental.
Extension.
c/m
ins.
14
6J-
16
24
x 8J
9
9
6
d.
15
19
18
9
19
Model B
13
24
32
18 x
24 x
X
16 x
12
40
30 x
The two
Model B.
first
48
10
12
13
22
180
290
1
19
Triple Extension.
so
its
stand.
6i
x 4
ins.
and
x 65 ins. sizes,
THK
1072
BRITISH
JOURNAL
ALMANAC
ADVERTISEMENTS.
brilliant
Anastigmatic
Professional
Objective,
working at a
full
aperture of
F4-5
in all sizes.
Equivalent
Focus.
Photographers
use the
" HELIAR."
THE
BRITISH
JOURNAL
ALMANAC
ADVERTISEMENTS.
1073
'COLLINEAR' LENS.
"THE PERFECT LENS."
Lens," although
one of our earliest, and best known type of Anastigmat lenses, it is more popular in
the photographic world of to-day than ever. It is peculiarly suited for both
amateur and
professional photographers, and there is no work for which the
"
"
Uollinear is unsuitable.
"Collinear" Lenses are symmetrical, the front and back combination being
exactly the same focus, either can be used separately, and each in itself is a
The detail in
corrected achromatic anastigmat, giving searching definition.
be
camera or shutter
is
necessary.
correctly
marked diaphragm
scale
is
supplied
",
O
O
O
Full Aperture.
11
COLLINEAR,"
6 cm. to 20 cm.,
F5-4.
SERIES
II.
25 cm. to 60
cm., F 6-3.
Size ot Plate
Equivalent
Focus.
IC74
Full Aperture.
Equivalent
At Full
Focus.
20 cm.
nary
Codeword
s. d.
400
4
34 X
4ix
41
7ix
8Jx
7.1
9 x 7
12
9x
12
14
16
'4
XIO
XI2
x 13
10
14
18
Halde
3 5
5 13
630
10
830
Halma
Hassan
Hatto
Helm
Heliodor
8 13
Hegar
Helga
Narbo
Nathan
Natter
Neckar
Nelda
Nenner
Honduras
Horus
Hulda
Hutten
SERIES
d.
s.
500
5 IS
650
6 13
800
Hebe
Hedwig
Code
Word.
Hella
Hestia
20 XI5 23
20 X l8 30
24 X2O 42
IS
1
600
750
800
6J 10 x
4 l6'
Hakon
8
5 10
Price.
s. d.
Hadramaut
Hagar
7'7.
Focussing
Mount.
Code
Word.
Price.
Apertui
cm.,
Countersunk
Mount.
Ordi-
Mount.
Stopped
58
to
Work
is
8/-
IV.
Full Aperture,
12-5.
85.
Equivalent Focus.
cm.
10
12
IS
20
23
32
44
88
80
Diameter
of Lens.
When
12-5.
Stopped
Down
Price.
ins.
s.
16
d.
Kabale
Kabul
Kallias
300
10
600
Kandahar
Kaste
21
26
Kondor
Konon
35
Korfu
4
65
Code Word.
45
Kuno
THE
BRITISH
JOURNAL
ALMANAC ADVERTISEMENTS.
1075
'Dynar'
Lens.
The " Dynar " Lens aperture F 6.
The construction of the "Dynar" Lens is
now well known amongst amateurs requiring
lens
brilliancy of
Its
its
pictures.
lenses so
rapidity,
and
is
instantaneous exposures, while its extremely low price brings it within the
reach of all serious amateurs.
to
"
"
Collinear
(see page 1073)
For No. 3 F. P. Kodak " Dynar
For No. 3a
,,
,,
Size of Plate
at the following
"
F 6 125 m/m
F 6 '63 m/m
400
415 O
..
Countersunk Mount.
sharply
Equiva-
pr es:
.
Focussing Mount.
lent
full
Focus.
Price.
d.
s.
3 13
430
4 13
600
The
Code Word.
Price.
CodeWord.
6.
cost of pairing
two
s.
Dyro
Dysis
"
d.
400
10
300
650
Dyn
Dynars
"
s.
d.
Dynein
Dyroein
4 10
300
Dynarch
Dyioarch
Dysisein
Dytesein
5 10
fi IS
Dysisarch
Dvte^arch
for Stereoscopic
Woik
is 8/-
Tekphotographic Lenses
Special Lenses and
Cameras
for Telephotography.
degree of magnification
obtained, according to the
distance the Lens is placed from the
The image is from three to
plate.
four times as large as that obtained by
an ordinary Lens of the same focus
as the Camera extension. An image
ten to twelve times larger than that of Jhe Positive Lens alone,
Every
may be
is
recognised as forming an
!,
Charterhouse
St.,
ioy6
THK
BRITISH
JOURNAL
ALMANAC
ADVERTISEMENTS.
THE
BRITISH
JOURNAL
ALMANAC ADVERTISEMENTS
1077
THE
I0;8
BRITISH
JOUR X A I-
ALMANAC
ADVERTISEMENTS.
NEW MODEL
PRISM BINOCULARS
GIVING ENHANCED STEREOSCOPIC EFFECT.
stereo-
Insist
Without wheel
motion.
6 10
Magnifications.
6
6 large aperture
...
8
8 large aperture
...
10
...
12
motioi
6
7
9
7
9
8
7
10
10
10
10
1)
12,
Charterhouse
St.,
3
3
3
4
3
4
15
5
5
10
10
etc.
1079
QUALITY TE LLS!
NOTHING SUCCEEDS LIKE SUCCESS
LJ
Indicates
/\ 1 /\
|J*
QUALITY
PAPERS,
PLATES
AND
FILMS
Telegrams
Telephone
:
:
"
IUI fh D E> ET D
EV
IVItJUBCItl_tY
ENGLAND
RAJAR," MOBBERLET.
Knutford.
19,
London Stockroom
8a
NEW
RAJAR
Indicates
1081
QUALITY
SELF-TONING
PAPER
'RAJAR'
AND
Postcards
P.O. P.
BY HYPO ONLY.
Beautiful Red, Terra
Cotta, Sepia, Brown &
Purple- Brown Tones.
GLOSSY, MATT
& SEMI -MATT.
THE PROFESSIONALS
STAN D ARD
OF QUALITY.
NO DOUBLE TONES
GRADES
Sold
In 6d.
POPULAR PRICES.
Complete Price List post
free.
From
all
Dealers or
RAJAR LIMITED,
Telegrams
Telephone
"
19
RAJAR," MOBBERLEY.
Knutsford.
Cables
LONDON
Office
& Stockroom
MOBBERLEY,
ENGLAND.
1032
Indicates
"RAJAR'
Quality.
P.O. P.
SELF-TONING
GASLIGHT
BROMIDE
Coated on the
finest
BEAUTIFULLY PRINTED
on the address side. We can supply any style of front to suit customers
or Cards may be printed with purchaser's name and address. It is never
advisable to put a good picture upon a post-card that has the postal
matter badly printed upon the other side; it looks common and cheap.
" RAJAH" Post Cards are
unequalled both for the quality of the emulThe
sion and the high quality of the lithographic or type printing.
quality of the printing is due to the fact that our works are fitted
with the
Nearly
all
RAJAR LIMITED,
Telegrams- "RAJAR" MOBBERLEY,
Telephone 19 K nuts ford
Cablei-A.B.C. Code, 5th Edition.
ENGLAND.
8a,
RAJAR
Indicates
GASIIGH
AND
1083
QUALITY
PAP RS
POST CARDS
FOR
'RAJAR'
BROMIDE
PAPERS
Glossy, Contact Matt
Smooth,
Enlarging Matt Smooth, Semi-
BRILLIANCY,
RICH BLACKS,
PURE WHITES.
Made
Surfaces.
fine quality
and surface
the latter
POPULAR PRICES.
Full List
Post Free.
'
RAJAR
'
VARECOLOR' PAPER
AND POSTCARDS.
is a slow grade of Gaslight paper
and card, specially made for daylight
exposure and yields tones from pure
black to red by simple development.
This
Sold by
all
Dealers op from
RAJAR LIMITED,
Telegrams-" RAJAR," MOBBERLEY.
Knutsford.
A.B.C. Code, 5th Edition.
Telephone
Cables
19,
LONDON OFFICE
ft
STOCKROOM
8a,
IOM
Indicates
RAJAR
QUALITY
DRY PLATES.
Standard
"RAJAR"
Prices
COLLODIO CHLORIDE
Standard
PAPER.
Matt and Glossy
Quality.
The Finest
Printing Paper for
Special Rapid
Ordinary
HIGH-CLASS
PORTRAITURE
Made
LANTERN
values
& Cut
25O H & D
6O H & D
PLATES
QUALITY.
& Packets.
Special Quotations on Application.
Sizes in Boxes
'RAJAR"
PROFESSIONAL who
Quires
shadows.
all
RAJAR LIMITED
Telegrams-' 'RAJAR," MOB BE R LEY
Telephone -19 Knutsford.
Cables
RAJAR
Indicates
"CLERON'
FLAT FILMS
Always as thick and
as a Visiting Card.
NON-CURLING
flat
;
s.
3} in.
4i in.
a in.
by 2J
by 3J
by 3}
by*
6* in.
64
6|
7$
by
in. by 4f
in. by 3|
in- by 5
4.J
per doz.
ROLL
FILMS
d.
in.
in.
in.
In.
in.
in.
2 10
in.
in.
QUALITY
ISOCHROMATIC
ISO-SPECIAL RAPID.
PRICES:
3A in.
1085
...
FOR
DAYLIGHT
LOADING
CAMERAS.
"CLERON" FREMA
FILMS
UNEQUALLED IN QUALITY
AND STABILITY.
Will keep in
perfect condition
for over
two yean
Office
and Factory:-
RAJAR LIMITED,
Telegrams-" RAJAR," MOBBERLEY.
Knutsford.
A. B.C. Code, Sth Edition.
Telephone
Cables
19,
London
Mobberley,
ENGLAND.
Office
and Stockroom
10%
SBINS1T1ZEO
CINEMATOGRAPH
FILM
Positive
At
the request of
&
some
Negative.
Cinemato-
with
reference
to
supplies
which
will be treated
confidentially.
RAJAR LIMITED,
Telegrams
Telephone
Cables
"RAJAR
19
"
MOBBERLEY.
Knutiford.
ENGLAND.
8a,
CITY SALE
EXCHANGE
&
to
Lime
..
Street
r-PHOTOTYprc.^^^
Street
Aldersgate
"
R. GRF.DN.
TELEPHONE
LONDON WALL,
LONDON WALL,
3210A.
3210B.
j.
RETOUCHER,
Sloane So.
108?
"EURYSCOPE, LONDON."
..
KENSINGTON,
2575.
We
the Globe.
Monthly
nPTIPAl RFPTC
ULrlU.
UrllUHL
Lists.
at90to 94
and 26 to
'
Fleet street<
28, King's
LG "
Road only.
SPORTS, GAMES,
AND ATHLETIC
DEPARTMENT AT
1088
TJ1K
l!IUTI>H .XHTKXAL
The
Plonex
Ail-British
~.
"
Reflex
(New Model).
"
is as
perfection as it is
possible for a camera to be
near
made.
The picture is
focussed full size up to the
instant
of exposure,
very
and the mirror is raised
without the least sign of
The extension
vibration.
is sufficient for
using the
^^
prcci'ili'iifl
mid
MIK
r-u
ITIMI
1089
I>K.\IKXTS.
o co co coco
eo e> * CM CN
i^eo.S.o.Su,.
L,O,--<_Y-H_
>
00
00
us
co 00 io<r*
CM
co>M<
hO
r. So 10
CM
CM
CM
co to co ce
PI
""
^*t
T-
g ee.S
co
o
ff
S
""
o
^ .3 *"
rfc
.2
o.H
*-.S
"^
c-:
10
us
10
co
^ r- ^ o
CM
o CM
co
CO CO CO CO O
'"
* -2 co CO
co r* CM o CM
r- TTT- o o o CM
co
r*>"'
c>
r>
cT*
O
o" i- CM UJ w
Y-T-CMCMCMCMCMCMCMCM
u
T-
to^io
o
T-
T- ei
O CD CO O CO
CO
CO
COO
co T-
CM
co
en
T-
T"
r-
1- CM
1090
11IK liKITISH
THE 'PLAN EX
REFLEX FOCAL PLANE CAMERA,
NO. a.
AN
:
improved
Uetlex
Camera
cussing
ment
sure.
of
expo-
Back and
pinion focussing.
front
Rising
Suitable
lenses
can be at once
detached for useon other cameras
or
enlargers,
pictures
from light
by
either mirror or
shutter.
Focusissing screen
well
protected
Camera
size 6 ID.
by 6
Changing
all being
interchangeable. Dark slides made of
ebony and aluminium bound.
The Camera is of first-class
manufacture, and is covered in hard-grain Morocco leather the front
being ebonised.
CITY SALE
54,
81,
AND
E.G.
S.W.
No.
2,
1091
-cotit.
1092
ENTS.
Entirely
NEW
1910.
Departure.
extending
'2)
(3)
(4)
;.,
(6)
Necessary
(>>}
CITY SALE
of the
most
AND
reliable quality.
54,
81,
E.G.
E.C-
'I
SKM tN'l
'1
1093
>.
The
is
an entirely new design of Roll Film and Plate Camera, in which the
Camera
front
and locking
on the track
it
is
entirely
nne.
The
Covered
in best leather.
The wholn
metal
the
of
The Camera
most com-
is
front, cross
front, Infinity Catch, Focussing
View
Scale, direct Brilliant
F/7'5
The
Compound
in
speeds
extended.
PRICE
time.
..
Compound
Shutter
Other Lenses
CITY
S/LH.E
in
III., F/6'8,
Lens
Shutter,
second and
1 to l-250th
15
650
s.
..
10
8
IS
..
10
0'
each
56
1
fitted to order.
EXCHANGE
d.
1094
Illh
Roll Films.
For 5* by 3J Plates.
A Camera suitable
for
plates
either
or
roll
tures 5J by 3^
inches, any iriaku
of roll films
may
be used.
It is
well
made of
seasoned
hard-
minium
folding
base, double exleather
tension
rangement.
The
minium
casting,
perfectly
rigid; rack rising
front of entirely
new design, and
crossfront
the
and
is
PRICES.
1095
detail.
Carrying handle.
Dr. Shraner's
Rapid
Symmetrical, giving ex-
quisite definition.
Double valve
Iris/'/8.
time
and
second.
Double
ing Finder
Level.
wound backwards
if
New
deskpd
pattern
s,, simple,, and
\v,v
Inders Blowing the
spool to be
.
'
With
.Vutomat
Shutter.
Price as above
Fitted Extra Eapid Aplanat "
Lens,//8
'* raS *
500
590
6 12
820
820
970
926
1017
4
Leather Case
11
"
90 to 94, Fleet
Street, London, E.C
26 to 28, King's
Road.Sloane Sq., S.W.
[Sff prrceilinu anil
following pnge*.
IM'KR'J
[SKMKXT.-.
THE
Plate.
}
70/=
Plate.
IIO/=
SPECIFICATION.
s.
10
3
3
17
15
17
12
8
a.
CITY SALE
-Plate.
;
310
List.
AND EXCHANGE:
81,
54,
E.G.
PREMIER
No. 4
"SQUARE FORM.
^<*^
Size
Price
With 3
Slides
Extra Slides
Brass Binding
1037
1098
The
MAHOGANY.
the
field
is
down
to J-plateare included.
in-
strument.suitable for in
or out-door portraiture,
copying,
etc., etc.
PRICES.
extension
x 8, about 36
in.
48
60
in.
x 10
15 x 12
EXTRA
x
8J1 15/-
in.
12 x 10,
CITY SALE
__
SLIDES,
120
11
17
13
each.
IE
12,
AND EXCHANGE
54,
81,
E.G.
1099
SECOND TO NONE
for
111
fectly
of field it is
enlarging, copying,
and reproduc-
tion work.
effective aperture of F/12'5.
It can
single combination of the lens has an
be used with advanUge for Portrait, Landscape, and other work requiring a lens of
The
lonj: focus.
Each lens may be used as wide angle lenses for the npxt size plate when,
stopped clown to F/8 or F/ll, and if stop F/16 or F/22 is used they will be found tocover two sizes larger, without in any way impairing the definition.
Covering
medium
PRICES.
THK
1100
11IUTISI1
.lorKNAf.
ALMANAC ADYKll,
The"SALEX"No.2ENLARGER
THE
fitted
PRICES.
Without Objective.
J-plate, with 5-in.
5 by 4, with 6i-in.
.]-plate,
}-plate,
with 8i-in.
with 11-in.
Condenser
5
12
,,
With
Objective.
14 15
IN
STOCK.
SAH.E
AND EXCHANGE:
81,
54,
E.G.
ALMANAC ADVERTISfeMENTS.
1101
The "Salex"
Telescopic Lantern
No. 2.
ice,
4s.
6 d.
S3K
Extra Cylinder
Lenses, any focus, I 4s 9d
.
The No. 3
Improved "Salex"
Lantern.
en^a^ ;^;;^^
s
flamp, or
blow-ihrongh jet for limelight,
me , isous
'
fitted
con .
Stuck ^. 4-vvick
1102
nil',
unman
OUR
Photographic List (320 pages) contains
of
everything appertaining to
Photography, and is
Full
particulars
YOURS
for the asking.
YOUR SERVICE.
No. 2.
4.
5.
3.
6.
7.
8.
Optical
9.
Engines, &c.
10.
11.
Any
its Defects.
CITY SALE
90
(Monthly).
to 94,
IN
EXCHANGE
& EXCHANGE,
E.G.
AND AT
26
81,
S.W.
'
V.TOl'BNH
'
A(
AWARDS
HIGHEST
BRAND
IS
1104
PRICES CURRENT.
44
LILYWHITE"
POST FREE.
Prize
Glossy or Matt.
Gaslight
Sizes.
Smaller Sizes
Papers.
Semi-Matt,
Collodio Chloride.
Malt. Matt.
No. of
Selfor
Matt G'd'sll.fi'.l sIY
Sh'ts.Brouiide. P.O.P.T'ni'g. Gl'sy. Srn'th. & III. A V.
1105
WEEKS
SIX
IN
were obtained on
*Cilpu)l)ik* Prize
Which
is
Bromide Paper,
acknowledged to be
Smooth-Matt, Kough,
Extra-Hough, Heavy-SmoothCream-Tinted, or Extra-Rough-Cream-Surface, 7 Grades.
For Enlargements or Contact Printing,
Glossy,
AND GASLIGHT
(Chloro-Bromide)
PAPEE,
Pieces.
lid.
Sizes in Inches.
6i
8
84
10
1/7
18i
9/12/6
500
14/2
5 17
212/6
2/9
1/9
2/2
2/4
3/6
3/9
4/1
4/6
4/9
6/9
9/4
20
201
28
25
30
100 Pieces
1/7
1/10
1/2
1/4
10i
12
12*
18
12
Pieces.
1000 Pieces
(not less)
(not less)
3 15
7 13
17/4
19/-
3/10
26,'-
4/-
27/8
6,3
39/-
7/-
7/4
41/6
46/-
8/-
49/-
8 10
11 12
12 10
17
8
18 6
20
21
5
5
8/9
12/3
18/Papers are specially suitable for Artistic
is
seen
Papers.
on
"
"
Ldly\\hite
ROLLS.
10 Feet long x 24J Inches
wide
Bromide
1]06
NOTWITHSTANDING
OUR
WERE
PRODUCTIONS
OUR
THAT
Awarded
REASONABLE
.
CHARGES,
THE
FACT
First
Medal
Prize
.
PROVES
WORTH.
THEIR
6D.
IF
number
is
of
made
CARDS
and
in "Special" :ind "Ordinary"
Emulsions are practically free from surface marks with proper usage, and are
prime favourites with hundreds of amateurs and professionals.
and Semi-Matt.
Gat light
Number
of
Cards.
Samples
25
50
100
150
300
500
Printing Out
Postcards.
Self-
Toning.
6d.
lOd.
Portrait
and
I/2
I/-
Ordinary
2/2
Gaslight.
2/6
3/9
7/6
4/6/11/8
19/6
1/10
3/4
4/10
9/6
Kapidand
Medium
13/-
Bromide.
12/-
1/6 extra
"RAPID SOFT 6ASLI6HT CARD" Just the thing for contrary negatives.
Court Size
OUR
6d.
gd
1/4
New
Bromide or
Col lodio- Chloride.
Prices as above.
a little
to us.
Co., Lilywhite
NOVELTIES
llO?
IT.
"NONFRILL" CRYSTALS.
.Vo
One ounce
"Acid Fixing
and stain* on
more frilling
DEVKLOI'IKU PAPEHX.
to one pint of Fixing Solution
Bromide and Gaslight Papers or
makes an
Films and
Plates.
"
6d
NONFRILL "
o-/..
0d.
8 oz. 1 ,'4
not
weight
guaranteed
on
1 lb.
account
2 Ib.
2/-
of
evaporation
3/-
(overweight
generally given).
"PHENOLIN" CRYSTALS.
Our New Developer possessing the advantages
of
Samples 6d.
Developers.
...
1 OY..
...
2oz.
...
1Od.
1/4
2/6
4oz.
8oz.
...
16 oz.
Soda Sulphite, I
10 ozs.
Dissolve in order named. May be
"
DIRSCTIONS. -Water,
PHJSNOLJN, 20
Papers. More
...
...
grs.
"PHENOLIN
in
...
...
...
4/3
7/9
151-
o/..
an air-tight stoppered
bottle.
USED
in our
success.
"
"
PHENOLIN may
WHAT
BUY
7D.
is
many
"MONOL."?
'
Monol' by daylight.
Co., Lilywhite
THE
1108
r.fclTISlt
("D")
IS
SECURE A COPY
NOW
READY.
exhausted
'
1O months.
in
"Our Prompt
Postal Service."
PRINTING DEPARTMENT.
This
works of
is
lie
.a
FOR
l'.
to
finest
equipped
WE DEFY COMPETITION
The
enable orders to be
known
'
EXECUTED
IN
1O HOURS
IF
NECESSARY.
Recently we enabled a photographer to sell 5000 B. & \V. Glazed and Titled Cards of
Fatal Accident, which were delivered within 4 hours of its happening.
No other Printer
in
England could do
this.
250;
9/6
500;
14/6
1000.
From
Prints or Negatives.
CAKD
POST
PUBLISHERS please note that our Bromide Card Printing is often
delivered in 24 hours, a contrast to time taken by printers who require two or three weeks.
Special Department for Travelling Photographers.
TJSRAIS ON APPLICATION.
and Printing.
in
Co., Lilywhite
in
Bromide or Gaslight
'_
1109
.
DEPARTMENT.
C-de-V 4Sx3; 5x4
Call.
19
1/9
2/3
5/-
7-
1/6
1/6
1/62/6
3/6
5/-
2/6
3-
3/-
2/6
2/6
2'3
2/9
2/6
5/-
7/-
4/6
6 '6
10/-
2'-
26
8/10
5/4
8/6
1/4
1/2
1/6
2/-
3/-
5/-
3/-
5/-
1/9
1/3
I/-
9d.
10
6/-
a/-
1/-
P.O.P.
ENLARGING.
6lx4J 8ix6i 10x8 12x10 15x12 18x15 20x16 23x17 24x20 30x25
Bromide unmounted ..
Bromide sepia toned ..
..
Mounting
in Monog f Finishing
chrome (first class
.
ICd.
I/-
1/3
1/6
2/-
2/9
]/-
1/6
1/9
2/-
29
4'-
3/6
4/6
4d.
8d.
9d.
9d.
I/-
1/9
26
3/-
4-
5/-
6,-
9/-
10'-
3/1/6
2/4/]JB
See Booklet 'U' for details.
o/-
w (Ditto, (second-class)
4/-
54
5/6
7/4
3/-
3,6
I/-
12/-
12-
5/0
6/-
6/-
8/6
11/4
4/-
18/6
9/6
Standard
(fialight or Bromide).
NOT LESS
if
than 12 post cards printed from any one Negative at these prices.
No extra charge for white margins.
Titles 3d. each.
SCALK A
Enamelled
of
or Matt. )
/
12
36
72
33
4/6
p
Black, -
'
Sepia extra.
1/3
Contracts
10
6,'-
made
144
25
50
75
100
8/-
13;-
24/6
36,'-
46/6
in competition.
Special printed Title in white border, similar Rotary, Ac., I/- per Negative extra for
for short Titles.
Full details in Free Art Booklet D.'
Long Titles extra.
Co., Lilywhite
PDJ
-
The
Photographer's
Friend.
OOOOOOCCCCOOOOQOaOCOOGOCCCCCCOOCOCCaOOCOOOCOOQOOOOOOOQCOOOOOOOOOOC
AUTOMATIC COMBINED
DEVELOPER
p.
s
,
pCapers
-^Glasgow
^ New
FIXER.
High Holborn.
"BAiRDS," 34, Queen Street.
Zea land 148, Hereford Street, Christchurch_.
(London
<&
68,
1111
PHOTOGRAPHIC
THE
JOURNAL
PHOTOGRAPHIC
DE
LUXE
..
- .
. .
..
.
TESTED FORMULA
TECHNICAL ARTICLES
...
AT
HQME
AND
ABROAD
AT
1112
Do You WANT
Do You WANT
MAKE PICTURES
TO KNOW ALL ABOUT
TO
PORTRAITURE
LANDSCAPE WORK
.
M.miiim
.mm.-!
YOU HA VE
TF
1
NOT
seen a copy
lale'u, tear off the accompanying Postcard and
send it with your name
and address to the A. P.
Office, 52, Long Acre,
London, W.C.
I,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
n,,,,,,!
NIGHT PHOTOGRAPHY
INDOOR
WORK
?
?
?
RETOUCHING
COLOUR PHOTOGRAPHY ?
FILM PHOTOGRAPHY
?
NEGATIVE MAKING
?
.
COMBINATION PRINTING ?
IN FACT, ALL THERE is TO KNOW ABOUT PHOTOGRAPHY,
TOLD IN A STRAIGHTFORWARD AND PRACTICAL MANNER
BY THE BEST WRITERS
?
IF so
CONSULT the A. P. & P.N.
<DO IT
NOW.
POST CARD.
id.
STAMP.
Please send
Copy
of
and Index
me
the
free
A. P.
Specim n
P.N.
&
referred to in B.J.
Id.
Almanac.
TO
Name
THE PUBLISHER,
A.
Address
52,
P. and
P. N.
LONG ACRE,
LONDON,
w.c.
1113
PHOTOGRAPHIC NEWS"
in
all
in
Colours
of Pictorial,
....
1114
LOOK OUT
for the
BLUE COVER
and
If
::
it
::
PHOTOGRAPHIC
A WEEKLY TREAT
FQ R
PHOTOGRAPHERS
ALL OVER
THE WORLD
READABLE
TOPICAL.
PICTORIAL
TECHNICAL
PRACTICAL
THE JOURNAL.
NO LIVE PHOTOGRAPHER
CAN DO WITHOUT
.
T.HE BRITISH
'
FAIR-FIELD
'
and no Favour."
"
1115
THE
'P3IHFIELD
FOR
No. 12.
"
12
LANDSCAPE CAMERA.
QUARTER PLATES OR CUT FILMS.
32/6
9x6Jxsins.
Weight 4lbs.
This Camera has been specially designed for serious Hand Camera workers,
and is of the popular magazine type, up to date in every way. Alt the
movements are positive in their action and cannot get out of order.
SPECIFICATION.
of specially seasoned wood covered with hard Morocco leather
cloth. Door at front for removing or altering lens or shutter. Door at back properly
clamped and securely locked by means of a double-action spring lock at top and
bottom. There is also a door in the bottom of Camera for the removal of exposed
plates so that those unexposed are in no way interfered with. This door is fastened
with a specially designed safety catch to prevent accidental opening. The interior
of front door and lens board are polished mahogany. The Camera is fitted with a
folding solid leather handle which is made to fold quite flat on Camera when not
in use.
Made
CAMERA.
excellent quality
out of order.
PRICE
HORA&
CO.,
KSSS
10
346,
......
. .
2/6
7/6
1116
"
'
'
The
"
FAIRFIELD
"
THE "FAIRFIELD"
PROFESSIONAL CAMERA.
W.J.OMAN, Engin-
Mr.
eer,
"
West
know
Africa, writes
interest you to
:
may
It
from the
tropical
sun and
SPECIFICATION.
Strongly made of Solid Polished Mahogany, Brass-bound all over.
Front specially construe ed to take large hewy lenses, and exceptionally rigid.
Best quality Square Leather Bellows, specially made to withstand hard wear.
Double Swing Back. Long Extension with Rack and r inion. Rising. Falling, and
Cross Fronts, each Camera being fitted with a movable interior panel, allowing an
extreme tise and fall to the front, which in the Whole Plate size amounts to a 3 in.
rise and 3 in. fall. The whole is excellently finished in every detail.
DARK SLIDES Three to each Camera; Brass-bound Double Book-form, with
many modern improvements, ensuring absolute safety from light and freedom from
Double Rebated Shutt-rs with Spring Catches, Side Clips,
splitting in any way
Hinged Spring Divisions keeping plates in absolute register and numbered.
CAMERA.
10x8
The
12X10
15x12
13 13
Price of Adapter
Any make
HORA&CO.,
3 10s.
346
'
HI?
'
'
FAIR-FIELD
The
and no favour."
"
FAIRFIELD
"
Camera.
"
"
Fairfield
specification)
Busch No. 2 Rapid Aplanat P/8,
Lens.
8 in. focus, embracing an angle of 75.
Shatter.
Fairfield
Roller-blind Time
Professional (as
'
'
with
Iris
Diaphragms,
'
Three-fold
Tripod.
and leather
straps.
Rule-joint Sliding-leg,
Strong, compact, rigid.
Os. Od.
Whole Plate Complete
Whole
Camera.
Outfit.
specification)
Lens.
Busch
.
Three Brass-bound
Slides.
Tripod.
and leather
(as specification)
Three-fold
straps.
7
12 x 1O
12 x 10
Camera.
15s.
head,
Od.
Complete
Brass-bound
Tripod
Outfit.
"Fairfield"
Professional
(as
specification)
Lens.
Best quality Rapid Aplanat F/8, with Iris
Diaphragms.
"
"
Shutter.
Fairfield
Roller-blind Time and Instantaneous,
.
Tripod.
12
HORA &
CO,,
VSSBSf
346
Os.
'
Od.
1118
"
'
The
"
"FAIRFIELD"
60/Why pay 7O
when
OUTFIT.
60/-
THIS
OUTFIT
LEADSOTHERS
CAN
ONLY
FOLLOW
EQUAL TO
ANY 70/OUTFIT,
SPECIFICATION.
CAMERA.
Made
angle Back.
Back; extension thus equally balanced secures complete absence of vibration.
Guaranteed Best Leather Bellows, with truncated corners to prevent sagging, length
of extension 22 inches. Closes to zj inches. Rise of Front $J inches. Turntable in
baseboard. Weight 3j Ibs.
DARK SLIDE- One best quality double book-form, with side clips, spring
catches, double rebated draw shutters, spring division between plates, numbers,
you wish to pay 70 - we will oblige you and give you this
with TWO EXTRA DOUBLE DARK SLIDES AND STIFF
.WATERPROOF CAMERA CASK. ALL INCLUDED, 7O -
If
Outfit
HORA 4
CO.,
346
'
8s. 6d.
EACH.
THE BRITISH
"
'
JOtJftNAL
ALMANAC ADVERTISEMENTS.
The
"
FAIRFIELD
"
1119
WUNSCHE'S PATENT
Made
SPECIFICATION.
CAMERA. Made of thoroughly seasoned wood, covered wherever possible with
Morocco leather, Morocco leather folding bellows which pull out and lock automatically and rigidly by expanding metal arms. Fitted with rising, falling, and cross
fronts.
Sliding struts on front fixed by thumb screws to allow ot it standing by
fine
itself to
3i.
slides
..
HORA &
CO.,
ph
sp
eS
s ts!
working
..
..
at //C-8
..
..
315
600
7 15
9150
13
1120
ALMANAC ADVERTISEMENTS.
W FAIRFIELD WUNSCHE
CAMERAS
ACME OF PERFECTION
Camera Body made
SPECIFICATION.
of
Magnalium
new form
front, special
stays to front of camera.
frontb.
Baseboard
is
provided by
new pattern
out of action
Two
if
desired.
ACME OF
PERFECTION.
For Prices,
see next Page.
HORA &
CO.,
Photographic
Specialists,
346,
York
Rd.,
Wandsworth,
London, S.W,
1121
PRICES
1122
"A
'FAIR- FIELD
and no Favour."
WUN5CHE'5 PATENT
"SPEEDY"
its
kind
Plates or Films.
fitted
SPECIFICATION.
Measures 9! x 4! x 2j. It is splendidly
seasoned wood, polished mahogany,
The front falls down and
locks automatically, forming baseboard. Front of
Camera pulls out and locks automatically at fixed
focus by means of a novel set stop which can be
set for plates or films or left open te use the back
combination of lens by means of the double
extension of baseboard of Camera. It is fitted
with a rack and pinion rising and falling front
which locks rigidly. Also cross front by means of
an endless screw on either side. Best leather long
extension bellows. Double extension baseboard
actuated by a locking rack and pinion. The baseboard is fitted with two scales, one for use with the
lens at single extension and the other for using
back combination of lens only. The body of
CAMERA.
made
ot well
carrying handle, standing strut to baseboard, and two screw holes for upright and
horizontal pictures with tripod.
SHUTTER. This is Wiinsche's Patent Self-Capping Shutter of the most improved
type, giving exposures from i-aSth to 1-2200 part of a second and time exposures at
will. The whole operation of -etting the shutter and adjusting the opening of the
slit is performed in one moment only outside the Camera, this adjustment being obtained
by winding the setting knob until the opening required is seen on the dial provided.
FINDER. Of the brilliant direct vision pattern with the pointer on the front
of Camera, so situated that the Camera can be used in any position to ad j ust the motion
of shutter to moving objects.
PLATE HOLDERS. Made of metal with pull-out shutters. They are double, each
two plates.
HOOD. A Focussing Screen with Spring Hood is provided for use with plates.
FILM CHAMBERS. These are fitted with patent spring clips which hold the film
firmly in position round the spool and eject the used spool from camera when
slide holding
released.
^^^^_^^
fitted to this
No. 3,
No. 3,
II.,
I.,
2,
//6
..
Cooke, Series III., f/6'5
(with Patent Flange,
Goerz Syntor, No. o, //6'8
Dagor, Series III., No. o,//6'8
345,
Price, as under,
only-
f/5'8
as
21- extra)
2 12
* IS
1
10
400
550
S
1123
IM 3UC
S.
:2,000
Feet of
New Film
issued weekly.
15
&
1 17,
Co..
Ltd..
LONDON, W.C.
1124
THE
BblTlStJ
JOtmxAL ALMANAC
FIRST-CLASS
OF ANY DESCRIPTION
FOR THE MAKING OF ALL KINDS
OF SENSITIVE PRINTING PAPERS.
LONDON OFFICE
1 0,
LONDON,
E.C.
St.,
Till:
ALMANAC AOVERTISKMFA'TS.
BRITISH JOURNAL
1125
PHOTOGRAPHS WANTED
OF
INTERESTING
THE WORLD.
EVENTS
188,
LANTERN
SLIDES.
OR HAND
PLAIN
PAINTED.
Made from
Negatives, Film or Glass.
Prints, Diagrams, Drawings, &c., of any
size.
Dover
MANCHESTER,
S.E.
For
BROMIDE PRINTS,
etc.
Is.
3d.)
Toner.
Toner.
THE
"CDBROME"
...
THIOMOLYBDATE
SEPIA
"A"
TONER
"B"
(Patented).
M.
EZRA STREET,
LONDON,
E.
EZRA STREET.
1126
(TJie Service
Plwtographic Society.)
2071 City.
We
Supply
Cash
or on our unique
to he the
liberal ever devised.
acknowledged
is
most
is
for
exchange.
We
always have
enormous stock
an
of'
lists
No other Firm
offers
Equal
Advantages.
LIST.
1127
The
ALL
LEADING MAKES OF
AND LENSES,
CAMERAS
including:
Thornton-Pickard
Holborn
Sanderson
Goerz
Ross
Voigtlander
Newman & Guardia
Adams
Marion
Sichel
Watson
Kodak
Beck
Staley
Blocknotes
Ernemann
Shew
Zeiss, etc. etc.
Terms :
CASH,
CREDIT,
EXCHANGE.
at
your
us.
Our
expert advice
service.
in
Bargains
apparatus of
second-hand
and
stock-soiled
up-to-date
makers.
eiee
g/npany
Icndcn VKC
1128
Kama
Safety
Generator.
Acetylene
NEAT,
(PATENT.)
COMPACT,
SAFE.
Can be turned
on side without
danger.
nomical.
No.
30s.
1,
Takes
Eco-
ounces
Carbide
and
lasts li
hours.
urner
With 3-Bnrne
Jet.
No.
2,
4Os.
Kama Electric
Projecting Lamps
Specially constructed for projecting and enlargingStrongly made, highly nickel-plated and polished.
Always ready.
For
all
voltages.
when
15s.
3Os.
45s.
State
ordering.
Kamm's Patent
Oxygen
L.
KAMM &
CO.,
London,
E.G.,
ENGLAND.
Generator
to
greatest boon
travelling Cinematographers
and produces a light as
powerful as an electric lamp
of 2,000 c.p.
It weighs only
25 Ibs., or with box 40 Ibs.
24 Ibs. fuel lasts 10 hours,
and is obtainable anywhere.
Simple construction. Absois
the
lutely free
from danger.
1129
L.
ENGLAND.
1130
'"CAMERA CONSTRUCTION C
(ALBERT NIXON)
WADKQ
'PHONE
DALSTON.
Process cameras
Machinery,
Photographic s scientific Apparatus & Accessories.
Manufacturers of
FIELD CAMERAS.
"
The
shutter,
turn-table,
London
J-pl.
finish.
.'.-pi.
65-
{-pi.
110/12x10
701-
..
..
10x8
210The
240-
"
"
"
complete as specified in Eagle
Made
outfit.
60/-
lens, roller-blind
shutter,
"
turn-
Camera is of
"Eagle" and
con-
struction.
J-pl.
i-pl.
47/6
..
57/6
J-pl.
..
92/6
"
1131
"'CAMERA CONSTRUCTION C
(ALBERT NIXON)
EAGLE WORKS
DURHAM GROVE HACKNEY. LONDON, HI
PROCESS CAMERA,
and conMetal
copyboard to
Process Engravers
tinuously
accurate work.
throughout
from
sensitive plate.
at home and abroad should write
for Illustrated Booklet of this new
Camera
if
The
Radial
"Linley"
Arm Router.
price.
Wood
'
1132
trial
POPULAR PRICES.
SEPIA on
ON REQUEST.
HENRY WARD, Victoria
LIST
BLACK.
Enlarging Works:
Road East,
Leicester, England.
/'
Factory:
KEW GARDE
PETERSHAM RO'D,
GO.
W.C.,
CAMERA REPAIRS,
Lens Mounting, Focal Plane Shutter Adjustments,
&c.
PHOTOGRAPHIC INVENTIONS
Constructed and Models made to Customers'
See
Designs.
SURREY.
a speciality of
own
* CO.
S.
RICHMOND,
...
J-
f U/
Wright
List and Samples on
Application.
Letters
and
Remittances
for
Office
only
STA.ION PARADE,
11,
MOUNT
Practical. : : Inexpensive.
Highly Artistic. Quite New.
Price
4,
TUf
etc.
1133
THE
Photographers' A.6.G,
Roads lead
LL
ALL
Rome
but
ETTER
BE
to
but
not Best
but
Carl Ernst
THE BEST.
& Co.
K W5>
Also at
VIENNA
Dreilaufergasse.
hi
AD*i-w<-F
5%/i **
i
Go,,
Also at
52
|-<
jj
?9 / R uNGE
NEW YORK
154 East 23rd
St.
EL L S H F
s T RA ss E,
BERLIN.
1134
(Est.l76o7)
SALES BY AUCTION
EVERY FRIDAY
at 12.30
OK
TKN^F^
O l_ O
PAAAFDA^s
lw !_, i ^
\*,r\lV\M-*r%.r\\j t
any time
at
PHOTOGRAPHIC
^ ntl
REQUISITES.
PROMPT SETTLEMENT.
Catalogues and full particulars on application
58, KING STREET. COVENT GARDEN. LONDON.
Smith's
Paw Bromides
Testimonials from
all
^*
Telegrams:
"UNIQUE," MANCHESTER.
NEW BARNET.
Telephone:
1917, NATIONAL.
HOLMES
41,
BROS.,
SPECIALITIES,
BACKGROUNDS.
HOLMES
finest
duction of
new
ideas.
of
a great
variety
of
studio
aids
and accessories
delivery.
of
New
Photographers.
THE naiTtSH
.loiTRKAL
ALMANAC ADVERTISEMENTS.
A Bromide A
Postcard
Printittfl
Own
or
BLACK,
Negatives or Prints.
is
PUBLICATION WORK.
Special attention is given to this branch the Negatives
are neatly titled, and if desired Prints can be inserted
in artistic cards.
;
for
at the
All cards are printed in large sheets, which are cut up after
they are dried. This gives the cards a very neat finish.
B.
MATTHEWS,
134,
"pbotoaropfelc
Works,
1135
113G
Universal
SI'.M
KN
'S.
LOUIS GANDOLFI,
Camera
AS SUPPLIED TO
Office.
The
752,
Universal
S.E.
Camera.
[ASSIGNED
I/ and
for
outdoor.
work, Studio
of Spanish ma-
all-round
Made
well seasoned.
Has double
swing reversible back, rise and cross-front
parallel leather bellows, double extension
rack and pinion adjustment.
half-plate
hogany
will
inches,
Price
Camera
and 3 Slides
.Half-plate
7 x t or 18
x 13 c.m.
Whole-plate
10 x 8 or 24 x 18 c.m.,
12 x 10 or 30 x 24 c.m.
finish.
BfciTisit
Ttffc
W. BOWES
E.
CO.
i>
in
ARTISTS
in
all
Modern Processes.
Oils and
Water
MINIATURES ON IVORY.
Colours.
FINEST INSTALLATION
LIGHT
Il3?
LONDON.
in
ELECTRIC
of
PROMPT
GUARANTEED.
DELIVERY
BEST
WORKMANSHIP ONLY.
122,
Becklow Road,
726, Chiswick.
Write for
List.
1138
FIELD
IDEAL
CAMERA.
Plate,
'.
2 15
SQUARE
BELLOWS
LONG
EXTENSION
CAMERA.
Prices as
above
Camera.
A
1
Plate, 6/6.
06.
10 x 12, 15/6.
free.
York Road,
MAIDENHEAD,
Berks.
TIIK
1139
SPECIALIST "
Lantern Slide Materials
AND OTHER PHOTOGRAPHIC GOODS
are manufactured by a
maker
of
The
made.
enlargements.
for
Printing
matting prints,
Frame
Glasses.
Ground
etc.
Remember, we make for our own use, and we use what we make.
If
you have any difficulty in obtaining supplies,
write for the name of the nearest dealer, to the sole
manufacturer, who supplies "the Trade" only.
ERNEST
BICKERSTETH FRY,
4 and
Avenue,
England.
6,
Colonial
Victoria
Shipley, Yorks.
specially catered for.
1140
ENLARGING.
FINISHING.
PRINTING.
WORK
BEST.
LOW.
PROMPT.
PRICE
DISPATCH
SEND FOR
OLD ESTABLISHED.
LIST.
BLOTTING
for
Stock
PHOTOGRAPHERS
in 3 thicknesses.
Samples on application:
L. S.
DIXON &
Co., Ltd.,
COUNTIES PHOTOGRAPHIC
Post Card
Trade Printers,
Publishers,
CO.,
&c.
-WMoKv-
The
illus-
AIR
JPAASCME
New Era
Blue
514-515.
Building,
7,
BRUSH
Island Avenue,
CO.,U.S.A.
CHICAGO,
111.,
1141
This
with
beautiful
simple development
permanent Sepia tones like artist's water-colour quite
different from P.O. P. or the ordinary photographic red,
brown, and purple shades. No sulphide toning.
paper
gives
"Wisto"
Black.
THE
BEST OF ALL GASLIGHT PAPERS.
44
Rich, pure Sepia tones
Wisto
hypo only.
Rapid
Bromide Paper.
"Wisto
T0 SO
T H E ABOVE
P E RS
Special
Developers.
List, address.
1142
ACTUAL MANUFACTURERS OF
PHOTOGRAPHIC
APPARATUS TO
THE TRADE and
SHIPPERS
ONLY.
T.
Works
1,
Dyott
St.,
LONDON, W.C.
Telephone
Cameras,
Dark
Slides,
Stands,
Printing Frames,
Retouching
Desks,
Racks, &c., &c.
11372 Central.
1143
from
250
Best Quality
each
in
Subject.
Work
Only.
CO.
PRIMING
HAM HIGH ROAD, LONDON,
AUTOBROM, LONDON.
WORKS,
S.W.
Row, London,
Telephone
E.G.
203 Batter-sea.
1144
as engraved.
When the;/ do we irill
gladly adopt our own system of murkiny
actual speeds.
PRICE:.
No.
No.
2.
J-plate
8 x 5,
3.
9 x
,,
No.
n
.,
7,
and
5 x 4
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Unicum Shutter,
1
o
1O O
2 4 o
2 O O
2 8 O
1
opening 26 mm.
Auto Shutter, Iris opening 30mm. ..
Unicum Shutter, Iris opening 35 mm.
Auto Shutter, Iris opening 44 mm. ..
Antinous Release, 2s. 6d.
Iris
Gem
Models.
No. 1. Single Valve, for T. B. & I. Exposures, for J-pl. or 5 x 4 size Lenses
No. 2.-Single Valve, for T. B. & I. Exposures, for J-plate size
No. 1. Single Valve, with Variable Speeds, for J-plate and 5x4 size
No. 2. Single Valve, with Variable Speeds, J-plate size..
.
1O/6
133
133
CO.
E.G.
1145
THE ALUMINIUM
VOLUTE.
COMPACT. DUST-PROOF. RELIABLE. ELEGANT.
THE
test of
many
years.
Its principle
of
construction
is
with
the
maximum
minimum
illumination
motion, absolutely
PRIGBBU
No.
Aperture
1 in., for
..........
..........
.
No. 2
No. 3
..
..
3
3
3
3
4
12
12
12
17
4
to jfeth of a second.
3 sees, to TJ th of a second.
3 sees, to y^th of a second.
STEREOSCOPIC SHUTTERS.
S.V.
Auto
1146
F. E.
Specialists ia
"FOTOGENICO.LONDON."
Telephone
2081
HOLBORN.
114T
JULES RICHARD
23a, Albcmarle Street,
Piccadilly,
and
Telephone: No.
10,
London, W.,
Rue Halevy,
Paris.
2428 Gerrard.
VERASCOPE
GRANDS PRIX:
Paris, 1900.
A PERFECT Camera
for
Milan, 1906.
London,
1908
Amateur Photographers.
com-
petition.
Is
Is
Is
Is
Is
Is
Is
everlasting in wear.
always in focus from six feet.
giving true perspective and absolute relief.
giving as true a picture as Nature herself.
With Autochrome Plates, gives colour and relief
absolutely true to nature.
1148
The
TAXIPHOTE.
An
Ideal
Classifying,
and
Projecting
Stereosco
Views.
Jules
RICHARD,
23a. Albemarle Street,
Piccadilly,
London,
W.
The
1149
GLYPHOSCOPE
EXCELLENT VALUE.
Perfect
at the
STEREOSCOPIC CAMERA
LOW
PRICE
of 35s. complete.
Jules
RICHARD,
23a,
Albemarle
St.,
Piccadilly, London,
W.
1150
STEREOSCOPIC TRANSPARENCIES
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
in
VERASCOPE
SIZE.
VIEWS.
EGYPT
672
578
585
1602
554
6.
68
7.
481
255
1609
1978
1001
1379
729
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
27.
28.
29.
650
1092
1659
78O
1915
.
..
1163.
235
ITALY
1941
30.
31.
32.
33.
TONQUIN
ANNAN, LAOS, COCHIN CHINA, CAMBODIA, SIAM
JAPAN
1L.
WOOD NORTON
SIX
MONTHS
IN
Kush, by DR.
J.
THE HIMALAYAS
of
Prince
..
565
Charles
..
..
Bourbon
of
..
..
..
THAMES
22L.POLO ENGLAND v. AMERICA
23L. LATB AM PREPARING TO FLY THE CHANNEL
BLERIOT
WEEK
..
145
350
44
62
500
148
55
,
7,
14L.FONTAINEBLEAU PALACE
15L. LONDON WINTER SCENES
16L. MILITARY MO COR RUN TO HASTINGS
24L.
..
LONDON
25L.RHEIM8
and
'
BETWEEN
GERMAN
696
442
709
1706
1218
JACOT GUILLARMOD
Marriage
Princess Louise of Prance
773
1752
804
642
801
118
47
42
200
139
132
36
59
105
146
71
70
237
100
48
28
274
ALBEMARLE STREET, W.
1151
Camera.
Countess
STUTTGART.
THE LIGHTEST AND SMALLEST
Sole Agents
15,
Precise
work
in
every detail.
E.G.
66
1152
isn
,!<I[-I;NAL
Countess
Camera.
Only about
f of
an
inch thick.
Only about of an
inch thick.
FINEST
GENERAL FINISH.
Construction
all
instantaneous
ex-
posures, genuine
leather bellows and
genuine
Morocco
leather covering.
No. 21
and
101.
No.
Size 2J x 34 ins.
about
PRICES:
102.
Weight about
SJozs.
270
290
Werk, Muenchen
390
or
Ananti.imat If"
other Jiriiix fitted on ttcm
Aplanat
.-/.
rapid lens
1170
19
No. 703.
Size 3J x
rapid lens,
4/-
Sole Agents
15,
2 3s.
extra.
:
E.G.
1153
Camera.
Countess
2Ax3
in.,
No. 22,
and about f of an inch orl in. thick. Weight about lOJozs.to 13Aoxs
with time and instantaneous shutter, " Vici." Speeds, 1/25, 1/50,
J/100 second.
2 16
f/7'7
500
400
..390
order.
to
fitted
No. 723.
3| x 4J in., about ^ of
Weight about
With
time
and
an inch thick.
15J ozs.
instantaneous
shutter, "Vici."
Speeds,
second.
..
Muenchen
..
370
f/6'8,
Muenchen
Dr.
.
" Iso-
Staebk-AVeik,
470
4/-
extra
Sole Agents:
15, Mount Pleasant, London, B.C.
1154
Camera.
Double Extension for the
use of the Back Lens, yet
closing to about 1 inch
thickness.
PRICES COMPLETE.
Construction
1 to 1/100
Metal.
all of
,,
second.
No. 733.
No. 763.
3Jx4iin.
3ix5Ain.
480
4 16
500
Werk, Muenchen
4120
Double Anastigmat, "Isoplast," f/6'8, Dr. Staeble..
..
..
..
..
Werk, Muenchen ..
5 12
Objectives of other Firms fitted to order.
60
f/7 7,
No. 833.
No. 863.
3Jx4Jin.
3t x5o in.
4 12"
Dr. Staeble-
480
580
..
..
..
..
..
Werk, Muenchen ..
Double Anastigmat, "Isoplast," f/6'8, Dr. Staeble..
..
Werk, Muenchen
Objectives of other Firms fitted to order.
Film Pack Adapter 4/- extra.
Sole Agents
15,
4 16
5 16
E.G.
Dr.
STAEBLE-WERK,
Optical Co.
MUNICH.
Series.
Cemented Lenses
G.
m.
b. H.
Bavaria.
1155
F/5'9.
only.
graphy.
recommended
The back
Equivaln't
Focus.
1156
Dr.
STAEBLE-WERK,
Co.
Optical
COMBINATION
MUNICH.
LENSES,
G.
m.
b. H.
Bavaria.
THK
Dr.
J1RITISH
JOURNAL ALMANAC
STAEBLE-WERK,
Optical Co.
MUNICH.
1157
\H\I.HTISEMENTS.
G.
m.
b. H.
Bavaria.
Double-Anastigmat
CHOROPLAST.
Series
F/3'9.
1158
Dr.
STAEBLE-WERK,
Optical Co.
MUNICH.
G.
m.
b. H.
Bavaria.
F/12-5.
Max. angle of view, 11 deg.
An Anastigmat
panoram
work.
Equivalent
Focus.
ClASS PLATES
DAYLIGHT WADING
NEVER
NEVER
NEVER
NEVER
VISIT
A
DARK
ROOM
c?
Photography.
SALE
CHESHIRE
DAYLIGHT DEVELOPING
GLASS PLATES
A-KLA PH9TOGRAPHY
WHAT
An
IS IT?
Plate
entirely
Photographic
Plates
can
in
be
Glass
Loaded.
DAYLIGHT.
abolishes
time retaining
and control
all
good
results.
1.
Pair of
mechanism
"A-KLA"
Con s lsts
Slides, with
no
to go wrong.
development.
3.
\'(>TE.
into
the
//>/;/<;
OF ALL DEALERS
VNAC ADVHRTISHMENTS,
Pair of "A-KLA"
Plates are taken
from the box and
placed at the exposure
opening of the "A-KLA"
Slide, after which the
usual shutters are inserted in front.
This being
slide
the
is
now
camera,
done, the
placed in
and the
dinary way.
The
slide
is
now
taken
mersed
in
the developer
Pair of Plates.
together with' a developette, the latter acting as
a guide in the operation.
When
it is
found that
developer
and the
is
fixer
in its place,
ette
again
poured off,
poured on
the developas
acting
guide.
This
process
com-
tomary way.
if
necessary.
Developing.
A-KLA PH9TOGRAPHY
NOTES.
No
special
required, the
camera
is
"A-KLA"
developer can be
any desired
Any
used
of
strength.
L.
Loading of Slide.
result.
in 3 minutes.
The "A-KLA"
methods.
PRICES
"
"
Complete A-kla
(i-plate
Outfit, viz
size).
a pair
de-
WDITF FAD
1 1*7
* I **
1103
Our
A.R.C.
Sc( n-c
THE BEST.
"For many years we have made it our study to produce Backgrounds that are
supr rior in every way to many that are offered at much higher prices. Our principal
artist has spent his whole life at this class of work.
it is possible to buy,
will
secured
Here
prices
are a few specimen designs, others may be had on application. Much of the beauty in
detail and soft tone is lost in reproduction, notwithstanding we have had high-class halftone blocks made. With the original?, however, we guarantee you will be absolutely
and you
satisfied.
the
same
The
and also
if
(he lighting
falls
on the
ALTRINCHAM RUBBER
own
ideas or sketch at
medium or dark
light,
pfS"
MOSSBURN BUILDINGS, ALTRINCHAM.
Co., Iaffiu nd
sts an<
.
1164
Superb Backgrounds.
8 f,,t xefeet
vs f ,
erect
8
x;
8
CANVAS BACKGROUNDS,
m FlattCd
n Rollers c
ils '
..
x6
S*a'Hw? ^a
^^
^
had
sr
'
>
*'-
of
The
ALTEINCHAM RUBBER^Io
MOSSBURN BU.LD.NOS,
P hotog"
1165
14 feet
I*
-.
10
1166
sizes
and
prices of Scenic
TITLE PRINTING
OUTFITS
comprising Box with Ink Pad, Type
Holder,
Tweezers, Letters, Figures,
Spaces.
s.
Small
Medium
Full
Co.,
150
,,360
d.
16
29
SO
1167
sizes
and
prices of Scenic
REPAIR DEPARTMENT.
We
undertake repairs of
all
CAMERAS, SLIDES,
SHUTTERS, STANDS
and other Articles Repaired on the shortest notice and
Slides
The
matched
ALTRINCHAM RUBBER
MOSSBURN
at reasonable prices.
Co.,
SSSSfSSS?* ?*
BUILDINGS, ALTRINCHAM.
1168
New
superb Backgrounds.
For
sizes
and prices
Camera
Bellows.
IN
ALL SHADES.
IN ANY SIZE
IN ALL QUALITIES.
When
ordering
please
give
outside
in Real and
Imitation Leathers at the shortest
notice,
Co.,
Mossburn Buildings,
Altrincham.
03
P
fc
CQ
W
52|
00
d
pq
PQ
&
<
w
W
H
1169
1170
ALTRINCHAM
RU^^E^^COT/TPAjilY7
nf Scenic
Backgrounds.
^L
se f
'
,64-65.
LENS CASES.
Best Sole Leather Lens Cases.
velvet lined, with
straps and
superior
buckle..
leather
coverec
each
Best Tan Chamois Leather
with solid bottom to
preven
injury to Lens (bag shape) ea
Morocco
Ro
IB
.'
Leather
l
.
Lens
pull-off lids
Covered
Cases with
..
..
each
Morocco
Leather
Covered
Lens Boxes, velvet and satin
ined, with rounded
hinged
lld
t
at
each
proportionately
i-P'-
New
1171
Superb Backgrounds.
IRIS
DIAPHRAGMS.
Full
Aperture.
J in
1/9 each.
...:..
.,
2/-
2/3
2/6
2/9
i
I
s/-
IRIS
DIAPHRAGMS FITTED
to Customers' Lenses
J-plate
i
i/i
The
ALTRINCHAM EUBBER
'
Co.,
"E
New
ALTRINCHAM RUBBER
Superb Backgrounds.
Backgrounds, see pages
164-65.
No defective patches
in ;the Print.
ORDINARY AMATEUR
SIZE.
the price.
polished
mahogany handle and
tongue, and are suitable in every
for ordinary amateur use.
They
more effective than the more bulky
of Roller Squeegees. They produce
5d.
6d.
8d.
PROFESSIONAL SI7E.
suitable for the heaviest
class in every respect.
Prices-6-in
is
9d.
otlle *
surpassed, and
work
l/"
lOd.
made
S22fs
,
perfect
air bubbles.
10
12
1/-
1/2
1/3
1/6
in order.
J^Vg^g.m.j/O 9 ln 2/4;
The Altrlncham Rubber
Co., Mossburn
_.
and prevent
contact,
3
Prices
rubber
respect
are far
pattern
first
iQ-in.
2/6
1173
Superb Backgrounds.
."
For
sizes
and
FOCUSSING CLOTHS
Rubber Cloths
do.
do.,
-Sizes
3oin.X30in.
Prices
1/9 each
Superior Quality 2/3
2/9
,.
T w '"
Ruby Sateen
Black Twill,
Sizes
'
Pr ' ces
5/O each.
6/6
2/6 each.
3/6
3Oin.X36in.
42in.X4oin.
/6each
1/9 each.
2/6 each.
6oin.x<(oin.
3/9 each.
Black Velvet,
Any
The
60 in. x 40 in.
36in.X4oin. (Studio size.)
3oin.X3oin.
1
ALTRINCHAM RUBBER
MOSSBURN
Co.,
in.
x^o
SSg^gSS
BUILDINGS, ALTRINCHAM.
in.,
in.,
1/9
1O/6
nd
""
ALMANAC ADVERTISEMENTS
^psrEB^femr
Rose
Washing
And FILTER
FOP NEGATIVES
&
PRINTS.
''
Prevents Splashing.^
/O
purposes.
Tubmg
moved
( 5 in.)
of
to
of
Tubing.
Buildings,
Co.,
1/9
2 /9
Moss-
Altrincham.
-.
i-
1175
New Superb
Backgroun
uperb Backgrounds
For Sizes and Prices
of Scenic
1176
New
1177
Superb Backgrounds.
For
sizes
and
LENS CAPS
Best
To
MOROCCO
MOROCCO
ATHER-
LEATHER
COVERED
CAPS
fit
Lens Hood
Best
Medium
up to
Quality. Quality.
5d.
ij inches, each 6d.
.
21
,,
for
1/9
8d.
V1/6
2/9
2/6
\\
inch
1/8 each.
1
10
FOR
ENLARGING LENSES.
sizes to order.
1/2
LENSES.
9d.
May
also
2/2
2/4
2/6
be had
a I inch,
a*
2/8 each.
2/10
3/2
3/4
3/6
in
Ruby Coloured
Glass.
1178_
ij ozs.
MEASURE
8
9
10
NAIL FILE
11
12
SCREWDRIVER
CIGAR BOX OPENER
CARTRIDGE EXTRACTOR
HAMMER
13
14
PENKNIFE
GLASS CUTTER
GLASS BREAKER
16 MARKING WHEEL
15
17
18
ERASING KNIFE
STEREOSCOPE
RHAT
OU
I
1179
2ft.
A Cloud
4 inches high.
Either
PRICE
315 O
1180
THF. BRITISH
New
Superb Backgrounds.
and
paee
1164-6?,
RUBBER SUNDRIES.
ins.
ins.
6J ins.
7i
ins.
ins. at
2/-
India Rubber Bands for Platinotype Tins. Two sizes 3d. each
India Rubber ClOth, various qualities, suitable for Shutter Blinds, and all
other purposes.
gross, 1/6
and Thumb
A good assortment.
Rubber Stamps of a
ll
and Aprons.
descriptions
Stalls.
Co.,
made
in
a few hours.
1181
New
Superb Backgrounds.
For Sizes and Prices of Scenic Backgrounds, see pages 1164-65.
PHOTOGRAPHIC SUNDRIES.
1182
Sizes
and Prices
of Scenic
Backgrounds
PLATE DUSTER.
For removing dust from plates or
films
with ribbon to hang up, superseding Camelhair Brushes, being more effective in use,
and also cheaper.
plate size, 1/4 ;
plate size I/;
plate size,
1/9
each.
The
Altrincham
Tel. Address:
Rubber
Company,
New
1183
Superb Backgrounds.
For Sizes and Prices of Scenic Backgrounds, see pages 1164-65.
CAMERA
SPECIAL DOUBLE
TUBE
PLUMB
LEVELS.
In Polished Brass,
Nickelled or Oxidized
Black.
Price 9d. each.
LEVEL,
2/6 each.
PHOTOGRAPHERS' INDISPENSABLE
INDICATOR,
As
illustration
Attaches
side of
to
Camera
Polished Brass,
6d. each.
Silver-plated
7d. each.
PLUMB-LINE,
of an improved shape, highly finished, silverConsisting
"
plated Plumb-Bob," with two yards of strong shutter
cord attached, complete in box, price ONE SHILLING
each.
Invaluable for Architectural Photography, in
order to obtain an accurate vertical position. It is also useful as a time
measurer, as when the cord is looped up to about 4Oins. and the" plumb-bob"
is allowed to swing, it gives
approximately beats of I second, thus
affording a means of measuring time in recording an exposure.
Co.,
1184
New
Superb Backgrounds
For
sizes
and
ANTI-CLIMATIC
No
Extremely Useful.
Everlasting Wear.
Outfit complete without it.
THREE
SIZES.
plate
plate
i/i
2/6 each.
31-
plate
3/6
Tel, Address:
RUBBER, \ltrincham.
& 185.
1185
(fl
1!
o;a
oc
05
'
U
<
D
Q
1186
Neatly Boxed.
for all
or Professional.
pair.
are indispensable to all
Easily slipped on
and
off.
splashes.
INDIA-RUBBER
DEVELOPING GLOVES.
*
The
....
............
.....
i
2
3
4
6/6/6
6/3
5/9
lined Stockinette, 1/3 per pair extra.
These sizes are equivalent 4o 6j, 7, 7i to 8$ ordinary gloves.
Sizes
Prices
If
ALTRINCHAM RUBBER
Co.,
1187
WASHABLE BACKGROUNDS.
These Backgrounds are made in various sizes (see below) and
side, except the Graduated, which are plain on one side.
different colour
on
each
IN
FLATTED
OIL,
Always
clean,
AND GRADUATED.
PLAIN
flat,
and
free
from creases.
PRICES.
40 inches wide
1188
Important to Photographers.
THE ALTRINCHAM RUBBER COMPANY'S
ANTI CLIMATIC
PNEUMATIC
SHUTTER
RELEASE
NOW WORLD FAMED
STANDS ANY CLIMATE,
Complete, only 1/3.
by our Principal, who has for some 20 years been connected with the
Wholesale and Manufacturing Photographic Trade, and who is therefore intimately
INTRODUCED
acquainted with the requirements of Photographers.
It is made of a Special Quality Red Rubber, which has for many years been in use
for various purposes in some of the most trying climates in the World.
ALTRINCHAM RUBBER
C?
SHUTTER RELEASE
FOR
Much dissatisfaction has for a long time existedjwith regard to the Rubber of which
Balls and Tubes have hitherto been made. Coated^Rubber, Rubber Mixture, Rubberine,
and similar preparations have all proved unsatisfactory, hence it is with considerable
satisfaction we announce that, after prolonged and very costly experiments, not only has a
satisfactory article resulted, but one that, notwithstanding the many advances in the price
of Rubber in late years, is less costly than other similar productions.
UNSOLICITED TESTIMONIALS.
"The
Anti-Climatic Rubber of which your goods are made is splendid. All other
shutter releases 1 have used have perished in no time, but yours shows no signs of
doing
"
so".
J.H.C.
The
be obtained from
all
ALTRINCHAM RUBBER
(A.
W.
S.
SANDERSON,
H. LTD.
Co.,
BSSSS
PROPRIETOR),
Mossburn
St.
Buildings,
&&
MTU A M
1 KINLimni,
AL TDI
ft
ENGLAND.
Release
Shutter
Anti-Climatic
1189
Continued.
PRICE LIST.
Each
secured.
Arabesque,
,,
..
..
..
Red and
Black, not
Anti-Climatic quality
variegated
and
..
..
2 feet of
Tubing
9
O
3
4i
size,
&
SUNDRIES
No. o Ball only, suitable for working
2/6
Medium
size, 3/-
Large
ACCESSORIES.
5 feet of
10J
3
O
2 s9
^
3 6
5 O
..26
3 6
size
Tubing
10
20
,.
I^ALIO.
30
,-
COLO,
AU CBU1
JJlctlll,
VIUIUOUJF
extra strong, plain Red, 3d.
HMUUI LYW-IUIU
%
0MU*A \f* 1VCU. KftiUUUWUj **.!.
each Studio, 9d. each Small Bello
;
AJG-llUWD 1 I'll I,
W 1 111 LJ1CUC& (Jl OtUUL X llLVlllj
,ILI. U cl
diam., 1/6; ditto ijin. diam., 1/6; Three-fold ditto, 1/9 each.
3d.
foot
extra
Tubing Ordinary,
stout, as used for Professional Release,
per
4d: per foot; Arabesque, 5d. per foot: Stout Black Sheet Tubing, 4d. per foot Best
Red I.R. Tubing, very durable, 6d. per foot (cloth surface).
Black Hard Rubber Taps, I/, each Brass Screw Connections, 3d. per pair Brass
Taps, 1/3 each Metal Latches for Special Studio Shutter Feleases, 1/6 each. Sanderson
special Brass Tube Clip, I/- each,
Tube Connection for fastening Tubing to Teat, Id. each suitable Wire, Id. per yard.
The compound word ANTI -CLIMATIC is moulded on each Standard Pattern
Shutter Release.
I
,;tl
1/6
^'
;
ditto,
1 i 1
fin.
be supplied.
BELLOWS TEATS
for
STUDIO SHUTTERS.
Of every description, Round, Square, Elongated, 2-fold, 3-fold, 4-fold, any size and
shape supplied, either from stock or made to order. Large 6-fold Round Bellows for
Gas Regulators. Makers of Apparatus requiring Rubber Washers, Bellows, etc., are
invited to ask for quotations.
The
S^ ^K?i|
ALTRINCHAM.
ito
."
d
.
1190
SANDERSON
THE
SQUEEGEE
TROUBLES
ENDED.
PATENT.
SQUEEGEE PADS.
Hanging up to dry
2>ntil the prints fall off
The two
covers are
turned as shown.
ADVANTAGES
"
THE
PERFECT POLISH
and
is
for
"
use
INVALUABLE
FOR
DRYING
CARBON TISSUE,
all
NO
DANCER OF FOG.
Co.,
1191
SQUEEGEE PADS.
UNSOLICITED TESTIMONIALS.
K
me
....
good
ILFORD LIMITED.
The two you have
I
think
it
is
sent
a very
thing."
"I have just bsen lately using one of your Patent .Polish Squeegee Pads, Glossy
and like them too. I have done 1,200 Post Cards on them besides hundreds of
ani J-pl. Prints. I am pleased to say that I have never found one to stick, and
the same is as good as new, thus beating the pulp slabs." P.W. S.
"I am using one of your large size Saaderson Squeegee Pads, it has given me
perfect satisfaction and I would not think of going back to the Plate Glass process."
A.B.P.
"
I beg to enclose 1/8 to payfor Squeegee Pad which I like very much.
Please send
me one of the largest size you make for Glossy Prints and oblige." W. H.
"I already have your Squeegee Pads, 4 or 5 of them of both sizes and like them
much." E.B.C.
"
I enclose P.O. for another of your I5in. x lain. Perfect Polish Squeegee Pads.
Kindly
send same as soon as possible, also would you kindly send your Catalogue with Price List
.
as he took a fancy to my Pad as soon as he saw it and thought it
of Pads to
was very simple. I find you can get 16 on 5/- Pad." J.A.F.
"Please forward me a 'Perfect Polish Squeegee Pad,' size izin. xioin. for Glossy
Prints, 3/9 P.O. enclosed for same.
I am delighted with the sample one I purchased from you some time ago.
Not a
single print or post-card have I had stuck on the Pad which'are as you say Perfect."
No.
2,
i/i pi.
'
'
W.B.
"
Please to send
has been a good one."
Size
me
and
A.H.
PRICE LIST.
Price.
1192
HAND CAMERA
GASES
GREAT VARIETY.
IN
Stock Size,
94,8
in.,
STIFF PATTERNS.
No.
No.
No.
. .
5/-
5/9
each
each
fittings
No. 4
No. 5
No. 6
No. 7
59
6/3
each
but with lock and key each
6/9
7/6
Do.,
do,
6/-
maker.
Size.
No. 8
. .
No.
and shoulder
each 9/6
No. 14 Best Solid Leather, lined throughout with
black velvet
strong carrying handle
shoulder strap; lock and key
..
each 13/6
.
. .
N.B.
We
Any Case
will
WHEN ORDERING
1st.
make up any
a Special Case please always stateis across the front from left
2nd.
3rd.
Co.,
to back.
1193
Any
special size in
DESCRIPTION.
Best quality Waterproof Tweed, very superior
Perfect'satasfaction guaranteed.
1194
The SANDERSON
TIME
INSTANTANEOUS
Roller-Blind
SHUTTER.
The
far
has become
It
universal.
is
It
Perfectly Reliable; gives equal
is easy to
Illumination all over the plate
stands Hard Usage without getting
and
there
is
No
of
order
Vibration.
out
It is well finished and beautifully French
Polished, and is a good article at the lowest
;
work
possible price.
It gives Time
&
Instantaneous Exposures,
Indicator,
of
and
any desired
are ob-
Time
Short
Exposures Automatically,
instead of by duration of ball pressure, and
The times are |, J, \, i, 2,
is indispensable.
"
and 3 seconds.
PRICES.
in price.
Co.,
1195
THE
'Reliable' Focal
SHUTTER.
The
Plane
its
ness.
free
The
able width.
speeds
This range
1/600, 1/800,1/1,000 of a second.
of speed covers every possible requirement
Rapid, Instantaneous Work, such as Foot,
Horse, Boat, or Motor Races Birds, Anirrals,
Men or Machines in Rapid Motion, &c., &c.
The Shutter is set by turning a knob, and released by squeezing the pneumatic ball.
The speed is shown by a glance at the Indicator Dial. The Shutter fits into the back
of the Camera, and works close before the
sensitive plate. Focussing of the picture on
the ground glass may be effected by using
the full size auxiliary focussing aperture at
the end of the blind.
in
From 2O/Price
J-plate
20
i-pjate
22/6
New
_7t
x5
8J_x6i
32/6
27/6
37/6
Fitting to Camera,
from 5/- extra.
which can
Timer clones
INDICATOR
Price only
or
if
fitted to
3/6
The
ALTRINCHAM RUBBER
MOSSBURN BUILDINGS,
users.
List Free.
!Sd
ALTRINCHAM.
ic
Co.,
pafnter"
sts
""
1196
THE SANDERSON
STUDIO SHUTTERS.
"
The "SILENTUS
P.,,.,,.
without
its
The
FROM
2OI-
PRICES.
Ta fit on Lens Hood or Tube up
3 in.
2O/-
30/
27/6
25/-
to inches diaintter.
6 in.
40/-
5 in.
in.
7 in.
45/-
5O/-
in.
THE
fci
BELLOWS'
SHUTTER.
To work inside the
Camera. Best English
Make- our own.
FROM
2G
Thoroughly
reliable.
No
vibration.
OPEH
Absolutely noiseless.
The Bellows are made of Real Leather, not merely stiffened Canvas.
The Rubber parts are of the Highest quality
The Shutter is quickly and easily attached to the inside of the cameia front, and can
be readily removed when desired. The Pneumatic Release, by which the Shutter is opened
CLOSED
closed, consists of a strong pear-shaped bulb, metal latch, and 7 feet of stout tubing.
focussing arrangement is exceedingly simple, the pressing of a lever by the side of the
bulb keeps the shutter permanently open the raising of the le\er causes it to cloe.
and
The
1
1
finches
..
.S
..
..
5i
16
O
1767
1O O
6J inches
7i
15
17 6
200
1
1
12 G
,,
Screw
Extra pear-shaped Bulbs, 1/9 each.
Tubing, 4d. per foot.
Latches, 1/6 each.
Extia round two-fold RubberBrass Connecting Tubes, I/- each.
Connections, 3d.
maker's
Bellows with piece of stout Tube, 1/6 each. New Leather Bellows fitted to other
shutters, 5/- to 8/6, according to size and time taken.
1
Co.,
1197
NO MORE "SLIPPINGTTRIPODS,"
:
"SANDERSON"
The
PATENT
RUBBER
TRIPOD SHOE.
W HO
PRICES.
Boxed
SMALL
Cameras
MEDIUM
LARGE
in Sets of
...
...
...
...
...
12x10 Cameras
From
all
...
Dealers, or direct
...
&
...
1/6
...
2/-
to
...
2/6
Manufacturers
1198
RUBBER COMPANY'S
FAMOUS
The ALTRINCHAM
NELSON
TRIPLE
EXTENSION
FULLY
BRASS
BOUND
CAMERAS
Triple
Fully
Brass Bound.
-Made
QUALITY AND FINISH.
seasoned
of
SPECIAL FEATURES.
Shutter.
and
Rising:
Leather
lows.
Tripod.
Slides
Range
Speeds obtained Automatically with
this Shutter are
of
Bel-
$V r&> A'
Strong 3-fold.
Quality
3 Best
Double Dark
i,
Slides.
We
"
T5>
iJV>
Cameras,
Falling,
Vertical
g.
***
(Sixains.)
..
(8ix6Jins.)
i/i
10x8
SO
..
12 17 6
loins.
..
16 5 O
i5X!2ins.
..
19 15 O
12
ins.
Time."
Studio
Rising,
i>
and 3
2,
also prolonged
Style
IT I
4 1O O
6 ISO
i-PIate(3JX4iinj.)
1,
i,
seconds,
in
4100
Carriers.
Slide,
Prices quoted
features.
PRICES
Square
made
of Nelson Cameras.
Automatic Timer.
Falling;
Front.
Best
PRICES
Time
Reversing Back.
Swing Back.
Turntable
include
all
lox
Sins.
these isxioins.
iSXizins.
6 10 O
8 15 O
1O 5 O
1199
HUME'S ENLARGERS
Best A Series.
FOR GAS, OIL OR ACETYLENE.
Plate
size.
1200
HUME'S ENLARGERS
FOR RAPID COMMERCIAL. WORK.
you wish to Enlarge, Reduce, or Convert any Negative to any size quickly and
perfectly for Business, for Paging Illustrations, or for Post Card Trade, then
please state requirements, and ask for quotations.
If
For Extra
Large Work,
for
Quick Output,
why
Trifle
with Daylight
Low
Prices for the Large Trade Sizes without Enlarging Objective or Illumination
Fittings.
16-in.
16-in.
13-in.
11-in.
10-in.
Condenser
with Bench
Simpler Model, without Bench
for 12 x 10 Plates,
..
.
for 10 x 8 Plates,
for 9 x 7 Plates,
for 8Jx6J Plates,
50
20
16
ft
1010
710
..
Parts of
Enlargers
Very moderate.
See special List.
The wee
4-in.
model delights
Complete
with good
front Lens
o,|
180.
WILLIAM HUME,
Scientific
Instrument Maker,
1201
Very Superior Half Plate Set, condition as new, Billcliffe Camera (Manchester), Beck R.R.Iris Lens, 3 double
6& X 4
9x7
cost over
13, for.
ditto
ditto
ditto
1 stage
24 x 20 Enlarging or Copying Camera, 2 long bellows on
7 ft. frames, V-grooves, focussing frame, no slide ....
6\ x4f Half- Plate Walnut Ricking Camera, 1 slide
4Jx3| Klito Hand Camera, 12 plates, 3 magnifyers, 24s..
Photo Bench, X-ends folding, strongly made, pitch pine,
rigid, table top 48x17 in., and 29 in. high, suit for
enlarging, copying, laatern slides, etc., folds flat
7x5 Hot Press Dry Mounter, takes in whole plate 6 way
8 x 6J Double Dark Slide cost 25s., for
ditto
cost 42s., for
84 x 6|
100
5 Q
6100
10
QO
2180
1
2 15
6 10
9100
4 Q
1
15
10
6ix4|
00
96
12
36
18 6
18
0150
1
Q
ditto Meagher; cost 65s., for
15x12
1
50
Would make a nice Enlarger or Copying arrangement.
Some Special Bargains in Lenses for General Work and for E nlarging by
well-known makers.
and reported
work
'9
Scientific
14,
Instrument Maker,
LOTHIAN STREET,
EDINBURGH.
69*
1202
HUME'S ENLARGERS.
Complete and
The 4
in
Separate Parts.
own Enlargers.
Models, Gas or Oil,
to construct their
220
in.
Brownies
and
similar small
pictures, also
heads, busts,
whole figures,
for
perfectly,
Amateurs
or
Professionals.
Acetylene,
Sol.
Lamp, Lime
Some very serviceable Illumination Sets, in odd sizes, offered at about half and
third former prices. See list.
20/-
60/-
32/-
75,'-
137/6
V>120/-
5j
6$
11/-
14/-
17/-
20/-
10
8}
/-
40/-
Ml-
m-
11
inches
100/-
WILLIAM HUME,
14,
THK nRITTSH
JOITRNAT,
ALMANAC ADVERTISEMENTS.
1203
ESTABLISH ED 1874.
J.
CHAPMAN,
T.
Photographic Chemists,
MOUNTS.
SPECIAL QUOTATIONS FOR QUANTITIES.
POST CARDS.
Per 1,OOO
Per 1OO.
P.O.P. OlOSSy
Gaslight
(Glossy)
"
or
Bromide
2/-
and 2/6
19/-
and
24/-
(Matte
Self-Toning
GlOSSy,
50 for
1/6,
per 1,000 27
QUALITY GUARANTEED.
Full Stocks of everything necessary to the Photographer
and Lanternist.
Illustrated
Telegrams
"CAMERA, MANCHESTER."
Telephone
No. 96O CENTRAL.
1204
S.P.C.
POCKET CAMERA.
FOP
3fc
x 2J,
5s.
Od.
|-plate,
10s.
Od.
Post-card Size,
15s.
Od.
50,000
Mounts.
2/6 100
3/6
3/6
30/- 1,000
Green
4/6 100
40/- 1,000
,,
Grey
S.P.C.
Mark) as
illustration
FOR SAMPLES
S.P.C.
Self-Toning
12, 6d.,
CATALOGUES
of our
Postcards,
3/- 100.
P.O. P.
POSTCARDS,
Sample packets of
3d.
12,
4*d
70 PAGES.
CO.,
1205
MARVELLOUS VALUE.
These Machines are
PRICE
Music Halls
in
England
extra.
- PROOF
SPOOL BOXES
FIRE
ABHOLUTELY SAFE.
Can be made
to
fit
almost any
machine.
Send for List of
LATEST
S.P.C. FILMS,
OBSB
95,
V ':'
Norfolk Street,
SHEFFIELD.
Telegrams
'
PHOTO SHEFFIELD.'
1206
Camera Works,
Manchester, S.W.
ESTABLISHED
YEARS.
50
Cameras and
Stand.*,,
Billcliff,
Richmond
St.,
etc.
All sizes, in
new and
effective designs.
EDMOND
SETS.
IN
own
Negatives.
ST. MICHAEL'S,
Our only Address.]
BRISTOL.
8t Clements
Newspaper
:
Press,
eta.
1207
Printers of
Weekly
The
Newspapers.
British
Magazines
Journal . .
Photographic
AND
.
.
Almanac,
Periodicals
of every
The
description.
Magazine
of
Prospectuses.
Commerce,
Articles of
The
Association.
Financial
Times,
Company
Reports.
The
Legal and
Drapers'
Commercial
Work.
Record,
&c., &c.
MANAGER
Mr. GEO.
EATON HART
SPECIALITY:
A IINATVDF
LIN VI IrE
IV
/I
NIGHT.
1208
POSTCARDS
The London studio Announcement.
We
the
in
engaged
all
are
production
of
Firm
postcards
by
letterpress methods.
We
have
Printing
down
Plant
for
this
special
of
the
Block-making and
highest
quality laid
WE ARE NOT
PUBLISHERS,
ONLY PRINTERS.
We
^ # j
When
We
give
full
E.G.
1209
1
1
6
6
Price.
Cards from
each Subject.
No. of
Subjects.
..
Total cards.
500
1000
3000
6000
..
..
of the
s.
..
..
..
d.
13
16
15
10
necessary plate.
We
We
retain each
will give special quotations for large quantities.
plate (for our customer's use only) for 12 months certain (longer if
requested) and we reprint at the following low rates: 500,8-; 1000.11/9.
allow
The above postcards measure 5 x 3^ with picture 5x3.
you 30 letters of title free (in type).
we
size
art
The cards we use are stout,
;
pack in
surfaced, regulation
strong bos and put free on rail (not carriage paid).
We
REDUCTION
IN
cards are not wanted in a hurry, say, for a week after receipt of
order, deduct ten per cent, from the above prices.
For an order not less than 2,000 of one subject, with 14 days allowed
us to dispatch, we make a special low charge of 10/6 per thousand. The
minimum charge is thus 21/-.
If
in all cases
Additional
1
Information.
-WHAT TO SEND US
2 PRINTING
OUT NEGATIVES
It isn't necessary for you to send us your negatives, but, if you do, our
charge for printing out is 9d. each up to half-plate (6J x 4J) ; above that
cannot be responsize Is. ; postage for return of negative, 6d. extra.
We
sible for
3 -FULL
CARD PICTURES
you want your picture in any subject to cover the whole card please
remit 2s. 6d. extra on any order, large or small.
If
4 -LONG TITLES
If your title matter exceeds 30 letters please remit 6d. for every extra
24 letters (not less than 6d. charged).
5 TIME OF DISPATCH
We
charge, in
FOUR
E.C.
1210
THE
THAMES colour
Tlie
Plate
"
Gold Medal under the "Henderson Trust
for 1908-9, for the moxt notable
adranee in Photography, was awarded to Mr. C. L. Fixlay fur the Iin-entitui of
"
"
Thames
Colour
Plate.
the
Colour plays an overwhelming part in the beauty of the world around us,
and photographers have always hungered for some means by which they could
obtain permanent records of the colours which are seen on the focussing glass,
and which ordinary photography, excellent as it may be, fails to produce. The
three-exposure processes were too costly and too elaborate for the thousands of
workers who use their cameras to earn their bread, or as a means of filling a
leisure hour. Something simpler and cheaper was needed.
These advantages are secured by the Thames Colour Plate. It does not call
for special apparatus. The camera with which you are familiar can at once be
used. You put in a plate, expose and develop it, and the thing is done. The
chemicals are few and in everyday use.
and
The Thames Colour Plate consists of two essentials. (1) The colour screen
tne sensitive coating. The colour screen is made by putting down on glass
(2)
the three primary colours in regular sequence and order so minutely that there are
nearly 70,000 atoms of pure colour in one square inch. This colour screen has been
described by an eminent scientist as a "marvel of construction." The sensitive
coating is very like that of the customary dry plate, except that it is "panchromatic," i.e., sensitive to all the colours.
The Thames Colour Plate is put on the market in two forms, each of which
has certain advantages. In one (the " separate " method) the colour screen and
"
"
separate coating are on two thin separate glasses. In the other (the combined
method) the colour screen and sensitive coating are on the same glass.
The " separate " method can only be used in dark slides capable of taking
It has the
the two thin glasses.
advantage that dupliin colour can be made with the greatest ease to any number.
enormous
cates
is
It is
in colour from one exposed plate.
the fact that our colour screens are mechanically made, and therefore all
This remarkable power of duplication is proving a money-getter to the
professional photographer.
such duplication
due
to
alike.
any
Royal
We
1211
cont.
"
'
Method
for 4 plates a
and
2 colour screens.
Inla.
Posts
x2J
x3J
4 x3J
*3J
x3J
2/6
2/6
2/6
2/6
3(
3(
3(
3<
5"x4
5Jx3|
7
9
13
xY
x!2cm
xlScm
Compensating
Box
filter for
only), 1/6.
magnifying
glass, SI-
Magnifying glass for examination of exposed plate included in above, 1/All orders must be accompanied by a remittance, covering postage, until a
ledger account is opened.
# To Colonial and Foreign Dealer* and other*. The minimum parcel postage
from England averages Is. 6d., and is on a 3 Ib. parcel. For this we can send goods
to value of about 10s. The same pontage is chargeable on smaller orders.
1212
We
LONDON WALL.
"
Tel.
"
"
Firm, having
and Cable
Address
are not a
Mushroom
FOORORINIER,
LONDON."
been
estab-
lished
since
1688.
PHOTOGRAPHIC MOUNTS
AND CARDBOARDS,
but find
It
is
we must now do
no
idle
so
if
we are
we know we
can
make
Manufacturers
of
PHOTOGRAPHIC MOUNTS
CARDBOARDS
Framing,
Ticket Writing, and Showcard Trades.
Why not
We will
&
Off ices:
2,
E.G.
Tel. No.
1514
We
LONDON WALL.
"
1213
are not a
Mushroom "
Firm, having
Tel.
and
Cable
estab-
been
Address
lished
"POURDRINIER,
since
1688.
LONDON"
PHOTOGRAPHIC MOUNTS
CARDBOARDS
THE PICTURE
OF EVERY DESCRIPTION USED
IN
We
when
required.
We
are also
pleased
::
to
send
::
::
Owing
We
all
it
will be
For
Factory
&
2,
E.C.
1214
AUSTRALIA.
BAKER & ROUSE PROPRIETARY,
(ESTABLISHED
LIMITED.
1887.)
AUSTRALIAN KODAK,
Limited.
37,
Rundle
78-80,
St.,
Mercer
St.,
St.,
SYDNEY.
ADELAIDE.
6,
George
379,
St.,
MELBOURNE.
Queen St,
BRISBANE.
WELLINGTON,
N.Z.
ROSS,
Limited.
Limited.
COOKE LENSES.
GAUMONT
CO.
81
Cinematographs, Films, &c.
Velox Papers.
Premo Cameras.
Graflex Cameras.
1215
AUSTRALIA.
BAKER
<&
ROUSE PROPRIETARY,
LIMITED,
Development
speciality.
Photo Review,"
in
all
the Commonadvertisements
Addresses
MELBOURNE.
6,
ST.,
1216
NEW ZEALAND
Australian Kodak,
Head Office:
Bond
street,
LIMITED.
Abbotsford,
MELBOURNE.
Kodak
Films, Velox,
Papers, Mounts,
Silver, Gold, etc.
MERCER
ST..
WELLINGTON.
Ltd.
NEW ZEALAND.
THfi
BRITISH
FOR PHOTOGRAPHY.
UNEXCELLED FOR
FLATNESS OF
FIELD,
COVERING POWER
AND
Street.
6,
Ltd.,
1217
1218
NEW
ZEALAND.
W. PARK &
Co.,
to all
LENSES.
ROSS & ROSS-ZEISS'
"
"
Ross'
New
HOMOCENTRIC
Patent
"PANROS"
Kodaks with Ross*
Latest
Ross'
Lenses.
and
Twin-Lens Cameras.
"HOMOCENTRIC" Lenses.
Reflex
PRINCE'S STREET,
A
O6 MnnniF
IVIUULMCL, DUNEDIN,
ZEAL
DUNEDIN NEW ZEALAND
,
NEW
E.
ZEALAND.
CORRESPONDENCE INVITED.
87,
MANCHESTER
N.
Z.
ST.,
CHRISTCHURCH.
CAMERA
CO.,
OCTAGON, DUNEDIN.
Special agents for Kodaks and
Spools
Premo Cameras.
Developing, Retouching, Printing.
Amateur
Requisites.
1219
Proprietary Ltd.
"HOMOCENTHIC" or
Ross'
"
The
PANROS
Ross-Zeiss
'
fitted
"TESSAR"
with
Lenses-
Camera
"REFLEX"
The
New
produced.
REFLEX
5x5x5
Ross Mo7e.
This
part
is
is
TWIN-LENS Camera.
now hinged,
The top
cleaning purposes.
is the soundest and most perfect.
and focusser
Proprietary Ltd.,
THK
1220
llRlTlsM
IS
THE CHEAPEST
THE END.
IN
CO.,
ADAM
fllvi
Reflex and
The Latest.
Twin-Lens Cameras.
i
CIUO
ADORE
O
ll UM
U R Li
I
NOVELTIES
I
Uni
KARL LEWIS
(Tlie
Honmuna
No. 1O2,
Road,
YOKOHAMA.
"PANROS" and
Ross' New
THE LATEST,
Reflex Cameras
THE LATEST,
Ross' or Ross-Zeiss Unequalled Lenses.
"
Ross' New Patent
HOMOCENTRIC " Lenses.
Ross' Unequalled Prism and New Stereo-Prism
Binoculars.
Ross' Celebrated Telescopes.
fitted
ROBINSON &
ROSS'
with
LISTS FREE.
PHOTOGRAPHIC LENSES
Ross'
/^
TO
T
RIZ
JYUJNlaXll,
1VT
1LJ
18,
NICHOME HONCHO,
TOKYO, JAPAN.
1221
AUSTRALIA.
W. SMALL
J.
& 00.
(Established I860.}
Importers of
all
PHOTOGRAPHIC SUPPLIES.
Melbourne
270,
Sydney
Little Collins
street
and
308
and
3, central street.
Manufacturers of
SAMPLES
The
of their Productions.
Trade in Australia.
1222
AUSTRALASIA.
HARRINGTONS
u<
Photographic Merchants
s&
and Manufacturers
ARE REPRESENTED THROUGHOUT THE
COMMONWEALTH
NEW SOUTH
WALES,
VICTORIA,
QUEENSLAND,
SOUTH AUSTRALIA,
WESTERN AUSTRALIA,
TASMANIA, and
also
SYDNEY, N.S.W.
93,
MELBOURNE,
BRISBANE,
Victoria.
Queen
St.,
Queensland.
Cable Address
HARRINGTON, SYDNEY.
1223
AUSTRALASIA.
HARRINGTONS
Photographic Merchants
and Manufacturers,
.
Being
INDEPENDENT TRADERS
sell
Products from
the
all
best
Photographic
CAMERAS
C C
c ^
and
of
in
Immense
Variety.
PHOTO MATERIALS
SflffiKS
CINEMATOGRAPHS
&
New
A
all
FILMS.
HARRINGTONS
New South
Wales.
Ltd.,
1224
THK
JOURNAL ALMANAC
MRITlStt
ADVEU'l'lSEMENl'S.
UP-TO-DATE
photographic, Drawing,
and
Artists' Materials
Can be had
CO., Ltd.,
"
Sole Agents of
JOUGLA PLATES
for India,
&>
PAPERS"
N Dl A.
JOMN BLEES,
MANUFACTURER & IMPORTER OF PHOTOGRAPHIC GOODS & APPLIANCES,
John Blees' Cameras known to stand the Indian Climate.
Apply
JOHN BLEES,
&c.
PHOTOGRAPHIC OUTFITS.
The most
Ross'
New
fitted
Ross'
CAMERAS,
"PANROS" Cameras
unequalled
Patent " HOMOCENTRIC" Lenses.
Patent
with
BLEES,
18,
Chowringhee
Rd.,
CALCUTTA.
Suppliers of
Photographic Requisites
to all
Camera Users
in
India,
For Visitors to
Bombay
Fort Branch:
in
Gulf.
the
vicinity
of
55, Esplanade
Centrally
situated
Road
(Opposite
Bombay
Club).
1225
1226
CO.,
Manu
Or
to Sole
NADKARNI &
19,
CO.
BOMBAY.
THE ACKNOWLEDGED PREMIER HOUSE IN INDIA
FOB
STRAITS SETTLEMENTS.
THE MOST PERFECT AND CONVENIENT CAMERAS,
Fitted with unequalled
New
Materials.
LISTS FREE.
KONG HING CHIONG &
SINGAPORE,
THE
ESTABLISHED 1854.
(British Journal of
Photograph y.
Copy
FREE
from
the
1227
Wellington
Street.,
Publishers.
CO.,
Strand, London, England.
1228
Two
Pcn.cc.
is recognised as the Principal Photographic Journal in the world. It circulates amongst all the leading
and
amateur
photographers, and is the authoritative
professional
organ of photographic manufacturers and dealers, apparatus
makers, opticians, chemists, and the photographic trade generally.
The earliest and most reliable news of Photographic Practice and
Progress appears in
its
pages.
Wanting Situations
Each Additional
Per Insertion.
Net Prepaid Bate.
-Vo reduction
for a Series.
Line, Sixpence.
(Net Prepaid Rate).
1229
r Y
THE
JT^fW
Aspnpoilp
./J
13s.,
post free.
Colour Photography.
"
"
An
Supplement
dealing with
Colour-Photography, and consisting of articles,
news, and notes, is presented with the first issue
^[
in
eight-page
each
month
"
of
The
British
Journal
of
Photography."
To Photographers
in the Colonies.
As
^[
"
of
The
British Journal of
copy
"
Photography
free
PUBLISHERS:
WELLINGTON
ST.,
CO.,
STRAND, LONDON.
1230
1231
AUTOTYPE
Carbon Tissues.
A
We
FULL
PROMPT SHIPMENTS.
GEORGE MURPHY,
57,
"o
LISTS.
Inc.,
NEW
Agents.
YORK.
ROSS LENSES.
Ross Homocentric
Lenses
For Portraits, Groups, Field
and Process Work.
Send
for our
New
GEORGE MURPHY,
Inc.,
NEW
YORK.
70 72
1232
Lens
I
and en-
lens
sures
clear
change
your
or
lens
dia-
phragm. Can
be
wards the
light,
side-
when
working
toyou run against it.
and Attachments, each, $3.50.
Lens Hood
set
se
will
not
move
The
strainer
if
but gives
full detail
all
over
'{
GEORGE MURPHY,
BAST NINTH STREET, NEW
Inc.,
57,
I
oreign Correspondence.
YORK,
U.S.A,
THE
BftlTtfeU
ROUND'S
BABY HOLDER.
PAT. APPLIED FOR.
1
any way.
ROYAL CARBIDE
1MD
DEVELOPING
I
AND PRINTING t/tlYlr.
nsro GKA.S.
nsro
OIL.
GEORGE MURPHY,
sufficient Carbide
si. 50.
Inc.,
57,
NEW
YORK,
U.S.A.
Foreign Correspondence.
70-72*
1234
NEW
CATALOGUE.
St.
&
Walton
Ave.,
New
GO.,
York, U.S.A.
THB BRITISH
JOTTBNAI,
OPAQUE:.
ALVORD'S
OPAQUE
3-20
For stle by
"
all
2.00
slock dealers.
ALVORD OPAQUE
CO.
1235
ALMANAC ADVBBTE8EMBNT8.
desired.
ALVORD
S RETOUCHING DOPE.
Makes an excellent tooth and will stand more
than
building up
any dope made. Price 25 cts
BUFFALO.N.Y.
EZ~-I3
ALVORD OPAOUE
CO.,
Mfrs.,
Buffalo,
UNEXCELLED
N.Y.,
U.S.A.
if
PHOTO-FINISH WORLD
BLOTTING.
CHEMICALLY PURE AND LINTLESS.
MANUFACTURED BY
THE ALBEMARLE PAPER MANUFACTURING
RICHMOND,
VA.,
U.S.A.
CO.,
1236
THE
NEW
is
LENS.
a complete lens
ready
THIS
use
for immediate
in nearly all the
4x5
and
Shutters in which
are commonly
5x7 lenses
Our standard
mounted.
mounts
fit
all
shutters
cell openings
and it is a simple
having
lj% dia.,
matter to
Pancratic
is
It is
and weight.
34567
Magnifying power 3 to 8 diameters (based upon the image given by a lens 6" focus).
Diameters
ISA
13*
Ik
Light circle
5J
9J
Hi
23"
Bellows length
11"
14"
20"
8"
17"
Size of case 1J x 1| x 3J. Weight of lens and case 6 ozs.
PRICE
PRICE
nn
TELEPHOTO LENS,
No>
in cells
D n/
DO/
The Ed itor
The definition is capital, even at full apertureI found the system work more rapidly than one in which the positive was
an anastigmat working at about/, 6.
practical performance.
5j
A. E.
STALEY, &
Co., 19,
Canada
Ltd., Montreal,
To
The
1237
of Perfection.
ALL new
Levy
6x8
are
Work
there
NOTHING AS GOOD
is
as the
CIRCULAR SCREEN
Fitted in Special
Aluminium Holder.
MAX
Genmantown
LEVY,
Ayres.
N.S W.
1238
NEW DESIGNS
IN
PHOTO MOUNTINGS
Original and new designs
that
to the
public eye.
TAPRELL, LOOMIS
-The Leading
&
AT
CO.,
CHICAGO, U.S.A.
"
American
1239
'
Photography
The three
Annual Subscription
BIGGINS'
PHOTO
MOUNTER
PASTE
and
DRAWING INKS
ETERNAL WRITING INK
ENGROSSING INK
TAURINE MUCILAGE
DRAWING BOARD PASTE
LIQUID PAST
OFFICE PASTE
VEGETABLE GLUE, Etc.
AT DEALERS' GENERALLY.
CHAS. M. HIGGINS
271, Ninth Street,
BROOKLYN,
N. Y.
&
CO., Mfrs.
1240
THE
fcftlflStt
ALMANAC ADVERTISEMENTS.
JOtJftNAL
BACKGROUNDS
FOR
THE
PHOTOGRAPHER.
We
conduct a complete
and only
employ
up-to-date
artists
studio,
thorough ex-
of
requirements.
found in
many
work
will he
the world.
Our
catalogue,
illustrating
400
on
attractive
request.
ROBEY- FRENCH
BOSTON, MASS.,
U.S.A.
CO.,
THE
I1RITISH
1241
CAMERA GRAFT
The leading photographic magazine of
United States.
Original and Upto-date.
Carries the most advertising
the
$1.00 A YEAR.
6/3 FOREIGN.
SAN
ROSS
Ross
Ross*
&
New
Latest
FRANCISCO
ROSS-ZEISS
LENSES.
"
Patent
"PANROS,"
HOMOGENTRIG
Reflex
and
"
tenses.
Twin-Lens
Cameras.
Catalogues Free.
LENSES.
GEORGE East
MURPHY,
9th Street,
57,
Inc.,
NEW
YORK.
1242
GENERAL PAPER
Co.
BRUSSELS (BELGIUM).
Sole dealers for the
RAW-a BARYTA-COATED
PAPERS
.
of
STEINBACH
and
Co..
MALMEDY
(Germany)
BUNTPAPIER
FABRIK
KOENIG
ACT.
GES.
(Bavaria)
and Ireland
&> Co.,
Co.
(France)
ASCHAFFENBURG
0.
and
Finsbury Pavement,
CH. MILLER,
Paternoster House, 34, Paternoster
LONDON,
E.G.
Row,
124-5
FRANCE.
Successors
SCORY,
J.
OPTICAL GLASS,
SCORY& QUENTIN.
&
Rue
de Chateau -Landon,
6,
Telegraphic Address "SCOKY, PARIS."
A.B.C. Cable Code used.
PARIS, FRANCE.
Teleph.
404 x 30.
3- ranged
Wire Plate-Holders.
SUNDRY NOVELTIES
WILL APPEAR.
manufacturer- AUG. CHR.
IIVIFORTS.NT
NOTICE
THE
To be
BEST
AND
obtained in the
CHEAPEST
PHOTOGRAPHIC
CARDS
first
vii.
Kirchberggasse,
37.
ROSS
TELESCOPES,
Celebrated
Lists
Free.
RIBA Sdad en
Cta.,
BARCELONA.
1244
STEINHEII SOEHNE,
A.
Optical
MUNICH.
Germany.
Bavaria.
Established 1855.
Series
1
Series
work.
Series E
1
Series F
TRIPLAR,
1:5.8.
A New
Quick-acting
Anastigmat
for
Kinematography.
NEW CATALOGUE ON
C. A.
APPLICATION.
STEINHEIL
ana Astronomical
Optical
Germany.
MUNICH.
Established 1655.
Works,
Bavaria.
tttfc
SfelTlStt JOtTfcNAL
ALMANAC ADVERTlSfiMfiKTS.
1245
FRANCE.
CL.
GUERRY'S
Pneumatic Shutter
(PATENTED)
Avenue de
59,
la
Republique,
PARIS.
The Simplest
The Strongest
Single Flap
Shutter.
Suitable for the
Studio.
Placed
before the Lens'
or in the Camera.
Aperture
from
4 to 22 c.m.
Noiseless
Double
Flap
Shutter.
This Shutter
prolonged
exforeground
gives
and is
available for
posures,
ordinary
time
and
instantaneous work.
Aperture
4 to 13$
from
cm.
with
Electric
Shutter,
for
contact,
automatic ignition of Magnesium powder.
in
Photographic Materials.
1246
WANDSBEK, HAMBURG.
Leonar
n*jB$
^^Sf^^s^^x
Brand.
matt paper
for
Gold and
Platinum toning.
chloride "Lutar" matt paper
Platinum toning, without gold bath.
Collodio
for
P.O.P.
P.O.P.
self toning.
Bromide.
Gaslight.
Portrait Gaslight.
Negative Paper.
9,
A. THOSPANN, Agent,
Fore Street Avenue, London, E.G.
COLOUR PHOTOGRAPHY
(Process of
"Omnicolore" Plates
(regular structure colour screen-plates)
summer,
allows of slow shutter exposures
requires two baths only,
fi' ves Pictures of great transparency,
I keeps as well as an ordinary plate.
-PTTTJ
rUl
(
I
OMNICOLORE
in
for
Usines
JoinYille-le-Pont
(Seine).
**
m
.
**I
1909.
1,
La Societe
f^ m1 1m ^% B
^^ f\ _J
^^ ^^ fj
Jft
On
Siege Social
Rue de Rivoli,
Paris. Tel. 10578
48,
sale
everywhere.
OSCAR SIMON,
Optical Works, Dresden 21.
(ESTABLISHED
Highest-Class
For
all
1876.)
Double
Anastigmat
Photographic Purposes.
Hexanar 1:6*8
Tetranar 1:4*5 1:6.
1:6-8 1:8.
SILVER MEDAL.
9O9.
1248
FILS
(BELGIUM).
BARYTA PAPERS
FOR ALL PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES.
Ross'
and Kodaks
Reflex
"PANROS,"
"
and
Twin-Lens
HOMOCENTRIC
"
Cameras
Lenses.
ARGENTINE, CHILI,
PARAGUAY
FRANCISCO
Correo
Casilla del
F. J.
URUGUAY.
and
B.
603,
BUENOS AIRES.
& SON
FLETCHER
DURHAM
ROAD,
69,
Sparkhill,
BIRMINGHAM.
BEST
LIST,
ESTABLISHED
PRICES.
POST FREE.
1889.
TIME SAVED
is
MONEY EAKNED.
SL
ST
FALLA-GRAY
STAND ALONE. They
1249
There
have no equal.
HT
<R D S
is
ONE MINUTE
fixing.
Sample packet of
PHOTOGRAPHERS
4d.
post free.
CO.,
Tunbridge Wells.
(Home and
Colonial)
REGISTER OF PHOTOGRAPHERS."
Address
The
6,
"
Editor,
Photography
Farringdon Avenue,
LONDON,
POST
CARDS
LARGE OR SMALL
QUANTITIES
BROMIDE
01?
F.Q.F.
ENLARGEMENTS
FREDERIC LEWIS
16-18, Gladstone Road, Sparkbrook,
Birmingham.
TELEGRAMS: "LANDSCAPE, BIRMINGHAM."
'
1250
"
EXCELSIOR
The Head
reversible,
fitted with
other with
No
of the
one
Tripod is
being
side
Cameras.
C Aluminium
To be obtained of
.
all
0/6
9/6
17/0
Photographic Dealers.
F.G.PHILLIPS
E.C.
SMALL
1251
1252
TAP FILTER
"KOPIT
(PATENT'
(UWITD.)
TAP FILTER
'T'HIS
is
to
indispensible
the household
requiring
and removing
negatives
all
es-
matter,
organic
easily
changed
and quickly
at will.
application to the
instantaneous, simply being pressed on the
Its
tap
is
nozzle.
The outer
case
brass
heavily
the inner case
highly
and the
glazed
is
of
nickeled,
being of
porcelain
fittings of
pure
nickel.
Full
each
5/-
directions
with
filter.
TESTIMONIAL.
Manchester,
September, 1909.
Gentlemen, I have used the "Kopit" Filter for over
twelve months, and would not be without it for many times
The "Kopit"
F.
Filter Co.
M.
JACKSON.
ADDRESS:
The "KOPIT" FILTER CO 350 Oxford
its cost.
Rd.,
Manchester.
BfelTiSti
Tfifc
THE IMPROVED
1253
LIMPET
of
Focusser is made of
pure rubber on an entirely
new principle, and is per-
this
fectly reliable.
disc with a
round glass
supplied, which
forms a very useful finder.
centre
is
Complete
each,
FULL
post
in neat
free,
box
with
5s.
full
directions.
SIZE.
TESTIMONIAL.
London.
The HON.
Address
make
Films,
secured
be
LANTERN SLIDES,
COLLODION WORKER?
The
same
fact
refers
to
SLIDE
Try WILKINSON,
Practical
15,
Maker
of Slides
and Paintings,
HOLMESIDE, SUNDERLAND.
ESTABLISHED
1859.
The
magazine devoted
pictorial
photography.
Priza
workers.
Photographic
Monthly
post
to
Articles
by practical
Advice by
competitions.
readers in
difficulties.
Fully
illus-
trated.
Monthly, 3d.
(The Photogram).
The Process
to
The
the
to
free.
and
Colonies
representative
trade in
the
engraving
World.
Engravers'
Post free, 8d.
Monthly, 6d,
Monthly.
Abroad, 8/-
The
Photographic
An Annual published each Summer, incorporating "The Figures, Facts and Formulae
of Photography," giving concise information
of every photographic process.
An indispensable reference book.
Annual.
leaved, 2
Photograms
of
Postage, 4d.
The
Year.
Price, 2
net.
Postage, 5d.
Photographic
Books.
Ltd.
E.G.
L.
TRAPP &
1254- IA
Co.'s
"ADHERENT"
DRY MOUNTING
H S
TISSUE.
1254-2A
j>ackard~3deal Sfjutters-
American trade
been
PACKARD-IDEAL
is
this
J.
H.
PRICES
and Further
Particular:;
DALLMEYER,
EUROPEAN
SOLE
Denzil
u'ritc
Road,
Ltd.,
AGENTS,
Neasden,
LONDON, N.W.
Manufactured only by
MICHIGAN
PHOTO SHUTTER
CO.,
Kalamazoo,
MICHIGAN,
U.S.A.
Co.,
ggog
&
j&
Belie
We
1254-3A
a,
m. despatched same
night.
Single or Doable Transfer, 1s. Bd., postage, &c., sd., cash with order.
Our Tissue also works well as " Pigment Plaster " in the Ozobrome process.
for
Also
dry
mounting,
3s.
per band,
for dry
Adhesive Solution
mounting.
1s.,
postage
id.,
for
Concentrated Substratum,
diluted with water to
plats, or
bromides
make
80 ozs. of solution;
PRINTING DEPARTMENT.
Plain Cabinet Prints,
Carbon Prints
in
on ivory, for
THB BBITI8H
1254-4A
JOTTRNAI,
ALMANAC ADVEBTISEMENTS.
CHESS BRAND
PAPERS.
BROMIDE.
^^^^-^
Sm
Rou s h Matt,
oth Matt
Enamel, Satin Surface, Natural
Surface Smooth, Natural Surface Rough, and Cream Tinted.
>
Smooth Matt,
Satin
Surface,
and Enamel.
|>
Glossy
Surface.
-TONING
Gloss y
Mauve,
and
Satin
Mauve,
and
Satin
Surface.
P.Q.P.
Bromide Gaslight P.O.P. and Self -Toning Postcards in all the principal grades.
A Customer
in
"
it is
The
Birmingham writes us
We
British
Photo Paper
Co.,
RICKMANSWORTH.
Ltd.,
1254-5A
CHESS BRAND
"
We
particularly wish to
on the part of
our experts.
ALPHATYPE PAPER
We
claim for
that
these requirements, and we respectfully request our customers to give it a trial'
being confident that they will be delighted with
it fulfils all
The
RICRMANSWORTH.
1254-6A
British Journal of
equivalents
(at
Photography
"
from countries
13
per annum.
Prce of the "B J."
post free f >r a year.
COUNTRY.
France, Belgium, Italy and Switzerland
...
16
fcs.
38
cts.
dol.
17
cts.
11 kr.
86
ore.
Egypt
633
13 mks. 33 pfen.
India
Japan
6 yens 3O sens.
Netherlands
7 flor. 87
Peru
sis.
Russia
rbls.
mill.
rps. 12 a.
30
cts.
ctvs.
15 cpks.
CO.,
1254 -?A
WHY
A FEW REASONS
YOU SHOULD INSTAL THIS PLANT:
The cheapest and simplest plant on the market.
Occupying only a small floor space.
Requiring unskilled labour to produce high-class work.
Capable of producing from 50,000 to 70,000 postcards
per day.
Possessing the most up-to-date improvements.
from a postcard to a 25 in. by 12 In. picture.
Can be worked by HAND OR POWER.
Will print
Also
Manufacturer of the
For Particulars,
E.
GRABER,
1254-8 A.
EXPERTS.
BY
PORTRAIT ^"^Irreproachable
I
d
D.
400
H.
&
D.
for
Spec
METEOR
GEM
PLATES
270
MFRIIIM
IllLUlUlll
&
OPALS
I"
& POST-
AD flQ
OArCLJa
4"*
1'
2/3
Process
i-pi-
4/3
Gaslight).
(Bromide).
Sensitive to
Colours.
all
P.O. P.
i-pii-pi-
sensitive-
^eatde mand by
^TRIf^f^l
vxfl-
PAPERS
Per dc
Slow Exposures.
Yellow and Green
ISOGHROMATIG
LANTERN
Brilliancy.
D.
Formerly called
Pr,RTRTT ff>PPn
ahf-lV
PORTRAIT
(Green ILabel).
UNIVERSAL
PROCESS
and
H.&D.)
'30 H.
Economy
GASLIGHT
RRAMinE
DKUmlUt
in Gold, Perfect
i.
i
1
2'P
1 /c
o/o
<3/O
Tones.
6d.
Half-tone unequalled.
cintrast
without
special negatives.
Ample
& M-
Packets.
LIBERAL DISCOUNTS.
THE GEM DRY PLATE
CRICKLEWOOD,
"Telegrams "CHEMITYPE, LONDON,"
LONDON,
CO., Ltd.,
N.W.
TIIK
ALMANAC ADVKRTISEMENTS.
BRITISH JOURNAL
1255
LIZARS
J.
MANUFACTURER OF
Photographic,- Optical
-
AND
Scientific
Instruments
LIZARS'
"Challenge"
6AM ERAS.
>>
HEAD OFFICES.
GLASGOW
LONDON
&
101
107,
Buchanan
Telegraphic Addresses
Street. Lizars, Glasgow.
BRANCHES.
:
LIVERPOOL
BELFAST
EDINBURGH:
:
ABERDEEN
71,
8,
Wellington -Place.
13, 15 & 19 Shandwick
171,
FACTORY
Generated, London.
Bold Street.
Union Street.
Optical, Edinburgh.
etc.
THE
I2f,6
BRITISH
JOURNAL
ALMANAC
ADVERTISEMENTS.
SPECIALISATION
IN
TROPICAL CAMERAS,
In Camera construction few manufacturers, if any, have departed from the
usual method of making these instruments in Mahogany, with the result that,
in tropical and sub-tropical climates, with their varying temperatures, much
annoyance has been caused through the shrinking and twisting of this wood.
My
experience from practical knowledge is that Cameras made from the finest
quality of Indian Teakwood are more suited to resist extreme climatic cha;
thus practically bringing to an end the worry, trouble and inconven
The advantage of Teakwood over Mahogany
which have existed in the past.
will be apparent, at a glance, to the uninitiated
considered.
when
TEAKWOOP.
This wood, being full of the natural oil of the tree, which it retains, offers
resistance to the two great extremes, moisture and dry heat.
Warping and
The appearance of the
twisting will be, therefore, reduced to a minimum.
wood when polished is very like that of Mahogany.
MAHOGANY.
This is a harder and closer grained wood, and before it can be built into a
Camera it is necessary to expel the natural sap by years of air-drying. In such
a dry condition it is capable of absorbing a large quantity of moisture, which,
should this happen, IBbuld naturally cause the wood to swell and twist.
If
after absorption it should be subjected to a dry heat, it will then have a tendency
to warp and split, and cause a general disablement of the instrument.
It will, therefore, be seen that
Teakwood is
All
5x4,
is/-;
Post=Card
the
little
in
Teakwood,
size, 17/6;
if
desired, at
slides, 3-plate,
J.
L1ZARS
THE
BRITISH
ALMANAC
JOURNAL
Lizars' 'Challenge'
ADVERTISEMENTS.
1257
The
"CHALLENGE"
Camera
including:
Portrait
ADVANTAGES.
The Camera is ready at a moment's
notice
it shows the exact view with the
same definition and illumination as it will
appear on the negative, either horizontally or vertically, and can be focussed
right up to the moment of exposure. The
;
CONSTRUCTION.
The " Challenge " De Luxe Reflex is built for practical use, and the material throughout
is of the highest order
the workmanship is of the finest description and, although constructed
in a compact form, rigidity and strength have not been in any way sacrificed.
Focussing is regulated by diagonal rack and pinion, ensuring exceedingly easy and fine
;
adjustment.
The Rising and Falling Front is also actuated by rack and pinion action.
The Reflecting Mirror is silvered on the surface and specially treated to preserve the polish,
and shows the image absolutely free from distortion.
The setting of the Mirror is of an ingenious description, and is so arranged that the action
carries it backward, before reaching the normal position, thus permitting the use of lenses of
very short focus. The same release sets off both mirror and shutter, and the timing is such that
the' shutter cannot act until the mirror is clear of the light rays transmitted by the lens.
The " Challenge " Focal Plane Shutter is operated either with the finger or the Antinous
non-perishable release. It is fitted with a quick wind and set with a half turn of the setting
handle, so that there is practically no time wasted in preparing for the exposure. The speeds
of the shutter are from r/ioth to i/ioooth part of a second, in addition to time exposures as long
as desired.
THE
1258
Lizars'
BRITISH
JOURNAL
ALMANAC
ADVERTISEMENTS.
contd.
The hood is a special feature in this instrument. It stands 8J in. high in the J-plate
so that the finest and most accurate focussing can be
size, and creates a perfect dark chamber,
It is automatic in rising and automatic in closing, and is undoubtedly the most
carried out.
for access to the ground glass for the purpose
perfect hood existing. The hood is also arranged
The ground-glass is easily removed, so that the mirror can also be dusted.
of dusting and cleaning.
Hood.
The Bellows is of real leather, specially cross-grained, varnished, with truncated corners.
J-plate, 9^ in.
5 x 4, 12 in.
The Extensions of the cameras are as follow
J-plate, 14 in.
At full extension they have a rigidity which makes them particularly suitable for tele-photography.
The Risk of Vibration when taking a picture is at the minimum, as the exposures are obtained
with extreme sensitiveness of pressure, and the release of the mirror is regulated by spring tension
a most important feature.
:
STEREOSCOPIC MODEL.
A new
TROPICAL MODELS.
The difficulty experienced in warm or damp climates with the ordinary forms of Reflex
Cameras has induced me to place on the market an instrument specially designed to withstand
the most severe climatic variations, and one that will be serviceable and reliable in every working
detail.
This model does not depart in any way, so far as the working parts are concerned, from
the ordinary De Luxe Reflex Camera, but the manner in which it is put together and the materials
employed in the manufacture are entirely different.
Teakwood, so well known as a damp and heat-resisting product, is exclusively used in the
framework of camera and dark slides, and these are carefully brass-bound at all the important
parts.
All tongues and mitres, where not bound with brass, are of metal in place of wood as usually
employed, and these parts, in addition to being glued, are carefully screwed right through the
metal bindings.
The Bellows is made of real Russian leather, and attached to the camera with brass plates.
The blind of the shutter is made of a special material, which will stand extreme heat. It is
attached to the rollers by means of brass plates, thus doing away entirely with the use of rubber
and other solutions, which, are so liable to perish.
The Cameras are supplied polished in place of being leather-covered, the latter being so liable
to decay and leave its support when exposed to damp atmosphere.
Care and consideration are features which have predominated extensively in the construction
of these instruments.
ADDITIONAL FITTINGS.
"
" De
Luxe Reflex Cameras are admirably adapted
Challenge
Telephoto Attachment. The
for use with Telephoto Lenses, by which one obtains an enlarged image, and these are specially'
inaccessible
with
the camera and its usual lens. Photographers
useful when photographing subjects
in Landscape, Architecture, and Natural History will find many opportunities for the use of a
Telephoto Attachment.
covered.
The envelopes
>RICES
i-Plate.
fitted for the
for Plates or for Films,
"Challenge" Adapter,
Envelopes
Reflex Camera
per doz.
5x4
i-Plate.
2 6
21
18
18
050
070
060
6
THF.
Lizars'
HRITISH
JOURNAL
ALMANAC
ADVERTISEMENTS.
LIST.
ORDINARY MODEL.
Particulars of Lens.
1259
Slides.
I26O
THE
BRITISH
LIZARS'
JOURNAL
ALMANAC
ADVERTISEMENTS.
-CHALLENGE
(PATENT.)
for ordinary
work.
instrument
single
utilized for all the
capable
of
being
the
Rise,
Amongst
Enormous
'to
"
many novel features of the SWING FRONT" are:
Extreme Side Movement, Great Extension, Extent
lens to
Prices, with three Double Dark Slides, with Aluminium Draw-out Shutters
Description of Lens.
THE
Lrs
BRITISH
ALMANAC
JOURNAL
'Challenge' Tropical
A
Cameras that
MASTERPIECE
IN
ADVERTISEMENTS.
I26l
De Luxe Camera
CONSTRUCTION.
(PATENT).
ropical Climate.
exercised in order to make these instruents suitable for the most severe climatic
ire
filiations.
The value
sident
'
in
sphere.
All Tongues and Mitres where not brass
of Metal, instead of wood as
usually employed, and these and all other
are
not only glued but carefully
joints,
Screwed.
bound are
Description of Lens.
" De Luxe
1262
THE
Lizars'
BRITISH
JOURNAL ALMANAC
'Challenge'
ADVERTISEMENTS
Dayspool.
No,
Plates,
Camera
closed,
of J-plate
only
size
model
8|x4|x2
When
ITS
BRITISH MADE.
SPECIAL FEATURES.
BRITISH LABOUR.
mthjtherfiunous Bau.Ja
&
BRITISH CAPITAL.
"Automatic" shutter;
-- -- KS? "
''
" npudlr
I,
THE
BRITISH.
JOURNAL
ALMANAC
Specification of No.
ADVERTISEMENTS.
1
1263
Dayspool.
Of the Folding Pocket type, made of thoroughly seasoned and finest Spanish
Mahogany, either polished or covered in best hard Morocco-grained leather. Handsome leather
bellows with a new and improved method of fixing to the Camera, safeguarding all risks of admission
of stray light.
Instantly opened and front pulled out on brass guides, and securely and rigidly
fixed at any position with quick-acting clamping screw.
There is also an infinity catch, which
locks
the front when at that distance without the necessity of clamping.
Ten out of
automatically
twelve exposures are made on the oblong way of the film or plate, consequently it is more serviceable
when it opens in that form. A carefully graduated scale for various distances is fixed to the baseboard.
No projection beyond the
Rising and cross front for horizontal and vertical pictures.
flush of the Camera, therefore nothing to catch on the sides of the pocket.
Can be used on a stand.
The shutter supplied is the famous Bausch & I,omb " Automatic," with time and
Shutter.
instantaneous movements, approximately from i to the tooth part of a second, and released either
by ball and tube or finger trigger, both of which are supplied. Being constructed of metal throughOther makes of shutters can also be fitted.
out, extreme climatic changes do not affect it.
Lenses.
All lenses are carefully selected and tested before fixing to the cameras, and each
is fitted with Iris diaphragm.
Finder.
The new brilliant form, giving approximately the same view as that shown by the
Camera.
lens
and
Finish.
PRICES, AS
PER SPECIFICATION.
SizeT
Description of Lens.
Size.
Size.
Size.
THE BWTISH
m\ip
"^'aSr^^^^\
u
mm**
%/Mjfi
L, i\rt4j.
f_~L>
mpact.
TV.
WADE
IN
THREE
PRICES
SIZES
:
"
'"i^MC'eion.
Ejibeeainariw
For Daylight
Loading FHms
THE
BRITISH
JOURNAL
ALMANAC
ADVERTISEMENTS.
1265
'Challenge' Model B
Stereoscopic Film and Plate Cameras.
Lizars'
Two
distinct
Models
(1)
(2)
in
SPECIFICATION.
Camera.
Made
in finest Spanish mahogany, either polished or covered in best quality hardFocussing hood and leather bellows.
Shutter.
The famous Bansch & Lomb, single valve, variable speed shutter. The two
lutters are everset, and are operated simultaneously by one pneumatic or trigger release.
Slides.
Three in number, double, and of the solid form, with aluminium draw-out shutters,
ut on a new and improved principle. The light traps which are fitted to the =lides are an
The Slides are only
ntirely new device, making them equal to the best book-form pattern.
upplied with the Plate Model at the listed prices.
All are carefully selected and tested, with Iris diaphragms, controlled by one lever.
Lenses.
Finder.
The new brilliant series, and set as near as possible to show the same view as that
rained leather.
PRICES, AS
Description of Lenses.
PER SPECIFICATION.
THE
BRITISH
JOURNAL
ALMANAC
ADVERTISEMENTS.
-CHALLENGE"
Model iB Stereoscopic Camera,
LIZARS'
and similar
photography.
"
is the
Focal
Challenge
Plane or the Goerz-Anschutz Model A
Focal Plane, working from 1/2 5th to
i/ioooth of a second, or the Thornton-Pickard Behind Lens with adjustable
centres, and is built into, and forms part of the camera.
The Focal Plane Shutters are fitted with quick wind and Speed Indicator.
The front (as shown in illustration) is constructed to give various separations to the lenses, and is fitted with a carefully graduated scale.
The panel
is detachable, so that another with
-plate lens may be used for single pictures.
The three slides supplied are of the best quality Book-form, tongued in
well, mitres cross-keyed on surface, rabbeted Frames and Shutters, and with
automatic closing springs and automatic stop springs to shutters.
The Shutter
PRICES, as per
Description of Lenses.
THE
BRITISH
JOURNAL
ALMANAC
ADVERTISEMENTS.
LIZAR8'
1267
'CHALLENGE'
Stereoscopic
Half-Plate
or
Camera.
THE "CHALLENGE " STEREOSCOPIC or HALF-PLATE CAMERA
has been designed to fulfil certain
an
requirements,
i.e.,
instrument capable of doing the
of
highest quality
work, combining
every necessary movement, portable
and serviceable, capable of doing
either Stereoscopic Photographs or
others of half-plate size, the latter
being produced by removing in a
very 'simple way the division in the
essential
bellows.
SPECIFICATION.
Camera. Made in finest Spanish Mahogany, either polished or covered in Morocco leather
leather Bellows and Focussing Hood, as shown in illustration.
This forms the front of the Camera and is the Thornton-Pickard best quality.
Shutter.
It works either time or instantaneous, and has a Speed Indicator attached.
The Shutter has
adjustable centres, and an extra panel is supplied with the outfit to use with a single Lens when
exposures.
making half-plate
Three double book-form, tongued in well, mitres cross-keyed on surface, and with
Slides.
rabbeted Frames and Shutters. Will take two sizes of plates, 6J x 4j and 6} x 3}-.
All the Lenses supplied with these instruments are carefully tested and selected,
Lenses.
and are fitted with Iris diaphragms.
Finder.^ This is of the new Brilliant Series, and is set to give approximately the same picture
as that shown by the Lenses.
Camera, Lenses, and Focussing Hood all fold up together and combine in
Special Feature
the smallest possible space. Rising Front and Swing Back. Adapted for Horizontal and Vertical
Pictures.
Scale for various distances. The usual focussing arrangement is provided and actuated
by diagonal rack and pinion.
PRICES, as per Specification.
s. d.
s. d.
Ross Homocentric Lenses, Series
Fitted with accurately paired
16 16
Beck Symmetrical Lenses, F/8 10
C, F/6- 5
Goerz Double Anastigmat Lenses,
Aldis Lenses, Series II., No. 2, F/6 12 2
19 6
Series III., F/6- 8
Lenses 14
Taylor, Taylor & Hobson
"
Cooke "
Dalhneyer Stigma tic Lenses, F/6 20 6
Taylor & Hobson
80
1616
Lenses, F/6- 5
900
010
6
018
PRICES,
Fitted
with
accurately
s.
paired
11
Beck Symmetrical Lenses
Aldis Lenses, Series II., No. 2, F/6 13
15
&
Hobson
Lenses
Taylor, Taylor
" ^i" "
"
"Cooke
Tavlor &" Hobson
.
as per Specification.
d.
s.
20
Lenses, F/6'5
For Camera and Shutter only
For Camera, Shutter, and three Book-form Double Dark Slides, including fitting of
customer's own Lenses, supplying and fitting View Finder and Scaling
Extra Double Book Slides, each
Solid leather Carrying Case, with lock, hand and shoulder straps, to hold Camera and
10
2
8
d-
17 16
C, F/6-.s
.Goer?.
21
6
6
1716
3 Slides
fitted
010
Prices on application.
TJ1K
BRITISH
JOURNAL
LIZARS'
ALMANAC
ADVERTISEMENTS.
CHALLENGE
"
Tripie=Extension Outfit.
The
Outfit comprises
Half-plate
SLIDE.
SPECIFICATION.
Camera.
Sed
rcked,
b
but
iS
it.
Lens.
iris
Is Beck
Symmetrical, of fine quality, working at F/8 and fitted with
diaphragm. For all-round work a better lens^ouldnot be desked
wel1
PRICE AS SPECIFICATION, IN
i-PLATE SIZE ONLY
m ade,
..
compact and
75/0 NETT.
each
O 8
4 15 o
o 12
THE
JOURNAL
BRITISH
ALMANAC
ADVERTISEMENTS.
1269
LIZARS "IZAR/'
PRISM
BINOCULAR.
Unrivalled for
Military, Marine,
High
Power,
them specially suitable for racing, yachting and general sporting purposes.
They are supplied in two powers, magnifying respectively 6 and 8 times, and are sent out
solid leather cases, with shoulder strap.
4 15
Price. To magnify 6 times
.
nett.
To magnify
8 times
SS
in
nett.
PRISM BINOCULAR.
"
Magnification.
6 times.
9 times.
12 times.
Weight.
19 ozs.
21 OZS.
21 OZS.
Field of View at
loop yards.
105 yards.
80 yards.
60 yards.
free
Price in best
Solid Leather Case.
.
8
8 10
9 10
on application
THE
BRITISH
new design
JOURNAL
in portable
ALMANAC
Cameras.
ADVERTISEMENTS.
A hand camera
maiket
The
new
to infinity,
camera
The
The instrument his a very smait appearance, being constructed in black ebonized mahogany,
with highly lacquered brass internal fittings, and nickel external fittings.
It is
made
Lomb
Price
4 O
O.
Manufacturer
of
Ipbotograpbic, Optical and Scientific flnstriimcnts.
GLASGOW
GLASGOW
Lizars'
(Wholesale only)
LONDON
..
EDINBURGH
BELFAST
ABERDEEN
LIVERPOOL
..
Wellington Place.
Challenge'
Cameras.
Telegraphic Addresses
LIZARS
CAMERATED
OPTICAL
LIZARS
LIZARS
LIZARS
GLASGOW.
..
LONDON.
EDINBURGH.
..
BELFAST.
..
..
OPTICIAN, ABERDEEN.
OPTICIAN, LIVERPOOL.
1271
F.
'T'HE
J.
H.
DALLMEYER,
LTD.,
DBNZI
^N DOH',
S?DEH
74
1272
with the
3B
or
3D is
18
ft.,
2A
20ft., or 6 metres,
Cameras.
The additional
cost for
aluminium
is
1 10s.
s.
Iris.
a.
s.
700
a.
7 15
12 15
14
19
20 10
38
40 10
For pictures 5 x 4
in.
in.
(250
mm.).
Iris.
a.
s.
size
12 10
13 15
17
18 10
26
27 10
36 10
38 10
For pictures 10 x 8
J
J.
a.
in.
in. (450
mm.).
and under
..
H
LTD
II. DALLMEYER
1 U.,
UJA.UHm.EtX.ftR, LA
showrooms:
25)
NEWMAN
ST.,
London, W.
SERIES A
F 4 continued.
1273
PRICES.
Waterhouse.
Iris.
47 10
49 10
57
59 10
in. (320
6 15
mm.).
or with smaller
900
..
5D
6D
16 12
For plates 18 x 16
stops 22 x 20 in
in..,
14
18
26 15
45 15
47 15
25
in. (775
9 15
13
stops 18 x 16 in.
Iris,
s.
Waterhouse.
mm.
or with smaller
J.
H.
in.
DALLMEYER,
58
55 10
LTD,,
ZIL E
LoMD&, H f?
DBN<
1274
DALLMEYER STIGMATICS
Series
II.,
f/6.
GREAT
COVERING
POWER.
FOUR LENSES
IN ONE.
shown
sunk mounts
for
The
mounts
or for
Camera made.
With the Series II. negatives are sharp from edge to edge, and
even with the shortest exposures are crisp and brilliant. This series
very suitable for colour photography and wide-angle architectural
and other work, covering, when stopped down, a plate two sizes larger.
The front combination alone gives a picture twice the ordinary size,
is
and the back a picture half as large again as the complete lens. Used
with a telephoto attachment the Stigmatio gives sharp pictures three
or four or seven or
J.
H.
more times
as large as usual.
DALLMEYER,
LTD.,
Factory
NEASDEN LONDON, N W.
FOUR LENSES
1275
IN ONE.
size.
for enlarging.
work in the
1276
No.
1277
F/8.
This
in 1866.
No.
is
It
1278
DALLMEYER
Telcphoto Attachments.
TN 1891
for
Each
gives a range of three, four, seven or higher magnificagood definition. The attachments are removable,
tions with
no way interfere with the use of the ordinary lens, and are
In general, a negative of half the
not unduly cumbersome.
If for use
focal length of the ordinary lens should be chosen.
in
full particulars as to
fitting,
of Negative
but
ADON TELEPHOTO
^&?L^:
LARGE PICTURES
ON
fjif
SMALL CAMERAS.
HJU^
jj^"
HALF
The Adon
HM
1279
LENS.
IMPROVED
MOUNTING
SIZE.
a complete Telephoto Lens for use alone. It is provided with a flange which is attached to the Camera front, or an
adapter can be made to carry the Adon in a larger flange or shutter.
There is no need to send the lens or camera for fitting. The Adon is
mounted in aluminium, weighs only 4 y ounces, has an iris diaphragm
and rack and pinion motion to alter the separation of the glasses and
is
It is suitable for
vary the size of the picture and plate covered.
cameras from 3 x 2 up to 15 x 12, giving large pictures with short
extensions.
For mountain scenery, architecture, bird and animal studies, porand the reproduction of jewellery, insect life, and small
traiture
subjects generally
it is
invaluable.
A new
PRICE,
3 10s.
0(1.
No
loss of film.
of
J.
H,
DALLMEYER,
LTD.,
Booklet,
B2
1280
FULL
Is for use
SIZE.
Adon.
Gives instantly any desired magnification and indicates the
corresponding intensity.
Dispenses with all troublesome calculations and slips into the
smallest pocket, weighing only one ounce.
Is very simple to use and mathematically accurate.
Is also a convenient spring measure for general purposes.
'
Costs
2/9.
POSTAGE
Id.
When
and the
Artistic
Portraiture.
Wonderfully soft results in true perspective.
Variable-sized pictures without moving the Camera.
Designed by an artist for the use of artists.
Waterhouse
Diaphragm.
No.
No.
No.
No.
J.
8x6J
H.
DALLMEYER,
Iris
Diaphragm.
8 1O O
1O
O O
1O 1O O
12
O O
7 15 O
Showrooms
Ltd.,
25,
5 O
5 O O
6 1O O
THE
1281
CORRESPONDENTS' CAMERA.
TRIPLE EXTENSION.
Made of best
great stability at long extension.
Designed
Spanish Mahogany, with specially solid front, g,nd finished either
for
When
Reversing and swing back and hooded focussing screen, which saves
This hood is detachable to allow a magnifier to
carrying a cloth.
be used.
Both double and triple extension models are made, which are
Tha slides have pull-out vulcanite
excellent for telephoto work.
sheaths and are of block form. A film pack adapter, roll holder, or
focal plane shutter can be fitted to order.
Either the Series II. //6 or Series IV. //6'3 Dallmeyer Stigmatic
should be fitted, the long extension amply sufficing for the single
components.
Double Extension.
Size <4 x 3J
Extension, ll in.
5156
5x4
12^
in.
6 1O O
7 O O
x 4f
16 in.
1
Triple Extension.
Extension, 15$
6 6
17
in.
23
in.
7 7 O
J.
H.
DALLMEYER,
Ltd.,
in.
8 8 O
mn^JSSf
t
'
1282
combinations of ihe
SeriesII. Eackwork rising an d falling front and
Rotating
Back and
rackwork f ocussinp
Reversing
mirror
action,
pneu-
damped.
matically
Magnifying
in
eyepieces
hood, for easy focuss-
Ground
ing.
hinged
for
glass i<
cleaning.
22.
5x4
Post Card.
10 ins.
24
13*ns
1Os.
29
1Os.
ffi^
39.
Camera and 3
Size-2-plate.
slides only
Post Card.
12
0s.
5x4.'
18.
*-pi ate .
24
1Os.
J.
H.
DALLMEYER,
Ltd
10/6.
1283
Quarter-PlateNew Model.
Original Model introduced in
1894, and awarded the Medal
of
the
Royal
Photographic
Society.
specialised
model
of
the
Ledon with
the
same
perfect
mechanical movements.
//4,
The IA
alone.
J.
H.
DALLMEYER,
Ltd.,
mW vF8SSK*
N .w.
1284
Penric Cameras
&
Dallmeyer Lenses
THE PENRIC
ROLL FILM CAMERA
Takes all standard makes
wound either way.
An accidental overwinding
of film
and permits
scale
register
for
PRICES.
Quarter-plate, with No. 2 Series II. (//6) Dallmeyer
Stigmatic in Compound shutter
S.
d.
1O 1O O
(//6'3)
Dallmeyer
H.
full
12
5 o
8 1O
O 17
Giving
7 10 O
O 14 6
B4,
DALLMEYER
LTD.,
2 S,
Mewmln'streetTLondon, W.
New
Dallmeyer
Exposure
less
cabinet
1285
Attachment.
The dark slides are square in form and permit the plate to be
used either vertically or horizontally.
Inner carriers for cartes
are provided.
The slides and attachment are made of the best
Spanish mahogany and can be fitted to any studio camera
8|"
6J"or larger.'
The shutter
is of
arid'
gives instantaneous
two
4i"
Price with
Upright
"
single slides 6.V
X3^"
two
single slides 13
for9x!2cm.
only, 8" X 6J"
4J"
and
carriers for
5 5 O
...
....
6 6 O
13 x 18 16/Antlnous release
..
...
18
24 cm.
..
5 15 O
7 O O
18 x 24 19/-
1286
Literature In French
German, Russian
FREE'
:;
::
:;
is
also published.
;:
JT*.
1_*
of these.
GENERAL CATALOGUE.
B5.
and describing the Patent Portrait, Telephoto
and other Lenses, and several forms of Telescopes.
Illustrating
ABOUT A LENS.
A
B6.
DALLMEYER CAMERAS.
B7.
Adon
B8.
Describing
many forms
B9.
Mr. Will Cadby's article on the Dallmeyer"
Bergheim Lens in
Photography," with Portrait and
Landscape examples.
reprint of
PRISMATIC BINOCULARS.
BIO.
SHUTTERS
LONDON BY NIGHT.
Price
2d.
Post
1311,
free,
B12,
3d.
TELEPHOTO WORK.
Postage
By
Dr.
Deller.
Price
I/-.
2tl.
J.
"
'H.
DALLMEYER,
Cables:
DALLMEYER, LONDON."
A.B.C.,
Ltd.
Code:
5th Edition.
INDEX TO TEXT.
:
"
an entry is inserted to indicate
following the number of
(Makers')
" Makers' " section.
that the formula will be found in the
Autochromes,
compensation
filters
Aberrations of light-niters
..
Acetone, pyro-, developer.
Acetylide emulsions
534,
529,
530,
Acid diamidophenol
Acid fixing baths
sensitiser
Acridine orange
Adurol developer
.
R.P.S
Agfa formulae
Affiliation
526
733
523
556
737
720
724
464
848
692
629
535
755
738
550
784
491
466
724
880
..
Ammonia solutions (Table)
516
..
Anastatic photography
493, 494
Anastigmat patents
902
Angles, view (Table)
895
Aperture, correction for
567
Arabin (gum) process
504
Arc-lamp reflectors
648
self-adjusting, "Ewon," Staley
707
Hughes
707
"Projector"
674
Ross new model
564
Artigue paper
461
Artistic Copyright Society
581
Askau pigment prints
.
Atomic
weights
(Table)
of
elements
Aurora screen-plate
882
785
615
contrasty subjects
development
dimensions, sectional
fading in fixing bath
flashlight exposures
..
..
intensifier
lantarn slides
light-filters
. .
makers' formulas
microscope exposures in
permanency
printing-frame
projection lantern, Hughes
screen, metallic
" medal for
R.P.S. " Progress
reducer
reversing mixture, dry
. .
. .
safe-lights
sensitiveness, extra
simplified treatment
Sterry method
sulphide toning
viewing-fllters
viewing-frame
Azol developer
605
601
901
604
603
608
602
604
605
822
609
605
618
706
610
488
603
602
604
602
600
601
603
607
604
725
B
Backing, plates
formulae
Barnet formulae
Baskett's (local) reducer
Bathed plates, preparing
Bayer Co. 's formulae
Belitski's reducer
Bicarbonate restrainer
Bichromate reducer
stains,
removing
523
782
789
746, 779
.
. .
721
..
785
..
744
. .
773
. .
745
. .
771
786
formulae
.
75
INDEX TO TEXT.
1288
Blackening aluminium
..
..
brass
wood
Bleach-out process
Blocking-out mixtures
Blue prints, developing ..
formulae
Bolting silk, substitutes for
..
Books on photography
..
Border prints with pzobrome
..
Borotartrate restrainer
. .
.
Bow, R. H. (the late)
Brass, blackening
varnishing
Brigham, W. D. (the late)
British Columbia, trade in
Bromide restrainer,
Bromide paper, formulae
Bromides, bright from flat nega. .
tives
784
784
783
617
749
577
775
585
851
565
737
475
784
784
476
491
737
765
767,844
drawings from
. .
prints from
565, 828
766, 844
. .
. .
. .
line
. .
oil
. .
reducing
spotting
tentative development
toning,
(See also Sulphide toning)
two-colour effects
.
Bromoil formulas . .
oil process
.
779
556, 765
796
579
769
571, 771
557, 766, 844
781
.
555
559,767
. .
Camera panoram,
"
pocket,
. .
787
641
644
703
688
652
674
658
649
693
593
"Ensign"
"Ensignette," Houghtons.
.
..
"
Tenax," Qoerz
Thornton-Pickard
three-lens, colour
See also Reflet Camera*, Strrro
tropic Cameras
.
. .
Casein-pigment prints
Catatype printing
Celluloid varnish
Ceramic photographs
Cerie sulphate reducer
Challenge formulae
Charbon-velours, making
Chemicals (formulae tables)
491
476
566
581
747
581
745
788
564
868
874
. .
.
. .
564
. .
491
499
722
839
770
565, 828
fraudulent supply
Carnegie, Douglas (the late)
(solubility tables)
Chromium intensifier
682
"Houghton"
704
"
"
.
film, box.
Ensign
.
689
"
. .
Brownie," Kodak .
685
" Autolox "
.
folding,
705
Ernemann
653
" Parvex " ..
..
..
679
"
film-pack,
684
Prenio," Kodak
.
focal-plane, folding, Busch
686
Kodak
..
..
671,672
..
"Nettel," Staley ..
655
"Panros"
581
"
Thorn tonUnifra,"
Pickard
694
Voigtlander
664
"
folding,
Kibitz," Staley
695
hand-stand, "Alpha,"Watson
708
"
"
Sanderson
718
"
..
..
714
Vaido," Adams
.
"
magazine,
Acto-Midg,"
Butcher
"
panoram, Cirkut," Kodak ,,
539, 742
590
591
645
737
739
498
866
753
.
722
761
550, 762
550, 762
.
Collodion P.O.P
toning
(Makers) 764, 800, 812, 817,
lenge
..
..
Ernemann
"Euxit," Shew
"
Sibyl," N. & G.
Ross
stereo,
Countess "
564
571, 771
569
..
..
577
photogravure effects
Brush development
..
536
..
Biihler's toning bath for P.O. P.
758
Burnishing prints
779
Burnt documents, copying
.
511
.
CONTINUED.
647
625
780
752
prints, colouring
transfers
. .
Collodion, wet (Ser Wet Collodion).
Colonial societies
453
463
592
Colour
Colour
photography,
Aurora
615
screen-plate
Autochrome process
600, 822
(See Autofhromes.)
bleach-out process
617
593
594
591
camera, three-lens
carbon prints, three-colour
cinematography
diachrome prints, three.
colour
. .
. .
595
594
592
592
595
lens, prismatic
. .
Lippmann process
. .
. .
patents
screen-plate processes
INDEX TO TEXT.
Colour
612
780
583
Dry-mounting, gutta percha
..
582,624
Morgan, process of
711
Adhesive.
press, studio, "X,"
887
shellac
Drying rapid, negatives
Thames
photography,
screen-plate
Colouring prints
..
..
Conjugate foci
Convention, Photographic, The
737
893
892
..
460, 489
515
743
563, 768
.
in libraries
511
642
515
480
510
854
461
490
780
786
781
525
lens-calculations
prints wet
..
Copyright Act (1862)
Copyright Society, Artistic
law
Crayon work, flxatif for
..
.
Criterion formulas
Crystoleum, colouring
Cyanine colour-sensitisers
D
Dark-room lamp, 'Moto," Butcher 684
723
535
889
safeligbts
Daylight development
Daylight - loading
holder,
plate
"A-kla"
Depth of field (Table)
..
..
variation in (Table)
629
894
723
Developers, formulae
(See also under the various developers).
.
528
537
525
..
removing
Development &
fixing,
combined
737
536
53a
736
532
535
534,735
brush
daylight
factorial
Lumiere method
. .
-one-minute
-stand
mo
=^e
::
::
::
thermometer, Watkins
Dextrine paste
Diagonals of plates
Diamidophenol developer, correcting exposure with
.
627
777
902
530
acid
..
Dusting-on processes
for colouring
581, 782
780
Dyes
properties of
Dynamo-motor, Beard
713
Copper intensifer
Copper toning, bromides
Copying burnt and faded documents
"
cabinet, Robinson," Marion
.
. .
1289
CONTINUED.
. .
..
893
721
676
492
543
89b
520
b22
476
Eau de
740
726
817
726
556
558
727
789
Javelle
Edinol developer
Edwards formulee
Eifconogen developer
-bromide paper
gaslight paper.
-hydroquinone developer
Elpments, atomic weights (Table)
Elliott & Sons' formulee
.
Emulsion, acetylide
development and printing-out
P.O.P., contrasty
Enamel collodion
Enamels
Encaustic paste
Enlarged negatives, quality in
direct on paper
"
"
photo "sketches
Enlarger, Popular," M.C.C.
racking model, Hume
"Record," Butcher
..
Boss..
"
Sibyl," N.
vertical
. .
..
..
&G
Thornton-Pickard
Enlarging,
posures
artificial
light
ex584
Enlargements
546
546
761
581
779
540
541
586
676
713
698
661
718
662
583
(table)
.
contrast in
focussing near easel
.
526, 585
-
585
526
SOft
'r?l
55 1
Ensyna paper
Ensynoid developer
Envelope cameras
642
628
for P.O.P.
.
Erythrosiiie sensitiser
Ethyl violet sensitiser
Events of the year
51
682, 704
720
722
508
893
891
(Table)
pinhole (Table)
888
tables
Exposure-meter,
hand-camera
and shutter
-Phillips
P numbers (diaphragm)
..
..
507
707
4/8
Factorial development
532, 736
..
75*
511
INDEX TO TEXT.
1290
Farmer's reducer
bromides
soft working
..
744
557
..
...
' '
negatives, stripping
777
77
775
751
727
657
750
637
. .
'
Merito'
"
510
507
780
737
504
..
Fix ng baths
Flash powders
"Agfa,"
pocket,
Zimmermann
..
..
669
505
482, 893
906
..
objects
sea e chart, Phillips' ..
Fogged plates, recovering..
Formate toning bath
509
648
782
757, 843
491
499
..
..
Fraud
in carbon photographs
Full-size focussing cameras
801
548
729
807
765
558
795
559
542
557
777
792
..
. .
794
779
761
728,735,754,796
Griffin'* formulae
Ground-glass varnish
Gum-bii-hromate, Arabin process
.
Gum-platinum printing
Gum-dextrine mountant
..
..
. .
880
acids, etc.)
Infinity for various lenses (Table)
Ink, invisible
rubber stamp
Ink prints from bromides
Insects, photographing
.
Intensifies, formulae
chromium, stains with
. .
783
783
579
509
740
539
538,742
silver
Invisible ink
Iodide daylight developer.
Iodine-cyanide reducer
Iron printing processes
Isostigmar lenses
.
783
535
745
..
577,775
493, 654
476
491
620
Japan, photography in
Journals, photographic
control in development
glycin developer (Makers')
P.O. P. tones on
..
797
748
567
569
778
730
737
775
809
476
809
Kachin developer
combined fixing
Kallitype formulas
Kentmere formulae
Knapp, W.
Kodak
(the late)
Ladle, print,
Lamp,
..
formulae
enlarging,
..
Petrolite,"
Hughes
distances (Tablr)
screen, metallic
.
..
643
628
466
497
706
903
610
828
792
hydroquinone (Makers')
728
526
891
.
(Makers')
798, 805, 844, 847
791, 817. 827
pyro (Makers')
..
rodinai (Makers')
792,850
thiocarbamide (Makers')
848
805,827
gold toning (Makers') ..
847
time development (Makers')
604
.
Lantern-slide, Autochrome
" Both712
. .
carrier,
Way," Beard
"
..
710
cleaning frame, "Oriel
586
direct in camera
867
foreign, sizes
Half-tone
negatives
(Makers')
..
Glazing P.O.P
Glycin developers,
near
..
metol
developer
wet collodion
Hiilifaxlormul.il
Hardening baths
sensitiser
..
Finger-print*, photographing
Firelight accessory Studio
..
Fixatif for cray, n work
Homocol
llford formulae
Perro-gallic sensitiser
Ferro-prussiate prints, developing
sensitiser
Ferrotype positives, collodion . .
. .
Ferrous oxalate developer
Flash -lamp,
CONTINUED.
..
752
799
739
720
662
729
767,814
.
745
740
738
hydroquinone
INDEX TO TEXT.
Lantern, masking when exposing
stereoscopic, Dixie
toning
transit box " Excelsior "
Latent image, acetylide
Lead
intensifier
diachrome process
Lens
calculations
arithmetic
mental
by
" Holos
Lens,
cinematograph,
Kiuowi," Watson
*
Ross
Homocentric,"
"
" Cooke
new model
.
"Dynar,"
Kodaks
Voigtliinder
for colour
--
"'
" photography.
477
1291
Mountants, formula
(See alto
Isostigmar," Beck
Stigmatic," Dallmeyer
supplementary, "De Bechi,".
(See also Anaatigmat, Teleplioto)
"
N
Numbering exposed plutes
665
894
676
665
654
Obituary
524
799
Lilywhite formula
Limelight, increasing power
Line drawings from bromides
Linked Ring, The
Lippmann colour process
769
592
820
Lumiere formula;
M
(late)
.
when copying
lamp,
studio,
Sichel
Metal, fixing paper to
Metol developer
hydroquinone developer
poisoning
test for
569
570
611
779
formulae
processes
Orthochrome
477, 892
. .
887
720
524
720
732
565, 828
540
542
570
828
sensitiser
Ortol developer
Ozobrome process
enlarged negatives by
for flat negatives
oil
Ozotype process
507
829
761
553, 831
phosphate paper
625
Panoramic camera, " Cirkut"
641
stereo, Ross
.
544
views, combining negatives
.
779
Paper, fixing to metal
541
direct
negatives enlarged,
541
translucing
579
Parchmentised-paper prints
512
Parallelizing plate and original
.
732
.
Paramidophenol developer
866
Parts
fixatif
for
.
.
.
.
780
Pastel work,
Pellet paper sensitiser
776
510
Pencil drawings, reproducing
581
Pepper process (dusting-on)
.
738
Percarbonate hypo-eliminator
738
Permanganate hypo-eliminator
745
reducer
..
738
Peroxide hypo-eliminator. .
. .
.
895
Perspective rules
738
Persulph'ate hypo-eliminator
reducer
540, 744
.
. .
781
reversed negatives
551, 831
Phosphate printing papers
577
Photogravure effects, bromoil . .
526
Photometer, H. &
" Askau "
581
..
Pigment prints,
.
720
Pinachrome sensitiser
.
720
Pinaverdol sensitiser
.721, 722, 802
Pinacyanol sensitiser
Pinhole exposures (Table)
. .
890
.
542
Pipe-dream photographs
.
. .
. .
. .
of developing P.O.P.
.
ozobrome
Mercury-vapour
475
formulas
intensifier
569, 798
Omnicolore screen-plate
Opalines, mounting .
Optical calculations
method
sheets.
Magnifiers, telephoto system of
Marion formulae
original
bromoil process
Mawson
Oil-process
462
508
466
508
. .
Orthochromatic data
Light-filters, aberrations of
dyes for .
Masking
891
696
697
700
817
515
Magnesium ribbon
speeds
Letoformulie
Libraries, copying in
777
Dry mounting)
objects, shutter
for (Table)
Moving
for
Cooke
Dallmeyer
"
portrait,
588
522
589
643
523
743
595
CONTINUED.
Monckhoven's intensifier
Monoscope mirror, Ashford
Morgan, G. W. (the late)
INDEX TO TEXT.
1292
. .
Plain paper formulae
545, 755
515
.
Plans, copies of, contact
578
blue paper
Plate - bolder, daylight - loading,
629
"A-kla"
Plate-marking, &c., Morgan press
582, 624
.
891
Plate-speed numbers (Table)
523
.
. .
Plates, anti-halation
508
.
exposed, numbering
867
sizes of, English and foreign
Platinum printing .
. .
577, 772
569
gum-, printing
Platinum toning (See Bro'juideg,
Collodion P.O.P., and P.O.P.)
515
Playertype copies
884
Poisons and antidotes (Table)
Polish for woodwork
. .
783
P.O.P. formulae
757
and impure alum
. .
.
550
carbon surface
550
carmine red tones (Makers')
794
779
colouring
combined bath ..
..
547,760
(Makers') 793, 797, 799, 811, 820
.
developing
effect
. .
. .
on gaslight paper
emulsions
559
546, 756
. .
. .
reducing
spotting
toning
547,757
.
Postal clubs
Postcards, view
452
543
643
618
640
.
stereoscopic
651, 698
"
"
640
machiue, postcard, Klimax
Professional Photographers' Association
459
"Primus"
Printing frame, Autochrome
"
"
..
postcard, Klimax
Print-ladle, non-stain,
Professional
Pyrocatechin developer
papers
Pyroxylme
Ila.jar
formula;
. .
Farmer's
. .
. .
.
. .
460
532
733
.
542
532, 736
. .
735
555.558
750,753
. .
.
2!,
..
photo-micrography with
studio, Sichel
.
"
Tropical," Staley
Regulation of rays In
graphic objectives
Reproduction fees
Restrainers (development)
Retouching medium
Reversed negatives (persulphate)
Rodinal developer
Rotary formulae
.
522
702
699
717
694
701
667
photo-
Rouch formulae
493
859
737
748
781
735
837
839
Progress medal
Royal Standard formulas
Rubber-stamp ink
dark room
Safe-lights,
Brasseur
489
427
488
787
783
723
489
526
465
615
598
celluloid
598, 599
ceramic
comparison of
copying
596
615
616
. .
5%
Dufay
giain
Lumiere, geometrical
Omnicolore
paper prints from
.
shellac grain
resist
sprayed
Szczepanik
Thames
Veracolor
Warner-Powrie, new
..
Sensitisers, ortho'
..
Sepia paper
744
540
744
540
Reduction by re-development 539, 746
Reflex camera types
. .
498
"
701
Argus," 3i x 2i, Watson.
"Busch"
691
" Miral " 630
disappearing-mirror,
" Falfowflex " .
682
..
Ross
Taornton-Pickard
"
Tiny Telia
"
635
498
667
631
..666
"Planex"
834
744
746, 779
..
soft-working
persulphate
time
Minex," Adams
Whitfield
zone-pattern
Secession, The PhotoSeed formulae
Self-developing plates
..
Reducers formulae
Baskctt's
. .
"
N.&G..3J
. .
Photographers'
548
761
760
781
492
Portfolio, for reception room
Positives, ferrotype (Wet Collodion) 751
.
CONTINUED.
sensitiser, one-solution.
toning (See Sulpltiile-tonimj)
Shading screen, portable .
Sheets, magnesium ribbon
Shellac mountant
.
596,598
.
595
611
616
598
599
.
587
612
597
.
597
599
600
.
466
810
.
842
525, 720
776
..
776
709
505
778
Dry Mounting)
"Automat," Bausch and
(Sef alto
shutter,
fxmib
679
INDEX TO TEXT.
Shutter, ball-bearing. Kodak
"
Compound," Staley ..
673
680
502
..
diaphragm "
focal-plane, Unit," ThorntonPickard
(See aUo Camera,focal-plane)
enlargement
.
exposure
693
optical
orthochromatic
507
meter
stains,
784
586
.
531
..
Skin poisoning
498
..
Small camera used on tripod
428
British
Societies,
453
Colonial
887
.
lines
Table)
Spectrum,
527
Spectrograph, simple
891
(Table)
Speed numbers, plate748
Spotting medium
781
prints
739
..
.
Stain removers formulae
537
developer, removing
537, 740
silver, removing
534, 735
Stand (tank) development
644
..
Star, photo, Jones
.
.
777, 778
Starch pastes
..
520
Stereoscope, Dixio, modified
"
675
..
Taxiphote," Richard .
897
Stereoscopic facts and figures ,.
517
..
camera, automatic
653
..
Him, Brnemann
518
..
front
696
..
Kibitz, Staley ..
641
..
Ross
-panoram,
"
..
650
Stereolette," Butcher
" Tenax," Goerz
619
"
675
Verascope," Richard
630
Zeiss
lens-board, automatic,
"
"
651
printing frame, Primus
698
Watson
521
projection, Pinatype
520
vision
898
Stops, F numbers
508
dark
Street snapshots after
749, 750
Stripping negatives
904
Studio distances (Table)
.
483
lens-calculations
- - stand, " Hana," Marion
639
for(bromides)
toning
Sulphide
767
mula
559
methods
559
developing for sepia tones .
560
factors in
561
..
ferricyanide-mercury
767, 814
hypo-alum
549
..
P.O.P
562
..
re-toning
559
..
scum on prints
562
..
thiomolybdate
536
..
Sulphite, soda, pure
462
associations
.
Silvering mirrors
Sketches, photo-, enlarged
..
poisons
solubility
thermometers
weights and measures
Romain (the
Tank development
"
. .
developing,
Survey
Surveying,
Aldis
photo-,
attachment,
638
. .
late).
Talbot,
Ensign
"
. .
. .
"Merito"
"Rystos"
Watkins
'Jl
70
Telephoto calculations
calculator, Dallmeyer
commercial work
. .
496, 63<
..
662
710
661
. .
hand-camera, Dallmeyer
. .
plates, sizes
891
499, 502, 503
538, 742
537, 740
removing
lantern projection
Silver intensifler
882
868
899
888
903
892
887
867
891
884
874
885
860
476
534, 735
VOb
. .
1293
CONTINUED.
49J,
.
652
681
**7
612
. .
Ross
..
lens-mount
SH
slides
848
547,758
-toning P.O.P
(sulphide) toning
Thiomolybdate
p.O.P
bromide
Thiosinamine toning bath
Thomas's formulae ..
Time development ..
549
562
>
CTT 4 7C 84
alSI
533, 73b,
reduction, persulphate
Titles on negatives
Traill-Taylor lecture, 1908
1909
'
Phillips
"
studio, Hana,"
'iS
Marion
Tripod-support, Dallmeyer
.
True-to-scale process
.
Tungstate toning bath
Turntable, clamp for cameras
Tyler, Walter (the late)
. .
. .
578
757
. .
476
u
Ultra violet, filter for
U.S. stop numbers
.
Uranium
intensifier
toning, bromides
898
743
768
525
INDEX TO TEXT.
1294
Vanadium
746
540
.
541, 781, 837
translncing.
784
brass
Varnishing
815
Velox formulae
.
.
543
Vignetter, "adjustable
636
Good," Marion
studio,
..
..
Wet-collodion formulae
removing
negatives, stains on
. .
.
waterproofing
. .
"Wisto" paper
Wood, blacking
. .
563, 768
Varnishes, negative
CONTINUED.
Woodwork,
polish for
840
543
Warwick formula?
Washing under tap
Water-colours, colouring prints
with artists'
Waterproofing wood
Watkin's speed numbers (Table)
.
780
783
891
Zimmermann
890
860
841
742
750
523
555
783
783
783
779
84G
891
891
formulae
466
806
848
IN
PHOTOGRAPHIC
MATERIALS.
PLATES
AND
PAPERS
SEE
THE
PAGE
1254-8a.
Telegrams;
Co., LTD.,
N.W.
"
CHEMITYPE, LONDON."
TELEPHONE NUMBERS.
NAME OF
rmsr.
FIRM.
Continued.
Continued.
1297
1298
Continued.
POSTAL ADDRESS.
FIRM.
Continued.
1299
TELEGRAPHIC ADDRESS
AND TELEPHONE NUMBER.
MOULDINGS BRISTOL
Rupert
Street;,
Bristol
T.N. 3793
27-31
EaSee?; Fins
VISITCARDS,
bury, E.G.
1'
Street, BASILIO,
LONDON
WALL 7132
LIVERPOOL
ROYAL 1447
WALSALL
146
FALLA-GRAY
PHOTO ParkRd. Photo Works,
PAPER Co., THE
Tunbridge Wells
1146
Cross FALLO WFIELD, LOND "W
Charing
JONATHAN
CENTRAL 4443
Road, Londtn, w.c.
55 Boulevard de Stras- DEMARODI, PARIS
FRRMK, GABRIEL
FALL.OWFIELD,
bourg, Paris
LTD.
chester,
FLINSCH, FERDINAND Offenbach
i
Street,
S.E.
FULTON
(OTTO) PRO-
ALLICHAN &
188 Strand, London CENTRAL 13291
GASQUOINE w.c.
GAMAGE, A. W., LTD. Holborn, London, B.C. OAMAOE, HOLBORN
HOLBORN 2700
GANDOLFI, Louis
GAUMONT Co., LTD.
CHRONOPHONE,LONDON
OERRARD 2430
CHEMITYPE, LONDON
P.O. HAMPSTEAD 2757
wood, London, N.W.
Piccadilly Circus,
Co., Villiers Road, Crickle-
1300
nl
KIRM.
Continued.
Continued.
1301
1302
FIRM.
Continued.
FIKM.
Continued.
1303
1304
Continued.
Continued.
1305
1306
Continiftl.
KI11M.
Continued.
1307
1308
Continued.
FIRM.
Continued.
1309
INDEX TO ADVERTISERS.
ACTIEN
Gesellschaft fur
Anilin Pabrikation
.1020
Adams & Co
to
267
1O26
282
to
A-klaCo
1159
Aldham, E. Laver
Aldis Bros
Allan, David
Allen, Alfred
&
Allen
Allen,
. .
to
. .
..
1162
1235
224
217
ggo
935
966
nag
..
' '
'
Avery,
J.,
& Co
BABAJEE, Sakharam
&.
Baird, A. H.
Baker &
Bouse
Ltd.
222
1225
213
Proprietary,
1214
Co.
to
Ballantme, Robert
236 237
Barnet (Elliott & Sons, Ltd.) 423 to 426
Barton, Harvey, & Sons, Ltd.
12O6
.
. .
Bartons'
Bates, W.,
"
& Son
224
.
'.
.'
Co., Ltd.
Beard, R. R.
Beardsley, E.,
Beck,
-304
..
Beresford, F.
..
.
Exors. of
Billcliff, J.,
Bird, Graystone
Blees, John
Blundell, J., A Sons
Bowes, E. W., & Co.
Britannia
Works
103
|||
1218
118
422
1206
to
408
1224
41
1137
395
to
Ltd.
Co.,
934
1254-4a and 5a
27 to an
Bnll, Edgar R
93?
Bnnole, James
420
Hiiseh (Emil) Optical Co.
351 to 362
Butcher, VV., & Sons, Ltd.
127 to 142
Butler, William
397
Bruce, T. S.
Construction Co.
1130, 1131
..
1241
1087
DALLMEYER.
..
to
1203
11O2
1229
1140
411 to 416,
1254-2a, and 1271 to 1286
Dawbarn & Ward, Ltd. 1251 and 1254
Deakin, Francisco B
1248
Dickinson, Chas. F
420
Dixon, L. 8., & Co., Ltd.
..
114O
Dorrett & Martin
393
Drexter & Nagel ..
..1151 to 1154
EDMUND. H..& Co. ..
1125
Uliott & Sons, Ltd.
423 to 426
Elliott, J
972
Ellis (Alfred) & Walery.
420
Epstein, J. & Co
966
Ernemann, Heinrich
1027 to 1031
Ernst, Carl, & Co
1133
FALLA GRAY Photo Paper Co. 1249
Fallowfield, J
947 to 962
Flatters & Garnett, Ltd.
1125
Fletcher, F. J., & Son
1248
Fordham & Co., Ltd.
367 to 37O
Fourdrinier, Hunt & Co.
1212,1213
Fry, Ernest Bickersteth
1139
Fry, S. H
"
4
Fuerst Bros.
420
GALLICHAN & Gasquoine
1125
Gandolfi, Louis
..
..
1136
Gem Dry Plate Co., Ltd.
1254-8a and 1294
General Paper Co.
1242
Gevaert, Ltd
363 to 366
H., Ltd.
J.
.'
Ltd
Graber,
Works,
307 to 322
1254-7a
.'
& Son
R&J., Ltd.
CAMERA
1245
402
1236
HALIFAX Photographic Co.
1103 to 1110
Hamel, E., & Co
393
Harringtons, Ltd
1222,1223
Hazell, Watson, & Viney. Ltd.
1111
Henderson, J.
Henry, Hubert, & Co.
Herbst, Ernst & Firl
.
Heyde
Higgins, Chas. M., & Co.
Hintqn & Co.
.
Hooking, S
Holmes Bros
Hood tf Co., Ltd
Kara & Co
to
.
1114
ggl
1254-3a
1032
15
1239
239 to 242
395
1134
327 to 334
1115 to 1122
.
INDEX TO ADVERTISERS.
Heighten?, Limited
Hughes, W. C., & Co.
Hume,
Wm
Hunt, Philip
287 to 302
283 to 2a6
1199 to 1202
1143
976
Hyde & Co
ILFORD, Limited
403 to 406 and 721
Illingworth.Thos., & Co., Ltd.
335
Imperial Dry Plate Co., Ltd. 207
Infallible
F. E.,
to
732
to
to
342
212
97O
1146
to
KAMIVI,
L.,
&Co,
22
1247
..
1128,1129
99O
1059 to 1062
1251
1243
.
159
Marion &
Co., Ltd.
to
946
18
388
143
158
1135
to
..
..
.
1143
16
973
.
1208, 1209
973
943
London Studio
168
1237
1249
122O
1270
to
Lewis, Frederic
Lewis, Karl
1255 to
Lizars, J
L.C.C. School of Photo-
Engraving
Lloyd, Fred V. A., Ltd
London Photo Printing Co.
to
Matthews, B
Mawson and Swan, Ltd.
218, 219 and 1320
Meses-Goris &
1248
Michigan Photo Shutter Co. 1254-2a
Midland Camera Co., Ltd.
978, 979
Mid-Sussex Photographic Works 114O
119 to 126
Morgan & Kidd
982
Moss, R. J., & Sons
Muir & Moodie
1218
Fils
..
..
. .
. .
1231
. .
1311
986, 987
".
1253
1249
1251
1224
19
Platinotype Company
Polytechnic School of Photo.
1319
to 78
..1079 to 1086
Rajar (1907), Ltd.
&
Ltd.
238
Reynolds Branson,
Riba Sdad en Cta
1243
Jules
1
to
115O
147
Richard,
977
Robbins, R. &H
124O
Robey-French Co
Robinson & Co
122O
35 to 66, 407, also
Ross, Limited
graphy
& Co
H.,
& Sons
968
JONES,
CONTINUED.
Phillips, W.
67
RAINES & Co
. .
Front Cover
235
2,3
&
Caldwell
Co
1234
Rough
1207
ST. CLEMENTS PRESS, Ltd.
Sanders & Co
988,989
81 to 34
Sands, Hunter & Co.
Banger-Shepherd & Co. 1035 to 1058
343 to 346
Sobering, E
222
Scholzig, Otto
1124
Schoeller, Felix, jun
966 and 1243
Scory, J
Scott, N. L., & Co.
4OO, 4O1
Service Company, Ltd.
1126, 1127
Sheffield Photo Company 12O4, 1205
Sheffield Smelting Co., Ltd. 417 to 419
Sherwood & Seldt.
.1151 to 1158
303 to 306
Shew, J. F., & Co.
1226
Shunker, Dass & Co
Sichel, O., & Co.
220,221
1247
Simon, Oscar
Sinclair, James A., & Co., Ltd.
995 to 1018
1221
Small, J. W., & Co
Smith & Sons
1134
Rotary Photographic
Rouch, W. W., & Co
Co., Ltd.
Spencer, Arthur
Staeble Optical Co.
20, 21
..1155
to
5
..
1158
15
981
1244
to
and
(London)
Photographic Co., Ltd.
Stevens' Auction Rooms
Stereoscopic
943
to
946
. .
1134
..
1238
Ltd.
963 to 985
Taylor, Tunnicliff & Co., Ltd., 226, 227
Telia Camera Co. .228, 229 and 1132
Thames Colour Plate Co. 1210, 1211
.
UNITED Photographic
Stores,
Ltd
1241
395
Photo. .
1033
INDEX TO ADVERTISERS
]312
and Sohn
1063
1078
WACHTL, Bernhard ..
..
1243
Walhs, Edmond
12O6
Ward, Henry
32
Warwick Trading Co., Ltd.
1123
Watkins Meter Co.
23 to 26
Watson, W., & Sons, Ltd.
907 to 942
Wellington and Ward
243 to 266
Voigtliinder
to
. .
Westminster Engineering
Ltd.
Co.,
215
Westminster Photographic
Exchange, Ltd
991 to 994
1253
387
215
1141
&
Wolff, Louis,
Co., Ltd.
421
Wormald & Co.
967
Wratten & Wainwright, Ltd. 347 to 350
Wright, J., & Co
1132
ZEISS, Carl
..
87 to 94
Zimmermann, A. and M.
343 to 346
Zimmermann, Chas. & Co. (Photographic), Ltd
1019 to 103
Winsor & Newton, Ltd
"
Wisto" Works ..
CLASSIFIED INDEX TO
GOODS ADVERTISED.
many
is
cases
desertions answering
Acetylene
Butcher, 140
Karnm, 1128
Moss, 982
(CONT.)
Wilkinson & Co
Willway, J. S., & Sons, Ltd
to the
1313
1314
Colour Printing
Hood, 327
Combined Bath
1315
1316
Lenses
(cont.)
Konishi, 1220, 1226
Lancaster, 372
1'late
Tester
Sanger-Shepherd. 1035
Plates
(Ordinary, Ortho, Lantern,
Process and X-ray.)
1317
1318
Shutter Release
Altrincham, 1188
Thornton-Pickard, 172
Watson, 934
ADVERTISEMENTS.
1319
PHOTOGRAPHY
THE
AT
POLYTECHNIC,
307,
309, 311,
J.
E. K.
STUDD,
ESQ., President.
THE
STAFF
Mr.
HOWARD FARMER.
Mr. ALBERT
J. LYDDON,
Five years in the Royal Academy School.
Exhibitor at the Royal Institute of Painters
*2
*s~
in
!%.
Water Colours.
Exhibitor at the Royal Society of British ArtUtf.
Mr.
WOLFGANG AHNDT,
Head Retoucher
to chief
sj>
London Firms.
Mr. G. C. LAWS,
Eight years with the Swan Engraving Co.
Late Head Colour Operator to Sir J. Causton, Ltd.
Miny
of the
N.B.
fully,
and address
ROBERT MITCHELL,
Educational Director.
\
v
*<
1320
MAWSON'S
PLATES
COLLODIONS
VARNISHES
Photographic manufacturers
with a
fifty
years reputation
Write for
lists.
Street,
N ewcastle-on-Tyne.
University of Toronto
Library
Acme
LOWE-MARTIN CO.
LIMITED